Table of Contents

As Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 8, 2015

Registration No. 333-203527

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

FOGO DE CHAO, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware 5812 45-5353489
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary standard industrial
classification code number)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification number)

 

 

Albert G. McGrath General Counsel 14881 Quorum Drive Suite 750 Dallas, TX 75254 (972) 960-9533

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

 

Richard D. Truesdell, Jr., Esq.
John B. Meade, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
(212) 450-4000
  Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.
Ian D. Schuman, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022-4834
(212) 906-1200

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer    ¨       Accelerated filer    ¨
Non-accelerated filer    x    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company    ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Amount
to be
Registered(1)
  Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share
 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  5,073,528   $18.00   $91,323,504   $10,612

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the 661,764 shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase pursuant to their option to purchase additional shares.
(2) $8,715 previously paid.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Subject to Completion, Dated June 8, 2015

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

4,411,764 Shares

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Common Stock

We are offering 4,411,764 shares of our common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We expect our initial public offering price to be between $16.00 and $18.00 per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FOGO.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please read “Risk Factors”

beginning on page 16 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

PER SHARE TOTAL Public offering price $ $

Underwriting discounts and commissions* $ $

Proceeds, before expenses, to us $ $

* We refer you to “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” beginning on page 130 of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about , 2015. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase from us an additional 661,764 shares of our common stock. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $ , and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $ .

Jefferies J.P. Morgan

Credit Suisse Deutsche Bank Securities Piper Jaffray Wells Fargo Securities Macquarie Capital

Prospectus dated , 2015


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

Dallas, TX Kansas City, MO Denver, CO Portland, OR Las Vegas, NV Scottsdale, AZ San Diego, CA Beverly Hills, CA Los Angeles, CA San Jose, CA Minneapolis, MN Rosemont, IL Chicago, IL Indianapolis, IN Philadelphia, PA Boston, MA New York City, NY Baltimore, MD Washington, DC Atlanta, GA Orlando, FL Miami, FL Austin, TX San Antonio, TX Houston, TX San Juan Rio de Janeiro – Bota Fogo – Barra da Tijuca São Paulo – Vila Olimpia – Moema – Santo Amaro – Center Norte – Jardins Belo Horizonte Brasilia Salvador SALVADOR, BRAZIL DALLAS, TEXAS RIO DE JANEIRO, BRAZIL UNITED STATES BRAZIL PUERTO RICO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any related free-writing prospectus we may prepare or authorize to be delivered to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to give you any other information, and we and the underwriters take no responsibility for any other information that others may give you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

     Page  

Market and Industry Data

     ii   

Basis of Presentation

     ii   

Trademarks and Copyrights

     iv   

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     16   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     41   

Use of Proceeds

     43   

Dividend Policy

     44   

Capitalization

     45   

Dilution

     47   

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information

     49   

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

     51   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     58   

Business

     87   

Management

     102   

Executive Compensation

     108   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     119   

Principal Stockholders

     121   

Description of Capital Stock

     123   

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

     126   

US Federal Tax Considerations For Non-US Holders

     128   

Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)

     130   

Legal Matters

     137   

Experts

     137   

Where You Can Find More Information

     137   

Fogo de Chão, Inc. Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus includes industry and market data that we obtained from periodic industry publications such as those by the National Restaurant Association, third-party studies and surveys and internal company surveys. These sources include government and industry sources. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Although we believe the industry and market data to be reliable as of the date of this prospectus, this information could prove to be inaccurate. Industry and market data could be wrong because of the method by which sources obtained their data and because information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. In addition, we do not know all of the assumptions regarding general economic conditions or growth that were used in preparing the forecasts from the sources relied upon or cited herein.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Fogo de Chão, Inc.,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and “our company” are, collectively, to Fogo de Chão, Inc., a Delaware corporation, incorporated in 2012, the issuer of the common stock offered hereby, and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Fogo de Chão, Inc. (the “Successor”) was incorporated under the name Brasa (Parent) Inc. on May 24, 2012 in connection with the acquisition (the “Acquisition”) on July 21, 2012 of Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its parent company, FC Holdings Inc., a Cayman Islands exempt company, by a collaborative group consisting of funds affiliated with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL” and along with such funds and their affiliates, the “THL Funds”) and other minority investors. The Successor owns 100% of Brasa (Purchaser) Inc. (“Brasa Purchaser”), which owns 100% of Brasa (Holdings) Inc. (“Brasa Holdings”). Brasa Holdings owns 100% of Fogo de Chão (Holdings) Inc. (“Fogo Holdings”), which owns the Successor’s domestic and foreign operating subsidiaries. Immediately prior to the Acquisition, (i) FC Holdings Inc. contributed all of its ownership interests in Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC to Fogo Holdings, (ii) Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC was merged with Fogo Holdings, which was the surviving corporation, and (iii) FC Holdings Inc. was domesticated into Brasa Holdings. Promptly thereafter, Brasa Parent acquired Brasa Holdings through a reverse subsidiary merger of its subsidiary, Brasa Merger Sub Inc., with Brasa Holdings, which was the surviving corporation. The Acquisition was financed by loans to Brasa Holdings and equity contributions by the THL Funds and certain members of management.

As a result of the Acquisition, the financial information for all periods after May 24, 2012 represents the financial information of the Successor. Prior to, and including, July 20, 2012, the consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the “Predecessor” company. Financial information in the Predecessor period relates to Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC and its subsidiaries. Due to the change in the basis of accounting resulting from the Acquisition, the Predecessor’s consolidated financial statements and the Successor’s consolidated financial statements are not necessarily comparable. From May 24, 2012 to July 20, 2012, Successor had no activities other than the incurrence of transaction costs related to the Acquisition.

We operate on a 52- or 53-week fiscal year that ends on the Sunday that is closest to December 31 of each year. Each fiscal year generally is comprised of four 13-week fiscal quarters, although in the years with 53 weeks the fourth quarter represents a 14-week period. Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 ended on December 30, 2012, December 29, 2013 and December 28, 2014, respectively, and each were comprised of 52 weeks. Approximately every six or seven years a 53-week fiscal year occurs. Fiscal 2015 is a 53-week fiscal year.

Comparable restaurant sales growth reflects the change in year-over-year sales for comparable restaurants. We consider a restaurant to be comparable during the first full fiscal quarter following the eighteenth full month of operations. We adjust the sales included in the comparable restaurant calculation for restaurant closures, primarily as a result of remodels, so that the periods will be comparable. Changes in comparable restaurant sales reflect changes in sales for the comparable group of restaurants over a specified period of time. Changes in comparable restaurant sales reflect changes in guest count trends as well as changes in average check and highlight the performance of existing restaurants as the impact of new restaurant openings is excluded.

 

 

ii


Table of Contents

We measure average unit volumes (“AUVs”) on an annual (52-week) basis. AUVs consist of the average sales of all restaurants that have been open for a trailing 52-week period or longer. We adjust the sales included in AUV calculations for restaurant closures. This measurement allows us to assess changes in consumer spending patterns at our restaurants and the overall performance of our restaurant base.

Restaurant contribution is defined as revenue less restaurant operating costs (which include food and beverage costs, compensation and benefits costs and occupancy and certain other operating costs but exclude depreciation and amortization expense). Restaurant contribution margin is defined as restaurant contribution as a percentage of revenue. Restaurant contribution and restaurant contribution margin are supplemental measures of operating performance of our restaurants and our calculations thereof may not be comparable to those reported by other companies. Restaurant contribution and restaurant contribution margin are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Restaurant contribution and restaurant contribution margin have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

We believe that restaurant contribution and restaurant contribution margin are important tools for securities analysts, investors and other interested parties because they are widely-used metrics within the restaurant industry to evaluate restaurant-level productivity, efficiency and performance. We use restaurant contribution and restaurant contribution margin as key metrics to evaluate the profitability of incremental sales at our restaurants, to evaluate our restaurant performance across periods and to evaluate our restaurant financial performance compared with our competitors.

Cash-on-cash return for an individual restaurant is calculated by dividing restaurant contribution by our initial investment (net of pre-opening costs and tenant allowances). We believe that cash-on-cash return is an important tool for securities analysts, investors and other interested parties because it is a widely-used metric within the restaurant industry to evaluate new restaurant performance and return on capital we reinvest into our business. Cash-on-cash return is a supplemental measure of operating performance of our restaurants and our calculations thereof may not be comparable to those reported by other companies. Cash-on-cash return is neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP. Cash-on-cash return has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization plus the sum of certain operating and non-operating expenses, including pre-opening costs, losses on modifications and extinguishment of debt, acquisition costs, equity-based compensation costs, management and consulting fees, retention agreement costs, IPO related costs, and other non-cash or similar adjustments. Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. By monitoring and controlling our Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, we can gauge the overall profitability of our company. Adjusted EBITDA as presented in this prospectus is a supplemental measure of our performance that is neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), operating income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity. In addition, in evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses or charges such as those added back to calculate Adjusted EBITDA. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period by isolating the effects of some items that vary from period to period without any correlation to core operating performance or that vary widely among similar companies. These potential differences may be caused by variations in capital structures (affecting interest expense), tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating losses) and the age and book depreciation of facilities and equipment (affecting relative depreciation expense). We also present Adjusted EBITDA because (i) we believe this measure is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry, (ii) we believe investors will find this measure useful in assessing our ability to service or incur indebtedness, and (iii) we use Adjusted EBITDA internally as a benchmark to compare our performance to that of our competitors.

 

iii


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are (i) it does not reflect our cash expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments, (ii) it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs, (iii) it does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt, (iv) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements, (v) it does not adjust for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows, (vi) it does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations, and (vii) other companies in our industry may calculate this measure differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

We compensate for the limitations in our non-GAAP financial measures by providing specific information regarding the GAAP amounts excluded from such non-GAAP financial measure. We further compensate for the limitations in our use of such non-GAAP financial measure by presenting comparable GAAP measures more prominently.

Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Percentage amounts included in this prospectus have not in all cases been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, percentage amounts in this prospectus may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in our consolidated financial statements. Certain other amounts that appear in this prospectus may not sum due to rounding.

Unless we specifically state otherwise, all dollar amounts listed in this prospectus are in US dollars.

TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

We own or have rights to trademarks or trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including our corporate names, logos and website names. This prospectus contains references to certain trademarks and brands. These include our original trademarks Fogo ® , Fogo de Chão ® and Bar Fogo ® . We believe that we have full ownership rights to these brands. Solely for the convenience of the reader, we refer to these brands in this prospectus without the ™ or ® symbol, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our copyrights, trade names, trademarks and brands. Other trademarks, service marks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

iv


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision to invest in our common stock.

Our Company

Fogo de Chão (fogo-dee-shoun) is a leading Brazilian steakhouse, or churrascaria , which has specialized for over 35 years in fire-roasting high-quality meats utilizing the centuries-old Southern Brazilian cooking technique of churrasco . We deliver a distinctive and authentic Brazilian dining experience through the combination of our high-quality Brazilian cuisine and our differentiated service model known as espeto corrido (Portuguese for “continuous service”) delivered by our gaucho chefs. We offer our guests a tasting menu of meats featuring up to 20 cuts, simply seasoned and carefully fire-roasted to expose their natural flavors.

Guests can begin their dining experience at the Market Table, which offers a wide variety of Brazilian-inspired side dishes, fresh-cut vegetables, seasonal salads, aged cheeses and cured meats, or they can receive immediate entrée service table-side from our gaucho chefs by turning a service medallion, found at each guest’s seat, green side up. Each gaucho chef rotates throughout the dining room, and is responsible for a specific cut of meat which they prepare, cook and serve to our guests continuously throughout their meal. Guests can pause the service at any time by turning the medallion to red and then back to green when they are ready to try additional selections and can communicate to our gauchos their preferred cut of meat, temperature and portion size. Our continuous service model allows customization and consumer engagement since our guests control the variety and quantity of their food and the pace of their dining experience. Through the combination of our authentic Brazilian cuisine, differentiated service model, prix fixe menu and engaging hospitality in an upscale restaurant atmosphere, we believe our brand delivers a differentiated dining experience relative to other specialty and fine-dining concepts and offers our guests a compelling value proposition.

Throughout our history, we have been recognized for our leading consumer appeal by both national and local media in the markets where we operate, including winning multiple “best of” restaurant awards from one of Brazil’s most prominent lifestyle publications, Veja Magazine , and numerous accolades in the United States, including awards from Nation’s Restaurant News , Zagat and Wine Spectator Magazine .

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We opened our first restaurant in 1979 in Porto Alegre, Brazil. In 1986, we expanded to São Paulo, Brazil, a city in which we now operate five restaurants. Encouraged by our success in Brazil, we opened our first restaurant in the United States in 1997 in Addison, Texas, a suburb of Dallas, and have since expanded our footprint nationwide. We currently operate 26 restaurants in the United States, 10 in Brazil and one in Mexico, our first joint venture restaurant. From the 2010 to 2014 fiscal years, we grew our restaurant count by a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 11.5%.

 

LOGO LOGO

We believe our dedication to serving high-quality Brazilian cuisine and our differentiated service model, combined with our disciplined focus on restaurant operations, have resulted in strong financial results illustrated by the following:

 

    In Fiscal 2014, we generated AUVs of approximately $8.0 million and a restaurant contribution margin of 32.5%, which we believe, based on an internal survey of our public competitors in the restaurant industry, are among the highest in the full-service dining category;

 

    In Fiscal 2014, we opened three restaurants, increasing our restaurant base 9.7% from 31 restaurants in 2013 to 34 restaurants in 2014, and in the year-to-date Fiscal 2015 we have opened restaurants in San Juan, Puerto Rico and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil and our first joint venture restaurant in Mexico City, Mexico; and

 

    From Fiscal 2013 to Fiscal 2014, revenue grew 19.6% to $262.3 million and our net income increased from a net loss of $0.9 million in Fiscal 2013 to net income of $17.6 million in Fiscal 2014. For the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015, revenue was $65.0 million and net income was $4.7 million, increases of 5.9% and 68.9%, respectively, as compared to the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014. In addition, from Fiscal 2013 to Fiscal 2014, restaurant contribution grew 23.9% to $85.1 million and Adjusted EBITDA grew 25.7% to $63.3 million, despite our investment of $4.2 million in additional fixed personnel costs during such period to develop key functional areas to support future growth. For the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015, restaurant contribution grew 13.6% to $20.5 million and Adjusted EBITDA grew 15.9% to $14.9 million as compared to the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and restaurant contribution, non-GAAP financial measures, to net income and revenue, respectively, see “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Information.”

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and serve as the foundation for our continued growth:

Authentic Cuisine – A Culinary Journey to Brazil

We provide our guests with an experience that is distinctly Brazilian, and our food is at the heart of that experience. Our traditional Brazilian cuisine has been passed down from generation to generation in Brazil and lives on in the way our gaucho chefs prepare, season and continuously fire-roast our meats utilizing the traditional cooking method of churrasco – fire-roasted on skewers over an open flame to expose the natural flavors. Our entrée selection features a variety of carefully cooked and seasoned meats including Brazilian style cuts of beef such as the fraldinha and the picanha , our signature cut of steak, as well as other premium beef cuts such as filet mignon and rib eye, and lamb, chicken, pork and seafood items. Each cut is carved table-side by our gaucho chefs in a manner designed to both enhance the tenderness of each slice and meet our guests’ desired portion size and temperature. At Fogo de Chão, every table is a chef’s table. To complement our meat selection, a variety of sharable side dishes, including warm cheese bread, fried bananas and crispy polenta, are brought to each table and replenished throughout the meal. For guests preferring lighter fare, we also offer Brazilian-inspired à la carte seafood options, a “Market Table” only option and a selection of small plates. Our Market Table, which features a variety of gourmet side dishes, seasonal salads, Brazilian hearts of palm, fresh-cut vegetables, aged cheeses, smoked salmon and cured meats is immediately available once our guests are seated. We believe it pays homage to the kitchen tables of Southern Brazil where families share fresh produce and seasonal salads grown locally. Our menu is enhanced by an award-winning wine list and a full bar complete with a selection of signature Brazilian drinks such as the caipirinha .

Interactive, Approachable Fine-Dining Experience Delivered By Our Gaucho Chefs

We believe that we offer our guests an upscale, approachable and friendly atmosphere in elegant dining rooms that is complemented by the personalized, interactive experience with our gaucho chefs and team members. Skilled artisans trained in the centuries-old Southern Brazilian cooking tradition of churrasco and the culture and heritage of Southern Brazil, the home of churrasco , our gaucho chefs are central to our ability to maintain consistency and authenticity throughout our restaurants in Brazil and the United States. Due to our significant operations in Brazil, we are able to place many of our native Brazilian gaucho chefs in restaurants in the United States, which we believe preserves the distinctly Brazilian attributes of our brand. Our team members focus on anticipating guests’ needs and helping guests navigate our unique dining experience for a memorable visit.

Our gaucho chefs butcher, prepare, cook and serve our premium meats to each guest, as well as engage and interact with them. We utilize a continuous style of service, where each of our gaucho chefs approaches guests at their table with various selections of meat, providing our guests with the cut, temperature and quantity they desire. During these interactions, our gaucho chefs learn each guest’s specific preferences and are able to tailor their dining experience accordingly. In addition to providing an entertaining and engaging experience, our continuous service allows our guests to control the entrée variety, portions and pace of their meal, which we believe maximizes the customization of their experience and the satisfaction they receive from dining at our restaurants.

Award-Winning Concept with a Compelling Value Proposition and Broad Appeal

We believe that the combination of our high-quality Brazilian cuisine, differentiated dining experience and the competitive price point of our prix fixe menu leads our restaurants to appeal to a wide range of demographic, including both men and women, and socioeconomic groups. We believe our restaurants provide a preferred venue for various dining occasions, including intimate gatherings, family get-togethers, business functions, convention banquets and other celebrations. A majority of our guests dine at our restaurants multiple times per year. In Fiscal 2014, our average per-person spend was $59, which we estimate is approximately three-quarters of that of the traditional high-end steakhouse category.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our restaurants have received numerous awards and accolades from critics and reviewers in the United States and Brazil. For example, we have been nationally recognized by Nation’s Restaurant News , Zagat and Wine Spectator Magazine , and we have received awards from local media in the markets we operate, including Atlanta Magazine , Chicago Tribune , Dallas Observer and Houston Business Journal . Additionally, our restaurants are consistently included among the top upscale dining options by reputable online reviewers such as Yelp and Urban Spoon . We believe that the authenticity of our brand is demonstrated by the fact that we have received multiple “best of” restaurant awards from Veja Magazine .

Unique Operating Model Drives Industry-Leading Restaurant-Level Profitability

Through the consistent execution of our unique business model, we are able to produce what we believe is industry-leading restaurant-level profitability by optimizing labor and food costs. For Fiscal 2014, the sum of our food and beverage costs and compensation and benefits costs (or “prime costs”) as a percentage of revenue were 50.7%, which we believe, based on an internal survey of our public competitors in the full-service dining category, is approximately 750 basis points lower than the average within the full-service restaurant industry in the United States. Our favorable performance on the largest components of a restaurant’s cost structure, which drives our restaurant contribution margins, is due to the following unique structural characteristics of our operational model:

 

    The dual role our gaucho chefs play as both chef and server significantly reduces back-of-the-house labor costs;

 

    Simple cooking technique and streamlined food offering, combined with table-side service and plating, allow for efficient kitchen and server operations, reducing labor costs;

 

    Our gaucho chefs work as a team with cross-functional roles and responsibilities, increasing productivity, speed of service and guest satisfaction, while reducing labor costs;

 

    Simple, space-efficient cooking technique and streamlined menu reduces our kitchen’s footprint and maximizes space devoted to front-of-the-house tables, which allows our restaurants to achieve higher sales per square foot and enables us to leverage our fixed costs such as occupancy;

 

    Our self-service Market Table requires minimal staffing and kitchen preparation, thereby reducing labor costs, and provides us flexibility in the range of items we offer, which helps us manage food costs through seasons and market cycles;

 

    In-house butchering by our highly skilled gaucho chefs maximizes the yield on our meat cuts, thereby reducing food costs; and

 

    Our wide variety of proteins offered provides us flexibility in sourcing our meat selection, which help us optimize food costs.

Industry-Leading Cash-on-Cash Returns Create New Restaurant Growth Opportunity

Our business model produces attractive unit volumes and restaurant contribution margins that drive what we believe are industry-leading cash-on-cash returns, based on an internal survey of our public competitors in the restaurant industry. For Fiscal 2014, we generated AUVs of approximately $8.0 million and a restaurant contribution margin of 32.5%. Since 2007, our new restaurants that have been open at least three years as of December 28, 2014, have generated an average year three cash-on-cash return of greater than 50%. We calculate our year three cash-on-cash return by dividing our restaurant contribution in the third year of operation by our initial investment costs (net of pre-opening costs and tenant allowances). Our restaurants perform well across a diverse range of geographic regions, population densities and real estate settings, which we believe demonstrates the portability of our concept to new markets. We believe the combination of our strong cash-on-cash returns, proven concept portability, and footprint of only 37 restaurants, including our first joint venture restaurant, supports further use of cash flow to grow our restaurant base and creates an attractive new restaurant growth opportunity.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Highly Attractive Concept for Domestic and International Real Estate Developers Supports Growth

Due to the broad appeal of our brand, the diversity of our guest base and the relatively high number of weekly visits to our restaurants, our concept is a preferred tenant for real estate developers. Landlords and developers, both in the United States and internationally, seek out our restaurants to be anchors for their developments as they are highly complementary to national retailers. Our restaurants that opened prior to Fiscal 2014 have attracted, on average, approximately 137,000 guests per restaurant in Fiscal 2014, which we believe, based on an internal survey of our public fine-dining competitors, is approximately 60% more guests per restaurant than those competitors. Our ability to achieve AUVs that are comparable to those of other high-end steakhouses despite our lower average check demonstrates our capacity to attract more guests than many of our competitors. Our AUVs, brand recognition and relatively high guest traffic position us well to negotiate the prime location within a development and favorable lease terms, which enhance our return on invested capital.

We believe our concept has international appeal and makes us an attractive tenant for international real estate developers, and we believe we will be able to leverage our brand strength to negotiate attractive terms in desirable locations as we grow outside the United States and Brazil.

Experienced Leadership

Our senior management team has extensive operating experience with an average of over 26 years of experience in the restaurant industry. We are led by our CEO, Larry Johnson. Mr. Johnson first began working with Fogo de Chão in 1996 as Corporate Counsel. In 2007, Mr. Johnson joined us as CEO and has guided the growth of our company from 11 restaurants in 2007 to 37 restaurants as of the date of this prospectus. Under his leadership, our business has consistently achieved growth in revenue and Adjusted EBITDA year-over-year. Mr. Johnson leads a team of dedicated, experienced restaurant professionals including Barry McGowan, our President, Tony Laday, our CFO, and Selma Oliveira, our COO. Mrs. Oliveira, who was born in Brazil, joined us to help start our operations in the United States in 1996. Our senior management team is focused on executing our business plan and implementing our growth strategy, and we believe they are a key driver of our success and have positioned us well for long-term growth.

Our Growth Strategies

We plan to continue to expand our restaurant footprint and drive revenue growth, improve margins and enhance our competitive positioning by executing on the following strategies:

Grow Our Restaurant Base

We believe we are in the early stages of our growth with 37 current restaurants, 26 in the United States, 10 in Brazil and one in Mexico, our first joint venture restaurant. Based on internal analysis and a study prepared by Buxton , we believe there exists long-term potential for over 100 new domestic sites and additional new restaurants internationally, due to the broad appeal of our differentiated concept, industry leading cash-on-cash returns, flexible real estate strategy and successful history of opening new restaurants. We have a long track record of successful new restaurant development, evidenced by having grown our restaurant count by a multiple of 10 since 2000 and at a 11.5% CAGR since 2010. Since 2007, our new restaurants that have been open at least three years have generated an average year three cash-on-cash return of greater than 50%. We calculate our year three cash-on-cash return by dividing our restaurant contribution in the third year of operation by our initial investment costs (net of pre-opening costs and tenant allowances). We believe our concept has proven portability, with strong AUVs and cash-on-cash returns across a diverse range of geographic regions, population densities and real estate settings.

We will continue to pursue a disciplined new restaurant growth strategy primarily in the United States in both new and existing markets where we believe we are capable of achieving sales volumes and restaurant contribution margins that generate attractive cash-on-cash returns. We plan to open five to six restaurants during Fiscal 2015, which includes our first joint venture restaurant in Mexico City, which opened in May 2015. Over the next five years, we plan to increase our company-owned restaurant count by at least 10% annually, with North America being our primary market for new restaurant development. In addition, we plan to grow in other international markets.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
    Open New Restaurants in the United States.   We believe the United States can support a considerable number of additional Fogo de Chão restaurants and will continue to be our primary market for new restaurant development. Based on internal analysis and a study prepared by Buxton , we estimate that there exists long-term potential for over 100 new domestic sites across large- and mid-sized markets as well as urban and suburban locations that can support Fogo de Chão restaurants.

 

    Open New Restaurants in Brazil.   Based on analysis performed by our development team, we believe there is an opportunity to open additional restaurants in Brazil, the birthplace of Fogo de Chão. Over the next five years, we plan to open three to five new restaurants throughout the country as attractive real estate locations become available. In addition to providing strong returns on invested capital, our operations in Brazil allow us to maintain our authentic and distinctive churrasco heritage and support the global growth of our brand.

 

    Open New Restaurants in Other International Markets.   We will selectively consider other international markets, as we believe attractive opportunities for opening new restaurants exist in large cities and business centers in certain international markets including Asia, Australia, Canada, Europe, the Middle East and South America. We will pursue growth in these markets through a combination of company-owned restaurant development and joint ventures, which we believe allow us to expand our brand with limited capital investment by us. In May 2015, we opened our first joint venture restaurant in Mexico City.

Our current restaurant investment model targets an average cash investment of $4.5 million per restaurant, net of tenant allowances and pre-opening costs, assuming an average restaurant size of approximately 8,500 square feet, an AUV of $7.0 million and a cash-on-cash return in excess of 40% by the end of the third full year of operation. On average, our new company-owned restaurants opened since the beginning of 2007 have exceeded these AUV and cash-on-cash return targets within the third year of operation.

Grow Our Comparable Restaurant Sales

We believe the following strategies will allow us to grow our comparable restaurant sales:

 

    Food and Beverage Innovation .  We seek to introduce innovative items that we believe align with evolving consumer preferences and broaden our appeal, and we will continue to explore ways to increase the number of occasions for guests to visit our restaurants. In order to drive guest frequency and broaden the appeal of our menu, we recently added seafood items and on-trend seasonal food and beverage offerings. Additionally, we believe there are significant day-part opportunities with our recently launched Bar Fogo, a “small plates” menu served at the bar, which we launched in April 2014, happy hour and special occasion menus.

 

    Increase Our Per Person Average Spend.   We believe there are opportunities to drive comparable restaurant sales growth through incremental food and beverage sales. For example, in February 2014 we launched our Malagueta Shrimp Cocktail, which guests can order in addition to our traditional prix fixe menu. Through Bar Fogo, we plan to generate incremental food sales as well as increase our alcohol sales by improving our guest experience in our bar. In Fiscal 2014, our alcohol mix was 16.7% of sales, which we believe is below that of our fine-dining peers. In addition to our Bar Fogo initiative, we believe we can increase our alcohol sales through our recently improved wine-by-the-glass program and the introduction of new Brazilian-inspired cocktails to our beverage menu. Finally, we believe the continued rollout of happy hour and special occasion menus will also increase our per person average spend.

 

   

Further Grow Our Large Group Dining Sales.   We believe our differentiated dining experience, open restaurant layout, speed of service and compelling value proposition make us a preferred destination for group dining occasions of all types. For Fiscal 2014, large group sales represented 12.0% of US revenue, and we believe there is a significant opportunity to grow that aspect of our business. We have added group sales managers at most restaurants and introduced large group reception and meeting packages, which have generated significant momentum in group sales growth. In Fiscal 2014, we generated large group sales growth of 12.8% for our comparable restaurants over the prior year period,

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

and we believe the investments we have made in our group sales business will continue to yield positive results.

 

    Continue to Improve Our Marketing to Drive Traffic.   We will continue to invest in marketing and advertising to drive guest trial and frequency. We continue to introduce new marketing initiatives through various channels, including social, online, print, digital advertising, TV and radio media, with the intent to promote brand awareness. We will continue to harness word of mouth and grow our social media and e-mail marketing fan base through thoughtful planning, unique promotions and rich content that reward loyalty and increase guest engagement with our brand. We intend to drive repeat traffic by becoming our guests’ preferred upscale restaurant destination and believe targeted marketing investments that heighten awareness, reinforce the premium image of our brand and highlight the authenticity of our dining experience will continue to generate guest loyalty and promote brand advocacy.

 

    Opportunistically Remodel Select Restaurants.   Beginning in 2015, we plan to launch an opportunistic remodel program with the target of remodeling three to four restaurants during the 2015 fiscal year. We believe our new design will enhance the guest experience, highlight our brand attributes and encourage guest trial and frequency. We also believe there are opportunities to optimize restaurant capacity and merchandising to maximize sales per square foot.

Improve Margins by Leveraging Our Infrastructure and Investments in Human Capital

To support our future growth and improve our operations and management team, over the last three years we have invested over $5 million in incremental annual personnel costs by adding 18 positions to our corporate team and adding 16 local sales manager positions and five assistant manager positions at the restaurant level. These hires have bolstered key functional areas and supported future growth initiatives including senior leadership, new restaurant site selection and analysis, new restaurant design, group dining, product innovation and in-restaurant employee training. In addition, we have implemented initiatives in our restaurants to improve labor productivity, which we believe will further enhance restaurant profitability and the guest experience. As evidenced by our improvement in both comparable restaurant sales growth and restaurant contribution in 2014, these investments and initiatives have yielded positive results and we believe we will continue to benefit from these investments as we grow our business in the long-term. Furthermore, we expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of total revenue over time as we are able to leverage these investments by growing revenue faster than our fixed cost base. In addition, we have made substantial investments in our IT systems, and we expect to utilize our IT infrastructure for continued improvements in operational efficiency and margins through the use of labor productivity and training tools.

Our Sponsor

Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL”) is one of the world’s oldest and most experienced private equity firms. Founded in 1974, THL has raised approximately $20 billion of equity capital and invested in more than 100 portfolio companies with an aggregate value of over $150 billion. THL invests in growth-oriented businesses, headquartered primarily in North America, across three sectors: Business & Financial Services, Consumer & Healthcare, and Media & Information Services. The firm partners with portfolio company management to identify and implement operational and strategic improvements for long-term growth.

As of the date of this prospectus, the THL Funds own approximately 96% of our common stock. Upon completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, the THL Funds will continue to beneficially own approximately 82% of our outstanding common stock (or 80% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NASDAQ on which we have applied for our shares to be listed. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules and, as a result, will be exempt from certain corporate governance requirements.”

 

 

 

7


Table of Contents

The THL Funds engage in a range of investing activities, including investments in restaurants and other consumer-related companies in particular that could directly or indirectly compete with us. In the ordinary course of its business activities, the THL Funds may engage in activities where its interests conflict with our interests or those of our stockholders. See “Following this offering, the THL Funds will continue to have a substantial ownership interest in our common stock. Conflicts of interest may arise because some of our directors are principals of the THL Funds.”

Our Corporate Information

Fogo de Chão, Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation as Brasa (Parent) Inc. on May 24, 2012 in connection with the Acquisition. On December 17, 2014 we changed our corporate name from Brasa (Parent) Inc. to Fogo de Chão, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 14881 Quorum Drive, Suite 750, Dallas, Texas 75254. Our telephone number is (972) 960 9533. The address of our website is www.fogodechao.com . The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not incorporated in, and shall not be part of, this prospectus.

Concurrent Refinancing Transaction

Concurrently with, and conditioned upon, the consummation of our initial public offering, we intend to refinance our existing Senior Credit Facilities and enter into a new $250.0 million revolving credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”). We expect that the loans under our New Credit Facility will bear interest at a base rate plus a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.50% or at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50% and will mature in 2020. We expect that the New Credit Facility will contain customary affirmative, negative and financial covenants applicable to us and certain of our subsidiaries, including financial maintenance covenants requiring us to maintain a maximum Total Rent Adjusted Leverage Ratio and a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio (each as defined in the New Credit Facility). Borrowings under the New Credit Facility may vary significantly from time to time depending on our cash needs at any given time, and upon consummation of our initial public offering we expect that approximately $188.9 million will be drawn under our New Credit Facility. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities.”

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Issuer

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Common stock offered by Fogo de Chão, Inc.

4,411,764 shares (or 5,073,528 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to 661,764 additional shares of common stock from us.

Common stock outstanding immediately after this offering

27,253,018 shares (or 27,914,782 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Principal stockholders

Upon completion of this offering, the THL Funds will continue to beneficially own a controlling interest in us. As a result, we intend to avail ourselves of the controlled company exemption under the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ. See “Management—Board Composition.”

Voting rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

Dividend policy

We currently intend to retain all of our earnings for the foreseeable future to fund the operation and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness, and therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare and pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, liquidity, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant. In addition, our Senior Credit Facilities (as defined below) restrict, and our New Credit Facility will restrict, our ability to pay dividends. For additional information, see “Dividend Policy.”

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $66.9 million, or $77.4 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with borrowings under our New Credit Facility, to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities and to pay fees and expenses related to our initial public offering and the refinancing of our Senior Credit Facilities. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Conflicts of Interest

A portion of the proceeds from this offering will be used to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities. Because affiliates of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are lenders under our First Lien Credit Facility and each will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are each deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. As a result, this offering will be conducted in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of FINRA Rule 5121. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Risk factors

Investment in our common stock involves substantial risks. Please read this prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Directed share program

The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares of our common stock being offered for sale to our directors, officers, certain employees and certain other persons associated with us. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchased reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Expected NASDAQ Global Select Market symbol

“FOGO”

The number of shares of our common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of this offering is based on 22,841,254 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding as of May 1, 2015. Unless otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus:

 

    assumes an initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus;

 

    assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 661,764 shares of our common stock;

 

    except in our historical financial statements included in this prospectus, gives effect to the consummation of a stock split effected upon the closing of this offering pursuant to which each share held by the holder of common stock will be reclassified into 25.4588 shares;

 

    does not reflect (1) 783,590 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options that will vest upon the consummation of this offering under our 2012 Plan (as defined herein) at a weighted average exercise price of $10.01, (2) 20,160 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of vested stock options outstanding as of May 1, 2015 under our 2012 Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $8.68, (3) 1,393,632 shares of our common stock underlying unvested stock options outstanding as of May 1, 2015 at a weighted average exercise price of $10.25 under our 2012 plan and (4) 317,799 shares of our common stock underlying other stock awards outstanding as of May 1, 2015 under our 2012 Plan; and

 

    does not reflect an additional 1,200,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future grant under our 2015 Plan (as defined herein) which we expect to adopt in connection with this offering , including 138,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options we expect to grant to employees upon the closing of this offering at an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Information

The following tables present summary consolidated financial information of the Company (Successor) as of March 29, 2015 and for the thirteen week periods ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014, for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 and for the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 and summary historical consolidated financial information of Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC (Predecessor) and subsidiaries for the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012.

The summary historical consolidated statements of operations and cash flow data for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 and for the periods May 24, 2012 (Inception) to December 30, 2012 (Successor) and January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (Predecessor) have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated statements of operations and cash flow data for the thirteen week periods ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 and the summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of March 29, 2015 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in any future period, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the entire year.

The following tables also set forth certain summary unaudited consolidated pro forma financial information as of and for the thirteen week period ended March 29, 2015 and for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, giving effect to (i) the consummation of a stock split effected upon the closing of this offering pursuant to which each share held by the holder of common stock will be reclassified into 25.4588 shares, (ii) the consummation of our initial public offering, assuming the issuance and sale by us of 4,411,764 shares of our common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated offering expenses and estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, (iii) the consummation of the refinancing of our existing Senior Credit Facilities and entry into, and effectiveness of, our New Credit Facility, (iv) the application of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and borrowings under our New Credit Facility as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” and (v) the termination of the advisory services agreement between us and an affiliate of THL and the one-time termination fee paid by us upon the consummation of this offering as set forth under the section “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements.” The summary consolidated pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our financial condition or results of operations actually would have been had the referenced events occurred on the dates indicated or to project our financial condition or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period. For additional information, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements.”

The Successor was incorporated under the name Brasa (Parent) Inc. on May 24, 2012 in connection with the Acquisition on July 21, 2012 of Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its parent company, FC Holdings Inc., a Cayman Islands exempt company, by a collaborative group consisting of the THL Funds. The Successor owns 100% of Brasa Purchaser, which owns 100% of Brasa Holdings. Brasa Holdings owns 100% of Fogo Holdings, which owns our domestic and foreign operating subsidiaries.

The Successor, Brasa Purchaser, Brasa Holdings, Brasa Merger Sub Inc. and Fogo de Chão (Holdings) Inc. were formed during 2012 for the purpose of effecting the Acquisition, which was consummated on July 21, 2012. As a result of the Acquisition, the financial information for all periods after May 24, 2012 represent the financial information of the “Successor” company. Prior to, and including, July 20, 2012, the consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Predecessor. Financial information in the Predecessor period principally relates to Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC and its subsidiaries. From May 24, 2012 to July 20, 2012, Successor had no activities other than the incurrence of transaction costs related to the Acquisition.

For purposes of presenting a comparison of our Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 results to our Fiscal 2012 results, in addition to standalone results for the Successor for the period of May 24, 2012 (Inception) to December 30, 2012 and for the Predecessor for the period of January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012, we have also

 

 

12


Table of Contents

presented summary historical consolidated financial information on a combined basis as the mathematical addition of the Predecessor and Successor periods. We believe that the presentation with mathematical addition provides meaningful information about our results of operations on a period to period basis. This approach is not consistent with GAAP, may yield results that are not strictly comparable on a period to period basis and may not reflect the actual results we would have achieved.

The data set forth in the following table should be read together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” and in our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

                Combined     Successor          Predecessor  
                Period from
January 2 to
December 30,
2012
   

Period from
May 24

(Inception) to
December 30,
2012 (2)

         Period from
January 2 to
July 20,
2012
 
    Thirteen Week Periods Ended     Fiscal Year Ended          

(dollars in thousands, except for

per share data)

  March 29,
2015
    March 30,
2014
    December 28,
2014
    December 29,
2013
            
                                                        

Statement of Operations Data

                 

Revenue

  $ 64,959      $ 61,317      $ 262,280      $ 219,239      $ 202,360      $ 93,844          $ 108,516   

Restaurant operating costs:

                 

Food and beverage costs

    19,164        18,547        78,330        67,002        63,893        29,381            34,512   

Compensation and benefit costs

    14,100        13,891        54,673        46,860        43,473        21,125            22,348   

Occupancy and other operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    11,174        10,820        44,156        36,703        33,539        15,478            18,061   

Total restaurant operating costs

    44,438        43,258        177,159        150,565        140,905        65,984            74,921   

Marketing and advertising costs

    1,402        1,442        5,585        6,188        4,830        2,342            2,488   

General and administrative costs

    5,708        4,668        21,419        18,239        18,372        8,143            10,229   

Pre-opening costs

    1,003        788        1,951        4,764        2,478        1,119            1,359   

Acquisition costs

                                18,951        11,988            6,963   

Loss on modification/extinguishment of debt

                  3,090        6,875        7,762                   7,762   

Depreciation and amortization and other

    2,891        2,668        11,684        8,618        8,524        3,567            4,957   

Total costs and expenses

    55,442        52,824        220,888        195,249        201,822        93,143            108,679   

Income (loss) from operations

    9,517        8,493        41,392        23,990        538        701            (163

Other expense:

                 

Interest expense, net

    (3,757     (4,762     (17,121     (22,354     (18,267     (10,908         (7,359

Other expenses

    (2     (4     (7     (101     (88     (20         (68

Income (loss) before income taxes

    5,758        3,727        24,264        1,535        (17,817     (10,227         (7,590

Income tax expense (benefit)

    1,252        965        6,991        2,472        99        (1,195         1,294   

Net income (loss)

    4,506        2,762        17,273        (937     (17,916     (9,032         (8,884

Less: Loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (159            (282                                

Net income (loss) attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc.

  $ 4,665      $ 2,762      $ 17,555      $ (937   $ (17,916   $ (9,032       $ (8,884

Historical Earnings (Loss) Per Share Data (1) :

                 

Earnings (loss) per common share

                 

Basic

  $ 5.20      $ 3.10      $ 19.69      $ (1.06     *      $ (10.21         *   

Diluted

  $ 5.14      $ 3.06      $ 19.42      $ (1.06     *      $ (10.21         *   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                 

Basic

    896,679        890,439        891,523        885,940        *        884,850            *   

Diluted

    907,074        902,505        904,067        885,940        *        884,850            *   

Pro Forma Earnings Per Share Data (1) :

                 

Pro Forma Net Income

  $ 6,507        $ 25,929               

Pro Forma earnings per common share :

                 

Basic

  $ 0.24        $ 0.96               

Diluted

  $ 0.24        $ 0.95               

Pro Forma weighted average common shares outstanding :

                 

Basic

    27,240,177          27,108,911               

Diluted

    27,504,822          27,428,267               

 

* Not applicable.

 

(1) Historical share and per share information does not give effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
     As of March 29, 2015  
(dollars in thousands)        Actual          Pro Forma (1)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,304       $ 17,304   

Total assets

     460,098         459,986   

Total debt

     242,758         188,884   

Total equity

         145,896         203,907   

 

                Combined  
        Thirteen Week Periods Ended         Fiscal Year Ended    

Period from
January 2 to
December 30,
2012

 
(dollars in thousands)   March 29,
2015
    March 30,
2014
    December 28,
2014
    December 29,
2013
   

Other Operating and Financial Data

         

Number of total restaurants at end of period

    35        32        34        31        27   

Number of comparable restaurants at end of period

    27        25        27        25        22   

Comparable restaurant sales growth: (3)

         

United States

    0.1     (0.4 )%      2.9     1.4     (1.1 %) 

Brazil

    2.3     0.8     11.4     1.1     (2.1 %) 

System-wide (4)

    0.5     (0.2 )%      4.9     1.3     (1.3 %) 

Average unit volumes

    *        *      $ 8,031      $ 7,931      $ 8,059   

Restaurant contribution (5)

  $ 20,521      $ 18,059      $ 85,121      $ 68,674      $ 61,455   

Restaurant contribution margin (5)

    31.6     29.5     32.5     31.3     30.4

Adjusted EBITDA (6)

  $ 14,938      $ 12,888      $ 63,319      $ 50,363      $ 49,244   

Adjusted EBITDA margin (6)

    23.0     21.0     24.1     23.0     24.3

 

* Not meaningful because management analyzes average unit volumes on a fiscal period basis.

 

(1) Pro forma amounts give effect to (i) the consummation of a stock split effected upon the closing of this offering pursuant to which each share held by the holder of common stock will be reclassified into 25.4588 shares, (ii) the issuance and sale by us of 4,411,764 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated offering expenses and estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, (iii) the consummation of the refinancing of our existing Senior Credit Facilities and entry into, and effectiveness of, our New Credit Facility, (iv) the application of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and borrowings under our New Credit Facility as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” and (v) the termination of the advisory services agreement between us and an affiliate of THL and the one-time termination fee paid by us upon the consummation of this offering as set forth under “Use of Proceeds.” See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Capitalization.”

 

(2) From May 24, 2012 to July 20, 2012, Successor had no activities other than the incurrence of transaction costs related to the Acquisition.

 

(3) We consider a restaurant to be comparable during the first full fiscal quarter following the eighteenth full month of operations. Comparable restaurant sales growth reflects the change in year-over-year sales for the comparable restaurant base.

 

(4) Presented on a constant currency basis, which compares results between periods as if exchange rates had remained constant period-over-period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Supplemental Selected Constant Currency Information.”

 

(5) Restaurant contribution is defined as revenue less restaurant operating costs. Restaurant contribution margin is defined as restaurant contribution as a percentage of revenue. Restaurant contribution is a supplemental measure of operating performance of our restaurants and our calculation thereof may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. See “Basis of Presentation” for a discussion of restaurant contribution and a description of its limitations as an analytical tool.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of restaurant contribution to revenue:

 

                      Combined     Successor     Predecessor  
                     
    Thirteen Week
Periods Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended    

Period from
January 2 to
December 30,
2012

   

Period from
May 24
(Inception) to
December 30,
2012

   

Period
from
January 2
to July 20,
2012

 
(dollars in thousands)  

March 29,

2015

    March 30,
2014
    December 28,
2014
    December 29,
2013
       

Revenue

  $ 64,959      $ 61,317      $ 262,280      $ 219,239      $ 202,360      $ 93,844      $ 108,516   

Total restaurant operating costs (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    (44,438     (43,258     (177,159     (150,565     (140,905     (65,984     (74,921

Restaurant contribution

  $ 20,521      $ 18,059      $ 85,121      $ 68,674      $ 61,455      $ 27,860      $ 33,595   

 

(6) Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization plus the sum of certain operating and non-operating expenses, including pre-opening costs, losses on modifications and extinguishment of debt, acquisition costs, equity-based compensation costs, management and consulting fees, retention agreement costs, IPO related costs, and other non-cash or similar adjustments. Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. See “Basis of Presentation” for a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a description of its limitations as an analytical tool.

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net income (loss):

 

                      Combined     Successor     Predecessor  
           
    Thirteen Week
Periods Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended    

Period from
January 2 to
December 30,
2012

   

Period from
May 24
(Inception) to
December 30,
2012

   

Period
from
January 2
to July 20,
2012

 
(dollars in thousands)  

March 29,

2015

   

March 30,

2014

    December 28,
2014
    December 29,
2013
       

Net income (loss) attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc.

  $ 4,665      $ 2,762      $ 17,555      $ (937   $ (17,916   $ (9,032   $ (8,884

Depreciation and amortization expense

    3,004        2,737        11,638        8,989        8,850        3,736        5,114   

Interest expense, net

    3,757        4,762        17,121        22,354        18,267        10,908        7,359   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    1,252        965        6,991        2,472        99        (1,195     1,294   

EBITDA

    12,678        11,226      $ 53,305      $ 32,878      $ 9,300      $ 4,417      $ 4,883   

Pre-opening costs(a)

    849        788        1,717        4,764        2,478        1,119        1,359   

Non-cash loss on modification/extinguishment of debt

                  3,090        6,875        7,762               7,762   

Acquisition costs

                           18,951        11,988        6,963   

Equity-based compensation

    130        189        765        1,364        8,574        4,504        4,070   

Management and consulting fees(b)

    341        215        859        2,524        338        338          

Retention agreement payments(c)

    312        312        1,250        1,250        1,250        521        729   

IPO related expense(d)

    384        26        1,666                               

Non-cash adjustments(e)

    244        132        667        708        591        309        282   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 14,938      $ 12,888      $ 63,319      $ 50,363      $ 49,244      $ 23,196      $ 26,048   

 

(a) Excludes $0.2 million of pre-opening costs incurred by our joint venture in Mexico during the thirteen week period ended March 29, 2015 and during the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, respectively.

 

(b) Consists primarily of payments to an affiliate of THL and advisors engaged by an affiliate of THL for advisory and consulting services. Upon consummation of this offering, our agreement with an affiliate of THL will terminate in accordance with its terms and we will pay a termination fee of approximately $7.8 million to an affiliate of THL. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

(c) Consists of cash payments to our regional managers pursuant to retention and non-compete agreements put in place by our prior owner. The final payments under these agreements are due in October 2015.

 

(d) Represents external professional service costs incurred as the Company assessed and initiated the process of becoming a public company. These costs include accounting and legal fees for public readiness services, documentation of internal controls to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and external auditor fees incurred for review of all fiscal quarters included in the filing.

 

(e) Consists of non-cash portion of straight line rent expense.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and the other information included in this prospectus before deciding to purchase shares of our common stock. Any of these risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. Consequently, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks described below are those known to us and that we currently believe may materially affect us. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial may also negatively affect us.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The restaurant industry in general, and the specialty and fine-dining segment in particular, are affected by changes in economic conditions, including continuing effects from the recent recession, which could negatively affect our guest traffic, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Dining at restaurants is a discretionary activity for consumers, and, therefore, we are subject to the effects of any economic conditions. Our restaurants cater to both business and social guests. Accordingly, our business is susceptible to economic factors that may result in reduced discretionary spending by our clientele. We also believe that consumers generally tend to make fewer discretionary expenditures, including for high-end restaurant meals, during periods of actual or perceived negative economic conditions. The recession from late 2007 to mid-2009 reduced consumer confidence to historic lows, impacting the public’s ability and desire to spend discretionary dollars as a result of job losses, home foreclosures, significantly reduced home values, investment losses, bankruptcies and reduced access to credit, resulting in lower levels of customer traffic and lower average check sizes in our restaurants. Changes in spending habits as a result of another economic slowdown, inflation or lower consumer confidence are likely to decrease the number of restaurant guests and average revenue per guest and put pressure on pricing, which would adversely affect our business and financial performance.

The United States, Brazil or the specific markets in which we operate may suffer from depressed economic activity, recessionary economic cycles, higher fuel or energy costs, low consumer confidence, high levels of unemployment, reduced home values, increases in home foreclosures, investment losses, personal bankruptcies, reduced access to credit or other economic factors that may affect consumer discretionary spending. During the recent economic crisis and recession, our business was materially adversely affected by a significant decrease in revenues from our restaurants in the United States and Brazil due to adverse economic conditions in those areas. If negative economic conditions persist for a long period of time or become more pervasive, consumers might make long-lasting changes to their discretionary spending behavior, including dining out less frequently on a permanent basis and generating lower average check sizes at our restaurants. If restaurant revenue decreases, our profitability could decline as we spread fixed costs across a lower level of revenue. Reductions in staff levels, asset impairment charges and potential restaurant closures could result from prolonged negative restaurant sales. There can be no assurance that the macroeconomic environment or the regional economics in which we operate will improve significantly or that government stimulus efforts will improve consumer confidence, liquidity, credit markets, home values or unemployment, among other things.

The future performance of the United States and Brazilian economies is uncertain and may be affected by economic, political and other factors that are beyond our control. These factors, which also affect consumer spending on restaurant meals, include, among others, national, regional and local economic conditions, levels of disposable consumer income, consumer confidence and the effects of geopolitical incidents. We believe that any negative developments relating to these factors, whether actual or perceived, could adversely impact our business and financial performance.

We face significant competition from other restaurant companies, which could adversely affect our business and financial performance and make it difficult to expand in new and existing markets.

We must compete successfully with other restaurant companies in existing or new markets in order to maintain and enhance our overall financial performance. The restaurant industry in the United States, Brazil and internationally is highly competitive in terms of price, quality of service, restaurant location, atmosphere, and type and quality of food. We compete with restaurant chains and independently owned restaurants (including, among others, churrascaria operators) for guests, restaurant locations and experienced management and staff. Some of our competitors have

 

16


Table of Contents

greater financial and other resources, have been in business for a longer period of time, have greater name recognition and are more established in the markets where we currently operate and where we plan to open new restaurants. Any inability to compete successfully with other restaurant companies may harm our ability to maintain or increase our revenue, force us to close one or more of our restaurants or limit our ability to expand our restaurant base. Restaurant closings would reduce our revenue and could subject us to significant costs, including severance payments to employees, write-downs of leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture and fixtures, and legal expenses. In addition, we could remain liable for remaining future lease obligations for any terminated restaurant locations.

Churrascaria operators and other competitors in the steakhouse sector of our industry have continued to open restaurants in recent years. If we overestimate demand for our restaurants or underestimate the popularity of competing restaurants, we may be unable to realize anticipated revenue from existing or new restaurants. Similarly, if any of our competitors opens additional restaurants in existing or targeted markets, we may realize lower than expected revenue from our restaurants. Any decrease in the number of restaurant guests for any of our existing or new restaurants due to competition could reduce our revenue and adversely affect our business and financial performance, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our Brazilian operations, and any other future international operations, expose us to economic, regulatory and other risks associated with such countries.

We have long-standing operations in Brazil, where we now have 10 restaurants. Our Brazilian restaurants accounted for 25.9% of our total revenue in 2013, 23.7% in 2014 and 19.6% in the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 and 15.8% in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015. While we do not currently operate any restaurants outside of the United States, Brazil and our joint venture restaurant in Mexico, we intend to expand into other international markets in the future. Our lack of experience in operating restaurants outside of the United States and Brazil increases the risk that any international expansion efforts that we may undertake may not be successful. In addition, international operations, including our operations in Brazil and Mexico, subject us to a number of risks, including:

 

    fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

    foreign and legal regulatory requirements;

 

    difficulties in managing and staffing international operations;

 

    potentially adverse tax consequences, including complexities of international tax systems and restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;

 

    expropriation or governmental regulation restricting foreign ownership or requiring divestiture;

 

    increases in the cost of labor (as a result of unionization or otherwise);

 

    the burdens of complying with different legal standards; and

 

    political, social and economic conditions.

We may begin to operate in countries known to have a reputation for corruption and are subject to the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (“FCPA”), the US Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) regulations, other United States laws and regulations governing our international operations and similar laws in other countries. Any violation of the FCPA, OFAC regulations or other applicable anti-corruption laws, by us, our affiliated entities or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties and curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions and could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or our availability of funds under our revolving line of credit. Further, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our management.

If we are unable to account for these risks while operating abroad, our reputation and brand value could be harmed. The occurrence of any of these risks could negatively affect our Brazilian operations and any future expansion into new geographic markets, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

We are a multinational organization faced with increasingly complex tax issues in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including in Brazil, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes in those jurisdictions.

As a multinational organization that operates in several jurisdictions, including the United States and Brazil, we may be subject to taxation in jurisdictions with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. The tax positions that we have taken or may take in the future may be subject to challenge on audit, and the authorities in these jurisdictions, including Brazil, could successfully assert that we are obligated to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties. In addition, the amount of taxes we pay could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and operating results. The authorities could also claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries, any of which could have a material impact on us and the results of our operations.

Brazilian economic, political and other conditions, and Brazilian government policies or actions in response to these conditions, may negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial performance, as well as the market price of our common stock.

The Brazilian economy has been characterized by frequent and occasionally extensive intervention by the Brazilian government and unstable economic cycles. The Brazilian government has often changed monetary, taxation, credit, tariff and other policies to influence the course of the country’s economy. For example, the government’s actions to control inflation have at times involved setting wage and price controls, imposing exchange controls and limiting imports into Brazil. Additionally, in March and April of 2015, a series of protests began in Brazil against the current government and President. The initial protests occurred in cities throughout Brazil, including in Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paolo, on March 15, with protestors generally reported to number around a million, and continued throughout the remainder of March and into April. We have no control over, and cannot predict, what policies or actions the Brazilian government may take in the future, including in response to recent protesting activities. These factors, as well as uncertainty over whether the Brazilian government may implement changes in policy or regulations relating to these factors, could adversely affect us and our business, results of operations, financial performance and the market price of our common stock. We cannot predict what policies may be implemented by the Brazilian federal or state governments and whether these policies will negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects may be adversely affected by exchange control policies, interest rates, liquidity of domestic capital and lending markets, social and political instability, and other economic, political, diplomatic and social developments affecting Brazil.

The Brazilian government regularly implements changes to tax regimes that may increase our tax burden. These changes include modifications in the rate of assessments, non-renewal of existing tax relief and, on occasion, enactment of temporary taxes the proceeds of which are earmarked for designated governmental purposes. Increases in our overall tax burden could negatively affect our overall financial performance and profitability.

Our reporting currency is the US dollar but a substantial portion of our revenue and costs and expenses are in the Brazilian real, so that exchange rate movements may affect our financial performance.

We generate revenue, and incur costs and expenses, in our Brazilian operations denominated in Brazilian reais . The results of our Brazilian operations are translated from reais into US dollars upon consolidation when we prepare our consolidated financial statements. When the US dollar weakens relative to the Brazilian real , the contribution of our Brazilian operations to our overall results of operations increases. By contrast, when the US dollar strengthens against the real , the contribution of our Brazilian operations tends to decrease.

The Brazilian currency has historically been subject to significant exchange rate fluctuations in relation to the US dollar and other currencies and has been devalued frequently over the past four decades. These exchange rate movements have been attributable to economic conditions in Brazil, Brazilian governmental policies and actions, developments in global foreign exchange markets and other factors. The  real depreciated by 8.5% against the US dollar in

 

18


Table of Contents

2012, by 14.3% in 2013 and by 11.4% in 2014 and depreciated further by 29.4% on a year-over-year basis in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015. Our reported consolidated results of operations have periodically been affected by the strength of the US dollar relative to the Brazilian real and further appreciation of the US dollar in the future periods could affect adversely our consolidated results of operations in those periods. Disruptions in financial markets may also result in significant changes in foreign exchange rates in relatively short periods of time which further increases the risk of an adverse currency effect. We do not currently use financial derivatives or hedging agreements to manage our currency exposure. In the future, we may choose to use a combination of natural hedging techniques and financial derivatives to protect against foreign currency exchange rate risks. However, such activities may be ineffective or may not offset more than a portion of the adverse financial effect resulting from foreign currency variations.

Our company’s principal asset is its ownership interest in Fogo de Chão (Holdings) Inc. and if that subsidiary or our other subsidiaries are restricted from distributing or repatriating funds to us, pursuant to law, regulation or otherwise, our liquidity, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We have no material assets other than our ownership of the equity interests in our subsidiaries and no independent means of generating revenue. To the extent that we need funds, and our subsidiaries are restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, such restrictions or inability could materially adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

Brazilian law permits the Brazilian government to impose temporary restrictions on conversions of Brazilian currency into foreign currencies and on remittances to foreign investors of proceeds from their investments in Brazil, whenever there is a serious imbalance in Brazil’s balance of payments or there are reasons to expect a pending serious imbalance. Any imposition of restrictions on conversions and remittances could hinder or prevent our Brazilian subsidiaries from converting Brazilian currency into US dollars or other foreign currencies and remitting abroad dividends or distributions. As a result, any imposition of exchange controls restrictions could reduce the market prices of the shares of our common stock.

Additionally, the terms of our Senior Credit Facilities include, and the terms of our New Credit Facility will include, a number of restrictive covenants that impose restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, make certain restricted payments, including dividends to us.

Cash repatriation restrictions and exchange controls may also limit our ability to convert foreign currencies such as the real into US dollars or to remit payments by our Brazilian subsidiaries or businesses located in or conducted within a country imposing restrictions or controls. We may face similar risks in other international jurisdictions in which we operate. While we have repatriated cash historically, in the future we do not intend to repatriate or convert cash held in countries that have significant restrictions or controls in place, but should we need to do so to fund our operations, we may be unable to repatriate or convert such cash, or unable to do so without incurring substantial costs which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Our future success depends upon the continued appeal of our restaurant concept and we are vulnerable to changes to consumer preferences.

Our success depends, in considerable part, on the popularity of our menu offerings and the overall dining experience provided to guests by our restaurants. Any shift in consumer preferences away from our restaurant concept could negatively affect our financial performance. The restaurant industry is characterized by the continual introduction of new concepts and is subject to rapidly changing consumer preferences, tastes and dining habits. There can be no assurance that consumers will continue to regard churrascaria -inspired or steakhouse-based food favorably or that we will be able to develop new products that appeal to consumer preferences. Our business, financial condition and results of operations depend in part on our ability to anticipate, identify and respond to changing consumer preferences. Any failure by us to anticipate and respond to changing guest preferences could make our restaurants less appealing and adversely affect our business.

 

19


Table of Contents

Our historical revenue and AUVs may not be indicative of our future financial performance.

Our revenue and AUVs have historically been, and will continue to be, affected by, among others, the following factors:

 

    our ability to execute effectively our business strategy;

 

    initial sales performance by new restaurants;

 

    competition;

 

    consumer and demographic trends, in particular for ethnic foods, and levels of beef consumption; and

 

    general economic conditions and conditions specific to the restaurant industry.

Existing restaurants may fail to maintain revenue and AUV levels consistent with our historical experience. New restaurants may not reach the historical revenue and AUV levels of our existing restaurants according to our plans, if at all. Any decrease in our revenue or AUVs would negatively affect our financial performance, which could cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially.

Our future growth depends on our ability to open new restaurants in existing and new markets and to operate these restaurants profitably.

Our future financial performance will depend on our ability to execute our business strategy—in particular, to open new restaurants on a profitable basis. We currently operate 26 restaurants in the United States, 10 restaurants in Brazil and one joint venture restaurant in Mexico. We plan to open five to six restaurants during Fiscal 2015, which includes our first joint venture restaurant in Mexico City, which opened in May 2015. Over the next five years, we plan to increase our company-owned restaurant count by at least 10% annually, with North America being our primary market for new restaurant development. In addition, we plan to grow in Brazil as well as other international markets, however there is no guarantee that we will be able to increase the number of our restaurants in North America or in international markets. Our ability to successfully open new restaurants is, in turn, dependent upon a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

    finding and securing quality locations on acceptable financial terms;

 

    complying with applicable zoning, land use and environmental regulations;

 

    obtaining, for an acceptable cost, required permits and approvals;

 

    having adequate financing for construction, opening and operating costs;

 

    controlling construction and equipment costs for new restaurants;

 

    weather, natural disasters and disasters beyond our control resulting in delays;

 

    hiring, training and retaining management and other employees necessary to meet staffing needs; and

 

    successfully promoting new restaurants and competing in the markets in which these are located.

We continuously review potential sites for future restaurants. Typically, we experience a “start-up” period before a new restaurant achieves our targeted level of operating and financial performance which may include an initial start-up period of sales volatility. In addition, we face higher operating costs caused by start-up costs including higher food, labor and other direct operating expenses and other temporary inefficiencies associated with opening new restaurants. We may also face challenges such as lack of brand recognition, market familiarity and acceptance when we enter new markets.

 

20


Table of Contents

Our long-term success is highly dependent on our ability to successfully identify appropriate sites and develop and expand our operations in existing and new markets.

We intend to develop new restaurants in our existing markets, and selectively enter into new markets. There can be no assurance that any new restaurant that we open will have similar operating results to those of existing restaurants. There is no guarantee that a sufficient number of suitable restaurant sites will be available in desirable areas or on terms that are acceptable to us, and we may not be able to open our planned new restaurants on a timely basis, if at all. Further, if opened, these restaurants may not be operated profitably. As part of our growth strategy, we may enter into geographic markets in which we have little or no prior operating experience. Consumer recognition of our brand has been important in the success of restaurants in our existing markets and recognition may be lacking in new geographic markets. In addition, restaurants we open in new markets may take longer to reach expected sales and profit levels on a consistent basis and may have higher construction, occupancy or operating expenses than restaurants we open in existing markets, thereby affecting our overall profitability. Any failure on our part to recognize or respond to these challenges may adversely affect the success of any new restaurants.

The number and timing of new restaurants opened during any given period, and their associated contribution to operating growth, may be negatively impacted by a number of factors including, without limitation:

 

    identification and availability of appropriate locations that will increase the number of restaurant guests and sales per unit;

 

    inability to generate sufficient funds from operations or to obtain acceptable financing to support our development;

 

    recruitment and training of qualified operating personnel in the local market;

 

    availability of acceptable lease arrangements;

 

    construction and development cost management;

 

    timely delivery of the leased premises to us from our landlords and punctual commencement of our buildout construction activities;

 

    delays due to the customized nature of our restaurant concepts and decor, construction and pre-opening processes for each new location;

 

    obtaining all necessary governmental licenses and permits, including our liquor licenses, on a timely basis to construct or remodel and operate our restaurants;

 

    inability to comply with certain covenants under our Senior Credit Facilities or our New Credit Facility that could limit our ability to open new restaurants;

 

    consumer tastes in new geographic regions and acceptance of our restaurant concept;

 

    competition in new markets, including competition for restaurant sites; unforeseen engineering or environmental problems with the leased premises;

 

    adverse weather during the construction period; anticipated commercial, residential and infrastructure development near our new restaurants; and

 

    other unanticipated increases in costs, any of which could give rise to delays or cost overruns.

If we are unable to successfully open new restaurants, our financial results or revenue growth could be adversely affected and our business negatively affected as we expect a portion of our growth to come from new restaurants.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our failure to manage our growth effectively could harm our business and operating results.

Our growth plan includes opening a number of new restaurants. Our existing restaurant management systems, administrative staff, financial and management controls and information systems may be inadequate to support our planned expansion. Those demands on our infrastructure and resources may also adversely affect our ability to manage our existing restaurants. Managing our growth effectively will require us to continue to enhance these systems, procedures and controls and to hire, train and retain managers, gaucho chefs and other team members. We may not respond quickly enough to the changing demands that our expansion will impose on our management, restaurant teams and existing infrastructure which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe our gaucho culture is an important contributor to our success. As we grow, however, we may have difficulty maintaining our culture or adapting it sufficiently to meet the needs of our operations. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if we do not maintain our infrastructure and culture as we grow.

We have a history of net losses and may incur losses in the future.

We incurred net losses in Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013. We may incur net losses in the future and we cannot assure you that we will achieve or sustain profitability.

Increases in the prices of, or reductions in the availability of, top-quality beef could reduce our operating margins and revenue.

We purchase substantial quantities of beef, particularly Angus Beef ® (and its equivalent in Brazil), which is subject to significant price fluctuations due to conditions affecting livestock markets, weather, feed prices, industry demand and other factors. Our meat costs accounted for approximately 59% of our total food and beverage costs in the United States during 2013, approximately 57% during 2014 and approximately 58% during the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015. Because our restaurants in the United States feature Angus Beef ® , we generally would expect to purchase this type of beef even in the face of significant price increases. If the price for beef increases in the future and we choose not to pass, or cannot pass, these increases on to our guests, our operating margins could decrease significantly. In addition, if key beef items become unavailable for us to purchase, our revenue could decrease.

We may experience higher operating costs, including increases in supplier prices and employee salaries and benefits, which could adversely affect our financial performance.

Our ability to maintain consistent quality throughout our restaurants depends, in part, upon our ability to acquire fresh food products, including Angus Beef ® (and its equivalent in Brazil), and related items from reliable sources in accordance with our specifications and in sufficient quantities. We have pricing agreements in place with a few suppliers for our beef purchases in the United States and short term contracts with a limited number of suppliers for the distribution of our other food purchases and other supplies for our restaurants. We do not have any supply agreements or pricing agreements in place in Brazil, and therefore we are subject to risks of shortages and price fluctuations with respect to our food purchases for our restaurants in Brazil. Our largest supplier of beef accounted for 70% of our beef purchases in the United States in 2013, 77% in 2014 and 99% in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015. Our dependence on a limited number of suppliers subjects us to risks of shortages, delivery interruptions and price fluctuations. If our suppliers do not perform adequately or otherwise fail to distribute supplies to our restaurants, we may be unable to replace them in a short period of time on acceptable terms. Any inability to so replace suppliers could increase our costs or cause shortages at our restaurants of food and other items that may cause us to remove popular items from a restaurant’s menu or temporarily close a restaurant, which could result in a loss of guests and, consequently, revenue during the time of the shortage and thereafter, if our guests change their dining habits as a result.

If we pay higher prices for food items or other supplies or increase compensation or benefits to our employees, we will sustain an increase in our operating costs. Many factors affect the prices paid for food and other items, including conditions affecting livestock markets, weather, changes in demand and inflation. Factors that may affect compensation and benefits paid to our employees include changes in minimum wage and employee benefits laws (as

 

22


Table of Contents

discussed below). Other factors that could cause our operating costs to increase include fuel prices, occupancy and related costs, maintenance expenditures and increases in other day-to-day expenses. If we are unable or unwilling to increase our menu prices or take other actions to offset increased operating costs, we could experience a decline in our financial performance.

We rely heavily on certain vendors, suppliers and distributors, which could adversely affect our business.

Our ability to maintain consistent price and quality throughout our restaurants depends in part upon our ability to acquire specified food products and supplies in sufficient quantities from third-party vendors, suppliers and distributors at a reasonable cost. We rely on US Foods, Inc. (“US Foods”) as one of our primary distributors. In Fiscal 2013 and 2014, and the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015, we spent approximately 70%,72%, and 72%, respectively, of our food and beverage costs in the United States on products and supplies procured from US Foods. Our agreement with US Foods can be terminated by either us or US Foods upon 60 days’ written notice. We do not control the businesses of our vendors, suppliers and distributors, and our efforts to specify and monitor the standards under which they perform may not be successful. Furthermore, certain food items are perishable, and we have limited control over whether these items will be delivered to us in appropriate condition for use in our restaurants. If any of our vendors, suppliers or distributors are unable to fulfill their obligations to our standards, or if we are unable to find replacement providers in the event of a supply or service disruption, we could encounter supply shortages and incur higher costs to secure adequate supplies, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our marketing programs may not be successful.

We believe our brand is critical to our business. We incur costs and expend other resources in our marketing efforts to raise brand awareness and attract and retain guests. These initiatives may not be successful, resulting in expenses incurred without the benefit of higher revenue. Additionally, some of our competitors have greater financial resources, which enable them to spend significantly more than we are able to on marketing and advertising. Should our competitors increase spending on marketing and advertising or our marketing funds decrease for any reason, or should our advertising and promotions be less effective than our competitors, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Any negative publicity surrounding our restaurants or our sector of the industry could adversely affect the number of restaurant guests, which could reduce revenue in our restaurants.

We believe that any adverse publicity concerning the quality of our food and our restaurants generally could damage our brand and adversely affect the future success of our business. Company-specific adverse publicity, including inaccurate publicity, could take different forms, such as negative reviews by restaurant or word-of-mouth criticisms emanating from our guest base. Also, there has been a recent increase in the use of social media platforms and similar devices, including weblogs (blogs), social media websites, and other forms of Internet-based communications which allow individuals access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. Many social media platforms immediately publish the content their subscribers and participants can post, often without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted. There is significant opportunity for dissemination of information, including inaccurate information. Information concerning our company may be posted on such platforms at any time. Information posted may be adverse to our interests or may be inaccurate, either of which may harm our business and financial performance. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction.

Negative publicity relating to the consumption of beef, including in connection with food-borne illness, could result in reduced consumer demand for our menu offerings, which could reduce sales.

Instances of food-borne illness, including Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy, which is also known as BSE, and aphthous fever, as well as hepatitis A, lysteria, salmonella and e-coli, whether or not found in the United States or Brazil or traced directly to one of our suppliers or our restaurants, could reduce demand for our menu offerings. We cannot guarantee that our internal controls and training will be fully effective in preventing all food safety issues at our restaurants, including instances of food-borne illnesses. Any negative publicity relating to these and other health-related matters may affect consumers’ perceptions of our restaurants and the food that we offer, reduce guest visits to our restaurants and negatively impact demand for our menu offerings. Adverse publicity relating to any of these matters, beef in general or other similar concerns could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our company could face lawsuits relating to workplace and employment laws and fair credit reporting requirements, which, if determined adversely, could result in negative publicity or in payment of substantial damages by us.

Various federal and state labor laws govern our relationships with our employees and affect operating costs. These laws include employee classifications as exempt or non-exempt, minimum wage requirements, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates, citizenship requirements and other wage and benefit requirements for employees classified as non-exempt. Our business may be adversely affected by legal or governmental proceedings brought by or on behalf of our employees or guests. Although we require all workers to provide us with government-specified documentation evidencing their employment eligibility, some of our employees may, without our knowledge, be unauthorized workers. We currently participate in the “E-Verify” program, an Internet-based, free program run by the United States government to verify employment eligibility, in states in which participation is required. However, use of the “E-Verify” program does not guarantee that we will properly identify all applicants who are ineligible for employment. Unauthorized workers are subject to deportation and may subject us to fines or penalties, and if any of our workers are found to be unauthorized we could experience adverse publicity that negatively impacts our brand and may make it more difficult to hire and keep qualified employees. Termination of a significant number of employees who were unauthorized employees may disrupt our operations, cause temporary increases in our labor costs as we train new employees and result in additional adverse publicity. We could also become subject to fines, penalties and other costs related to claims that we did not fully comply with all record-keeping obligations of federal and state immigration compliance laws. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In recent years, a number of restaurant companies, including our company, have been subject to lawsuits and other claims, including class action lawsuits, alleging violations of federal and state law governing workplace and employment matters such as various forms of discrimination, wrongful termination, harassment and similar matters and violations of fair credit reporting requirements. A number of these lawsuits and claims against other companies have resulted in various penalties, including the payment of substantial damages by the defendants. In addition, lawsuits by employees are common in Brazil after termination of employment and we have been subject to a number of these lawsuits. Insurance may not be available at all or in sufficient amounts to cover all liabilities with respect to these matters. Accordingly, we may incur substantial damages and expenses resulting from claims and lawsuits, which would increase our operating costs, decrease funds available for the development of our business and result in charges to our income statements resulting in decreased profitability or net losses. Employee claims against us also create not only legal and financial liability but negative publicity that could adversely affect us and divert our financial and management resources that would otherwise be used to benefit the future performance of our operations.

Litigation concerning food quality, health, employee conduct and other issues could require us to incur additional liabilities or cause guests to avoid our restaurants.

Restaurant companies have from time to time faced lawsuits alleging that a guest suffered illness or injury during or after a visit to a restaurant, including actions seeking damages resulting from food borne illness and relating to notices with respect to chemicals contained in food products required under state law. Similarly, food tampering, employee hygiene and cleanliness failures or improper employee conduct at our restaurants could lead to product liability or other claims. To date, we have not been a defendant in any lawsuit asserting such a claim. However, we cannot assure you that such a lawsuit will not be filed against us and we cannot guarantee to consumers that our internal controls and training will be fully effective in preventing claims. We are also subject to various claims arising in the ordinary course of our business, including personal injury claims, contract claims and other matters. In addition, we could become subject to class action lawsuits related to these and other matters in the future. Regardless of whether any claims against us are valid or whether we are ultimately held liable, claims may be expensive to defend and may divert management attention and other resources from our operations and hurt our financial performance. A judgment significantly in excess of our insurance coverage for any claims would materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, adverse publicity resulting from any such claims may negatively impact revenue at one or more of our restaurants.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to extensive regulation and we may incur additional costs or liabilities as a result of government regulation of our restaurants.

Our business is subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign government regulation, including, among others, regulations related to the preparation and sale of food, the sale of alcoholic beverages, zoning and building codes, land use and employee, health, sanitation and safety matters.

Typically, our licenses to sell alcoholic beverages must be renewed annually and may be suspended or revoked at any time for cause. Alcoholic beverage control regulations govern various aspects of daily operations of our restaurants, including the minimum age of guests and employees, hours of operation, advertising, wholesale purchasing and inventory control, handling and storage. Any failure by any of our restaurants to obtain and maintain, on a timely basis, liquor or other licenses, permits or approvals required to serve alcoholic beverages or food, as well as any associated negative publicity, could delay or prevent the opening of, or adversely impact the viability of, and could have an adverse effect on, that restaurant and its operating and financial performance. We apply for our liquor licenses with the advice of outside legal counsel and licensing consultants. Because of the many and various state and federal licensing and permitting requirements, there is a significant risk that one or more regulatory agencies could determine that we have not complied with applicable licensing or permitting regulations or have not maintained the approvals necessary for us to conduct business within its jurisdiction. Any changes in the application or interpretation of existing laws may adversely impact our restaurants in that state, and could also cause us to lose, either temporarily or permanently, the licenses, permits and regulations necessary to conduct our restaurant operations, and subject us to fines and penalties.

There is also a potential for increased regulation of certain food establishments in the United States, where compliance with a Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (“HACCP”) approach would be required. HACCP refers to a management system in which food safety is addressed through the analysis and control of potential hazards from production, procurement and handling, to manufacturing, distribution and consumption of the finished product. Many states have required restaurants to develop and implement HACCP Systems, and the United States government continues to expand the sectors of the food industry that must adopt and implement HACCP programs. For example, the Food Safety Modernization Act (the “FSMA”), signed into law in January 2011, granted the FDA new authority regarding the safety of the entire food system, including through increased inspections and mandatory food recalls. Although restaurants are specifically exempted from or not directly implicated by some of these new requirements, we anticipate that the new requirements may impact our industry. Additionally, our suppliers may initiate or otherwise be subject to food recalls that may impact the availability of certain products, result in adverse publicity or require us to take actions that could be costly for us or otherwise impact our business.

Our restaurants in the United States are subject to state “dram shop” laws, which generally allow a person to sue us if that person was injured by an intoxicated person who was wrongfully served alcoholic beverages at one of our restaurants. Recent litigation against restaurant chains has resulted in significant judgments, including punitive damages, under dram shop laws. A judgment against us under a dram shop law could exceed our liability insurance coverage policy limits and could result in substantial liability for us and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Our inability to continue to obtain such insurance coverage at reasonable cost also could have a material adverse effect on us. Regardless of whether any claims against us are valid or whether we are liable, we may be adversely affected by publicity resulting from such laws.

The costs of operating our restaurants may increase in the event of changes in laws governing minimum hourly wages, working conditions, overtime and tip credits, health care, workers’ compensation insurance rates, unemployment tax rates, sales taxes or other laws and regulations, such as those governing access for the disabled (including the Americans with Disabilities Act). If any of these costs were to increase and we were unable or unwilling to pass on such costs to our guests by increasing menu prices or by other means, our business and results of operations could be negatively affected.

Failure to comply with federal, state or local regulations could cause our licenses to be revoked and force us to cease the sale of alcoholic beverages at certain restaurants. Any difficulties, delays or failures in obtaining such licenses, permits or approvals could delay or prevent the opening of a restaurant in a particular area or increase the costs associated

 

25


Table of Contents

therewith. In addition, in certain states, including states where we have existing restaurants or where we plan to open a restaurant, the number of liquor licenses available is limited, and licenses are traded on the open market. Liquor, beer and wine sales comprise a significant portion of our revenue. If we are unable to maintain our existing licenses, our guest patronage, revenue and results of operations would be adversely affected. Or, if we choose to open a restaurant in those states where the number of licenses available is limited, the cost of a new license could be significant.

Any failure to protect and maintain our intellectual property rights could adversely affect the value of our brand.

We have registered our principal trademarks including the FOGO, FOGO DE CHÃO and BAR FOGO marks, the campfire design and other marks used by our restaurants as trade names, trademarks or service marks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, in Brazil and in numerous foreign countries. The trademarks we currently use have not been registered in all of the countries outside of the United States in which we do business or may do business in the future. We may never register such trademarks in all of these countries and, even if we do, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. We believe that our intellectual property are valuable assets that are critical to our success. The success of our business depends on our continued ability to use our intellectual property in order to increase our brand awareness, and the unauthorized use or other misappropriation of our intellectual property in the United States or any foreign countries could diminish the value of our brands and restaurant concept and may cause a decline in our revenue. We are also aware of names similar to those of our restaurants used by third parties in certain limited geographical areas in the United States, Brazil and elsewhere. Protective actions taken by us with respect to these rights may fail to prevent unauthorized usage or imitation by others, which could harm our reputation, brands or competitive position and, if we commence litigation to enforce our rights, cause us to incur significant legal expenses.

In January 2015, the Brazilian Patent and Trademark Office published a request by Churrasciaria Vento Norte Ltda. (doing business as Vento Haragano) to partially nullify our trademark registration in Brazil for Fogo de Chão on the grounds that it violates the Brazilian Industrial Property Act for being descriptive. Vento Haragano has requested that the Brazilian Patent and Trademark Office declare that we not have exclusive rights to use the trademark Fogo de Chão at our locations in Brazil. If we lose the exclusive rights to use the trademark Fogo de Chão in Brazil, we could suffer damage or diminution of value to our brand. In addition, third parties may claim infringement by us in the future. Any such claim, whether or not it has merit, could be time consuming, result in costly legal expenses, cause delays in the launch of new products, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements, all of which could harm our business and results of operations.

The impact of negative economic factors, including the availability of credit, on our landlords and other retail center tenants could negatively affect our financial results.

Negative effects on our existing and potential landlords due to any inaccessibility of credit and other unfavorable economic factors may, in turn, adversely affect our business and results of operations. If our landlords are unable to obtain financing or remain in good standing under their existing financing arrangements, they may be unable to provide construction contributions or satisfy other lease covenants to us. If any landlord files for bankruptcy protection, the landlord may be able to reject our lease in the bankruptcy proceedings. While we would have the option to retain our rights under the lease, we could not compel the landlord to perform any of its obligations and would be left with damages as our sole recourse. In addition, if our landlords are unable to obtain sufficient credit to continue to properly manage their retail sites, we may experience a drop in the level of quality of such retail centers. Our development of new restaurants may also be adversely affected by the negative financial situations of developers and potential landlords.

We occupy most of our restaurants under long-term non-cancelable leases, which we may be unable to renew at the end of the lease terms or which may limit our flexibility to move to new locations.

All but two of our restaurants in the United States are located in leased premises and all of our restaurants in Brazil are located in leased premises. Many of our current leases in the United States are non-cancelable and usually have terms ranging from 10 to 20 years, with renewal options for terms ranging from five to 10 years. We anticipate that leases that we enter into in the future in the United States will also be long-term and non-cancelable and have similar renewal options. If we were to close or fail to open a restaurant at a leased location, we would generally remain

 

26


Table of Contents

committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease, which could include, among other things, payment of the base rent for the balance of the lease term. Our obligation to continue making rental payments and fulfilling other lease obligations under leases for closed or unopened restaurants could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, lease rates in Brazil are typically readjusted every three years and the rent amounts are not predetermined as they are in the United States. If the landlord and we cannot agree on an adjusted rate, the dispute is submitted to a judicial resolution process. As a result, our lease rates in Brazil are subject to more volatility than those in the United States and we may not always be able to predict these rates due to the unpredictable nature of the judicial resolution process, which could be unfavorable to us.

At the end of the lease term and any renewal period for a restaurant, we may be unable to renew the lease without substantial additional cost, if at all. If we are unable to renew our restaurant leases, we may be forced to close or relocate a restaurant, which could subject us to significant construction and other costs. For example, closing a restaurant, even for a brief period to permit relocation, would reduce the revenue contribution of that restaurant to our total revenue. Additionally, the revenue and profit, if any, generated at a relocated restaurant may not equal the revenue and profit generated at the previous restaurant location.

Long-term leases can, however, limit our flexibility to move a restaurant to a new location. For example, current locations may no longer be attractive in the event that demographic patterns shift or neighborhood conditions decline. In addition, long-term leases may affect our ability to take advantage of more favorable rent levels due to changes in local real estate market conditions. These and other location-related issues may affect the financial performance of individual restaurants.

Our rent expense could increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions and could limit our operating and financial flexibility.

Our rent expense accounted for approximately 7.1% of our revenue in 2013, 6.4% in 2014 and 6.8% in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015. We expect that new restaurants will typically be leased by us under operating leases. Substantial operating lease obligations could have significant negative consequences, including:

 

    increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

    requiring a substantial portion of our available cash to be applied to pay our rental obligations, thus reducing cash available for other purposes;

 

    limiting our ability to obtain any necessary financing; and

 

    limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or our industry.

We depend on cash flow from operations to pay our lease obligations and to fulfill our other cash requirements. If our restaurants do not generate sufficient cash flow and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under bank loans or from other sources, we may not be able to meet our lease obligations, grow our business, respond to competitive challenges or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would have a material adverse effect on us.

Opening new restaurants in existing markets may negatively affect sales at our existing restaurants.

The consumer target area of our restaurants varies by location, depending on a number of factors, including population density, other local retail and business attractions, area demographics and geography. As a result, the opening of a new restaurant in or near markets in which we already have restaurants could adversely affect sales at these existing restaurants. Existing restaurants could also make it more difficult to build our consumer base for a new restaurant in the same market. Our core business strategy does not entail opening new restaurants that we believe will materially affect sales at our existing restaurants, but we may selectively open new restaurants in and around areas of existing restaurants that are operating at or near capacity to effectively serve our guests. Sales cannibalization between our restaurants may become significant in the future as we continue to expand our operations and could affect our sales growth, which could, in turn, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

27


Table of Contents

Labor shortages or increases in labor costs could slow our growth and adversely affect our ability to operate our restaurants.

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain qualified employees, including restaurant managers and gaucho chefs necessary to meet the needs of our existing restaurants and to support our expansion program. Qualified personnel to fill these positions may be in short supply in some areas. If we are unable to continue to recruit and retain sufficiently qualified personnel, our business and our growth could be adversely affected. Any future inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel may delay openings of new restaurants and could adversely impact existing restaurants. Any such delays, any material increases in employee turnover rates in existing restaurants or any employee dissatisfaction could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, competition for qualified employees could require us to pay higher wages, which could result in higher labor costs, which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

Increases in minimum wages or unionization activities could substantially increase our labor costs.

Under the minimum wage laws in most jurisdictions in the United States, we are permitted to pay certain hourly employees a wage that is less than the base minimum wage for general employees because these employees receive tips as a substantial part of their income. As of March 29, 2015, approximately 33.7% of our employees in the United States earn this lower minimum wage in their respective locations as tips constitute a substantial part of their income. If federal, state or local governments change their laws to require that all employees be paid the general employee minimum base wage regardless of supplemental tip income, our labor costs would increase substantially. Our labor costs would also increase if the minimum base wage increases. We may be unable or unwilling to increase our prices in order to pass increased labor costs on to our guests, in which case our operating margins would be adversely affected. Also, although none of our employees in the United States are currently covered under collective bargaining agreements, our employees in Brazil participate in industry-wide trade union programs. Additionally, our employees in the United States may elect or attempt to be represented by labor unions in the future. If a significant number of our employees were to become unionized and collective bargaining agreement terms were significantly different from our current compensation arrangements, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our growth may be hindered by immigration restrictions, our inability to obtain necessary visas and work permits for foreign workers and changes in United States immigration laws and regulations, particularly with respect to L-1B visa eligibility.

Our future success could depend on our ability to attract and retain employees with specialized culinary skills. Many of our gaucho chefs in the United States are Brazilian nationals whose ability to work in the United States depends on obtaining and maintaining necessary visas and work permits (which may or may not be tied to their employment with us).

Immigration and work permit laws and regulations in the United States are subject to changes, both in substance as well as in the application of standards and enforcement. Immigration and work permit laws and regulations can be significantly affected by political considerations and economic conditions in the United States. We have been, and may in the future be, unable to obtain visas or work permits to bring necessary employees to the United States for any number of reasons including, among others, limits set by the US Department of Homeland Security or the US Department of State. The Department of Homeland Security’s Bureau of Citizenship & Immigration Services (USCIS, formerly INS) began to narrow its interpretation of L-1B visa eligibility as to all corporate petitioners in 2007 and 2008. Beginning in 2009, the USCIS ceased approving our L-1B visas and recommended that the petitions of 10 current L-1B visa holders be revoked. We contested the adverse actions before USCIS, and then sued USCIS in US District Court. The US District Court affirmed the USCIS denials in 2013, but we appealed that determination, and on October 21, 2014, the US Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit granted our appeal, rejected the USCIS denial, and remanded the representative L-1B petition in question to the district court, with instructions to vacate the denial and to remand to USCIS for further consideration in light of the Court’s correction of USCIS’s factual and legal adjudication errors. We anticipate that USCIS may reopen the representative L-1B petition following remand to the district court.

Due to the current climate and uncertainty relative to the process of requesting and obtaining L-1B visas, as well as recent denials of certain requests, we will continue to explore all available legal means to bring employees from Brazil to work in our restaurants in the United States. Continued compliance with existing US or foreign immigration

 

28


Table of Contents

laws or changes in such laws, making it more difficult to hire foreign nationals or limiting our ability to retain visas or work permits for current employees in the United States, could materially adversely affect our expansion strategy and, more generally, our business and financial performance.

The effect of changes to healthcare laws in the United States may increase the number of employees who choose to participate in our healthcare plans, which may significantly increase our healthcare costs and negatively impact our financial results.

In 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) was signed into law in the United States to require health care coverage for many uninsured individuals and expand coverage to those already insured. We currently offer and subsidize a portion of comprehensive healthcare coverage, primarily for our salaried employees. The healthcare reform law will require us to offer healthcare benefits to all full-time employees (including full-time hourly employees) that meet certain minimum requirements of coverage and affordability, or face penalties. If we elect to offer such benefits we may incur substantial expense. If we fail to offer such benefits, or the benefits we elect to offer do not meet the applicable requirements, we may incur penalties. The healthcare reform law also requires individuals to obtain coverage or face individual penalties, so employees who are currently eligible but elect not to participate in our healthcare plans may find it more advantageous to do so when such individual mandates take effect. It is also possible that by making changes or failing to make changes in the healthcare plans offered by us we will become less competitive in the market for our labor. Finally, implementing the requirements of healthcare reform is likely to impose additional administrative costs. The costs and other effects of these new healthcare requirements cannot be determined with certainty, but they may significantly increase our healthcare coverage costs and could materially adversely affect our, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Legislation and regulations requiring the display and provision of nutritional information for our menu offerings, and new information or attitudes regarding diet and health or adverse opinions about the health effects of consuming our menu offerings, could affect consumer preferences and negatively impact our results of operations.

Government regulation and consumer eating habits may impact our business as a result of changes in attitudes regarding diet and health or new information regarding the health effects of consuming our menu offerings. These changes have resulted in, and may continue to result in, the enactment of laws and regulations that impact the ingredients and nutritional content of our menu offerings, or laws and regulations requiring us to disclose the nutritional content of our food offerings.

The PPACA establishes a uniform, federal requirement for certain restaurants to post certain nutritional information on their menus. Specifically, the PPACA amended the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act to require chain restaurants with 20 or more locations operating under the same name and offering substantially the same menus to publish the total number of calories of standard menu items on menus and menu boards, along with a statement that puts this calorie information in the context of a total daily calorie intake. The PPACA also requires covered restaurants to provide to consumers, upon request, a written summary of detailed nutritional information for each standard menu item, and to provide a statement on menus and menu boards about the availability of this information. The PPACA further permits the United States Food and Drug Administration to require covered restaurants to make additional nutrient disclosures, such as disclosure of trans-fat content. An unfavorable report on, or reaction to, our menu ingredients, the size of our portions or the nutritional content of our menu items could negatively influence the demand for our offerings.

Furthermore, a number of states, counties and cities have enacted menu labeling laws requiring multi-unit restaurant operators to disclose certain nutritional information to guests, or have enacted legislation restricting the use of certain types of ingredients in restaurants. California is one of these, although its menu labeling law has been superseded by the PPACA.

Compliance with current and future laws and regulations regarding the ingredients and nutritional content of our menu items may be costly and time-consuming. Additionally, some government authorities are increasing regulations regarding trans-fats and sodium, which may require us to limit or eliminate trans-fats and sodium in our offerings, switch to higher cost ingredients or may hinder our ability to operate in certain markets. Some jurisdictions have banned certain cooking ingredients, such as trans-fats, or have discussed banning certain products, such as large sodas.

 

29


Table of Contents

Removal of these products and ingredients from our menus could affect product tastes, guest satisfaction levels, and sales volumes, whereas if we fail to comply with these laws or regulations, our business could experience a material adverse effect.

We cannot make any assurances regarding our ability to effectively respond to changes in consumer health perceptions or our ability to successfully implement the nutrient content disclosure requirements and to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits. The imposition of additional menu-labeling laws could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position, as well as on the restaurant industry in general.

A breach of security of confidential consumer information related to our electronic processing of credit and debit card transactions could substantially affect our reputation and financial results.

A significant majority of our sales are by credit or debit cards. Other restaurants and retailers have experienced security breaches in which credit and debit card information has been stolen. We may in the future become subject to claims for purportedly fraudulent transactions arising out of the actual or alleged theft of credit or debit card information, and we may also be subject to lawsuits or other proceedings relating to these types of incidents. In addition, most states have enacted legislation requiring notification of security breaches involving personal information, including credit and debit card information. Any such claim or proceeding could cause us to incur significant unplanned expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. Further, adverse publicity resulting from these allegations may have a material adverse effect on us and our restaurants.

We rely heavily on information technology, and any material failure, weakness, interruption or breach of security could prevent us from effectively operating our business.

We rely heavily on information systems, including point-of-sale processing in our restaurants, for management of our supply chain, payment of obligations, collection of cash, credit and debit card transactions and other processes and procedures. Our ability to efficiently and effectively manage our business depends significantly on the reliability and capacity of these systems. Our operations depend upon our ability to protect our computer equipment and systems against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or other catastrophic events, as well as from internal and external security breaches, viruses and other disruptive problems. The failure of these systems to operate effectively, maintenance problems, upgrading or transitioning to new platforms, expanding our systems as we grow or a breach in security of these systems could result in delays in guest service and reduce efficiency in our operations. Remediation of such problems could result in significant, unplanned capital investments.

The historical financial information, including the combined historical financial information for the 2012 fiscal year, in this prospectus may not accurately predict our results or our costs of operations in the future.

The historical financial information in this prospectus does not reflect the added costs we expect to incur as a public company or the resulting changes that will occur in our capital structure and operations. The estimates used in our as adjusted financial information may not be similar to our actual experience as a public company. For purposes of presenting a comparison of our Fiscal 2012 results to the fiscal years ended December 29, 2013 and December 28, 2014, we have presented our Fiscal 2012 results as the mathematical addition of the respective Predecessor and Successor periods. We believe that this presentation provides meaningful information about our results of operations. This approach is not consistent with US GAAP, may yield results that are not strictly comparable on a period-to-period basis and may not reflect the actual results we would have achieved. Accordingly, the historical financial information in this prospectus may not be indicative of our future financial performance.

Changes to estimates related to our property, fixtures and equipment or operating results that are lower than our current estimates at certain restaurant locations may cause us to incur impairment charges on certain long-lived assets, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

In accordance with accounting guidance as it relates to the impairment of long-lived assets, we make certain estimates and projections with regard to individual restaurant operations, as well as our overall performance, in connection with our impairment analyses for long-lived assets. When impairment triggers are deemed to exist for any

 

30


Table of Contents

location, the estimated undiscounted future cash flows are compared to its carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment charge equal to the difference between the carrying value and the fair value is recorded. The projections of future cash flows used in these analyses require the use of judgment and a number of estimates and projections of future operating results. If actual results differ from our estimates, additional charges for asset impairments may be required in the future. If future impairment charges are significant, our reported operating results would be adversely affected.

Changes to accounting rules or regulations may adversely affect our results of operations.

Changes to existing accounting rules or regulations may impact our future results of operations or cause the perception that we are more highly leveraged. Other new accounting rules or regulations and varying interpretations of existing accounting rules or regulations have occurred and may occur in the future. For example, accounting regulatory authorities have indicated that they may begin to require lessees to capitalize operating leases in their financial statements in the next few years. If adopted, such change would require us to record significant capital lease obligations on our balance sheet and make other changes to our financial statements. This and other future changes to accounting rules or regulations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Loss of key management personnel could hurt our business and inhibit our ability to operate and grow successfully.

Our success will continue to depend, to a significant extent, on our leadership team and other key management personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain sufficiently experienced and capable management personnel, our business and financial results may suffer. If members of our leadership team or other key management personnel leave, we may have difficulty replacing them, and our business may suffer. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully attract and retain our leadership team and other key management personnel that we need. We also do not maintain any key man life insurance policies for any of our employees.

Our current insurance policies may not provide adequate levels of coverage against all claims, and we may incur losses that are not covered by our insurance.

We maintain insurance coverage for a significant portion of our risks and associated liabilities with respect to general liability, property and casualty liability, liquor liability, employer’s liability and other insurable risks. However, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not commercially reasonable to insure. For example, insurance covering liability for violations of wage and hour laws has not generally been available. We also self-insure for workers’ compensation and health benefits under plans with high deductibles. Losses for such uninsured claims, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Compliance with environmental laws may negatively affect our business.

We are subject to national, provincial, state and local laws and regulations in the United States, Brazil and Mexico concerning waste disposal, pollution, protection of the environment, and the presence, discharge, storage, handling, release and disposal of, and exposure to, hazardous or toxic substances. These environmental laws provide for significant fines and penalties for noncompliance and liabilities for remediation, sometimes without regard to whether the owner or operator of the property knew of, or was responsible for, the release or presence of hazardous toxic substances. Third parties may also make claims against owners or operators of properties for personal injuries and property damage associated with releases of, or actual or alleged exposure to, such hazardous or toxic substances at, on or from our restaurants. Environmental conditions relating to releases of hazardous substances at prior, existing or future restaurant sites could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, environmental laws, and the administration, interpretation and enforcement thereof, are subject to change and may become more stringent in the future, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 28, 2014, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $31.5 million and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $22.9 million. Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal

 

31


Table of Contents

Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” its ability to use its prechange net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” generally occurs if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5-percent shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have experienced an ownership change in the past and may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of this issuance or future transactions in our stock, some of which may be outside our control. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards, or other prechange tax attributes, to offset US federal and state taxable income may be subject to significant limitations. As of December 28, 2014, none of the operating loss carryforwards are subject to limitation.

The amount of money that we have borrowed and may, in the future borrow, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating activities.

As of March 29, 2015, we had total aggregate principal amount of outstanding debt of approximately $247.9 million (which is reduced by outstanding letters of credit). In addition, as of March 29, 2015, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the consummation of our initial public offering, the consummation of the refinancing of our existing Senior Credit Facilities and entry into, and effectiveness of, our New Credit Facility and our use of proceeds therefrom as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” we would have had $188.9 million of outstanding debt and $59.4 million available to be borrowed under our New Credit Facility (which is reduced by outstanding letters of credit). Our Senior Credit Facilities, our New Credit Facility and any other debt incurred in the future, may have important consequences to holders of our common stock, including the following:

 

    our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired;

 

    we may use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness, rather than for operations or other purposes;

 

    our level of indebtedness could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with proportionately less debt; and

 

    our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate may be limited.

We expect that we will depend primarily upon cash flow from operations to pay interest and other amounts due under our New Credit Facility and any other indebtedness we may incur in the future. Our ability to make these payments depends on our future performance, which will be affected by business, financial, economic and other factors, many of which we cannot control. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may be required to refinance all or part of our then existing debt, sell assets or borrow more money. We may not be able to accomplish any of these alternatives on terms acceptable to us, if at all. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements, including our Senior Credit Facilities and our New Credit Facility, may restrict us from adopting any of these alternatives.

Our Senior Credit Facilities impose, and our New Credit Facility will impose, operating and financial restrictions that may impair our ability to respond to changing business and industry conditions.

Our Senior Credit Facilities contain, and our New Credit Facility will contain, restrictions and covenants that generally limit our ability to, among other things:

 

    incur additional indebtedness;

 

    make investments;

 

    use assets as collateral in other transactions;

 

    sell assets or merge with or into other companies;

 

32


Table of Contents
    pay dividends to, or purchase stock from, our stockholders;

 

    enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

    sell stock or other ownership interests in our subsidiaries; and

 

    create or permit restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to make payments to us.

Our Senior Credit Facilities limit, and our New Credit Facility will limit, our ability to engage in these types of transactions even if we believed that a specific transaction would contribute to our future growth or improve our results of operations. Our Senior Credit Facilities require us to meet specified financial and operating results and maintain compliance with specified financial ratios. We are required to maintain two financial covenants, which include a Total Rent Adjusted Leverage Ratio and a Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (each as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities). These required ratios vary by quarter until maturity. Under the First Lien Credit Facility, we are required to maintain a maximum Total Rent Adjusted Leverage Ratio of 6.50 to 1 and a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.05 to 1 for the first quarter of 2015 (7.00 to 1 and 1.55 to 1, respectively, under the Second Lien Credit Facility). As of March 29, 2015, our Total Rent Adjusted Leverage Ratio was 4.35 to 1 and our Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio was 4.15 to 1 (each as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities). Under our New Credit Facility, we will be required to maintain a maximum Total Rent Adjusted Leverage Ratio (as defined under our New Credit Facility), at levels that may vary by quarter until maturity, and a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined under our New Credit Facility), which, beginning with the third quarter ending September 27, 2015, will be 5.50 to 1 and 2.00 to 1, respectively. In addition, as of March 29, 2015, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the consummation of our initial public offering, the consummation of the refinancing of our existing Senior Credit Facilities and entry into, and effectiveness of, our New Credit Facility and our use of proceeds therefrom as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” our Total Rent Adjusted Leverage Ratio would have been 3.69 to 1 and our Interest Coverage Ratio would have been 13.38 to 1 (each as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities). As of the date hereof, we were in compliance with our Senior Credit Facilities’ financial covenants. However, breach of these provisions or failure to comply with these financial ratios could result in a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or our New Credit Facility, in which case our lenders would have the right to declare borrowings to be immediately due and payable. Our lenders may also accelerate payment of borrowings upon the occurrence of certain change of control events relating to us. If we are unable to repay borrowings when due, whether at maturity or following a default or change of control event, our lenders would have the right to take or sell assets pledged as collateral to secure the indebtedness. Any such actions taken by our lenders or other creditors would have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Following this offering, the THL Funds will continue to have a substantial ownership interest in our common stock. Conflicts of interest may arise because some of our directors are principals of the THL Funds.

After the consummation of this offering, the THL Funds will collectively beneficially own approximately 82% of our outstanding common stock, and approximately 80% of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full. See “Principal Stockholders.” As a consequence, the THL Funds will be able to control matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and any other significant transaction. The interests of the THL Funds may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of our other stockholders.

The THL Funds could invest in entities that directly or indirectly compete with us. As a result of these relationships, when conflicts arise between the interests of the THL Funds and the interests of our stockholders, these directors may not be disinterested. The representatives of the THL Funds on our Board of Directors, by the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and a stockholders’ agreement that will be entered into in connection with this offering, are not required to offer us any transaction opportunity of which they become aware and could take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to other companies in which they have an investment, unless such opportunity is expressly offered to them solely in their capacity as our directors.

 

33


Table of Contents

The THL Funds will own a substantial portion of our capital stock after this offering and may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders in the future.

The THL Funds will collectively beneficially own approximately 82% (or 80% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of our outstanding common stock following the completion of this offering. As a result, the THL Funds could exert significant influence over, and could control, matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of major corporate transactions. In addition, this concentration of ownership may delay or prevent a change of control of our company and make some transactions more difficult or impossible without the support of the THL Funds.

The interests of the THL Funds may not always be consistent with the interests of our company or of other stockholders. Accordingly, the THL Funds could cause us to enter into transactions or agreements of which holders of our common stock would not approve or make decisions with which such holders would disagree.

The THL Funds are in the business of making investments in companies and could from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete with us. The THL Funds may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, desirable acquisitions may not be available to us.

An active market for our common stock may not develop, which could make it difficult for you to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our capital stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ under the symbol “FOGO.” However, we cannot assure you that an active public trading market for our common stock will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be active or sustained. Accordingly, we cannot assure you as to the liquidity of any such market, your ability to sell your shares of common stock or the prices that you may obtain upon sale of your shares. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment in our common shares.

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of NASDAQ rules and, as a result, will be exempt from certain corporate governance requirements.

Upon completion of this offering, the THL Funds will continue to hold capital stock representing a majority of our outstanding voting power. So long as the THL Funds maintain holdings of more than 50% of the voting power of our capital stock, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of NASDAQ corporate governance standards. Under these standards, a company need not comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

    the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of “independent directors” as defined under NASDAQ rules;

 

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

    the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, or otherwise have director nominees selected by vote of a majority of the independent directors; and

 

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

If we are eligible to do so following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we would not have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors and our compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee would not consist entirely of independent directors and will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. If we are no longer eligible to rely on the controlled company exception, we will comply with all applicable NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, but we will be able to rely on phase-in periods for certain of these requirements in accordance with NASDAQ rules. Accordingly, our stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

 

34


Table of Contents

The market price of our common stock may decline, and you could lose all or a significant part of your investment.

The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and does not purport to be indicative of market prices after this offering. The market price of, and trading volume for, our common stock may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including, among others, the following:

 

    variations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

 

    changes in our earnings estimates (if provided) or differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors and analysts;

 

    initiatives undertaken by our competitors, including, for example, the opening of restaurants in our existing markets;

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our or our competitors’ results of operations, and our and our competitors’ growth rates;

 

    the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering, or changes in estimates by analysts who cover us and competitors in our industry;

 

    recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

    adoption or modification of laws, regulations, policies, procedures or programs applicable to our business or announcements relating to these matters;

 

    any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;

 

    actions by shareholders;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

    the expiration of lock-up agreements entered into by our existing stockholders in connection with this offering;

 

    economic conditions;

 

    geopolitical incidents; and

 

    investor perceptions of us, our competitors and our industry.

As a result of these and other factors, investors in our common stock may experience a decrease, which could be substantial, in the value of their investment, including decreases unrelated to our financial performance or prospects.

The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Even if an active trading market develops, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above your purchase price, if at all. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate or decline significantly in the future and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

35


Table of Contents

Certain broad market and industry factors may materially decrease the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The stock market in general has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, including recently. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and decreases in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of such shares to fall.

If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. The perception in the public market that major stockholders might sell substantial amounts of our common stock could also depress the market price of our common stock.

Immediately after completion of this offering, we will have 27,253,018 shares of common stock outstanding, including shares that will be beneficially owned by the THL Funds. In general, the common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. In addition, under lock-up agreements entered into by us, our officers, directors and holders of all or substantially all our outstanding common stock in connection with this offering, the remaining shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering will become eligible for sale in the public markets from time to time, subject to Securities Act restrictions, following expiration of an 180-day lock-up period.

Jefferies LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time, without notice, release all or any portion of the shares of common stock subject to the lock-up agreements for sale in the public and private markets prior to expiration of the 180-day lock-up period. The market price for our common stock may drop significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing stockholders lapse or if those restrictions on resale are waived. A decline in the market price of our common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities.

Future offerings of equity by us may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

In the future, we may attempt to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our common stock or by offering debt or other equity securities, including senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity or shares of preferred stock. Opening new restaurants in existing and new markets could require substantial additional capital in excess of cash from operations. We would expect to finance the capital required for new restaurants through a combination of additional issuances of equity, corporate indebtedness and cash from operations.

Issuing additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock or both. Upon liquidation, holders of such debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk that our future offerings may reduce the market price of our common stock and dilute their stockholdings in us. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

We do not intend to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

We intend to retain all of our earnings for the foreseeable future to fund the operation and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness, and therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends to holders of our capital stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination regarding the payment of any dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital

 

36


Table of Contents

requirements, liquidity, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Consequently, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our common stock.

Our future capital requirements are uncertain, and we may have difficulty raising money in the future on acceptable terms, if at all.

Our capital requirements depend on many factors, including the amounts required to open new restaurants and to service our indebtedness. To the extent that our capital resources are insufficient to meet these requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or curtail our growth, reduce our costs and expenses, or sell certain of our assets. Any additional equity offerings or debt financings may be on terms that are not favorable to us. Equity offerings could result in dilution to our stockholders, and equity or debt securities issued in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our common stock. If our need for capital arises because of significant losses, the occurrence of these losses may make it more difficult for us to raise the necessary capital.

Purchasers of common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, the value of those shares based on our book value will immediately be less than the price you paid. This reduction in the value of your shares is known as dilution. Dilution occurs mainly because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they acquired their shares of our capital stock. If you purchase shares in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of $20.85 in the net tangible book value per share. In addition, if we raise funds through equity offerings in the future, the newly issued shares will further dilute your percentage ownership interest in our company.

As a result of the completion of this offering, we will record a significant non-cash equity-based compensation charge due to the vesting of stock option rights and we may record a significant loss in the fiscal quarter in which this offering is completed.

Certain of our executive officers and employees have been granted stock options pursuant to our 2012 Plan. Of the 2,197,382 stock options outstanding as of May 1, 2015, 2,177,222 have performance-based vesting conditions and do not vest until the completion of a liquidity event occurs. We account for stock options granted to employees and directors with performance-based vesting conditions in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). In accordance with ASC 718, we do not recognize compensation expense for awards with performance-based vesting conditions until the outcome of such performance condition becomes probable. Accordingly, upon the completion of this offering, we will record a non-cash equity-based compensation charge of approximately $5.7 million. As a result, we may incur a net loss during the fiscal quarter in which this offering is completed.

Provisions of our charter documents, Delaware law and other documents could discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition at a premium price.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that:

 

    permit us to issue preferred stock in one or more series and, with respect to each series, fix the number of shares constituting the series and the designation of the series, the voting powers, if any, of the shares of the series and the preferences and other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions, of the shares of the series;

 

    restrict the ability of stockholders to act by written consent or to call special meetings;

 

    require the affirmative vote of 66 2/3 % of the outstanding shares entitled to vote to approve certain transactions or to amend certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws;

 

    limit the ability of stockholders to amend our certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

 

37


Table of Contents
    require advance notice for nominations for election to the board of directors and for stockholder proposals; and

 

    establish a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms.

These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition of our company, including a transaction in which the acquiror may offer a premium price for our common stock.

Our 2012 Plan also permits vesting of stock options and restricted stock, and payments to be made to the employees thereunder, in connection with a change of control of our company, which could discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition at a premium price. In addition, our Senior Credit Facilities include, and our New Credit Facility will include, and other debt incurred by us in the future may include, provisions entitling the lenders to demand immediate repayment of borrowings upon the occurrence of certain change of control events relating to our company, which also could discourage, delay or prevent a business combination transaction.

The market price of our common stock could decline if securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our company or if they downgrade us or other restaurant companies in our industry.

The market price of our common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not influence or control the reporting of these analysts. In addition, if no analysts provide coverage of our company or if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade shares of our company or other companies in our industry, the market price of our common stock could be negatively impacted. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which could, in turn, cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We may be required to make payments to the underwriters if participants in our directed share program fail to pay for and accept shares that were subject to properly confirmed orders.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale to our directors, officers, certain employees and certain other related parties at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the shares of our common stock being offered in this offering. We do not know if any of these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of the reserved shares, but any purchases made by them will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. If all of these reserved shares are not purchased, the underwriters will offer the remainder to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of our common stock in this offering. In connection with the sale of these reserved shares, we have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including those that may be caused by the failure of the participants in the directed share program to pay for and accept delivery of shares of our common stock which were subject to a properly confirmed agreement to purchase. As a result, if participants in the directed share program fail to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of our common stock which they agreed to purchase, we will be required to indemnify the underwriters for losses incurred by them as a result of such failure.

The future issuance of additional common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.

After this offering, assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we will have an aggregate of 1,200,000 shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our incentive plans (including 138,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options we expect to grant to employees upon the closing of this offering at an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price). We may issue all of these shares of common stock without any action or approval by our stockholders, subject to certain exceptions. Any common stock issued in connection with our incentive plans, the exercise of outstanding stock options or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering.

Our costs could increase significantly as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

As a public company and particularly after we cease to be an “emerging growth company” (to the extent that we take advantage of certain exceptions from reporting requirements that are available under the JOBS Act as an “emerging growth company”), we could incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses not presently incurred.

 

38


Table of Contents

In addition, Sarbanes-Oxley, as well as rules promulgated by the SEC and the NASDAQ, require us to adopt corporate governance practices applicable to US public companies. These rules and regulations may increase our legal and financial compliance costs.

Sarbanes-Oxley, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ, have imposed increased disclosure and enhanced corporate governance practices for public companies. We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, and our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards are likely to result in increased expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. We may not be successful in implementing these requirements and implementing them could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we fail to implement the requirements with respect to our internal accounting and audit functions, our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis could be impaired.

We are an “emerging growth company” and may elect to comply with reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, even if we comply with the greater obligations of public companies that are not emerging growth companies immediately after the initial public offering, we may avail ourselves of the reduced requirements applicable to emerging growth companies from time to time in the future. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to opt out of any extended transition period, and as a result we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and if we are unable to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act it could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

We are not currently required to comply with the rules of the SEC implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and therefore are not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon the completion of this offering, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of control over financial reporting. Though we will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the

 

39


Table of Contents

SEC. In order to have effective internal control over financial reporting, we will need to implement additional control activities, implement restricted access and other IT general controls, write and implement formal accounting policies, and hire additional qualified accounting, financial, and legal staff. Pursuant to the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company, which may be up to five full fiscal years following this offering.

In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the period ended December 29, 2013, for the Successor period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012, and the Predecessor period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In particular, we did not design an effective control environment with sufficient personnel with the appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training to assess the completeness and accuracy of the technical accounting matters, principally related to accounting for business combinations and accounting for modifications of debt instruments, nor did we have a sufficient number of accounting personnel to allow for appropriate segregation of duties or thorough review and supervision of our financial closing process. We also did not design, maintain or implement effective control activities relating to formal accounting policies. Specifically, we did not design, maintain or implement policies and procedures to adequately review and account for transactions that arise in the normal course of business, which limited our ability to make accounting decisions and to detect and correct accounting errors.

The lack of adequate staffing levels and effective policies and controls resulted in several audit adjustments and a restatement of our operating subsidiary financial statements for the Successor period ended December 30, 2012 and the Predecessor period ended July 20, 2012. Additionally, these resulted in a revision to our December 29, 2013 consolidated financial statements. As of the date hereof, we have not fully re-designed, implemented and tested internal controls to remediate the material weaknesses. While we have begun the process of evaluating the design and operation of our internal control over financial reporting, we are in the early phases and may not complete our evaluation until after this offering is completed. We cannot predict the outcome of our evaluation at this time. During the course of the evaluation, we may identify additional control deficiencies, which could give rise to other material weaknesses, in addition to the material weaknesses described above. Each of the material weaknesses described above or any newly identified material weakness could result in a misstatement of our financial statements or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

We have taken initial steps to remediate the material weaknesses such as hiring additional accounting personnel in Fiscal 2014, including a chief financial officer, a director of financial reporting and a corporate treasury analyst. We cannot be certain that these measures will successfully remediate the material weaknesses or that other material weaknesses and control deficiencies will not be discovered in the future. If our efforts are not successful or other material weaknesses or control deficiencies occur in the future, we may be unable to report our financial results accurately on a timely basis or help prevent fraud, which could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and result in the loss of investor confidence or delisting and cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Internal control over financial reporting has inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. If we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements, and we and our independent registered public accounting firm may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Testing and maintaining internal controls could also divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business.

 

40


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements contained in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts, such as statements regarding our future financial condition or results of operations, our prospects and strategies for future growth, the development and introduction of new products, and the implementation of our marketing and branding strategies. In many cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “seeks,” “intends,” “targets” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus reflect our current views about future events and are subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and changes in circumstances that may cause events or our actual activities or results to differ significantly from those expressed in any forward-looking statement. Although we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future events, results, actions, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, those factors described in “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” These factors include without limitation:

 

    changes in general economic or market conditions, both in the United States and Brazil;

 

    increased competition in our industry;

 

    risk associated with our Brazilian operations and any other future international operations;

 

    our ability to manage operations at our current size or manage growth effectively;

 

    our ability to successfully expand in the United States and other new markets;

 

    our ability to locate suitable locations to open new restaurants and to attract guests to our restaurants;

 

    the fact that we will rely on our operating subsidiaries to provide us with distributions to fund our operating activities, which could be limited by law, regulation or otherwise;

 

    our ability to continually innovate and provide our consumers with innovative dining experiences;

 

    our ability to maintain recent levels of comparable revenue or average revenue per square foot;

 

    the ability of our suppliers to deliver beef in a timely or cost-effective manner;

 

    our lack of long-term supplier contracts, our concentration of suppliers and distributors and potential increases in the price of beef;

 

    our ability to raise money and maintain sufficient levels of cash flow;

 

    conflicts of interest with the THL Funds;

 

    the fact that upon listing of our common stock, we will be considered a “controlled company” and exempt from certain corporate governance rules primarily relating to board independence, and we intend to use some or all of these exemptions;

 

    our entry into, and effectiveness of, our New Credit Facility and the terms and conditions we will be subject to thereunder;

 

    our ability to effectively market and maintain a positive brand image;

 

    changes in government regulation

 

    our ability to attract and maintain the services of our senior management and key employees;

 

41


Table of Contents
    the availability and effective operation of management information systems and other technology;

 

    changes in consumer preferences or changes in demand for upscale dining experiences;

 

    our ability to accurately anticipate and respond to seasonal or quarterly fluctuations in our operating results;

 

    our ability to maintain effective internal controls or the identification of additional material weaknesses;

 

    our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

    changes in accounting standards; and

 

    other risks described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.

Although we believe that the assumptions inherent in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are reasonable, undue reliance should not be placed on these statements, which only apply as of the date hereof. Except as required by applicable securities law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

42


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $66.9 million, or $77.4 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $4.1 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with borrowings under our New Credit Facility, to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities and to pay fees and expenses related to our initial public offering and the refinancing of our Senior Credit Facilities. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters are lenders under our First Lien Credit Facility and will be repaid with a portion of the proceeds of this offering. Because affiliates of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are lenders under our First Lien Credit Facility and each will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are each deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. As a result, this offering will be conducted in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of FINRA Rule 5121. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

 

43


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future, if any, will be used for the operation and growth of our business or to repay indebtedness.

Any future determination to declare and pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, liquidity, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by our current and future financing arrangements and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant. The terms of our Senior Credit Facilities also restrict, and the terms of our New Credit Facility will restrict, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Senior Credit Facilities.”

Accordingly, you may need to sell your shares of our common stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—We do not intend to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future.”

 

44


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table describes our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 29, 2015. Our capitalization is presented:

 

    on an actual basis; and

 

    on a pro forma basis, reflecting (i) the consummation of a stock split effected upon the closing of this offering pursuant to which each share held by the holder of common stock will be reclassified into 25.4588 shares, (ii) the sale by us of 4,411,764 shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated offering expenses and estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, (iii) the consummation of the refinancing of our existing Senior Credit Facilities and entry into, and effectiveness, of our New Credit Facility, (iv) the application of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and borrowings under our New Credit Facility as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” and (v) the termination of the advisory services agreement between us and an affiliate of THL and the one-time termination fee paid by us to an affiliate of THL upon the consummation of this offering as set forth under the section “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements.”

You should read the information below with the sections entitled “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Description of Capital Stock” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

  As of March 29, 2015  
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,304      $ 17,304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt:

Revolving line of credit

$    $   

First Lien Term Loan

  218,975        

Second Lien Term Loan

  23,783        

New Credit Facility (2)

       188,884   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt, including current portion (3)

  242,758      188,884   

Equity (4) :

Fogo de Chão, Inc. shareholders’ equity

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; no shares authorized, actual; 15,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding pro forma

         

Common stock, $0.01 value; 1,200,000 shares authorized, 897,184 issued and outstanding, actual; 200,000,000 authorized, 27,253,018 issued and outstanding, pro forma

  9      272   

Additional paid-in capital

  176,637      243,324   

Retained earnings

  12,251      3,312   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (45,175   (45,175
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Fogo de Chão, Inc. shareholders’ equity

  143,722      201,733   

Noncontrolling interest

  2,174      2,174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

  145,896      203,907   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

$ 388,654    $ 392,791   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $4.1 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(2) Concurrently with the consummation of our initial public offering, we intend to refinance our existing Senior Credit Facilities and enter into the New Credit Facility. We expect that the loans under our New Credit Facility will bear interest at a base rate plus a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.50% or at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50% and will mature in 2020. Borrowings under our New Credit Facility may vary significantly from time to time depending on our cash needs at any given time, and upon consummation of our initial public offering we expect that approximately $188.9 million will be drawn under our New Credit Facility.

 

45


Table of Contents
(3) As of March 29, 2015, total debt was comprised of: (i) our $25 million revolving line of credit, (ii) our $224 million First Lien Credit Facility, and (iii) our $25 million Second Lien Credit Facility. As of March 29, 2015, we had letters of credit and letters of guaranty totaling $1.7 million, which reduces the aggregate amount eligible to be drawn under our revolving line of credit by a corresponding amount. As of March 29, 2015, the total amount available to be borrowed under our revolving line of credit was approximately $23.3 million. On a pro forma basis, total debt would have been comprised of our New Credit Facility. As of March 29, 2015, on a pro forma basis, the total amount that would have been available to be borrowed under our New Credit Facility would have been approximately $59.4 million.

 

(4) Actual amounts do not give effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering.

 

46


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value as of March 29, 2015 was approximately $(164.7) million, or approximately $(183.59) per share (without giving any effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering). Historical net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing the amount of our net tangible book value, or total tangible assets less total liabilities, as of March 29, 2015 by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 29, 2015.

Dilution to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by investors in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to (i) the consummation of a stock split effected upon the closing of this offering pursuant to which each share held by the holder of common stock will be reclassified into 25.4588 shares, (ii) our sale of the shares offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (iii) the consummation of the refinancing of our existing Senior Credit Facilities and entry into, and effectiveness, of our New Credit Facility, (iv) the application of the net proceeds therefrom as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” and (v) the termination of the advisory services agreement between us and an affiliate of THL and the one-time termination fee paid by us upon the consummation of this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 29, 2015 would have been $(105.0) million, or $(3.85) per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $179.74 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $20.85 per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

$ 17.00   

Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 29, 2015

$ (183.59

Increase in historical net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

  179.74   
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

  (3.85
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors

$ 20.85   
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering by $4.1 million, our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.15 per share of common stock, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value to new investors in this offering by $0.85 per share of common stock, assuming the number of shares on the cover of this prospectus remains the same.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is fully exercised, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering as of March 29, 2015, would be approximately $(3.39) per share and the dilution to new investors per share after this offering would be $20.39 per share.

The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis as of March 29, 2015, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming an initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price  
(dollars in thousands)    Number      Percent     Amount      Percent     Per Share  

Existing stockholders

     22,841,254         83.8   $ 172,351         69.7   $ 7.55   

New investors

     4,411,764         16.2   $ 75,000         30.3   $ 17.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

  27,253,018      100.0 $ 247,351      100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

47


Table of Contents

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $4.4 million, and increase (decrease) the percent of total consideration paid by all new investors by 1.2% (assuming the number of shares on the cover of this prospectus remains the same).

Upon completion of this offering, our existing stockholders will own 83.8%, and new investors will own 16.2% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own 81.8%, and new investors would own 18.2%, of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing tables and calculations assume no exercise of any stock-based awards outstanding as of March 29, 2015. Specifically, these tables and calculations exclude 2,247,790 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $10.21 per share and 317,799 shares of unvested restricted stock outstanding as of March 29, 2015. If all of these awards were exercised and vested, then:

 

    pro forma net tangible book value per share would increase to $(2.75) and would decrease dilution to new investors by $1.10 per share; and

 

    our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would own 85.2%, and our new investors would own 14.8%, of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

 

48


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables present selected historical consolidated financial information of the Company (Successor) as of March 29, 2015 and for the thirteen week periods ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014, as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, and for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 and for the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 and selected historical consolidated financial information of Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC (Predecessor) and subsidiaries for the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012.

The selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 and the consolidated statements of operations and cash flow data for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 and for the periods May 24, 2012 (Inception) to December 30, 2012 (Successor) and January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (Predecessor), have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations and cash flow data for the thirteen week periods ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 29, 2015 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in any future period, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the entire year.

The Successor was incorporated under the name Brasa (Parent) Inc. on May 24, 2012 in connection with the Acquisition on July 21, 2012 of Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its parent company, FC Holdings Inc., a Cayman Islands exempt company, by the THL Funds. The Successor owns 100% of Brasa Purchaser, which owns 100% of Brasa Holdings. Brasa Holdings owns 100% of Fogo Holdings, which owns our domestic and foreign operating subsidiaries.

The Successor, Brasa Purchaser, Brasa Holdings, Brasa Merger Sub Inc. and Fogo de Chão (Holdings) Inc. were formed during 2012 for the purpose of effecting the Acquisition, which was consummated on July 21, 2012. As a result of the Acquisition, the financial information for all periods after May 24, 2012 represent the financial information of the “Successor” company. Prior to, and including, July 20, 2012, the consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Predecessor. Financial information in the Predecessor period principally relates to Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC and its subsidiaries. From May 24, 2012 to July 20, 2012, Successor had no activities other than the incurrence of transaction costs related to the Acquisition.

 

49


Table of Contents

You should read these tables in conjunction with the information contained under the headings “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

                            Successor          Predecessor  
    Thirteen Week Periods Ended     Fiscal Year Ended     May 24
(Inception) to
December 30,
2012
         January 2
to July 20,
2012
 
(dollars in thousands)   March 29,
      2015      
    March 30,
      2014      
    December 28,
2014
    December 29,
2013
          

Statement of Operations Data

               

Revenue

  $ 64,959      $ 61,317      $ 262,280      $ 219,239      $ 93,844          $ 108,516   

Restaurant operating costs:

               

Food and beverage costs

    19,164        18,547        78,330        67,002        29,381            34,512   

Compensation and benefit costs

    14,100        13,891        54,673        46,860        21,125            22,348   

Occupancy and other operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    11,174        10,820        44,156        36,703        15,478            18,061   

Total restaurant operating costs

    44,438        43,258        177,159        150,565        65,984            74,921   

Marketing and advertising costs

    1,402        1,442        5,585        6,188        2,342            2,488   

General and administrative costs

    5,708        4,668        21,419        18,239        8,143            10,229   

Pre-opening costs

    1,003        788        1,951        4,764        1,119            1,359   

Acquisition costs

                                11,988            6,963   

Loss on modification/extinguishment of debt

                  3,090        6,875                   7,762   

Depreciation and amortization and other

    2,891        2,668        11,684        8,618        3,567            4,957   

Total costs and expenses

    55,442        52,824        220,888        195,249        93,143            108,679   

Income (loss) from operations

    9,517        8,493        41,392        23,990        701            (163

Other Expense:

               

Interest expense, net

    (3,757     (4,762     (17,121     (22,354     (10,908         (7,359

Other expenses

    (2     (4     (7     (101     (20         (68

Income (loss) before income taxes

    5,758        3,727        24,264        1,535        (10,227         (7,590

Income tax expense (benefit)

    1,252        965        6,991        2,472        (1,195         1,294   

Net income (loss)

    4,506        2,762        17,273        (937     (9,032         (8,884

Less: Loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (159            (282                         

Net income (loss) attributable to
Fogo de Chão, Inc.

  $ 4,665      $ 2,762      $ 17,555      $ (937   $ (9,032       $ (8,884

Earnings (loss) per common share (1)

               

Basic

  $ 5.20      $ 3.10      $ 19.69      $ (1.06   $ (10.21         *   

Diluted

  $ 5.14      $ 3.06      $ 19.42      $ (1.06   $ (10.21         *   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

               

Basic

    896,679        890,439        891,523        885,940        884,850            *   

Diluted

    907,074        902,505        904,067        885,940        884,850            *   

 

* Not applicable
(1) Historical share and per share information does not give effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering.

 

(dollars in thousands)    As of
March 29, 2015
     As of
December 28, 2014
     As of
December 29, 2013
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,304       $ 19,387       $ 16,010   

Total assets

     460,098         477,169         481,899   

Total debt

     242,758         243,045         252,283   

Total equity

     145,896         155,459         150,322   

 

50


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements were prepared to give effect to (i) the consummation of a stock split effected upon the closing of this offering pursuant to which each share held by the holder of common stock will be reclassified into 25.4588 shares, (ii) the issuance and sale by us of 4,411,764 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated offering expenses and estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, which represents only the shares offered by us and use of the net proceeds therefrom to repay outstanding indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities, (iii) the consummation of the refinancing of our existing Senior Credit Facilities and entry into, and effectiveness of, our New Credit Facility, (iv) the application of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and borrowings under our New Credit Facility as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” and (v) the termination of the advisory services agreement between us and an affiliate of THL and the one-time termination fee paid by us upon the consummation of this offering. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 29, 2015 gives effect to the transactions above as if they had been completed on March 29, 2015. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the thirteen week period ended March 29, 2015 and the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 give effect to the transactions above as if they occurred on December 30, 2013 (the first day of Fiscal 2014). The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, our audited consolidated historical financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information was prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and should not be considered indicative of the consolidated financial position or results of operations that would have occurred if the transactions above had been completed on the dates indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of our future consolidated financial position or results of operations. Our historical consolidated financial statements have been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information to give effect to pro forma events that are (1) directly attributable to transactions above, (2) factually supportable and (3) with respect to the statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the consolidated results.

 

51


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

(in thousands)

 

     Historical                  Pro Forma  
     

March 29,
2015

    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Note     

March 29,

2015

 

Assets

         

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,304      $        A       $ 17,304   

Accounts receivable

     7,530                  7,530   

Inventories

     4,701                  4,701   

Deferred tax assets

     1,211                  1,211   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,692                        3,692   

Total current assets

     34,438                  34,438   

Property and equipment, net

     112,267                  112,267   

Prepaid rent

     573                  573   

Goodwill

     212,344                  212,344   

Intangible assets, net

     96,557                  96,557   

Other assets

     3,919        (112     B         3,807   

Total assets

   $ 460,098      $ (112            $ 459,986   

Liabilities and Equity

         

Current liabilities:

         

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 23,149      $ (4,249     C       $ 18,900   

Current portion of long-term debt

     4,788        (4,788     D           

Deferred revenue

     4,285                        4,285   

Total current liabilities

     32,222        (9,037        23,185   

Deferred rent

     11,670                  11,670   

Long-term debt, less current portion

     237,970        (49,086     D         188,884   

Deferred tax liabilities

     31,019                  31,019   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     1,321                        1,321   

Total liabilities

     314,202        (58,123              256,079   

Equity:

         

Fogo de Chão, Inc. shareholders’ equity:

         

Common stock

     9        263        E         272   

Additional paid-in capital

     176,637        66,687        E         243,324   

Retained earnings

     12,251        (8,939     F         3,312   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (45,175                     (45,175

Total Fogo de Chão, Inc. shareholders’ equity

     143,722        58,011                 201,733   

Noncontrolling interests

     2,174                  2,174   

Total equity

     145,896        58,011                 203,907   

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 460,098      $ (112            $ 459,986   

 

52


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

    Historical                 Pro Forma  
    

Thirteen

Week
Period
Ended
March 29,
2015

   

Pro

Forma
Adjustments

    Note    

Thirteen

Week Period
Ended
March 29,
2015

 

Revenue

  $ 64,959      $        $ 64,959   

Restaurant operating costs:

       

Food and beverage costs

    19,164                 19,164   

Compensation and benefit costs

    14,100                 14,100   

Occupancy and other operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    11,174                       11,174   

Total restaurant operating costs

    44,438                       44,438   

Marketing and advertising costs

    1,402                 1,402   

General and administrative costs

    5,708        (341     G        5,367   

Pre-opening costs

    1,003                 1,003   

Depreciation and amortization

    3,004                 3,004   

Other operating (income) expense, net

    (113                    (113

Total costs and expenses

    55,442        (341             55,101   

Income from operations

    9,517        341          9,858   

Other income (expense):

       

Interest expense, net

    (3,757     2,676        H        (1,081

Other income (expense), net

    (2                    (2

Total other income (expense), net

    (3,759     2,676                (1,083

Income before income taxes

    5,758        3,017          8,775   

Income tax expense

    1,252        1,175        I        2,427   

Net income

    4,506        1,842          6,348   

Less: Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (159                    (159

Net income attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc.

  $ 4,665      $ 1,842              $ 6,507   

Earnings per common share attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc.: (1)

       

Basic

  $ 5.20          J      $ 0.24   

Diluted

  $ 5.14          J      $ 0.24   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

       

Basic

    896,679        26,343,498        J        27,240,177   

Diluted

    907,074        26,597,748        J        27,504,822   

 

(1) Historical share and per share information does not give effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering.

 

53


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

    Historical                 Pro Forma  
    

Fiscal

Year

Ended
December 28,
2014

   

Pro

Forma
Adjustments

    Note    

Fiscal

Year

Ended
December 28,
2014

 

Revenue

  $ 262,280      $        $ 262,280   

Restaurant operating costs:

       

Food and beverage costs

    78,330                 78,330   

Compensation and benefit costs

    54,673                 54,673   

Occupancy and other operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    44,156                       44,156   

Total restaurant operating costs

    177,159                       177,159   

Marketing and advertising costs

    5,585                 5,585   

General and administrative costs

    21,419        (781     K        20,638   

Pre-opening costs

    1,951                 1,951   

Loss on modification of debt

    3,090                 3,090   

Depreciation and amortization

    11,638                 11,638   

Other operating (income) expense, net

    46                       46   

Total costs and expenses

    220,888        (781             220,107   

Income from operations

    41,392        781          42,173   

Other income (expense):

       

Interest expense, net

    (17,121     12,933        L        (4,188

Other income (expense), net

    (7                    (7

Total other income (expense), net

    (17,128     12,933                (4,195

Income before income taxes

    24,264        13,714          37,978   

Income tax expense

    6,991        5,340        M        12,331   

Net income

    17,273        8,374          25,647   

Less: Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (282                    (282

Net income attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc.

  $ 17,555      $ 8,374              $ 25,929   

Earnings per common share attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc.: (1)

       

Basic

  $ 19.69          N      $ 0.96   

Diluted

  $ 19.42          N      $ 0.95   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

       

Basic

    891,523        26,217,388        N        27,108,911   

Diluted

    904,067        26,524,200        N        27,428,267   

 

(1) Historical share and per share information does not give effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering.

 

54


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share amounts)

1. Description of Transactions

Concurrently with, and conditioned upon, the issuance and sale by us of 4,411,764 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated offering expenses and estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, we intend to refinance our existing Senior Credit Facilities and enter into our New Credit Facility. We expect that the loans under our New Credit Facility will bear interest at a base rate plus a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.50% or at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50% and will mature in 2020. Upon consummation of our initial public offering, we expect that approximately $188,884 will be drawn under our New Credit Facility and that we will use the net proceeds from our initial public offering as well as borrowings under the New Credit Facility to repay the outstanding existing debt under our Senior Credit Facilities. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities.” In addition, upon consummation of this offering, our advisory services agreement with an affiliate of THL will terminate and we will pay a termination fee of approximately $7,796 to an affiliate of THL.

2. Pro Forma Adjustments

The following pro forma adjustments are included in the Company’s unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information related to the transactions described above:

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet Adjustments

 

  (A) Cash — An adjustment was recorded to increase cash by $67,884 to reflect net proceeds from this offering, which will be used to repay principal outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities.

An adjustment was recorded to increase cash by $186,384 to reflect net proceeds from our New Credit Facility, which will be drawn upon the consummation of our initial public offering.

An adjustment was recorded to decrease cash by $246,472 to reflect the repayment of principal and interest outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities upon the consummation of our initial public offering.

An adjustment was recorded to decrease cash by $7,796 to reflect the one-time termination fee that will be paid by us to an affiliate of THL upon the consummation of this offering.

 

  (B) Other assets – An adjustment was recorded to increase other assets by $2,500 to reflect the capitalized issuance costs incurred by us in connection with borrowings under our New Credit Facility.

An adjustment was recorded to decrease other assets by $1,707 to reflect the reclassification of deferred offering costs incurred in connection with this offering to stockholders’ equity upon the consummation of this offering.

An adjustment was recorded to decrease other assets by $905 to reflect the removal of deferred financing costs associated with our Senior Credit Facilities, which will be repaid and extinguished upon the closing of this offering.

 

  (C) Accounts payable and accrued expenses – An adjustment was recorded to decrease accounts payable and accrued expenses by $3,476 to reflect the payment of accrued interest under our Senior Credit Facilities upon the consummation of our initial public offering.

An adjustment was recorded to decrease accounts payable and accrued expenses by $773 to reflect the payment of accrued initial public offering costs upon the consummation of this offering.

 

55


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share amounts) (Continued)

 

  (D) Long-term debt and current portion of long-term debt — Adjustments were recorded to decrease current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt by $4,788 and $237,970, respectively, to reflect the repayment of principal under our Senior Credit Facilities in connection with the consummation of our initial public offering.

Adjustments were recorded to increase long-term debt by $188,884 to reflect the entry into and borrowings under our New Credit Facility in connection with, and conditioned upon, the consummation of our initial public offering.

 

  (E) Common stock and additional paid-in capital — Adjustments were recorded to increase common stock and additional paid-in capital by $263 and $66,687, respectively, to reflect (i) shares issued in this offering whose proceeds will be used to repay outstanding principal under our Senior Credit Facilities and (ii) the 1-for-25.4588 stock split, which will be effected upon the closing of this offering.

 

  (F) Accumulated earnings — An adjustment was recorded to decrease accumulated earnings by $7,796 to reflect the one-time termination fee that will be paid by us to an affiliate of THL upon the consummation of this offering.

An adjustment was recorded to decrease accumulated earnings by $1,143 to reflect the loss on the extinguishment of debt and the write-off of debt issuance costs as a result of the repayment of outstanding indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities as described above.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations Adjustments

Thirteen Weeks Ended March 29, 2015

 

  (G) General and administrative costs — An adjustment was recorded to eliminate general and administrative costs of $341 related to our advisory services agreement with an affiliate of THL, which will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.

 

  (H) Interest expense — An adjustment of $1,252 was recorded to record interest expense for the thirteen week period ended March 29, 2015 related to our New Credit Facility, which will be entered into in connection with the consummation of this offering. The New Credit Facility will bear interest, at a base rate plus a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.50% or at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50%. For the purpose of preparing these unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements, an interest rate of 2.30% was assumed, which reflects the rate in effect as of the date of this offering. A 1/8th percent increase in the LIBOR rate would result in an increase to the above noted interest expense of approximately $59.

An adjustment of $3,928 was recorded to reduce interest expense for the thirteen week period ended March 29, 2015 to reflect the repayment of principal under our Senior Credit Facilities as described under “Use of Proceeds” as if such repayment had occurred on December 30, 2013.

 

  (I) Income tax expense — An adjustment of $1,175 was recorded to increase income tax expense for the thirteen week period ended March 29, 2015 to reflect the impact of the pro forma adjustments noted above using a blended federal and state statutory tax rate of 38.94%.

 

  (J) Weighted average shares outstanding basic and diluted — The weighted average shares outstanding used to compute basic and diluted net income per share for the thirteen week period ended March 29, 2015 have been adjusted to give effect to the issuance of shares issued in this offering whose proceeds will be used to repay outstanding principal under our Senior Credit Facilities, as if such issuances had occurred on December 30, 2013, as well as the 1-for-25.4588 stock split, which will be effected upon the closing of this offering.

 

56


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share amounts) (Continued)

 

Year Ended December 28, 2014

 

  (K) General and administrative costs — An adjustment was recorded to eliminate general and administrative costs of $781 related to our advisory services agreement with an affiliate of THL, which will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.

 

  (L) Interest expense — An adjustment of $5,002 was recorded to record interest expense for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 related to our New Credit Facility, which will be entered into in connection with the consummation of this offering. The New Credit Facility will bear interest, at a base rate plus a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.50% or at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50%. For the purpose of preparing these unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements, an interest rate of 2.30% was assumed, which reflects the rate in effect as of the date of this offering. A 1/8th percent increase in the LIBOR rate would result in an increase to the above noted interest expense of approximately $236.

An adjustment of $17,935 was recorded to reduce interest expense for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 to reflect the repayment of principal under our Senior Credit Facilities as described under “Use of Proceeds” as if such repayment had occurred on December 30, 2013.

 

  (M) Income tax expense — An adjustment of $5,340 was recorded to increase income tax expense for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 to reflect the impact of the pro forma adjustments noted above using a blended federal and state statutory tax rate of 38.94%.

 

  (N) Weighted average shares outstanding basic and diluted — The weighted average shares outstanding used to compute basic and diluted net income per share for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 have been adjusted to give effect to the issuance of shares issued in this offering whose proceeds will be used to repay outstanding principal under our Senior Credit Facilities, as if such issuances had occurred on December 30, 2013, as well as the 1-for-25.4588 stock split, which will be effected upon the closing of this offering.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations do not include the following adjustments, which are one-time in nature and not expected to have a continuing impact on our results of operations:

 

    An adjustment of approximately $7,796 to reflect the one-time termination fee to be paid by us to an affiliate of THL upon the consummation of this offering; and

 

    An adjustment of approximately $1,143 to reflect the loss on the extinguishment of debt and the write-off of debt issuance costs as a result of the repayment of outstanding indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities as described above.

 

57


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information” section of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements based on current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, such as our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions set forth in the “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” section and included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in the “Risk Factors” section and included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We operate on a 52- or 53-week fiscal year that ends on the Sunday that is closest to December 31 of that year. Each fiscal year generally is comprised of four 13-week fiscal quarters, although in the years with 53 weeks the fourth quarter represents a 14-week period. Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 ended on December 30, 2012, December 29, 2013 and December 28, 2014, respectively, and each were comprised of 52 weeks. Fiscal 2015 is a 53-week fiscal year.

Overview

Fogo de Chão (fogo-dee-shoun) is a leading Brazilian steakhouse, or churrascaria , which has specialized for over 35 years in fire-roasting high-quality meats utilizing the centuries-old Southern Brazilian cooking technique of churrasco . We deliver a distinctive and authentic Brazilian dining experience through the combination of our high-quality Brazilian cuisine and our differentiated service model known as espeto corrido (Portuguese for “continuous service”) delivered by our gaucho chefs. We offer our guests a tasting menu of meats featuring up to 20 cuts, simply seasoned and carefully fire-roasted to expose their natural flavors.

Guests can begin their dining experience at the Market Table, which offers a wide variety of Brazilian-inspired side dishes, fresh-cut vegetables, seasonal salads, aged cheeses and cured meats, or they can receive immediate entrée service table-side from our gaucho chefs by turning a service medallion, found at each guest’s seat, green side up. Each gaucho chef rotates throughout the dining room, and is responsible for a specific cut of meat which they prepare, cook and serve to our guests continuously throughout their meal. Guests can pause the service at any time by turning the medallion to red and then back to green when they are ready to try additional selections and can communicate to our gauchos their preferred cut of meat, temperature and portion size. Our continuous service model allows customization and consumer engagement since our guests control the variety and quantity of their food and the pace of their dining experience. Through the combination of our authentic Brazilian cuisine, unique service model, prix fixe menu and engaging hospitality in an upscale restaurant atmosphere, we believe our brand delivers a differentiated dining experience relative to other specialty and fine-dining concepts and offers our guests a compelling value proposition.

Our Growth Strategies and Outlook

Our growth is based on the following strategies:

 

    Grow our restaurant base;

 

    Grow our comparable restaurant sales; and

 

    Improve margins by leveraging our infrastructure and investments in human capital.

We believe we are in the early stages of our growth with 37 current restaurants, 26 in the United States, 10 in Brazil and one in Mexico, our first joint venture restaurant. Based on internal analysis and a study prepared by Buxton , we believe there exists a long-term growth potential for over new 100 domestic sites, with additional new restaurants internationally. We have a long track record of successful new restaurant development, having grown our restaurant count by a multiple of 10 since 2000, and at a 11.5% CAGR since 2010. While new restaurants are expected to be a key driver of our growth, we believe positive comparable restaurant sales growth and margin expansion through leveraging our infrastructure will also contribute to strong future growth.

 

58


Table of Contents

Highlights and Trends

Restaurant Development

Restaurant openings reflects the number of new restaurants opened during a particular reporting period. We plan to open five to six restaurants during Fiscal 2015, including our first joint venture restaurant in Mexico City, which opened in May 2015. We believe our international joint venture restaurants will allow us to expand our restaurant footprint with limited capital investment by us. Over the next five years, we plan to increase our company-owned restaurant count by at least 10% annually, with North America being our primary market for new restaurant development. In addition, over the next five years, we plan to open three to five new restaurants in Brazil.

 

  Thirteen Week
Period Ended
  Fiscal Year  
      March 29, 2015          2014              2013              2012              2011      

Restaurant Activity

              

Beginning of period

     34         31         27         24         22   

Openings

     1         3         4         3         2   

Closings

                                       

 

 

Restaurants at end of period

  35      34      31      27      24   

2014 FIFA World Cup and Recent Events in Brazil

The 2014 World Cup (the “World Cup”) took place in Brazil from June 12 to July 13, 2014. The event positively impacted our operating results for Fiscal 2014 because our Brazil restaurants are located in cities that hosted World Cup matches. Of the 64 World Cup matches, 32 were hosted in cities where we operate. We estimate that the World Cup positively impacted revenue by approximately $5.0 million for Fiscal 2014. Comparable restaurant sales for our Brazil restaurants grew approximately 11.4% for Fiscal 2014. Adjusting comparable restaurant sales to exclude the impact of the World Cup we estimate that comparable restaurant sales for our Brazil restaurants grew approximately 1.7% for Fiscal 2014. As a result of the impact the World Cup had on our 2014 results in Brazil, we expect our comparable restaurant sales in Brazil to be lower in the second and the third quarter of 2015 as compared to the same quarters of 2014. We estimate the impact of the World Cup to be approximately $5.0 million of which between 55 to 60% of the impact was in the second quarter of 2014. Brazilian comparable restaurant revenue totaled $14.3 million and $14.6 million in the second and third quarter of 2014, respectively.

Additionally, in March and April of 2015, a series of protests began in Brazil against the current government and President. The initial protests occurred in cities throughout Brazil, including in Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paolo, on March 15, with protestors generally reported to number around a million, and continued throughout the remainder of March and into April. As a result of the protests, our restaurants in Brazil experienced reduced guest traffic in the second half of March and in April. Protests currently continue throughout Brazil and we anticipate that our results of operations in the second quarter of Fiscal 2015 could be impacted by the ongoing political activity.

New Credit Facility

Concurrently with, and conditioned upon, the consummation of our initial public offering, we intend to refinance our existing Senior Credit Facilities and enter into a new $250.0 million revolving credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”). We expect that the loans under our New Credit Facility will bear interest at a base rate plus a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.50% or at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50% and will mature in 2020. We expect that the New Credit Facility will contain customary affirmative, negative and financial covenants applicable to us and certain of our subsidiaries, including financial maintenance covenants requiring us to maintain a maximum Total Rent Adjusted Leverage Ratio and a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio (each as defined in the New Credit Facility). Borrowings under our New Credit Facility may vary significantly from time to time depending on our cash needs at any given time, and upon consummation of our initial public offering we expect that approximately $188.9 million will be drawn under our New Credit Facility.

Investments in Human Capital to Support Growth

To support our future growth and enhance our operations and management team, we have made substantial investments in personnel. Since January 2012, we have added 39 positions at an approximate annualized cost of $3.5 million at the corporate level and $2.0 million at the restaurant level in key functional corporate and restaurant areas including senior leadership, new restaurant site selection and analysis, new restaurant design, group dining, product innovation and in-restaurant employee training. Specifically, we have incurred $0.4 million in incremental personnel costs in 2012, $1.9 million in 2013 and $4.2 million in 2014 as a result of these investments.

 

59


Table of Contents

2014 Credit Facility Refinancing

In April 2014, we refinanced $205 million of borrowings under our First Lien Credit Facility (as defined below), borrowed an additional $20 million under our First Lien Credit Facility and repaid $20 million of our Second Lien Credit Facility (as defined below) (the “2014 Credit Facility Refinancing”). Our $224 million new First Lien Credit Facility matures on July 20, 2019 and bears interest at LIBOR plus a spread of 4.00%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. Our $25 million Second Lien Credit Facility matures on January 20, 2020, and bears interest at LIBOR plus a spread of 9.50%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.50%. Our revolving line of credit has an interest rate of LIBOR plus a spread of 4.00%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%, and has a maturity date of July 20, 2017. Following the completion of the 2014 Credit Facility Refinancing, interest rates decreased 110 basis points as compared to prior interest rates resulting in a $2.7 million decrease to our annual interest expense. For a further description of our Senior Credit Facilities (as defined below), see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Senior Credit Facilities.” We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Acquisition by Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.

Fogo de Chão, Inc. was incorporated under the name Brasa (Parent) Inc. on May 24, 2012, in connection with the Acquisition. The Company owns 100% of Brasa Purchaser, which owns 100% of Brasa Holdings. Brasa Holdings owns 100% of Fogo Holdings, which owns the Company’s domestic and foreign operating subsidiaries. Immediately prior to the Acquisition, (i) FC Holdings Inc. contributed all of its ownership interests in Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC to Fogo Holdings, (ii) Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC was merged with Fogo Holdings, which was the surviving corporation, and (iii) FC Holdings Inc. was domesticated in the state of Delaware into Brasa Holdings. Promptly thereafter, Brasa Parent acquired Brasa Holdings through a reverse subsidiary merger with Brasa Holdings, which was the surviving corporation. The Acquisition was financed by loans to Brasa Holdings and equity contributions by the THL Funds and certain members of management.

Initial Public Offering

This is our initial public offering of 4,411,764 shares of common stock at an assumed price to the public of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus. Upon the consummation of this offering, after deducting underwriters discounts and commissions and offering expenses, we expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $66.9 million, or $77.4 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with borrowings under our New Credit Facility, to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities and to pay fees and expenses related to our initial public offering and the refinancing of our Senior Credit Facilities. See “Use of Proceeds.”

As a result of the IPO, we plan to make a one-time non-recurring payment of $7.8 million in connection with the termination of our Advisory Services Agreement with an affiliate of THL. We expect to benefit from savings on management fees that we incurred as a private company, but we also expect to incur incremental costs as a public company such as legal, accounting, insurance and other compliance costs. We will continue to use our operating cash flows to fund capital expenditures to support restaurant growth, as well as to invest in our existing restaurants, infrastructure and information technology. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Performance Indicators

We use the following key metrics in evaluating the performance of our restaurants:

New Restaurant Openings

Our ability to successfully open new restaurants and expand our restaurant base is critical to adding revenue capacity to meet our goals for growth. New restaurant openings contribute additional operating weeks and revenue to our business. Before a new restaurant opens, we incur pre-opening costs, as described below. New restaurants often open with an initial start-up period of sales volatility and sales and margins tend to stabilize within six to nine months of opening. New restaurants typically experience normal inefficiencies in the form of higher food, labor and other direct operating expenses and, as a result, restaurant contribution margins are generally lower during the start-up period of operation.

 

60


Table of Contents

Comparable Restaurant Sales

We consider a restaurant to be comparable during the first full fiscal quarter following the eighteenth full month of operations. We adjust the sales included in the comparable restaurant calculation for restaurant closures, primarily as a result of remodels, so that the periods will be comparable. Changes in comparable restaurant sales reflect changes in sales for the comparable group of restaurants over a specified period of time. Changes in comparable sales reflect changes in guest count trends as well as changes in average check, as described below. As of December 28, 2014, December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012, there were 27, 25 and 22 restaurants, respectively, in our comparable restaurant base and as of March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 there were 27 and 25, respectively. This measure highlights performance of existing restaurants, as the impact of new restaurant openings is excluded.

Average Check Per Person

Average check is calculated by dividing total comparable restaurant sales by comparable restaurant guest counts for a given time period. Average check is influenced by menu prices and menu mix. Management uses this indicator to analyze trends in guests’ preferences, the effectiveness of menu offerings and per guest expenditures.

Average Unit Volumes

We measure average unit volumes (“AUVs”) on an annual (52-week) basis. AUVs consist of the average sales of all restaurants that have been open for a trailing 52-week period or longer. We adjust the sales included in AUV calculations for restaurant closures. This measurement allows us to assess changes in consumer spending patterns at our restaurants and the overall performance of our restaurant base.

Guest Counts

Guest counts are measured by the number of entrées ordered at our restaurants over a given time period.

Restaurant Contribution and Restaurant Contribution Margin

Restaurant contribution is defined as revenue less restaurant operating costs (which include food and beverage costs, compensation and benefits costs and occupancy and certain other operating costs but exclude depreciation and amortization expense). Restaurant contribution margin is defined as restaurant contribution as a percentage of revenue. Restaurant contribution and restaurant contribution margin are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP. See “Basis of Presentation” and “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Information” for more information regarding restaurant contribution and restaurant contribution margin and a reconciliation to revenue.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization plus the sum of certain operating and non-operating expenses, including pre-opening costs, losses on modifications and extinguishment of debt, acquisition costs, equity-based compensation costs, management and consulting fees, retention agreement costs, IPO related costs, and other non-cash or similar adjustments. Adjusted EBITDA Margin represents Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. By monitoring and controlling our Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin, we can gauge the overall profitability of our company. See “Basis of Presentation” and “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Information” for more information regarding Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin and a reconciliation to net income (loss).

Significant Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

Revenue primarily consists of food and beverage sales, net of any employee meals and complimentary meals. Revenue is recognized when food and beverage products are sold at our restaurants net of any discounts. Revenue in a given period is directly influenced by the number of operating weeks in such period, the number of restaurants we

 

61


Table of Contents

operate and comparable restaurant sales growth. Proceeds from the sale of gift cards that do not have expiration dates are recorded as deferred revenue at the time of the sale and recognized as revenue when the gift card is redeemed by the holder. The portion of gift cards sold which are never redeemed is commonly referred to as gift card breakage. We recognize gift card “breakage” revenue for gift cards when the likelihood of redemption becomes remote and we determine there is no legal obligation to remit the value of the unredeemed gift cards to governmental agencies.

Food and Beverage Costs

Food and beverage costs include the direct costs associated with food, beverage and distribution of our menu items. We measure food and beverage costs by tracking the cost as a percentage of revenue. Food and beverage costs as a percentage of revenue are generally influenced by the cost of food and beverage items, distribution costs and sales mix. These components are variable in nature, increase with revenue, are subject to increases or decreases based on fluctuations in commodity costs, including beef, lamb, pork, chicken and seafood prices, and depend in part on the controls we have in place to manage costs at our restaurants.

Compensation and Benefit Costs

Compensation and benefits costs comprise restaurant and regional management salaries and bonuses, hourly staff payroll and other payroll-related expenses, including bonus expenses, equity-based compensation, vacation pay, payroll taxes, fringe benefits and health insurance expenses and are measured by tracking hourly and total labor as a percentage of revenue.

Occupancy and Other Operating Expenses

Occupancy and other operating expenses comprise all occupancy costs, consisting of both fixed and variable portions of rent, common area maintenance charges, utility costs, credit card fees, real estate property taxes and other related restaurant supply and occupancy costs, but exclude depreciation and amortization expense, and are measured by tracking occupancy and other operating expenses as a percentage of revenue.

Marketing and Advertising Costs

Marketing and advertising costs include all media, production and related costs for both local restaurant advertising and national marketing. We measure the efficiency of our marketing and advertising expenditures by tracking these costs as a percentage of total revenue.

General and Administrative Costs

General and administrative costs are comprised of costs related to certain corporate and administrative functions that support development and restaurant operations. These expenses are generally fixed and reflect management, supervisory and staff salaries, employee benefits and bonuses, share-based compensation, travel expense, information systems, training, corporate rent, professional and consulting fees, technology and market research. We measure general and administrative costs by tracking general and administrative costs as a percentage of revenue.

Pre-opening Costs

Pre-opening costs are costs incurred prior to, and directly associated with, opening a restaurant, and primarily consist of manager salaries, relocation costs, recruiting expenses, employee payroll and related training costs for new employees, including rehearsal of service activities, as well as straight line lease costs incurred prior to opening. In addition, pre-opening costs include public relations costs incurred prior to opening. We typically start incurring pre-opening costs four months prior to opening and these costs tend to increase four weeks prior to opening as we begin training activities.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Depreciation and amortization expense includes depreciation of fixed assets and certain definite life intangible assets. We depreciate capitalized leasehold improvements over the shorter of the total expected lease term or their estimated useful life.

 

62


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense depends on the statutory tax rates in the countries where we operate. Historically we have generated taxable income in the United States and Brazil. Our provision includes federal, state and local current and deferred income tax expense.

Segment Reporting

We operate our restaurants using a single restaurant concept and brand. Each restaurant under our single global brand operates with similar types of products and menu, providing a continuous service style, similar contracts, customers and employees, irrespective of location. We have identified two operating segments: United States and Brazil, which is how we organize our restaurants for making operating decisions and assessing performance. Our joint venture in Mexico is included in the United States for segment reporting purposes as the operations of the joint venture are monitored by the United States segment management.

 

63


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables summarizes key components of our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated, both in dollars and as a percentage of revenue:

Fiscal Quarter Ended March 29, 2015 (13 weeks) Compared to Fiscal Quarter Ended March 30, 2014 (13 weeks)

 

     Fiscal Quarter Ended     Fiscal Quarter Ended                     
     March 29, 2015     March 30, 2014                     
     (13 weeks)     (13 weeks)     Increase / (Decrease)  
(dollars in thousands)    Dollars      %(a)     Dollars      %(a)     Dollars      %(b)     %(c)  

Revenue

                 

U.S. Restaurant

   $ 54,702         84.2   $ 49,324         80.4   $ 5,378         10.9     3.8

Brazil Restaurant

     10,243         15.8        11,993         19.6        (1,750      (14.6     (3.8

Other

     14         0.0                       14         *        *   

Total revenue

   $ 64,959         100.0   $ 61,317         100.0   $ 3,642         5.9     *   

Restaurant operating costs

                 

Food and beverage costs

     19,164         29.5        18,547         30.2        617         3.3        (0.7

Compensation and benefit costs

     14,100         21.7        13,891         22.7        209         1.5        (1.0

Occupancy and other operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

     11,174         17.2        10,820         17.6        354         3.3        (0.4

Total restaurant operating costs

   $ 44,438         68.4   $ 43,258         70.5   $ 1,180         2.7     (2.1 %) 

Marketing and advertising costs

     1,402         2.2        1,442         2.4        (40      (2.8     (0.2

General and administrative costs

     5,708         8.8        4,668         7.6        1,040         22.3        1.2   

Pre-opening costs

     1,003         1.5        788         1.3        215         27.3        0.2   

Depreciation and amortization

     3,004         4.6        2,737         4.5        267         9.8        0.1   

Other operating (income) expense, net

     (113      (0.2     (69      (0.1     44         63.8        0.1   

Total costs and expenses

   $ 55,442         85.3   $ 52,824         86.1   $ 2,618         5.0     (0.8 %) 

Income from operations

   $ 9,517         14.7   $ 8,493         13.9   $ 1,024         12.1     0.8

Other income (expense):

                 

Interest expense, net

     (3,757      (5.8     (4,762      (7.8     (1,005      (21.1     (2.0

Other income (expense), net

     (2      (0.0     (4      (0.0     (2      (50.0     (0.0

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (3,759      (5.8 %)    $ (4,766      (7.8 %)    $ (1,007      (21.1 %)      (2.0 %) 

Income before income taxes

     5,758         8.9        3,727         6.1        2,031         54.5        2.8   

Income tax expense

     1,252         1.9        965         1.6        287         29.7        0.3   

Net income

     4,506         6.9        2,762         4.5        1,744         63.1        2.4   

Less: Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (159      (0.2                    *         *        *   

Net income attributable to
Fogo de Chão, Inc.

   $ 4,665         7.2   $ 2,762         4.5   $ 1,903         68.9     2.7

 

(a) Calculated as a percentage of total revenue.

 

(b) Calculated percentage increase / (decrease) in dollars.

 

(c) Calculated increase / (decrease) in percentage of total revenue.

 

* Not meaningful.

 

64


Table of Contents

Revenue

Total revenue increased $3.6 million, or 5.9%, for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, primarily due to a $5.5 million increase in non-comparable restaurant sales for new restaurants opened in 2014 and 2015. Total comparable restaurant sales increased 0.5% primarily driven by an increase in average check, offset by a reduction in guest traffic, all offset by a negative foreign exchange impact of $2.1 million.

U.S. restaurant revenue increased $5.4 million, or 10.9%, primarily due to increased non-comparable restaurant sales of $5.3 million and a 0.1% increase in comparable restaurant sales.

Brazil restaurant revenue decreased $1.8 million, or 14.6%, primarily due to a negative foreign exchange impact of $2.1 million, partially offset by a 2.3% increase in comparable restaurant sales.

Food and Beverage Costs

Food and beverage costs increased $0.6 million, or 3.3%, for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, primarily due to a $1.5 million increase in food costs from new restaurants opened since the end of the prior period and the full period of operation of restaurants opened in the prior period, partially offset by a positive foreign exchange impact of $0.7 million. As a percentage of total revenue, total food and beverage costs decreased from 30.2% to 29.5%, due to management’s focus on waste reduction and production efficiencies.

Compensation and Benefit Costs

Compensation and benefit costs increased $0.2 million, or 1.5%, for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, primarily due to a $0.9 million increase in additional labor needs resulting from new restaurants opened since the end of the prior period and the full period of operation of restaurants opened in the prior period, offset by foreign exchange impact of $0.3 million. As a percentage of total revenue, total compensation and benefits costs decreased from 22.7% to 21.7%, due to improved labor productivity and leverage on higher revenue at our comparable restaurants.

Occupancy and Other Operating Expenses

Occupancy and other operating expenses increased $0.4 million, or 3.3%, for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, primarily due to a $0.8 million increase in expense resulting from new restaurants opened since the end of the prior period and the full period of operation of restaurants opened in the prior period, partially offset by a positive foreign exchange impact of $0.4 million and an overall reduction in restaurant supplies expense. As a percentage of total revenue, total occupancy and other operating costs decreased from 17.6% to 17.2%, primarily due to leverage on higher revenue at our comparable restaurants, and improving efficiencies in our non-comparable locations as they ramp up.

Marketing and Advertising Costs

Marketing and advertising costs were unchanged at $1.4 million for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015. As a percentage of total revenue, marketing and advertising costs decreased from 2.4% to 2.2%.

General and Administrative Costs

General and administrative costs increased $1.0 million, or 22.3%, for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, due to a $0.4 million increase in compensation and benefit costs due to hiring additional corporate resources to enhance key functional areas and support future growth and a $0.6 million increase in legal and other professional services primarily attributable to establishing our joint ventures and preparing for the initial public offering of our common stock. As a percentage of total revenue, general and administrative costs increased from 7.6% to 8.8%.

Pre-opening Costs

Pre-opening costs increased $0.2 million to $1.0 million for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, due to three restaurants incurring preopening costs during the first quarter of Fiscal 2015 versus two restaurants during the first quarter of Fiscal 2014.

 

65


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Interest expense, net of interest income and capitalized interest, decreased $1.0 million, or 21.1%, for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, due to a reduction in interest rates on our Senior Credit Facilities resulting from our 2014 Credit Facility Refinancing, as well as a decrease in outstanding principal balance owed on our Second Lien Credit Facility.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense increased $0.3 million to $1.3 million for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, due to an increase in net income before income taxes of $2.0 million, offset by the release of the valuation allowance of $0.7 million and a $0.3 million discrete tax benefit recognized in the first quarter of Fiscal 2015 related to a true-up of the deferred tax asset on Fiscal 2014 alternative minimum tax credits.

Restaurant Contribution

 

     Fiscal Quarter Ended
March 29, 2015
    Fiscal Quarter Ended
March 30, 2014
    Increase / (Decrease)  
     (13 weeks)     (13 weeks)    
(dollars in thousands)    Dollars      %(a)     Dollars      %(a)     Dollars     %(b)     %(c)  

Revenue

                

U.S. Restaurant

   $ 54,702         84.2   $ 49,324         80.4   $ 5,378        10.9     3.8

Brazil Restaurant

     10,243         15.8        11,993         19.6        (1,750     (14.6     (3.8

Other

     14         0.0                0.0        14        *        *   

Total revenue

   $ 64,959         100.0   $ 61,317         100.0   $ 3,642        5.9     *   

Restaurant operating costs

                

U.S.

   $ 37,083         67.8   $ 34,303         69.5   $ 2,780        8.1     (1.7 %) 

Brazil

     7,355         71.8        8,955         74.7        (1,600     (17.9     (2.9

Total restaurant operating costs

   $ 44,438         68.4   $ 43,258         70.5   $ 1,180        2.7     (2.1 %) 

Restaurant contribution

                

U.S.

   $ 17,619         32.2   $ 15,021         30.5   $ 2,598        17.3     1.7

Brazil

     2,888         28.2        3,038         25.3        (150     (4.9     2.9   

Other

     14         *                       *        *        *   

Total restaurant contribution

   $ 20,521         31.6   $ 18,059         29.5   $ 2,462        13.6     2.1

 

(a) Calculated as a percentage of total revenue or segment revenue where applicable.

 

(b) Calculated percentage increase / (decrease) in dollars.

 

(c) Calculated increase / (decrease) in percentage of total revenue or segment revenue where applicable.

 

* Not meaningful.

Total restaurant contribution increased $2.5 million, or 13.6%, for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, primarily due to a $2.3 million increase attributable to non-comparable restaurants. As a percentage of revenue, total restaurant contribution increased from 29.5% to 31.6%.

As a percentage of U.S. restaurant revenue, contribution margin increased 1.7% from 30.5% to 32.2%, due to a 0.3% reduction in food and beverage costs primarily due to management’s focus on waste reduction, a 1.4% reduction in compensation and benefit costs due to increased labor productivity, and a 0.1% decrease in occupancy and other operating expenses.

As a percentage of Brazil restaurant revenue, contribution margin improved 2.9% from 25.3% to 28.2%, due to a 1.1% reduction food and beverage costs primarily due to management’s focus on waste reduction, a 0.3% reduction in compensation and benefit costs due to leverage on higher revenue at our comparable restaurants and a 1.5% reduction in occupancy and other operating expenses due to leverage on higher revenue at our comparable stores and reduction in restaurant supplies expense.

 

66


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2014 (52 weeks) Compared to Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2013 (52 weeks)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Fiscal Year Ended                    
     December 28, 2014     December 29, 2013                    
     (52 weeks)     (52 weeks)     Increase / (Decrease)  
(dollars in thousands)    Dollars     %(a)     Dollars     %(a)     Dollars     %(b)     %(c)  

Revenue

              

U.S. Restaurant

   $ 199,131        75.9   $ 162,442        74.1   $ 36,689        22.6     1.8

Brazil Restaurant

     62,270        23.7        56,797        25.9        5,473        9.6        (2.2

Other

     879        0.3                      879        *        *   

Total revenue

   $ 262,280        100.0   $ 219,239        100.0   $ 43,041        19.6     *   

Restaurant operating costs

              

Food and beverage costs

     78,330        29.9        67,002        30.6        11,328        16.9        (0.7

Compensation and benefit costs

     54,673        20.8        46,860        21.4        7,813        16.7        (0.6

Occupancy and other operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

     44,156        16.8        36,703        16.7        7,453        20.3        0.1   

Total restaurant operating costs

   $ 177,159        67.5   $ 150,565        68.7   $ 26,594        17.7     (1.2 %) 

Marketing and advertising costs

     5,585        2.1        6,188        2.8        (603     (9.7     (0.7

General and administrative costs

     21,419        8.2        18,239        8.3        3,180        17.4        (0.1

Pre-opening costs

     1,951        0.7        4,764        2.2        (2,813     (59.0     (1.5

Loss on modification of debt

     3,090        1.2        6,875        3.1        (3,785     (55.1     (1.9

Depreciation and amortization

     11,638        4.4        8,989        4.1        2,649        29.5        0.3   

Other operating (income) expense, net

     46        0.0        (371     (0.2     (417     (112.4     (0.2

Total costs and expenses

   $ 220,888        84.2   $ 195,249        89.1   $ 25,639        13.1     (4.9 %) 

Income from operations

   $ 41,392        15.8   $ 23,990        10.9   $ 17,402        72.5     4.9

Other income (expense):

              

Interest expense, net

     (17,121     (6.5     (22,354     (10.2     (5,233     (23.4     (3.7

Other income (expense), net

     (7     (0.0     (101     (0.0     (94     (93.1     (0.0

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (17,128     (6.5 %)    $ (22,455     (10.2 %)    $ (5,327     (23.7 %)      (3.7 %) 

Income before income taxes

     24,264        9.3        1,535        0.7        22,729        *        8.6   

Income tax expense

     6,991        2.7        2,472        1.1        4,519        *        1.6   

Net income (loss)

     17,273        6.6        (937     (0.4     18,210        *        7.0   

Less: Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (282     (0.1                   (282     *        *   

Net income (loss) attributable to
Fogo de Chão, Inc.

   $ 17,555        6.7   $ (937     (0.4 %)    $ 18,492        *        *   

 

(a) Calculated as a percentage of total revenue.

 

(b) Calculated percentage increase / (decrease) in dollars.

 

(c) Calculated increase / (decrease) in percentage of total revenue.

 

* Not meaningful.

Revenue

Total revenue increased $43.0 million, or 19.6%, for Fiscal 2014, primarily due to a $36.9 million increase in non-comparable restaurant sales for new restaurants opened in 2013 and 2014. Total comparable restaurant sales increased 4.9%, primarily driven by an increase in average check and guest traffic.

U.S. restaurant revenue increased $36.7 million, or 22.6%, due to increased non-comparable restaurant sales of $32.3 million and U.S. comparable restaurant sales increase of 2.9%, primarily driven by an increase in average check and guest traffic.

Brazil restaurant revenue increased $5.5 million, or 9.6%, due to increased comparable restaurant sales of 11.4% attributable to an increase in average check and guest traffic due to the World Cup in Brazil, an increase in non-comparable restaurant sales of $4.6 million, partially offset by a negative foreign exchange impact of $5.0 million.

 

67


Table of Contents

Other revenue includes gift card breakage revenue recognized by our U.S. operating segment during Fiscal 2014 related to gift cards whose likelihood of redemption was determined to be remote.

Food and Beverage Costs

Food and beverage costs increased $11.3 million, or 16.9%, for Fiscal 2014, primarily due to a $10.5 million increase in food costs from new restaurants opened since the end of the prior period and the full period of operation of restaurants opened in the prior period. As a percentage of total revenue, total food and beverage costs decreased from 30.6% to 29.9%, due to favorable pricing on beef contracts executed in 2014, and management’s focus on waste reduction and production efficiencies.

Compensation and Benefit Costs

Compensation and benefit costs increased $7.8 million, or 16.7%, for Fiscal 2014, primarily due to a $9.5 million increase in additional labor needs resulting from new restaurants opened since the end of the prior period and the full period of operation of restaurants opened in the prior period. As a percentage of total revenue, total compensation and benefits costs decreased from 21.4% to 20.8%, due to improved labor productivity and a reduction in benefits expense, and leverage on higher revenue at our comparable restaurants.

Occupancy and Other Operating Expenses

Occupancy and other operating expenses increased $7.5 million, or 20.3%, for Fiscal 2014, primarily due to a $7.1 million increase in expense resulting from new restaurants opened since the end of the prior period and the full period of operation of restaurants opened in the prior period. As a percentage of total revenue, total occupancy and other operating costs increased from 16.7% to 16.8%, primarily due to increased rent as a percentage of revenue for the new restaurants noted above partially offset by leverage on higher revenue at our comparable restaurants.

Marketing and Advertising Costs

Marketing and advertising costs decreased $0.6 million, or 9.7%, for Fiscal 2014. As a percentage of total revenue, marketing and advertising costs decreased from 2.8% to 2.1% primarily due to a reduction in national television spend during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2014 compared to Fiscal 2013, as we focused on optimizing our marketing spend across various media.

General and Administrative Costs

General and administrative costs increased $3.2 million, or 17.4%, for Fiscal 2014, due to a $1.6 million increase in compensation expense due to hiring additional corporate resources to enhance key functional areas and support future growth. As a percentage of total revenue, general and administrative costs decreased from 8.3% to 8.2% as revenue growth exceeded our fixed base of general and administrative costs despite our continued investments in personnel to support future growth and increased legal and travel expenses associated with establishing our joint ventures.

Pre-opening Costs

Pre-opening costs decreased $2.8 million to $2.0 million for Fiscal 2014, due to three restaurants incurring pre-opening costs during Fiscal 2014 versus five restaurants in Fiscal 2013.

Loss on Modification of Debt

Loss on modification of debt was $3.1 million in Fiscal 2014, due to non-cash charges related to our 2014 Credit Facility Refinancing.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased $5.2 million, or 23.4%, for Fiscal 2014, primarily due to a reduction in interest rates on our Senior Credit Facilities resulting from our 2014 Credit Facility Refinancing.

 

68


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense increased $4.5 million to $7.0 million for Fiscal 2014, due to an increase in net income before income taxes of $22.7 million, offset by a reduction in the valuation allowance of $1.7 million in the current period.

During Fiscal 2014, we identified errors of $0.6 million in consolidated income tax expense for Fiscal 2013, and $0.6 million in consolidated comprehensive loss for the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012. The errors related to accounting entries made in connection with deferred tax assets recorded on cumulative translation adjustments in Fiscal 2012, and the subsequent recording of a valuation allowance on such adjustments in Fiscal 2013. The Company corrected these errors in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2014, which had an effect of reducing income tax expense by $0.6 million, and reducing other comprehensive income for Fiscal 2014.

 

Restaurant Contribution

                 
     Fiscal Year Ended
December 28, 2014
    Fiscal Year Ended
December 29, 2013
    Increase /(Decrease)  
     (52 weeks)     (52 weeks)    
(dollars in thousands)    Dollars      %(a)     Dollars      %(a)     Dollars      %(b)     %(c)  

Revenue

                 

U.S. Restaurant

   $ 199,131         75.9   $ 162,442         74.1   $ 36,689         22.6     1.8

Brazil Restaurant

     62,270         23.7        56,797         25.9        5,473         9.6        (2.2

Other

     879         0.3                       879         *        *   

Total revenue

   $ 262,280         100.0   $ 219,239         100.0   $ 43,041         19.6     *   

Restaurant operating costs

                 

U.S.

   $ 137,007         68.8   $ 113,111         69.6   $ 23,896         21.1     (0.8 %) 

Brazil

     40,152         64.5        37,454         65.9        2,698         7.2        (1.4

Total restaurant operating costs

   $ 177,159         67.5   $ 150,565         68.7   $ 26,594         17.7     (1.2 %) 

Restaurant contribution

                 

U.S.

   $ 62,124         31.2   $ 49,331         30.4   $ 12,793         25.9     0.8

Brazil

     22,118         35.5        19,343         34.1        2,775         14.3        1.4   

Other

     879         *                       *         *        *   

Total restaurant contribution

   $ 85,121         32.5   $ 68,674         31.3   $ 16,447         23.9     1.2

 

(a) Calculated as a percentage of total revenue or segment revenue where applicable.

 

(b) Calculated percentage increase / (decrease) in dollars.

 

(c) Calculated increase / (decrease) in percentage of total revenue or segment revenue where applicable.

 

* Not meaningful.

Total restaurant contribution increased $16.4 million, or 23.9%, for Fiscal 2014, primarily due to a $9.8 million increase in new restaurants opened since the end of the prior period and the full period of operation of restaurants opened in the prior period. As a percentage of revenue, total restaurant contribution increased from 31.3% to 32.5%.

As a percentage of U.S. restaurant revenue, contribution margin increased 0.8% from 30.4% to 31.2%, due to a 0.7% reduction in food and beverage costs due to favorable pricing on beef contracts executed in Fiscal 2014, management’s focus on waste reduction and a 0.6% reduction in compensation and benefit costs due to increased labor productivity, partially offset by a 0.5% increase in occupancy and other operating expenses attributable to the new restaurants noted above.

As a percentage of Brazil restaurant revenue, contribution margin improved 1.4% from 34.1% to 35.5%, due to a 1.0% reduction in compensation and benefit costs and a 0.7% reduction in occupancy and other operating expenses due to leverage on higher revenue at our comparable restaurants for labor and operating expenses, offset by commodity increases on our food and beverage costs.

Other revenue includes gift card breakage revenue recognized by our U.S. operating segment during Fiscal 2014 related to gift cards whose likelihood of redemption was determined to be remote.

 

69


Table of Contents

Financial Presentation

The historical consolidated financial information has been derived from the financial statements and accounting records of Fogo de Chão, Inc. (Successor) for periods on and after May 24, 2012, and from the financial statements and accounting records of the “Predecessor” company for the period prior to July 21, 2012. Financial information in the Predecessor period relates to Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC and its subsidiaries. For purposes of presenting a comparison of our Fiscal 2013 results to Fiscal 2012, we have presented our 2012 results first as standalone results for the Predecessor for the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 and the Successor for the period from May 24, 2012 (Inception) to December 30, 2012 and next as the mathematical addition of the Predecessor and Successor periods. We believe that the presentation with mathematical additions provides meaningful information about our results of operations on a period-to-period basis. This approach is not consistent with US GAAP, may yield results that are not strictly comparable on a period-to-period basis and may not reflect the actual results we would have achieved. The table and discussion showing the period from May 24, 2012 (Inception) to December 30, 2012 is presented first and the table and discussion showing the combined 2012 results follow.

Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2013 (52 weeks) Compared to the Period from May 24 (Inception) to December 30, 2012 (23 operating weeks)

 

                 Successor                             Predecessor  
     Fiscal Year Ended
December 29, 2013
    Period from
May 24 (Inception) to
December 30, 2012
                            Period from
January 2 to
July 20, 2012
 
     (52 weeks)     (23 weeks)     Increase / (Decrease)           (29 weeks)  
(dollars in thousands)    Dollars     %(a)     Dollars     %(a)     Dollars     %(b)     %(c)           Dollars  

Revenue

                     

U.S. Restaurant

   $ 162,442        74.1   $ 66,853        71.2   $ 95,589        143.0     2.9        $ 79,327   

Brazil Restaurant

     56,797        25.9        26,991        28.8        29,806        110.4        (2.9          29,189   

Total revenue

   $ 219,239        100.0   $ 93,844        100.0   $ 125,395        133.6     *           $ 108,516   

Restaurant operating costs

                     

Food and beverage costs

     67,002        30.6        29,381        31.3        37,621        128.0        (0.7          34,512   

Compensation and benefit costs

     46,860        21.4        21,125        22.5        25,735        121.8        (1.1          22,348   

Occupancy and other operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

     36,703        16.7        15,478        16.5        21,225        137.1        0.2             18,061   

Total restaurant operating costs

   $ 150,565        68.7   $ 65,984        70.3   $ 84,581        128.2     (1.6 %)         $ 74,921   

Marketing and advertising costs

     6,188        2.8        2,342        2.5        3,846        164.2        0.3             2,488   

General and administrative costs

     18,239        8.3        8,143        8.7        10,096        124.0        (0.4          10,229   

Pre-opening costs

     4,764        2.2        1,119        1.2        3,645        325.7        1.0             1,359   

Acquisition costs

            0.0        11,988        12.8        (11,988     *        (12.8          6,963   

Loss on modification/extinguishment of debt

     6,875        3.1               0.0        6,875        *        3.1             7,762   

Depreciation and amortization

     8,989        4.1        3,736        4.0        5,253        140.6        0.1             5,114   

Other operating (income) expense, net

     (371     (0.2     (169     (0.2     (202     119.5        0.0             (157

Total costs and expenses

   $ 195,249        89.1   $ 93,143        99.3   $ 102,106        109.6     (10.2 %)         $ 108,679   

Income (loss) from operations

   $ 23,990        10.9   $ 701        0.7   $ 23,289        *        10.2        $ (163

Other income (expense):

                     

Interest expense, net

     (22,354     (10.2     (10,908     (11.6     11,446        104.9        (1.4          (7,359

Other income (expense), net

     (101     0.0        (20     0.0        81        405.0        0.0             (68

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (22,455     (10.2 %)    $ (10,928     (11.6 %)    $ 11,527        105.5     (1.4 %)         $ (7,427

Income (loss) before income taxes

     1,535        0.7        (10,227     (10.9     11,762        *        11.6             (7,590

Income tax expense (benefit)

     2,472        1.1        (1,195     (1.3     3,667        *        2.4             1,294   

Net income (loss)

   $ (937     (0.4 %)    $ (9,032     (9.6 %)    $ 8,095        89.6     9.2        $ (8,884

 

(a) Calculated percentage of total revenue.

 

(b) Calculated percentage increase / (decrease) in dollars.

 

70


Table of Contents
(c) Calculated increase / (decrease) in percentage of total revenue.

 

* Not meaningful.

Revenue

Total revenue increased $125.4 million, or 133.6%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to 29 additional company operating weeks in the current period.

U.S. restaurant revenue increased $95.6 million, or 143.0%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to 29 additional company operating weeks in the current period.

Brazil restaurant revenue increased $29.8 million, or 110.4%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to 29 additional company operating weeks in the current period.

Food and Beverage Costs

Food and beverage costs increased $37.6 million, or 128.0%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to 29 additional company operating weeks in the current period.

Compensation and Benefit Costs

Compensation and benefit costs increased $25.7 million, or 121.8%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to 29 additional company operating weeks in the current period. As a percentage of total revenue, total compensation and benefit costs decreased from 22.5% during the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 to 21.4% during Fiscal 2013.

Occupancy and Other Operating Expenses

Occupancy and other operating expenses increased $21.2 million, or 137.1%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to 29 additional company operating weeks in the current period. As a percentage of total revenue, total occupancy and other operating expenses increased from 16.5% during the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 to 16.7% during Fiscal 2013.

Marketing and Advertising Costs

Marketing and advertising costs increased $3.8 million, or 164.2%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to 29 additional company operating weeks in the current period. As a percentage of total revenue, marketing and advertising costs increased from 2.5% during the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 to 2.8% during Fiscal 2013.

General and Administrative Costs

General and administrative costs increased $10.1 million, or 124.0%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to 29 additional company operating weeks in the current period. As a percentage of total revenue, general and administrative costs decreased from 8.7% during the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 to 8.3% during Fiscal 2013.

Pre-opening Costs

Pre-opening costs increased $3.6 million to $4.8 million for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to five restaurants incurring pre-opening costs during the current period compared to one in the prior period.

Loss on Modification of Debt

Loss on modification of debt was $6.9 million in Fiscal 2013 due to non-cash charges related to the re-pricing of our First Lien Credit Facility in August 2013.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $5.3 million, or 140.6%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to 29 additional company operating weeks in the current period.

 

71


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $11.4 million, or 104.9%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to 29 additional company operating weeks in the current period.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Income tax expense increased to $2.5 million for Fiscal 2013, from a benefit of $1.2 million for the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012, primarily due to net income before tax of $1.5 million in the current period compared to a net loss before tax of $10.2 million in the prior period.

Restaurant Contribution

 

                  Successor                              Predecessor  
     Fiscal Year Ended
December 29,
2013
    Period from
May 24 (Inception) to
December 30, 2012
                             Period from
January 2 to
July 20, 2012
 
     (52 weeks)     (23 weeks)     Increase / (Decrease)           (29 weeks)  
(dollars in thousands)    Dollars      %(a)     Dollars      %(a)     Dollars      %(b)     %(c)           Dollars  

Revenue

                        

U.S. Restaurant

   $ 162,442         74.1   $ 66,853         71.2   $ 95,589         143.0     2.9        $ 79,327   

Brazil Restaurant

     56,797         25.9        26,991         28.8        29,806         110.4        (2.9          29,189   

Total revenue

   $ 219,239         100.0   $ 93,844         100.0   $ 125,395         133.6     *           $ 108,516   

Restaurant operating costs

                        

U.S.

   $ 113,111         69.6   $ 49,336         73.8   $ 63,775         129.3     (4.2 %)         $ 56,343   

Brazil

     37,454         65.9        16,648         61.7        20,806         125.0        4.2             18,578   

Total restaurant operating costs

   $ 150,565         68.7   $ 65,984         70.3   $ 84,581         128.2     (1.6 %)         $ 74,921   

Restaurant contribution

                        

U.S.

   $ 49,331         30.4   $ 17,517         26.2   $ 31,814         181.6     4.2        $ 22,984   

Brazil

     19,343         34.1        10,343         38.3        9,000         87.0        (4.2          10,611   

Total restaurant contribution

   $ 68,674         31.3   $ 27,860         29.7   $ 40,814         146.5     1.6        $ 33,595   

 

(a) Calculated as a percentage of total revenue or segment revenue where applicable.

 

(b) Calculated percentage increase / (decrease) in dollars.

 

(c) Calculated increase / (decrease) in percentage of total revenue or segment revenue where applicable.

 

* Not meaningful.

Total restaurant contribution increased $40.8 million, or 146.5%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to 29 additional operating weeks in Fiscal 2013.

U.S. contribution margin increased $31.8 million, or 181.6%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to 29 additional operating weeks in Fiscal 2013.

Brazil contribution margin increased $9.0 million, or 87.0%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to 29 additional operating weeks in Fiscal 2013.

 

72


Table of Contents

Supplemental Comparison of Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2013 (52 weeks) Compared to the Combined Period from January 2, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (52 weeks)

 

                              Successor   Predecessor  
      Combined              

Period from 

May 24

(Inception) to

December 30,
2012

  Period from
January 2
to July 20, 2012
 
  Fiscal Year Ended
December 29, 2013
  Fiscal Year Ended
December 30, 2012
             
  (52 weeks)   (52 weeks)   Increase / (Decrease)   (23 weeks)   (29 weeks)  
(dollars in thousands) Dollars   %(a)   Dollars   %(a)   Dollars   %(b)   %(c)   Dollars   Dollars  

Revenue

 

U.S. Restaurant

$ 162,442      74.1 $ 146,180      72.2 $ 16,262      11.1   1.9 $ 66,853    $ 79,327   

Brazil Restaurant

  56,797      25.9      56,180      27.8      617      1.1      (1.9   26,991      29,189   

Total revenue

$ 219,239      100.0 $ 202,360      100.0 $ 16,879      8.3   *    $ 93,844    $ 108,516   

Restaurant operating costs

 

Food and beverage costs

  67,002      30.6      63,893      31.6      3,109      4.9      (1.0   29,381      34,512   

Compensation and benefit costs

  46,860      21.4      43,473      21.5      3,387      7.8      (0.1   21,125      22,348   

Occupancy and other operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

  36,703      16.7      33,539      16.6      3,164      9.4      0.1      15,478      18,061   

Total restaurant operating costs

$ 150,565      68.7 $ 140,905      69.6 $ 9,660      6.9   (0.9 %)  $ 65,984    $ 74,921   

Marketing and advertising costs

  6,188      2.8      4,830      2.4      1,358      28.1      0.4      2,342      2,488   

General and administrative costs

  18,239      8.3      18,372      9.1      (133   (0.7   (0.8   8,143      10,229   

Pre-opening costs

  4,764      2.2      2,478      1.2      2,286      92.3      1.0      1,119      1,359   

Acquisition costs

       0.0      18,951      9.4      (18,951   *      (9.4   11,988      6,963   

Loss on modification/extinguishment of debt

  6,875      3.1      7,762      3.8      (887   *      (0.7        7,762   

Depreciation and amortization

  8,989      4.1      8,850      4.4      139      1.6      (0.3   3,736      5,114   

Other operating (income) expense, net

  (371   (0.2   (326   (0.2   (45   13.8      0.0      (169   (157

Total costs and expenses

$ 195,249      89.1 $ 201,822      99.7 $ (6,573   (3.3 %)    (10.6 %)  $ 93,143    $ 108,679   

Income (loss) from operations

$ 23,990      10.9 $ 538      0.3 $ 23,452      *      10.6 $ 701    $ (163

Other income (expense):

 

Interest expense, net

  (22,354   (10.2   (18,267   (9.0   4,087      22.4      1.2      (10,908   (7,359

Other income (expense), net

  (101   0.0      (88   0.0      13      14.8      0.0      (20   (68

Total other income (expense), net

$ (22,455   (10.2 %)  $ (18,355   (9.1 %)  $ 4,100      22.3   1.1 $ (10,928 $ (7,427

Income (loss) before income taxes

  1,535      0.7      (17,817   (8.8   19,352      *      9.5      (10,227   (7,590

Income tax expense (benefit)

  2,472      1.1      99      0.0      2,373      *      1.1      (1,195   1,294   

Net income (loss)

$ (937   (0.4 %)  $ (17,916   (8.9 %)  $ 16,979      94.8   8.5 $ (9,032 $ (8,884

 

(a) Calculated percentage of total revenue.

 

(b) Calculated percentage increase / (decrease) in dollars.

 

(c) Calculated increase / (decrease) in percentage of total revenue.

 

* Not meaningful.

 

73


Table of Contents

Revenue

Total revenue increased $16.9 million, or 8.3%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to a $19.3 million increase in non-comparable restaurant sales for new restaurants opened in 2012 and 2013. Comparable restaurant sales increased 1.3% primarily driven by an increase in average check. The increase in comparable sales was offset by a $4.6 million foreign exchange impact.

U.S. restaurant revenue increased $16.3 million, or 11.1%, for Fiscal 2013, due to increased non-comparable restaurant sales of $14.4 million and U.S. comparable restaurant sales increase of 1.4%, primarily driven by an increase in average check.

Brazil restaurant revenue increased $0.6 million, or 1.1%, due to increased non-comparable restaurant sales of $5.0 million, and Brazil comparable restaurant sales increase of 1.1% primarily driven by an increase in average check, offset by a negative foreign exchange impact of $4.6 million.

Food and Beverage Costs

Food and beverage costs increased $3.1 million, or 4.9%, for Fiscal 2013, due to a $5.5 million increase in food costs from new restaurants opened in the prior period, offset by a $2.4 million decrease due to a focus on waste reduction and optimizing our mix of proteins, as well as favorable beef pricing from contracts executed in Fiscal 2013. As a percentage of total revenue, total food and beverage costs decreased from 31.6% to 30.6%, primarily due to the food cost initiatives noted above, partially offset by inflation in commodity costs in Brazil.

Compensation and Benefit Costs

Compensation and benefit costs increased $3.4 million, or 7.8%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to a $4.4 million increase in additional labor needs resulting from new restaurants opened since the end of the prior period and the full period operation in the current period of restaurants opened in the prior period. The increase in labor costs was offset by a reduction in share-based compensation expense recognized in 2013 of $2.1 million. The share-based compensation expense in 2013 was reduced relative to 2012 primarily due to the Acquisition in the prior year. As a percentage of total revenue, total compensation and benefit costs decreased from 21.5% to 21.4%, due to improved labor productivity and a reduction in share-based compensation expense recognized, offset by inflation in hourly wages in Brazil.

Occupancy and Other Operating Expenses

Occupancy and other operating expenses increased $3.2 million, or 9.4%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to a $3.1 million increase in expenses resulting from new restaurants that opened since the end of the prior period and the full period operation in the current period of the restaurants that opened in the prior period. As a percentage of total revenue, total occupancy and other operating expenses increased from 16.6% to 16.7% primarily due to increased rent as a percentage of revenue for the new restaurants noted above.

Marketing and Advertising Costs

Marketing and advertising costs increased $1.4 million, or 28.1%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to an increase in production costs and television advertising in the fourth quarter of 2013 related to the launch of a new advertising campaign. As a percentage of total revenue, marketing and advertising costs increased from 2.4% to 2.8% due to increased costs noted above.

General and Administrative Costs

General and administrative costs decreased $0.1 million, or 0.7%, for Fiscal 2013. The decrease is attributable to approximately $5.1 million in equity-based compensation expense primarily related to the Acquisition in the prior year. The decrease was offset by increased costs due to incremental personnel in key functional areas as we invested to support future growth. As a percentage of total revenue, general and administrative costs decreased from 9.1% to 8.3% due to the share-based compensation expense primarily related to the Acquisition in the prior year. Excluding the equity-based compensation expense in the prior year attributable to the Acquisition, general and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue increased from 6.4% in 2012 to 8.3% in 2013 due to personnel investments to support future growth.

 

74


Table of Contents

Pre-opening Costs

Pre-opening costs increased $2.3 million to $4.8 million for Fiscal 2013, due to five restaurants incurring pre-opening costs during the current period compared to three in the prior period.

Loss on Modification of Debt

Loss on modification of debt was $6.9 million for Fiscal 2013, due to a non-cash charge related to the re-pricing of our First Lien Credit Facility in August 2013. Loss on modification of debt was $7.8 million for Fiscal 2012, due to non-cash charges related to the financing of the Acquisition in July 2012.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $4.1 million, or 22.4%, for Fiscal 2013, due to a higher average debt balance in 2013 versus 2012 due to the additional debt incurred to finance the Acquisition in July 2012.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense increased $2.4 million to $2.5 million for Fiscal 2013, due to an increase in net income of $1.5 million from a net loss of $17.8 million in the prior year. Additionally, in Fiscal 2013 we recorded a $2.5 million charge to income tax expense to establish a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

Restaurant Contribution

 

                          Successor      Predecessor  
          Combined               Period from
May 24

(Inception) to
December 30,
2012
     Period from
January 2

to July 20, 2012
 
  Fiscal Year Ended
December 29, 2013
  Fiscal Year Ended
December 30, 2012
             
  (52 weeks)   (52 weeks)   Increase / (Decrease)   (23 weeks)      (29 weeks)  
(dollars in thousands) Dollars   %(a)   Dollars   %(a)   Dollars   %(b)   %(c)   Dollars      Dollars  

Revenue

 

U.S. Restaurant

$ 162,442      74.1 $ 146,180      72.2 $ 16,262      11.1   1.9 $ 66,853      $ 79,327   

Brazil Restaurant

  56,797      25.9      56,180      27.8      617      1.1      (1.9   26,991        29,189   

Total revenue

$ 219,239      100.0 $ 202,360      100.0 $ 16,879      8.3   *    $ 93,844      $ 108,516   

Restaurant operating costs

 

U.S.

$ 113,111      69.6 $ 105,679      72.3 $ 7,432      7.0   (2.7 %)  $ 49,336      $ 56,343   

Brazil

  37,454      65.9      35,226      62.7      2,228      6.3      3.2      16,648        18,578   

Total restaurant operating costs

$ 150,565      68.7 $ 140,905      69.6 $ 9,660      6.9   (0.9 %)  $ 65,984      $ 74,921   

Restaurant contribution

 

U.S.

$ 49,331      30.4 $ 40,501      27.7 $ 8,830      21.8   2.7 $ 17,517      $ 22,984   

Brazil

  19,343      34.1      20,954      37.3      (1,611   (7.7   (3.2   10,343        10,611   

Total restaurant contribution

$ 68,674      31.3 $ 61,455      30.4 $ 7,219      11.7   0.9 $ 27,860      $ 33,595   

 

(a) Calculated as a percentage of total revenue or segment revenue where applicable.

 

(b) Calculated percentage increase / (decrease) in dollars.

 

(c) Calculated increase / (decrease) in percentage of total revenue or segment revenue where applicable.

 

* Not meaningful.

Total restaurant contribution increased $7.2 million, or 11.7%, for Fiscal 2013, primarily due to a $6.2 million increase related to new restaurants opened since the end of the prior period as well as the full period of operation of restaurants opened in the prior period. As a percentage of total revenue, total restaurant contribution increased from 30.4% to 31.3%.

As a percentage of U.S. restaurant revenue, U.S. contribution margin increased 2.7% from 27.7% to 30.4%, due to a 1.6% reduction in food and beverage costs due to favorable pricing on beef contracts executed in 2013 and management’s focus on waste reduction, a 1.0% reduction in compensation and benefit costs due to improved labor productivity and a reduction in share-based compensation expense recognized.

 

75


Table of Contents

As a percentage of Brazil restaurant revenue, Brazil contribution margin decreased 3.2% from 37.3% to 34.1%, due to 1.6% increase in compensation and benefits costs due to inflation in hourly wages, a 0.9% increase in food and beverage costs due to commodity increases and a 0.8% increase in occupancy and other operating costs due to new stores, all partially offset by leverage on higher average check at our comparable restaurants.

Unaudited Quarterly Statements of Operations

The following tables present our unaudited quarterly results of operations for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2015 and for each of the eight fiscal quarters in the period ended December 28, 2014. You should read the following tables in conjunction with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to fairly present our operating results for the quarters presented. Our historical unaudited quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of results for any future quarter or for a full year.

Our quarterly results of operations have historically varied due to a variety of factors, including the timing of new restaurant openings and related expenses, profitability of new restaurants, weather, increases or decreases in comparable restaurant sales, foreign exchange fluctuations, general economic conditions, consumer confidence in the economy, changes in consumer preferences, competitive factors, changes in food costs, changes in labor costs and rising gas prices. In the past, we have experienced significant variability in restaurant pre-opening costs from quarter to quarter primarily due to the timing of restaurant openings. Accordingly, the number and timing of new restaurant openings in any quarter has had, and is expected to continue to have, a significant impact on quarterly restaurant pre-opening costs, labor and direct operating and occupancy costs. As such, we believe that comparisons of our quarterly results of operations should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.

 

    Fiscal
Quarter
Ended
    Fiscal 2014 Quarter Ended     Fiscal 2013 Quarter Ended  
(dollars in thousands)   March 29,
2015
    December 28     September 28     June 29     March 30     December 29     September 29     June 30     March 31  

Revenue

  $ 64,959      $ 68,727      $ 63,694      $ 68,542      $ 61,317      $ 60,852      $ 48,780      $ 53,768      $ 55,839   

Restaurant operating costs:

                 

Food and beverage costs

    19,164        20,185        18,819        20,779        18,547        18,780        15,175        15,969        17,078   

Compensation and benefit costs

    14,100        13,954        13,047        13,781        13,891        12,697        11,136        11,244        11,783   

Occupancy and other operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    11,174        11,115        11,056        11,165        10,820        9,834        8,972        8,983        8,914   

Total restaurant operating costs

  $ 44,438      $ 45,254      $ 42,922      $ 45,725      $ 43,258      $ 41,311      $ 35,283      $ 36,196      $ 37,775   

Marketing and advertising costs

    1,402        1,305        1,431        1,407        1,442        3,043        1,100        1,072        973   

General and administrative costs

    5,708        5,885        5,730        5,136        4,668        4,085        5,386        4,603        4,165   

Pre-opening costs

    1,003        543        170        450        788        2,041        2,683        40          

Loss on modification of debt

                         3,090                      6,875                 

Depreciation and amortization

    3,004        2,918        2,995        2,988        2,737        2,463        2,135        2,135        2,256   

Other operating (income) expense, net

    (113     98        61        (44     (69     (146     (55     (131     (39

Total costs and expenses

  $ 55,442      $ 56,003      $ 53,309      $ 58,752      $ 52,824      $ 52,797      $ 53,407      $ 43,915      $ 45,130   

Income (loss) from operations

  $ 9,517      $ 12,724      $ 10,385      $ 9,790      $ 8,493      $ 8,055      $ (4,627   $ 9,853      $ 10,709   

Other income (expense), net:

                 

Interest expense, net

    (3,757     (3,778     (3,962     (4,619     (4,762     (4,491     (5,733     (5,971     (6,159

Other income

    (2     (2     (1            (4     (42     (56     (2     (1

Total other income (expense), net

  $ (3,759   $ (3,780   $ (3,963   $ (4,619   $ (4,766   $ (4,533   $ (5,789   $ (5,973   $ (6,160

Income (loss) before income taxes

    5,758        8,944        6,422        5,171        3,727        3,522        (10,416     3,880        4,549   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    1,252        2,436        2,104        1,486        965        4,928        (6,786     2,201        2,129   

Net income (loss)

  $ 4,506      $ 6,508      $ 4,318      $ 3,685      $ 2,762      $ (1,406   $ (3,630   $ 1,679      $ 2,420   

 

76


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of restaurant contribution to revenue

 

    Fiscal
Quarter
Ended
    Fiscal 2014 Quarter Ended     Fiscal 2013 Quarter Ended  
     March 29,
2015
    December 28     September 28     June 29     March 30     December 29     September 29     June 30     March 31  

Revenue

  $ 64,959      $ 68,727      $ 63,694      $ 68,542      $ 61,317      $ 60,852      $ 48,780      $ 53,768      $ 55,839   

Total restaurant operating costs (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    (44,438     (45,254     (42,922     (45,725     (43,258     (41,311     (35,283     (36,196     (37,775

Restaurant contribution

  $ 20,521      $ 23,473      $ 20,772      $ 22,817      $ 18,059      $ 19,541      $ 13,497      $ 17,572      $ 18,064   

Restaurant contribution margin

    31.6     34.2     32.6     33.3     29.5     32.1     27.7     32.7     32.4

Supplemental Selected Constant Currency Information

As exchange rates are an important factor in understanding period-to-period comparisons, we believe the presentation of certain results on a constant currency basis in addition to reported results helps improve investors’ ability to understand our operating results and evaluate our performance in comparison to prior periods. Constant currency information compares results between periods as if exchange rates had remained constant period-over-period. We use results on a constant currency basis as one measure to evaluate our performance. We calculate constant currency by retranslating results across all prior periods presented using a derived exchange rate for the most current year-to-date period based on actual results. The tables set forth below calculate constant currency at a foreign currency exchange rate of 2.8445 Brazilian reais to 1 US dollar, which represents the derived exchange rate for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015 calculated as explained above. These results should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, results reported in accordance with US GAAP. Results on a constant currency basis, as we present them, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and are not measures of performance presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

                       Combined  
     Fiscal Quarter Ended     Fiscal Year Ended     Period from
January 2 to
December 30,
2012
 
(dollars in thousands)    March 29,
2015
    March 30,
2014
    December 28,
2014
    December 29,
2013
   

Revenue as reported

   $ 64,959      $ 61,317      $ 262,280      $ 219,239      $ 202,360   

Effect of foreign currency translation

            (2,013     (10,611     (13,804     (17,424
  

 

 

 

Revenue at constant currency

$ 64,959    $ 59,304    $ 251,669    $ 205,435    $ 184,936   

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 14,938    $ 12,888    $ 63,319    $ 50,363    $ 49,244   

Effect of foreign currency translation

       (357   (3,029   (3,573   (4,923
  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA at constant currency

$ 14,938    $ 12,531    $ 60,290    $ 46,790    $ 44,321   
  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin at constant currency

  23.0   21.1   24.0   22.8   24.0

Restaurant contribution

$ 20,521    $ 18,059    $ 85,121    $ 68,674    $ 61,455   

Effect of foreign currency translation

       (505   (3,878   (4,703   (6,482
  

 

 

 

Restaurant contribution at constant currency

$ 20,521    $ 17,554    $ 81,243    $ 63,971    $ 54,973   
  

 

 

 

Restaurant contribution margin at constant currency

  31.6   29.6   32.3 %     31.1   29.7

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our liquidity and capital requirements are principally the build out cost of new restaurants, renovations of existing restaurants and corporate infrastructure, as well as for payments of principal and interest on our outstanding indebtedness and lease obligations. Historically, our main sources of liquidity have been cash flow from operating activities and borrowings under our existing and previous revolving line of credit. We have no material assets other than our ownership of the equity interest in our subsidiaries and no independent means of generating revenue. The terms of our Senior Credit Facilities include, and the terms of our New Credit Facility will include, a number of restrictive covenants that impose restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, pay dividends to us. In Fiscal 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, we repatriated $9.6 million, $16.5 million, $3.0 million and $14.9 million respectively, through cash distributions between our consolidated subsidiaries. We did not repatriate any funds during

 

77


Table of Contents

the first quarter of Fiscal 2015. Our parent company has never received distributions from our consolidated subsidiaries, unconsolidated subsidiaries or 50% or less owned persons. Nonetheless, our Brazilian operations are typically funded from cash generated within Brazil and our United States operations are typically funded from cash generated in the United States and we do not depend on dividends from Brazil for sufficient liquidity. We intend to spend approximately $24.0 million to $28.0 million in 2015 on capital expenditures, including $21.0 million to $25.0 million for new restaurant development and $1.0 million to $2.0 million on opportunistic restaurant remodeling.

At March 29, 2015, our working capital deficit (excluding cash and cash equivalents) was $15.1 million and our cash and cash equivalents were $17.3 million. We believe that our cash from operations, proceeds from our initial public offering and borrowings under our New Credit Facility will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. In addition, we may make discretionary capital improvements with respect to our restaurants or systems such as our planned opportunistic restaurant remodel program, which we could fund through the issuance of debt or equity securities or other external financing sources to the extent we were unable to fund such capital expenditures out of our cash from operations.

The following table presents the primary components of net cash flows provided by and used in operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated.

 

                             Successor      Predecessor  
     Fiscal Quarter Ended     Fiscal Year Ended     Period from
May 24
(Inception) to
December 30,
2012
     Period from
January 2
to July 20,
2012
 
     March 29,
2015
    March 30,
2014
    December 28,
2014
    December 29,
2013
      
(dollars in thousands)    (13 weeks)     (13 weeks)     (52 weeks)     (52 weeks)     (23 weeks)      (29 weeks)  

Net cash provided by (used in)

               

Operating activities

   $ 1,987      $ (3,465   $ 34,053      $ 32,340      $ (1,912    $ 7,675   

Investing activities

     (3,264     (5,982     (17,448     (29,544     (396,382      (8,908

Financing activities

     (89     6,481        (11,965     4,421        407,928         (4,143

Effect of foreign exchange

     (717     203        (1,263     (789     (52      (308

Net increase (decrease) in cash

   $ (2,083   $ (2,763   $ 3,377      $ 6,428      $ 9,582       $ (5,684

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $5.5 million to $2.0 million for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, from net cash flows used in operating activities of $3.5 million for the first quarter of Fiscal 2014. The increase is primarily due to an increase in net income of $1.7 million and a reduction in payables due to restaurants under construction at year end 2013 which were paid in the first quarter of Fiscal 2014.

For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, compared to the fiscal year ended December 29, 2013, net cash provided by operating activities increased by $1.7 million primarily due to an increase in net income of $18.2 million partially offset by a reduction in payables due to restaurants under construction at year end 2013. Additionally, the 2014 Credit Facility Refinancing resulted in payment of all accrued liabilities thereunder in the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $34.3 million in Fiscal 2013 versus the period from May 24 to December 30, 2012 primarily due to 29 additional operating weeks in Fiscal 2013 as well as acquisition costs of $12.0 million recorded during the period from May 24 to December 30, 2012.

Investing Activities

For the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, compared to the first quarter of Fiscal 2014, cash used in investing activities decreased by $2.7 million primarily due to the timing of capital expenditures related to new restaurant construction.

 

78


Table of Contents

For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, compared to the fiscal year ended December 29, 2013, cash used in investing activities decreased by $12.1 million primarily due to timing of capital expenditures related to new restaurant construction.

Cash used in investing activities decreased by $366.8 million in Fiscal 2013 versus the period from May 24 to December 30, 2012 primarily due to cash consideration in connection with the Acquisition totaling $387.1 million and the timing of capital expenditures.

Financing Activities

Net cash flows provided by financing activities decreased $6.6 million, from $6.5 million net cash flows provided by financing activities for the first quarter of Fiscal 2014, to $0.1 million net cash used in financing activities for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, primarily due a decrease in borrowings on our revolving line of credit ($7.0 million in borrowings during the first quarter of Fiscal 2014, no borrowings during the first quarter of Fiscal 2015).

For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, compared to the fiscal year ended December 29, 2013, cash used in financing activities increased by $16.4 million primarily due to repayments on the revolving line of credit under our Senior Credit Facilities.

Cash provided by financing activities decreased by $403.5 million in Fiscal 2013 versus the period from May 24 to December 30, 2012 due to financing the Acquisition in 2012 through capital contributions of $172.1 million and debt proceeds of $235.9 million.

Under the terms of the Senior Credit Facilities, we are required to make mandatory prepayments with a portion of our Excess Cash Flow, as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities. During Fiscal 2014, we reclassified $1.9 million of long-term debt to current as a result of this provision.

Senior Credit Facilities

On July 20, 2012, we entered into the following credit facilities:

 

    First Lien Credit Agreement (the “First Lien Credit Facility”) dated as of July 20, 2012, among Brasa (Holdings) Inc. as Borrower, Brasa (Purchaser) Inc., as Holdings, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, Jefferies Finance LLC and Golub Capital LLC, as Co-Syndication Agents, and the other Lenders party thereto; and

 

    Second Lien Credit Agreement (the “Second Lien Credit Facility” and together with the First Lien Credit Facility, the “Senior Credit Facilities”) dated as of July 20, 2012, among Brasa (Holdings) Inc. as Borrower, Brasa (Purchaser) Inc., as Holdings, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Jefferies Finance LLC as Co-Syndication Agents, and the other Lenders party thereto.

Our Senior Credit Facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to (i) incur additional indebtedness, (ii) issue preferred stock, (iii) create liens on assets, (iv) engage in mergers or consolidations, (v) sell assets, (vi) make investments, loans or advances, (vii) make certain acquisitions, (viii) engage in certain transactions with affiliates, (ix) authorize or pay dividends and (x) change our lines of business or fiscal year. In addition, we are required to maintain two financial covenants, which include a Total Rent Adjusted Leverage Ratio and a Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (each as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities). These required ratios vary by quarter until maturity. Under the First Lien Credit Facility, we are required to maintain a maximum Total Rent Adjusted Leverage Ratio of 6.50 to 1 and a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.05 to 1 for the first quarter of 2015 (7.00 to 1 and 1.55 to 1, respectively, under the Second Lien Credit Facility). As of the date of this prospectus, we were in compliance with our Senior Credit Facilities’ financial covenants. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with borrowings under our New Credit Facility, to repay outstanding indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

79


Table of Contents

New Credit Facility

Concurrently with, and conditioned upon, the consummation of our initial public offering, we intend to refinance our existing Senior Credit Facilities and enter into the New Credit Facility.

Our New Credit Facility will contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to (i) incur additional indebtedness, (ii) issue stock, (iii) create liens on assets, (iv) engage in mergers or consolidations, (v) sell assets, (vi) make investments, loans or advances, (vii) make certain acquisitions, (viii) engage in certain transactions with affiliates, (ix) authorize or pay dividends and (x) change our lines of business or fiscal year. In addition, we will be required to maintain two financial covenants, which include a maximum Total Rent Adjusted Leverage Ratio (at levels that may vary by quarter until maturity) and a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (each as defined in the New Credit Facility). Beginning with the third quarter ending September 27, 2015, these required ratios will be 5.50 to 1 and 2.00 to 1, respectively.

We expect that the loans under our New Credit Facility will bear interest at a base rate plus a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.50% or at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50% and will mature in 2020. Borrowings under our New Credit Facility may vary significantly from time to time depending on our cash needs at any given time, and upon consummation of our initial public offering we expect that approximately $188.9 million will be drawn under our New Credit Facility.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Leases

We lease certain restaurant locations, storage spaces, buildings and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. Our restaurant leases generally have initial terms of between 10 and 20 years, and generally can be extended only in five-year increments. Our leases expire at various dates between 2016 and 2033, excluding extensions at our option. Some of our restaurant leases include renewal options and certain of our leases include rent escalation clauses, rent abatements and leasehold rental incentives, none of which are reflected in the following table. Some of our leases also include contingent rental payments based on sales volume, the impact of which also are not reflected in the following table.

The following table summarizes our contractual arrangements at March 29, 2015 on actual basis and the timing and effect that such commitments are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:

 

     Payments due by Period  
      Total      Less
than
1 Year
     2-3 Years      4-5 Years      More than 5
Years
 

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 247,864       $ 4,218       $ 4,560       $ 214,086       $ 25,000   

Scheduled interest payments (1)

     60,077         10,461         27,428         22,035         153   

Operating lease (minimum rent)

     141,802         10,906         30,481         24,118         76,297   

Total

   $ 449,743       $ 25,585       $ 62,469       $ 260,239       $ 101,450   

 

  (1) The table above assumes an interest rate of 5.00% for our Term Loan A (3-month LIBOR plus a spread of 4.00% with a LIBOR floor value of 1.00%) and an interest rate of 11.00% for our Term Loan B (LIBOR plus a spread of 9.50% with a LIBOR floor value of 1.50%), based on the applicable rates in effect as of March 29, 2015.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We enter into standby letters of credit to secure certain of our obligations, including insurance programs and lease obligations. As of March 29, 2015, letters of credit and letters of guaranty totaling $1.7 million have been issued.

Other than these standby letters of credit, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, investments in special purpose entities or undisclosed borrowings or debt. In addition, we have not entered into any derivative contracts or synthetic leases.

 

80


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and consolidated results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base these estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our actual results may differ from these estimates.

We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions, such as the valuation of long-lived, definite and indefinite-lived assets, estimated useful lives of assets, the reasonably assured lease terms of operating leases, valuation of the workers’ compensation and Company sponsored employee health insurance program liabilities, the fair value of share-based compensation, and deferred tax valuation allowances, that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair Value Measurements

As of March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014, the fair value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other current liabilities approximated their carrying value due to their short-term nature. The carrying amounts of the long-term debt approximate fair value as interest rates vary with the market interest rates and negotiated terms and conditions are consistent with current market rates.

Insurance Reserves

Beginning in Fiscal 2013, the Company became self-insured for certain losses related to workers’ compensation claims and Company-sponsored employee health insurance programs. We estimate the accrued liabilities for all self-insurance programs at the end of each reporting period. Accrued liabilities include the estimated incurred but unreported costs to settle unpaid claims. To limit exposure to losses, we maintain stop-loss coverage through third-party insurers. The deductibles range from approximately $200 to $250 per claim. The accrued liability attributable to all self-insurance programs was approximately $1.3 million and $1.2 million as of March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014, respectively, and is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet. The estimated liability is not discounted and is based on a number of assumptions and factors, including historical trends and actuarial assumptions.

Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”)

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, and joint ventures of which we are the primary beneficiary. We consolidate VIEs in which we are deemed to have a controlling interest as a result of our having both the power to direct the activities that significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the right to receive the benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. If we have a controlling interest in a VIE the assets, liabilities, and results of the operations of the VIE are included in the consolidated financial statements.

Segment Reporting

We own and operate full-service, Brazilian steakhouses in the United States and Brazil using a single restaurant concept and brand. Each restaurant under our single global brand operates with similar types of products and menu, providing a continuous service style, similar contracts, customers and employees, irrespective of location. ASC 280, “Segment Reporting” requires use of the “management approach” model for segment reporting. The management

 

81


Table of Contents

approach model is based on the way a company’s management organizes segments within the company for making operating decisions and assessing performance. We have identified two operating segments: United States and Brazil. The Company’s joint venture in Mexico is included in the United States for segment reporting purposes as the operations of the joint venture are monitored by the United States segment management. Operations in the United States accounted for 84% and 80% of total consolidated revenue for the first fiscal quarters of Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively, and 76% and 74% of total consolidated revenue for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively. The remaining revenue was attributable to our Brazilian subsidiary.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets for impairment when events or circumstances indicate these assets may not be recoverable. Factors considered include, significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business and significant negative industry or economic trends. The recoverability is assessed by comparing the carrying value of the asset to the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If impairment exists, the amount of impairment is measured as the excess of the carrying amount over the estimated fair value, as determined by each location’s projected future discounted cash flows. This assessment process requires the use of estimates and assumptions regarding future cash flows and estimated useful lives, which are subject to a significant degree of judgment. If these assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record impairment charges for these assets. We have not recorded any impairment related to long-lived assets in any of the periods presented.

Revenue

Revenue from restaurant sales is recognized when food and beverage products are sold and is presented net of employee meals and complimentary meals. Proceeds from the sale of gift cards that do not have expiration dates are recorded as deferred revenue at the time of the sale and recognized as revenue when the gift card is redeemed by the holder. The portion of gift cards sold which are never redeemed is commonly referred to as gift card breakage. We recognize gift card “breakage” revenue for gift cards when the likelihood of redemption becomes remote and we determine there is no legal obligation to remit the value of the unredeemed gift cards to governmental agencies. We estimate the gift card breakage rate based upon the pattern of historical redemptions. Prior to the third quarter of Fiscal 2014, we did not recognize any breakage revenue because we did not have sufficient historical data to allow management to reasonably estimate a pattern of historical redemptions. During the third quarter of Fiscal 2014, we concluded we had accumulated sufficient historical data from a large pool of homogeneous transactions to allow management to reasonably and objectively determine an estimated pattern of historical gift card redemptions. Accordingly, we accounted for this change prospectively as a change in estimate and recorded an adjustment during the third quarter of Fiscal 2014 to recognize previously unrecognized breakage revenue in the amount of $0.7 million on gift cards whose likelihood of redemption was determined to be remote. During the fourth quarter of 2014 we recognized an additional $0.2 million in gift card breakage revenue.

Operating Leases and Deferred Rent

We operate the majority of our restaurants in leased premises. We record the minimum base rents including option periods which are reasonably assured of renewal. For purposes of calculating straight-line rents, the lease term commences on the date we obtain control of the property, which is normally when the property is ready for normal tenant improvements (build-out period). The difference between rent expense and rent paid is recorded as a deferred rent liability. Allowances for tenant improvements are included in the deferred rent liability and recognized over the life of the lease by reducing rent expense.

Contingent rent expense is recognized, and subsequently accrued, when it becomes probable that we will achieve restaurant sales above a specified target amount, evaluated on a per lease basis.

Income Taxes (Predecessor)

For the Period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012, the Predecessor operated as a Limited Liability Company, or LLC. As an LLC, the Predecessor did not pay federal corporate income taxes on its taxable income in the United States. Instead, the members were liable for individual federal and state income tax on their share of the Predecessor’s taxable income. Income taxes relate to the Predecessor’s foreign subsidiary in Brazil, margin tax and state tax in certain

 

82


Table of Contents

jurisdictions in the United States. The Predecessor calculated the provision for income taxes for the foreign subsidiary under the presumed profits method. Under the presumed profits method, the tax authority applies a percentage of the Predecessor’s revenue as the profit margin, and taxes the profits at the current federal rate in Brazil. Given the structure of the Predecessor as a pass-through entity in the United States and the nature of the operations of the Predecessor in Brazil, there were no significant deferred tax assets or liabilities.

Income Taxes (Successor)

Immediately prior to the Acquisition, (i) FC Holdings Inc. contributed all of its ownership interests in Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC to Fogo Holdings, (ii) Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC was merged with Fogo Holdings, which was the surviving corporation, and (iii) FC Holdings Inc. was domesticated into Brasa Holdings by continuation out of the Cayman Islands into the state of Delaware.

Effective May 24, 2012, the Successor accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “ Accounting for Income Taxes .” This statement requires an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Under ASC Topic 740, income taxes are accounted for based upon the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. We estimate our annual effective tax rate at each interim period based on the facts and circumstances available at that time while the actual effective tax rate is calculated at year-end. We are subject to income taxes in both the United States and Brazil.

In evaluating its ability to recover its deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. In projecting future taxable income, we begin with historical results adjusted for the results of discontinued operations and changes in accounting policies, incorporate assumptions including the amount of future state, federal and foreign pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we use to manage its underlying businesses in evaluating the objective income (loss).

At December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, we had a valuation allowance of $2.8 million and $4.0 million, respectively, against our deferred tax assets because losses in the United States in recent periods represented sufficient negative evidence to require a full valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets related to these operating losses. At March 29, 2015, we determined that we have sufficient current year income and deferred tax liabilities to support the realization of these deferred tax assets, and as a result we released $0.7 million of the valuation allowance in the first quarter of Fiscal 2015.

We recognize tax liabilities in accordance with ASC 740, and adjusts those liabilities when judgments change as a result of evaluation of new information not previously available. Significant judgment is required in assessing, among other things, the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable items. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined.

Income taxes relate to our domestic federal income tax, tax in our foreign subsidiary in Brazil, margin tax and state tax in certain jurisdictions in the United States. The provision for income taxes for the foreign subsidiary is calculated under the presumed profits method. Under the presumed profits method, the tax authority applies a percentage of the foreign subsidiary’s revenue as the profit margin, and taxes the profits at the current federal rate in Brazil.

Given the structure of the Successor as a C-corporation subsequent to the Acquisition, there were deferred tax assets and liabilities recorded by the Successor as part of the business combination and subsequently thereafter.

We apply the authoritative guidance related to uncertainty in income taxes. We concluded that there were no uncertain tax positions identified during its analysis. We recognize interest and penalties, if any, in the period in which they occur in income tax expense. There was no interest expense or penalties incurred, or recorded during the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015, during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 or December 29, 2013, or during the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period).

 

83


Table of Contents

Share-based Compensation

The Company measures share-based awards granted to employees and non-employee directors based on the fair value on the date of grant. Stock options granted to employees and non-employee directors are measured at fair value on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of the awards is recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. For awards with both service and performance conditions, the expense is recognized using the graded vesting method. For awards with only service conditions, the expense is recognized using the straight-line method.

For liability-classified awards, compensation expense is recognized over the period during which services are rendered by the employee until completed. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, the fair value of these awards is re-measured using the then-current fair value of the Company’s common stock and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company did not have any liability-classified awards outstanding as of March 29, 2015, December 28, 2014 or December 29, 2013.

We classify share-based compensation expense in our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) in the same manner in which the award recipient’s payroll costs are classified or in which the award recipient’s service payments are classified.

We recognize compensation expense for only the portion of awards that are expected to vest. In developing a forfeiture estimate, we have considered our historical experience to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures for service-based awards. The impact of a forfeiture rate adjustment will be recognized in full in the period of adjustment, and if the actual forfeiture rate is materially different from our estimate, we may be required to record adjustments to share-based compensation expense future periods.

Foreign Currency Translation

We consider the Brazilian real the functional currency of our Brazilian subsidiary because it conducts substantially all of its business in that currency. The Mexican peso is the functional currency of our joint venture in Mexico because substantially all of the business of the joint venture is conducted in that currency. The assets and liabilities of our subsidiary in Brazil and of our joint venture in Mexico are translated into US dollars, which is our reporting currency, at exchange rates existing at the balance sheet dates. Revenue and expenses are translated at average exchange rates and shareholders’ equity balances are translated at historical exchange rates. Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements into US dollars are included in the foreign currency translation adjustment, a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The functional currency of our other subsidiaries is the US dollar.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, “ Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity .” ASU No. 2014-08 improves the definition of discontinued operations by limiting discontinued operations reporting to disposals of components of an entity that represent strategic shifts that have (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. Prior to ASU No. 2014-08, many disposals, some of which may have been routine in nature and not a change in an entity’s strategy, were reported in discontinued operations. Additionally, the amendments in this ASU require expanded disclosures for discontinued operations. The amendments in this ASU also require an entity to disclose the pretax profit or loss of an individually significant component of an entity that does not qualify for discontinued operations reporting. The ASU is effective for annual financial statements with years that begin on or after December 15, 2014. We adopted this guidance effective December 29, 2014, which was the first day of our 2015 fiscal year. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Recent accounting pronouncements not included below are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

84


Table of Contents

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers .” The core principle of the standard is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP. New qualitative and quantitative disclosure requirements aim to enable financial statement users to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. We will be required to adopt this new standard in the first quarter of Fiscal 2017. Early adoption is not permitted. The ASU permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We have not yet selected a transition method or determined the effect, if any, that this ASU will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, “ Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern .” ASU 2014-15 will require management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The new standard is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. We will be required to adopt this new standard Fiscal 2016. We do not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-2, “ Consolidation (Topic 820): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis .” ASU 2015-2 provides a revised consolidation model for all reporting entities to use in evaluating whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities will be subject to reevaluation under this revised consolidation model. The revised consolidation model, among other things, (i) modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are VIEs or voting interest entities, (ii) eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership, and (iii) modifies the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs through fee arrangements and related party relationships. ASU 2015-2 is effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. We will be required to adopt this new standard Fiscal 2016. We are currently in the process of evaluating what impact, if any, the adoption of this ASU will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “ Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs ,” which changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements. ASU 2015-03 requires an entity to present such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. Amortization of the costs will continue to be reported as interest expense. It is effective for fiscal years, and interim reporting periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. We will be required to adopt this new standard in the first quarter of Fiscal 2016. The new guidance will be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of the ASU on our consolidated balance sheets.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

The reporting currency for our consolidated financial statements is the US dollar. However, during the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015 and the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 we generated approximately 15.8% and 23.7%, respectively, of our revenue in Brazil. As a result, we have been impacted by changes in exchange rates and may be impacted materially for the foreseeable future. For example, if the US dollar strengthens it would have a negative impact on our Brazilian operating results upon translation of those results into US dollars for the purposes of consolidation. The exchange rate of the Brazilian real against the US dollar is currently near a multi-year high. Any hypothetical loss in revenue could be partially or completely offset by lower food and beverage costs and lower selling, general and administrative costs that are generated in Brazilian reais . A 10% appreciation in the relative value of the US dollar compared to the Brazilian real would have resulted in lost income from operations of approximately $0.9 million in Fiscal 2013, approximately $1.2 million in Fiscal 2014 and approximately $0.1 million in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015. To the extent the ratio between our revenue generated in Brazilian reais increases as compared

 

85


Table of Contents

to our expenses generated in Brazilian reais , we expect that our results of operations will be further impacted by changes in exchange rates. We do not currently hedge foreign currency fluctuations. However, in the future, in an effort to mitigate losses associated with these risks, we may at times enter into derivative financial instruments, although we have not historically done so. These may take the form of forward sales contracts and option contracts. We do not, and do not intend to, engage in the practice of trading derivative securities for profit.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our debt, which bears interest at variable rates and has a LIBOR floor ranging from 1.00% to 1.50%. As of March 29, 2015, we had total aggregate principal amount of outstanding borrowings of approximately $247.9 million. A 1.00% increase in the effective interest rate applied to these borrowings would result in an interest expense increase of $2.5 million on an annualized basis. We manage our interest rate risk through normal operating and financing activities and, when determined appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments.

Inflation

Inflationary factors such as increases in food, beverage and overhead costs may adversely affect our operating results. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, a high rate of inflation in the future may have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain current levels of gross margin and selling, general and administrative costs as a percentage of revenue if our menu prices do not increase with these increases.

 

86


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Our Company

Fogo de Chão (fogo-dee-shoun) is a leading Brazilian steakhouse, or churrascaria , which has specialized for over 35 years in fire-roasting high-quality meats utilizing the centuries-old Southern Brazilian cooking technique of churrasco . We deliver a distinctive and authentic Brazilian dining experience through the combination of our high-quality Brazilian cuisine and our differentiated service model known as espeto corrido (Portuguese for “continuous service”) delivered by our churrasqueiro s, which we refer to as our gaucho chefs. We offer our guests a tasting menu of meats featuring up to 20 cuts, simply seasoned and carefully fire-roasted to expose their natural flavors.

Guests can begin their dining experience at the Market Table, which offers a wide variety of Brazilian-inspired side dishes, fresh-cut vegetables, seasonal salads, aged cheeses and cured meats, or they can receive immediate entrée service table-side from our gaucho chefs by turning a service medallion, found at each guest’s seat, green side up. Each gaucho chef rotates throughout the dining room, and is responsible for a specific cut of meat which they prepare, cook and serve to our guests continuously throughout their meal. Guests can pause the service at any time by turning the medallion to red and then back to green when they are ready to try additional selections and can communicate to our gauchos their preferred cut of meat, temperature and portion size. Our continuous service model allows customization and consumer engagement since our guests control the variety and quantity of their food and the pace of their dining experience. Through the combination of our authentic Brazilian cuisine, differentiated service model, prix fixe menu and engaging hospitality in an upscale restaurant atmosphere, we believe our brand delivers a differentiated dining experience relative to other specialty and fine-dining concepts and offers our guests a compelling value proposition.

Throughout our history, we have been recognized for our leading consumer appeal by both national and local media in the markets where we operate, including winning multiple “best of” restaurant awards from one of Brazil’s most prominent lifestyle publications, Veja Magazine , and numerous accolades in the United States, including awards from Nation’s Restaurant News , Zagat and Wine Spectator Magazine .

We opened our first restaurant in 1979 in Porto Alegre, Brazil. In 1986, we expanded to São Paulo, Brazil, a city in which we now operate five restaurants. Encouraged by our growth in Brazil, we opened our first restaurant in the United States in 1997 in Addison, Texas, a suburb of Dallas, and have since expanded our footprint nationwide. We currently operate 26 restaurants in the United States, 10 in Brazil and one in Mexico, our first joint venture restaurant. From the 2010 to 2014 fiscal years, we grew our restaurant count by a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 11.5%.

 

LOGO LOGO

We believe our dedication to serving high-quality Brazilian cuisine and our differentiated service model, combined with our disciplined focus on restaurant operations, have resulted in strong financial results illustrated by the following:

 

    In Fiscal 2014, we generated AUVs of approximately $8.0 million and a restaurant contribution margin of 32.5%, which we believe, based on an internal survey of our public competitors in the restaurant industry are among the highest in the full-service dining category;

 

87


Table of Contents
    In Fiscal 2014, we opened three restaurants, increasing our restaurant base 9.7% from 31 restaurants in 2013 to 34 restaurants in 2014, and in the year-to-date Fiscal 2015 we have opened restaurants in San Juan, Puerto Rico and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil and our first joint venture restaurant in Mexico City, Mexico; and

 

    From Fiscal 2013 to Fiscal 2014, revenue grew 19.6% to $262.3 million and our net income increased from a net loss of $0.9 million in Fiscal 2013 to net income of $17.6 million in Fiscal 2014. For the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015, revenue was $65.0 million and net income was $4.7 million, increases of 5.9% and 68.9%, respectively, as compared to the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014. In addition, from Fiscal 2013 to Fiscal 2014, restaurant contribution grew 23.9% to $85.1 million and Adjusted EBITDA grew 25.7% to $63.3 million, despite our investment of $4.2 million in additional fixed personnel costs during such period to develop key functional areas to support future growth. For the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015, restaurant contribution grew 13.6% to $20.5 million and Adjusted EBITDA grew 15.9% to $14.9 million as compared to the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and restaurant contribution, non-GAAP financial measures, to net income and revenue, respectively, see “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Information.”

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and serve as the foundation for our continued growth:

Authentic Cuisine – A Culinary Journey to Brazil

We provide our guests with an experience that is distinctly Brazilian, and our food is at the heart of that experience. Our traditional Brazilian cuisine has been passed down from generation to generation in Brazil and lives on in the way our gaucho chefs prepare, season and continuously fire-roast our meats utilizing the traditional cooking method of churrasco – fire-roasted on skewers over an open flame to expose the natural flavors. Our entrée selection features a variety of carefully cooked and seasoned meats including Brazilian style cuts of beef such as the fraldinha and the picanha , our signature cut of steak, as well as other premium beef cuts such as filet mignon and rib eye, and lamb, chicken, pork and seafood items. Each cut is carved table-side by our gaucho chefs in a manner designed to both enhance the tenderness of each slice and meet our guests’ desired portion size and temperature. At Fogo de Chão, every table is a chef’s table. To complement our meat selection, a variety of sharable side dishes, including warm cheese bread, fried bananas and crispy polenta, are brought to each table and replenished throughout the meal. For guests preferring lighter fare, we also offer Brazilian-inspired à la carte seafood options, a “Market Table” only option and a selection of small plates. Our Market Table, which features a variety of gourmet side dishes, seasonal salads, Brazilian hearts of palm, fresh-cut vegetables, aged cheeses, smoked salmon and cured meats is immediately available once our guests are seated. We believe it pays homage to the kitchen tables of Southern Brazil where families share fresh produce and seasonal salads grown locally. Our menu is enhanced by an award-winning wine list and a full bar complete with a selection of signature Brazilian drinks such as the caipirinha .

Interactive, Approachable Fine-Dining Experience Delivered By Our Gaucho Chefs

We believe that we offer our guests an upscale, approachable and friendly atmosphere in elegant dining rooms that is complemented by the personalized, interactive experience with our gaucho chefs and team members. Skilled artisans trained in the centuries-old Southern Brazilian cooking tradition of churrasco and the culture and heritage of Southern Brazil, the home of churrasco , our gaucho chefs are central to our ability to maintain consistency and authenticity throughout our restaurants in Brazil and the United States. Due to our significant operations in Brazil, we are able to place many of our native Brazilian gaucho chefs in restaurants in the United States, which we believe preserves the distinctly Brazilian attributes of our brand. Our team members focus on anticipating guests’ needs and helping guests navigate our unique dining experience for a memorable visit.

Our gaucho chefs butcher, prepare, cook and serve our premium meats to each guest, as well as engage and interact with them. We utilize a continuous style of service, where each of our gaucho chefs approaches guests at their table with various selections of meat, providing our guests with the cut, temperature and quantity they desire. During these interactions, our gaucho chefs learn each guest’s specific preferences and are able to tailor their dining experience accordingly. In addition to providing an entertaining and engaging experience, our continuous service allows our guests to control the entrée variety, portions and pace of their meal, which we believe maximizes the customization of their experience and the satisfaction they receive from dining at our restaurants.

 

88


Table of Contents

Award-Winning Concept with a Compelling Value Proposition and Broad Appeal

We believe that the combination of our high-quality Brazilian cuisine, differentiated dining experience and the competitive price point of our prix fixe menu leads our restaurants to appeal to a wide range of demographic, including both men and women, and socioeconomic groups. We believe our restaurants provide a preferred venue for various dining occasions, including intimate gatherings, family get-togethers, business functions, convention banquets and other celebrations. A majority of our guests dine at our restaurants multiple times per year. In Fiscal 2014, our average per-person spend was $59, which we estimate is approximately three-quarters of that of the traditional high-end steakhouse category.

Our restaurants have received numerous awards and accolades from critics and reviewers in the United States and Brazil. For example, we have been nationally recognized by Nation’s Restaurant News , Zagat and Wine Spectator Magazine , and we have received awards from local media in the markets we operate, including Atlanta Magazine , Chicago Tribune , Dallas Observer and Houston Business Journal . Additionally, our restaurants are consistently included among the top upscale dining options by reputable online reviewers such as Yelp and Urban Spoon . We believe that the authenticity of our brand is demonstrated by the fact that we have received multiple “best of” restaurant awards from Veja Magazine .

Unique Operating Model Drives Industry-Leading Restaurant-Level Profitability

Through the consistent execution of our unique business model, we are able to produce what we believe is industry-leading restaurant-level profitability by optimizing labor and food costs. For Fiscal 2014, the sum of our food and beverage costs and compensation and benefits costs (or “prime costs”) as a percentage of revenue were 50.7%, which we believe, based on an internal survey of our public competitors in the full-service dining category, is approximately 750 basis points lower than the average within the full-service restaurant industry in the United States. Our favorable performance on the largest components of a restaurant’s cost structure, which drives our restaurant contribution margins, is due to the following unique structural characteristics of our operational model:

 

    The dual role our gaucho chefs play as both chef and server significantly reduces back-of-the-house labor costs;

 

    Simple cooking technique and streamlined food offering, combined with table-side service and plating, allow for efficient kitchen and server operations, reducing labor costs;

 

    Our gaucho chefs work as a team with cross-functional roles and responsibilities, increasing productivity, speed of service and guest satisfaction, while reducing labor costs;

 

    Simple, space-efficient cooking technique and streamlined menu reduces our kitchen’s footprint and maximizes space devoted to front-of-the-house tables, which allows our restaurants to achieve higher sales per square foot and enables us to leverage our fixed costs such as occupancy;

 

    Our self-service Market Table requires minimal staffing and kitchen preparation, thereby reducing labor costs, and provides us flexibility in the range of items we offer, which helps us manage food costs through seasons and market cycles;

 

    In-house butchering by our highly skilled gaucho chefs maximizes the yield on our meat cuts, thereby reducing food costs; and

 

    Our wide variety of proteins offered provides us flexibility in sourcing our meat selection, which help us optimize food costs.

Industry-Leading Cash-on-Cash Returns Create New Restaurant Growth Opportunity

Our business model produces attractive unit volumes and restaurant contribution margins that drive what we believe are industry-leading cash-on-cash returns, based on an internal survey of our public competitors in the restaurant industry. For Fiscal 2014, we generated AUVs of approximately $8.0 million and an average restaurant

 

89


Table of Contents

contribution margin of 32.5%. Since 2007, our new restaurants that have been open at least three years as of December 28, 2014, have generated an average year three cash-on-cash return of greater than 50%. We calculate our year three cash-on-cash return by dividing our restaurant contribution in the third year of operation by our initial investment costs (net of pre-opening costs and tenant allowances). Our restaurants perform well across a diverse range of geographic regions, population densities and real estate settings, which we believe demonstrates the portability of our concept to new markets. We believe the combination of our strong cash-on-cash returns, proven concept portability, and footprint of only 37 restaurants, including our first joint venture restaurant, supports further use of cash flow to grow our restaurant base and creates an attractive new restaurant growth opportunity.

Highly Attractive Concept for Domestic and International Real Estate Developers Supports Growth

Due to the broad appeal of our brand, the diversity of our guest base and the relatively high number of weekly visits to our restaurants, our concept is a preferred tenant for real estate developers. Landlords and developers, both in the United States and internationally, seek out our restaurants to be anchors for their developments as they are highly complementary to national retailers. Our restaurants that opened prior to Fiscal 2014 have attracted, on average, approximately 137,000 guests per restaurant in Fiscal 2014, which we believe, based on an internal survey of our public fine-dining competitors, is approximately 60% more guests per restaurant than those competitors. Our ability to achieve AUVs that are comparable to those of other high-end steakhouses despite our lower average check demonstrates our capacity to attract more guests than many of our competitors. Our AUVs, brand recognition and relatively high guest traffic position us well to negotiate the prime location within a development and favorable lease terms, which enhance our return on invested capital.

We believe our concept has international appeal and makes us an attractive tenant for international real estate developers, and we believe we will be able to leverage our brand strength to negotiate attractive terms in desirable locations as we grow outside the United States and Brazil.

Experienced Leadership

Our senior management team has extensive operating experience with an average of over 26 years of experience in the restaurant industry. We are led by our CEO, Larry Johnson. Mr. Johnson first began working with Fogo de Chão in 1996 as Corporate Counsel. In 2007, Mr. Johnson joined us as CEO and has guided the growth of our company from 11 restaurants in 2007 to 37 restaurants as of the date of this prospectus. Under his leadership, our business has consistently achieved growth in revenue and Adjusted EBITDA year-over-year. Mr. Johnson leads a team of dedicated, experienced restaurant professionals including Barry McGowan, our President, Tony Laday, our CFO, and Selma Oliveira, our COO. Mrs. Oliveira, who was born in Brazil, joined us to help start our operations in the United States in 1996. Our senior management team is focused on executing our business plan and implementing our growth strategy, and we believe they are a key driver of our success and have positioned us well for long-term growth.

Our Growth Strategies

We plan to continue to expand our restaurant footprint and drive revenue growth, improve margins and enhance our competitive positioning by executing on the following strategies:

Grow Our Restaurant Base

We believe we are in the early stages of our growth with 37 current restaurants, 26 in the United States, 10 in Brazil and one in Mexico, our first joint venture restaurant. Based on internal analysis and a study prepared by Buxton , we believe there exists long-term total restaurant potential for over 100 new domestic sites and additional new restaurants internationally, due to the broad appeal of our differentiated concept, industry leading cash-on-cash returns, flexible real estate strategy and successful history of opening new restaurants. We have a long track record of successful new restaurant development, evidenced by having grown our restaurant count by a multiple of 10 since 2000 and at a 11.5% CAGR since 2010. Since 2007, our new restaurants that have been open at least three years have generated an average year three cash-on-cash return of greater than 50%. We calculate our year three cash-on-cash return by dividing our restaurant contribution in the third year of operation by our initial investment costs (net of pre-opening costs and tenant allowances). We believe our concept has proven portability, with strong AUVs and cash-on-cash returns across a diverse range of geographic regions, population densities and real estate settings.

 

90


Table of Contents

We will continue to pursue a disciplined new restaurant growth strategy primarily in the United States in both new and existing markets where we believe we are capable of achieving sales volumes and restaurant contribution margins that generate attractive cash-on-cash returns. We plan to open five to six restaurants during Fiscal 2015, which includes our first joint venture restaurant in Mexico City, which opened in May 2015. Over the next five years, we plan to increase our company-owned restaurant count by at least 10% annually, with North America being our primary market for new restaurant development. In addition, we plan to grow in other international markets.

 

    Open New Restaurants in the United States. We believe the United States can support a considerable number of additional Fogo de Chão restaurants and will continue to be our primary market for new restaurant development. Based on internal analysis and a study prepared by Buxton , we estimate that there exists long-term potential for over 100 new domestic sites across large- and mid-sized markets as well as urban and suburban locations that can support Fogo de Chão restaurants.

 

    Open New Restaurants in Brazil. Based on analysis performed by our development team, we believe there is an opportunity to open additional restaurants in Brazil, the birthplace of Fogo de Chão. Over the next five years, we plan to open three to five new restaurants throughout the country as attractive real estate locations become available. In addition to providing strong returns on invested capital, our operations in Brazil allow us to maintain our authentic and distinctive churrasco heritage and support the global growth of our brand.

 

    Open New Restaurants in Other International Markets. We will selectively consider other international markets, as we believe attractive opportunities for opening new restaurants exist in large cities and business centers in certain international markets including Asia, Australia, Canada, Europe, the Middle East and South America. We will pursue growth in these markets through a combination of company-owned restaurant development and joint ventures, which we believe allow us to expand our brand with limited capital investment by us. In May 2015, we opened our first joint venture restaurant in Mexico City.

Our current restaurant investment model targets an average cash investment of $4.5 million per restaurant, net of tenant allowances and pre-opening costs, assuming an average restaurant size of approximately 8,500 square feet, an AUV of $7.0 million and a cash-on-cash return in excess of 40% by the end of the third full year of operation. On average, our new company-owned restaurants opened since the beginning of 2007 have exceeded these AUV and cash-on-cash return targets within the third year of operation.

Grow Our Comparable Restaurant Sales

We believe the following strategies will allow us to grow our comparable restaurant sales:

 

    Food and Beverage Innovation . We seek to introduce innovative items that we believe align with evolving consumer preferences and broaden our appeal, and we will continue to explore ways to increase the number of occasions for guests to visit our restaurants. In order to drive guest frequency and broaden the appeal of our menu, we recently added seafood items and on-trend seasonal food and beverage offerings. Additionally, we believe there are significant day-part opportunities with our recently launched Bar Fogo, a “small plates” menu served at the bar, which we launched in April 2014, happy hour and special occasion menus.

 

    Increase Our Per Person Average Spend. We believe there are opportunities to drive comparable restaurant sales growth through incremental food and beverage sales. For example, in February 2014 we launched our Malagueta Shrimp Cocktail, which guests can order in addition to our traditional prix fixe menu. Through Bar Fogo, we plan to generate incremental food sales as well as increase our alcohol sales by improving our guest experience in our bar. In Fiscal 2014, our alcohol mix was 16.7% of sales, which we believe is below that of our fine-dining peers. In addition to our Bar Fogo initiative, we believe we can increase our alcohol sales through our recently improved wine-by-the-glass program and the introduction of new Brazilian-inspired cocktails to our beverage menu. Finally, we believe the continued rollout of happy hour and special occasion menus will also increase our per person average spend.

 

   

Further Grow Our Large Group Dining Sales. We believe our differentiated dining experience, open restaurant layout, speed of service and compelling value proposition make us a preferred destination for group dining occasions of all types. For Fiscal 2014, large group sales represented 12.0% of US revenue, and

 

91


Table of Contents
 

we believe there is a significant opportunity to grow that aspect of our business. We have added group sales managers at most restaurants and introduced large group reception and meeting packages, which have generated significant momentum in group sales growth. In Fiscal 2014, we generated large group sales growth of 12.8% for our comparable restaurants over the prior year period, and we believe the investments we have made in our group sales business will continue to yield positive results.

 

    Continue to Improve Our Marketing to Drive Traffic. We will continue to invest in marketing and advertising to drive guest trial and frequency. We continue to introduce new marketing initiatives through various channels, including social, online, print, digital advertising, TV and radio media, with the intent to promote brand awareness. We will continue to harness word of mouth and grow our social media and e-mail marketing fan base through thoughtful planning, unique promotions and rich content that reward loyalty and increase guest engagement with our brand. We intend to drive repeat traffic by becoming our guests’ preferred upscale restaurant destination and believe targeted marketing investments that heighten awareness, reinforce the premium image of our brand and highlight the authenticity of our dining experience will continue to generate guest loyalty and promote brand advocacy.

 

    Opportunistically Remodel Select Restaurants. Beginning in 2015, we plan to launch an opportunistic remodel program with the target of remodeling three to four restaurants during the 2015 fiscal year. We believe our new design will enhance the guest experience, highlight our brand attributes and encourage guest trial and frequency. We also believe there are opportunities to optimize restaurant capacity and merchandising to maximize sales per square foot.

Improve Margins by Leveraging Our Infrastructure and Investments in Human Capital

To support our future growth and improve our operations and management team, over the last three years we have invested over $5 million in incremental annual personnel costs by adding 18 positions to our corporate team and adding 16 local sales manager positions and five assistant manager positions at the restaurant level. These hires have bolstered key functional areas and supported future growth initiatives including senior leadership, new restaurant site selection and analysis, new restaurant design, group dining, product innovation and in-restaurant employee training. In addition, we have implemented initiatives in our restaurants to improve labor productivity, which we believe will further enhance restaurant profitability and the guest experience. As evidenced by our improvement in both comparable restaurant sales growth and restaurant contribution in 2014, these investments and initiatives have yielded positive results and we believe we will continue to benefit from these investments as we grow our business in the long-term. Furthermore, we expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of total revenue over time as we are able to leverage these investments by growing revenue faster than our fixed cost base. In addition, we have made substantial investments in our IT systems, and we expect to utilize our IT infrastructure for continued improvements in operational efficiency and margins through the use of labor productivity and training tools.

Properties

As of the date of this prospectus, we operate 26 restaurants in the United States, 10 restaurants in Brazil and one joint venture restaurant in Mexico. We operate a variety of restaurant formats, including in-line and free-standing locations. Our restaurants range in size from approximately 7,000 to 16,000 square feet, with seating from 200 to 500 guests. Going forward we plan to open restaurants that will range from approximately 7,000 to 10,000 square feet per restaurant and may vary depending on site specific opportunities.

We currently lease all of our restaurants except for two locations. Our leases generally have initial terms of between 10 and 20 years and can be extended only in five-year increments. All of our leases in the United States require a fixed annual rent, and many require the payment of additional rent if restaurant sales exceed a negotiated amount. Generally, our leases are “net” leases, which require us to pay all of the cost of insurance, taxes, maintenance and utilities. We generally cannot cancel these leases at our option.

In addition, we lease approximately 14,000 square feet of office space in Dallas, Texas which we use as our corporate headquarters. This lease expires in 2017, with options to renew until 2022. We utilize approximately 4,600 square feet of office space above our Santo Amaro restaurant in São Paulo for our corporate office in Brazil.

 

92


Table of Contents

The general location and opening date for each of our restaurants are set forth below:

 

United States

     

International

Location   Date Opened    Location   Date Opened       Location   Date Opened
Addison, TX*   August 1997   

Kansas City, MO

 

January 2009

    São Paulo, Moema   March 1986
Houston, TX*   February 2000   

Denver, CO

 

July 2009

    São Paulo, Santo Amaro   June 1987
Atlanta, GA   February 2001   

San Antonio, TX

 

August 2009

    São Paulo, Vila Olimpia   October 2003
Chicago, IL   August 2002   

Las Vegas, NV

 

November 2011

    Belo Horizonte, Sevassi   September 2006
Beverly Hills, CA   March 2005   

Orlando, FL

 

March 2012

    Brasilia   May 2007
Washington, D.C.   December 2005   

Boston, MA

 

November 2012

    Salvador   June 2008
Philadelphia, PA   December 2006   

San Diego, CA

 

August 2013

    Rio de Janeiro   June 2011
Minneapolis, MN   April 2007   

Rosemont, IL

 

September 2013

    São Paulo, Center Norte   October 2012
Baltimore, MD   August 2007   

New York, NY

 

December 2013

    São Paulo, Jardins   November 2013
Austin, TX   November 2007   

San Jose, CA

 

February 2014

    Rio de Janeiro   April 2015
Indianapolis, IN   May 2008   

Portland, OR

 

May 2014

     
Miami Beach, FL   October 2008   

Los Angeles, CA

 

December 2014

    Mexico City, Mexico   May 2015**
Scottsdale, AZ   December 2008   

San Juan, Puerto Rico

 

February 2015

     

 

* Indicates restaurant on property owned by us.
** Indicates joint venture restaurant.

Site Selection and Development

New Restaurant Development

We will continue to pursue a disciplined restaurant growth strategy in markets where we believe we are capable of achieving sales volumes and restaurant contribution margins that achieve attractive cash-on-cash returns. We plan to open five to six restaurants during Fiscal 2015, which includes our first joint venture restaurant in Mexico City, which opened in May 2015. Over the next five years, we plan to increase our company-owned restaurant count by at least 10% annually.

We believe we are in the early stages of our growth and view the United States as our primary market for new restaurant development. Our restaurants perform well across a diverse range of geographic regions, population densities and real estate settings. Based on internal analysis and studies by Buxton , we believe there is long-term potential for over 100 new sites in the United States to support Fogo de Chão restaurants. In Brazil, we plan to open three to five new restaurants throughout the country over the next five years as attractive real estate locations become available. We will continue to selectively consider other international markets, as we believe attractive opportunities for opening new restaurants exist in international markets, including Asia, Australia, Canada, Europe, Mexico, the Middle East and South America.

We will pursue international expansion beyond Brazil in large cities through a combination of company-owned restaurant development and joint ventures. We have developed a joint venture strategy to grow our restaurant base in new international jurisdictions by leveraging the capital and local market expertise of restaurant operating partners to enable us to enter these new markets efficiently. We recently entered into a joint venture agreement with Minajaro, S.A. de C.V. and opened our first joint venture restaurant in Mexico City in May 2015. We will pursue growth in Mexico through this joint venture, which we believe will allow us to expand our brand with limited capital investment by us. In addition, during the first quarter of 2015 we entered into a new joint venture agreement, pursuant to which we currently expect to open our second joint venture restaurant in Dubai in 2016.

There is no guarantee that we will be able to increase the number of our restaurants. We may be unsuccessful in expanding within our existing or into new markets for a variety of reasons described herein under “Risk Factors,” including competition for guests, sites, employees, licenses and financing.

Market and Site Selection Process

We consider market and site selection to be critical to our long-term success because the location of a restaurant is a critical variable in its long-term success, and we accordingly devote considerable resources to market analysis, real estate planning and site selection.

 

93


Table of Contents

We use a combination of our internal development committee as well as a national real estate broker interfacing with local networks in our target markets to identify and assess potential sites for new restaurant development. Our in- house real estate team has over 93 years of combined experience with a wide range of national restaurant brands. We utilize sophisticated analytical tools designed to uncover characteristics that we believe drive successful restaurant openings. In the United States, we utilize two complementary site selection tools for market planning: (i)  Buxton , which utilizes transaction data based on actual guest zip codes to identify the most valuable psychographic guest segments and maps those segments to uncover trade areas that contain the highest concentration of our core guests in Designated Market Areas (“DMAs”) to help us prioritize market and site selection and (ii)  Intalytics , which also uses psychographic criteria as well as site-specific features, location of competitors and customer surveys to further refine the search within potential DMAs.

Criteria for evaluating market expansion opportunities include total population and population density, guest demographics, total DMA restaurant sales, gross domestic product per capita, labor force and unemployment rates, availability of premier site locations, competition penetration and projected unit economics, among other things. We seek out locations with high average household income and commercial density as well as traffic drivers such as high daytime population and proximity to luxury hotels, meeting spaces and airports and sites with a strong mix of retail co-tenancy.

Our real estate process is led by our internal development committee, which is comprised of senior management and members of our real estate team. The development committee meets periodically to review new site opportunities and recommends new locations to our board of directors for approval. Once a location has been approved by the board of directors, we begin a design process to align the characteristics of the site to our brand attributes.

Restaurant Design

We place significant emphasis on the unique design and atmosphere of our restaurants. Each of our restaurants has a unique layout to optimize available space, and we have a flexible restaurant design. This flexibility enhances our growth opportunity, since our concept performs well in a diverse range of property types, building sizes and locations from high-density urban to less dense suburban markets with either in-line or free-standing building types.

Restaurant design is handled by our in-house architectural team utilizing in-house resources as well as local third-party architects in the markets where we develop restaurants. In designing our restaurants, our goal is to provide guests with an open, interactive layout that complements the continuous style of service provided by our gaucho chefs. We believe our restaurant design highlights our Southern Brazilian roots in a modern, contemporary way. This is accomplished through our choice of color palette, imagery and décor, which we believe creates an atmosphere that enhances our guests’ dining experience. Depending on the location and size of the restaurant, guests will find unique elements incorporated in the restaurant design. For example, many restaurants include a glass-enclosed pit roaster prominently displayed with large cuts of meat cooking over an open flame. While all of our restaurants share similar design elements, each restaurant is customized to accommodate the specifics of the location and the available floor space. Our restaurant floor plans have ample space, allowing for a fluid and dynamic setup and provide flexibility to accommodate large groups. Because of the simplicity of our back-of-house operations, we are able to dedicate more floor space for the seating area than some of our competitors, thereby optimizing our restaurant locations and increasing revenue per square foot. Beginning in 2015, we plan to launch an opportunistic remodel program with the target of remodeling three to four restaurants during the 2015 fiscal year. We believe our new design will enhance the guest experience, highlight our brand attributes and encourage guest trial and frequency.

Construction

Restaurant construction is overseen by our construction team, which includes our Vice President of Development, in-house architects and our in-house construction manager. Construction of a new restaurant in the United States typically takes approximately four to six months. We generally construct restaurants in in-line leased retail space or free-standing buildings on leased properties. Our restaurant investment model targets a cash build-out cost of $3.0 to $5.0 million per restaurant, net of tenant allowances and pre-opening costs.

 

94


Table of Contents

Our Dining Experience

Our restaurants offer a differentiated prix fixe menu as well as select à la carte options. For the full churrasco experience, the prix fixe menu includes two courses. Guests can begin at the Market Table, which features a variety of gourmet side dishes, seasonal salads, Brazilian hearts of palm, fresh-cut vegetables, aged cheeses, smoked salmon and cured meats, and is available immediately after the guests are seated.

The second course of the menu is the rodizio (meat) service. We offer a selection of up to 20 cuts of beef, lamb, pork and chicken fire-roasted over open flames in the traditional Brazilian style. Gaucho chefs rotate through the dining room, with each server responsible for a single cut of meat that is carved table-side to guests’ specifications. Some of our most popular Brazilian style cuts include the picanha , our signature cut (a part of the sirloin), alcatra (cut from the top sirloin), new beef ancho (the prime part of the rib eye), fraldinha (bottom sirloin), linguica (robust pork sausages) and costela (beef ribs).

Each guest has beside them a two-sided medallion with one side red and one side green. When a guest is ready to begin enjoying the various selections of meat they simply turn the medallion to green. This signals our gaucho chefs to visit that table and offer whatever cut of meat they are serving. Guests can pause the service at any time by turning the medallion to red and then back to green when they are ready to try additional selections, and can communicate to our gauchos any specific cut of meat they prefer. The medallion allows customization so the guest can control the pace and choice of meats. Each cut is carved by our gaucho chefs in a manner designed to both enhance the tenderness of each slice as well as meet our guests’ desired portion size and temperature.

To complement the meats, a variety of sharable side dishes, including warm cheese bread, fried bananas and crispy polenta, among various other selections, are brought to each table and replenished throughout the meal. Our restaurants also offer a selection of traditional desserts, including papaya cream and tres leches.

For guests preferring lighter fare, we also offer Brazilian-inspired à la carte seafood options, which we introduced in February 2014 across our restaurant base to increase guest frequency and broaden the appeal of our menu. We also offer the option to have only food from the Market Table. Our menu options are enhanced by an award-winning wine list and a full bar complete with a selection of signature Brazilian drinks such as the caipirinha . In March 2014, we introduced Bar Fogo, a “small-plates” menu offered at the bar designed to enhance our bar experience, increase alcohol sales and drive higher spend per guest. We believe there is substantial opportunity to increase guest frequency and spend per guest through continued menu innovation and day-part expansion.

Restaurant Management and Operations

Restaurant Organizational Structure

Each restaurant typically employs approximately 60 to 85 people. There are approximately 10 to 12 gaucho chefs per restaurant. Supporting the gaucho chefs are approximately 10 to 30 servers and approximately 10 to 30 bussers and kitchen staff as well as other operating personnel. Our gaucho chefs butcher, prepare, fire-roast and serve all our meats. Each restaurant has a general manager and an assistant general manager, and half of our restaurants in the United States employ a second assistant manager. To promote authenticity, continuity of the churassaco culture and improved operations, most of our employees holding management-level positions and our general managers are former gaucho chefs.

We emphasize a culture of collaboration within the management of our restaurants to facilitate the continuous development of “best practices” regarding guest service, cost control and growth opportunities. In both our United States and Brazilian operations, our general managers meet each week to discuss performance and opportunities for improvement.

Our Gaucho Chefs

Our highly-trained and skilled gaucho chefs perform a combination of “back-of-the-house” and “front-of-the-house” duties. The skill set required to perform as one of our gaucho chefs illustrates the importance of the position in the organization. The responsibilities and skills fall into three general categories – culinary, service, and authenticity:

 

95


Table of Contents

Culinary

 

    Assess meat quality;

 

    Butcher, season and marinate meats;

 

    Cook meats to restaurant and guest specification;

 

    Forecast nightly business flow and adjust the types and quantities of meats to be cooked to ensure quality and utilize procedures to minimize meat waste; and

 

    Cooking temperature management (each meat requires different temperature management techniques).

Service

 

    Ability to serve in high energy “ espeto corrido ” style in a safe manner;

 

    Delivery and presentation of skewered meats to each table;

 

    Customized carving of meats to satisfy the preferences of the guest;

 

    Monitor the tables and coordinate with each other, ensuring that each guest is presented with all available cuts of meat; and

 

    Ensure that the pace and style of the presentation of each meal is consistent with authentic gaucho traditions.

Authenticity

 

    Knowledgeable regarding culture, history, and lifestyle of Southern Brazil and its gauchos;

 

    Knowledgeable regarding traditional gaucho cuisine, including the different cuts of meat and the style of cooking;

 

    Ability to answer guests’ questions regarding gaucho tradition, culture and cuisine; and

 

    Train employees in the United States in authentic service, monitor service delivery at each meal and make any corrections needed to preserve the authentic nature of presentation.

We maintain very high standards for the gaucho chef position. Once selected, the employee must successfully complete an apprenticeship program of 18 to 24 months, which primarily consists of on-the-job training before being certified for the position. The training is not completed after this initial program, as we have implemented a program of continuous training and mentoring. We credit our stringent hiring and intense training practices for our ability to deliver a consistent and authentic product to our guests, which we believe differentiates us from our competition. These practices have also resulted in strong retention rates in our restaurants, with our gaucho chefs having been employed with us for an average of over three years and our restaurant managers having been employed with us for an average of 10 years.

Talent Acquisition, Training and Leadership Development

Our talent management begins with attracting, selecting and training talent that aligns with our values. We believe this approach has been a cornerstone of our success and we continue to focus on our training efforts to ensure our brand standards are maintained globally. Our talent strategy is focused on three core tenets, underpinned by a technology-based platform and web-based tools, including:

 

    Selection, On-Boarding and Cultural Immersion . We take a balanced approach on selection by attracting and developing like-minded, guest- and hospitality-focused leaders for future management needs. All leaders at all levels of our organization, are immersed in the culture and heritage of Fogo de Chão.

 

96


Table of Contents
    Competency-Based Learning . After passing an interview and selection process, managers must be certified through an eight- to 12-week in-restaurant management development program. During the onboarding process, newly promoted or hired leaders learn all of the functional positions in the restaurant and develop strong guest-oriented management routines. Training takes place in one of our six training restaurants. All Fogo employees, irrespective of level in the organization, are coached and developed in the competency their role requires and are certified through a validation process.

 

    Next Level Leadership . We continue to identify future leaders through our rigorous succession-management process and develop tailored, competency-based development action plans in partnership with direct supervisors at every level of our organization. Our learning and development platforms continue to track development action plans to ensure our Fogo employees are prepared to meet current and future needs.

Our learning and development platforms are web-based and are delivered with interactive content that engage users and test for retained knowledge. This video-based approach allows us to deliver our learning and development platforms in multiple languages and maintain version control, keeping learning consistent internationally as we continue to develop new content.

Brazilian Gaucho Chef Development and Mentor Process

To help to create an exceptional dining experience and authenticity, we utilize our Brazilian operations as a training ground and recruitment base for our restaurants in the United States, selecting talented gaucho chefs to transfer to the United States. We pay for English lessons, travel expenses, and immigration expenses for our gaucho chefs.

Since opening our first location in the United States in 1997, we have brought gaucho chefs to the United States from Brazil utilizing the L-1B “specialized knowledge” visa which generally permits an employee to remain in the United States for up to five years. We also utilize the L-1A “intracompany manager” visa for our employees who qualify. The L-1A visa generally permits an employee to remain in the United States for up to seven years. We have applied for and received permanent resident alien (“green card”) immigration status for a number of these transferees.

Since 2013, we have also brought Brazilian gaucho chefs to the United States on one-year corporate training programs through use of the J-1 “cultural exchange” visa. The primary focus of this program is training and cultural exchange, including classroom instruction.

Marketing and Advertising

Our marketing goals are to:

 

    Increase comparable restaurant sales by attracting new guests;

 

    Increase frequency (return visits) of existing guests;

 

    Support new restaurant openings to achieve sales and profit goals; and

 

    Communicate and promote brand positioning as a leading Brazilian Steakhouse through our focus on high-quality ingredients, a high level of service and commitment to the traditional gaucho method of cooking.

All advertising is coordinated by our corporate office. We utilize various advertising channels to create awareness and drive trial of the brand. These channels may include digital, social media, print, out-of-home, radio and television advertising as well as local restaurant marketing. Other areas of marketing include travel publications and advertising to support the growing social media platforms.

Social media

Social media is an increasingly important and growing marketing channel. We maintain a strong presence on several social platforms including Facebook, Twitter, YouTube and Instagram, allowing us to maintain a high level of guest engagement and brand awareness. Our United States and Brazilian Facebook pages have increased our “likes” by

 

97


Table of Contents

154% since December 2013. We periodically conduct promotions and provide content on various social platforms to further drive a unique level of guest engagement. We believe our social presence allows us to meaningfully connect with our guests and harness positive word of mouth.

Local restaurant marketing

A key strategy utilized by our management teams at the local level is to maintain strong relationships with concierge desks at key area hotels. At various restaurants, managers will also host networking events with chambers and associations to create awareness and goodwill among community organizations.

New restaurant openings

New restaurants are supported first by bringing on a local public relations firm to assist in introducing the brand to the market and promoting the brand through media relations. Advertising spend is optimized depending on the market and includes a combination of digital and social advertising, print, out-of-home, radio and television.

Group sales

We believe our restaurants are preferred group dining venues because of the quality and variety of our menu offering, the efficiency of our service model in handling large groups and our attractive private dining areas. Group sales managers prospect for new business with local businesses and organizations and work with existing guests on larger event planning. We define large groups as reservations with more than 15 guests. Over the last two years, we have invested in hiring group sales managers for almost all of our locations. We believe this investment has yielded strong results, as we generated large group sales growth of 12.8% for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 over the prior year period for our comparable restaurants. We expect to have group sales coverage at each of our United States locations by mid-2015, and believe continued increases in our group sales business represents a large growth opportunity.

Purchasing, Innovation and Quality Control

Our purchasing strategy is to offer our guests high-quality ingredients while leveraging the flexibility of our operating model to optimize costs. Since our menu does not require exact menu specifications, we innovate utilizing high-quality seasonal items to continually introduce new products while achieving the best available price for a range of proteins, including beef, chicken, lamb and pork, as well as Market Table ingredients. This advantage allows us to shift the mix of our ingredients to offset inflationary pressure and optimize the cost of the basket of products we deliver without compromising the guest experience. Our belief is that all innovation begins with focused, seasonal procurement that keeps our menu on-trend and maintains our affordable price positioning.

In addition, we have flexibility in the type and weights of proteins we purchase and serve, which helps us to manage our food costs. We have national supplier arrangements in the United States ranging from three months to one year depending on the product and season. We monitor contracts monthly, and shift the mix of our products served to respond to changes in pricing, thus optimizing the cost of the ingredients we offer in our restaurants. Finally, management of food waste through proper training and procedures at the restaurant level represents another lever through which we control our food costs given our prix fixe menu. From 2013 to 2014, pounds of meat consumed per guest has decreased from 2.07 to 2.00 for all restaurants due to improved training protocols regarding food waste management.

As evidence of our ability to manage our food costs without compromising our guest experience given our unique operating and service model, our food and beverage costs as a percentage of revenue decreased from 30.6% in the fiscal year ended December 29, 2013 to 29.9% in the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014 despite a 19% increase in beef prices over the same period. These costs as a percentage of revenue decreased further to 29.5% in the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015. Additionally, over this period, we have maintained strong guest satisfaction scores from New Brand Analytics, highlighting our ability to reduce our costs while providing an excellent guest experience.

We maintain strict quality standards at our restaurants. Each employee is expected to adhere to these standards, and it is the responsibility of the general managers and the gaucho chefs to ensure that these standards are upheld. We

 

98


Table of Contents

are committed to providing guests with high quality, fresh products and superior service. Through the use of our training programs, extensive experience requirements for our gaucho chefs and our commitment to hiring and developing staff, we are able to maintain high standards and guidelines for all menu items across our restaurants. Similarly, we rely on a quality assurance team to conduct regular, comprehensive audits of our suppliers to ensure we are offering our guests high-quality products.

Management Information Systems

All of our restaurants use computerized point-of-sale and back-office systems that we believe are scalable to support our continued growth. The systems provide a touch screen interface and integrated, high-speed credit card and gift card processing. The point-of-sale computers are designed specifically for the restaurant industry and the system is used to collect daily transaction data which generates information about daily sales, product mix and average check totals that we actively analyze. Applications inside the restaurant capture guest and reservation information, aiding in the management of the restaurant’s tables during service and optimizing our guests’ experience.

Our corporate systems provide our management with operating reports that show restaurant performance comparisons with budget and prior year results. These systems allow us to monitor restaurant sales, food and beverage costs, operating expenses and other restaurant trends on a regular basis and enable regular communication and collaboration between restaurants and the corporate office.

In early 2014, we developed a multi-year information technology strategy to further transform information technology into a growth-enabling function by focusing on building infrastructure, increasing technical staff, creating a technology platform to support sales growth and enabling productivity improvements. During 2013 and 2014, we invested in an enterprise-level Human Resources Information System, reservation and seating management tools and high-speed guest internet in our restaurants. In 2015, we expect to enhance our corporate office and restaurant information system infrastructure for continued improvements to our operational efficiency by pursuing technologies for mobile ordering, mobile payments, Customer Relationship Management tools and comprehensive training platforms.

Competition

The restaurant industry is highly competitive. The number, size and strength of our competitors vary widely by region. There are many different segments within the restaurant industry, which are distinguished based on the type of food, food quality, service, location, associated price-to-value relationship and overall dining experience. Our restaurants compete with a number of restaurants within their markets, both locally owned restaurants and other restaurants that are members of regional or national chains based on the quality and variety of our menu offering, our service model and our authentic Brazilian cuisine. Our competition continues to intensify as competitors increase the breadth and depth of their product offerings and open new restaurants. We compete in the full-service dining category with other Brazilian-style steakhouses and local and national upscale steakhouses such as Ruth’s Chris, Del Frisco’s and the Capital Grille.

Our Employees

As of March 29, 2015, we had 2,515 employees, of which 1,827 were employed in the United States and 688 were employed in Brazil. Of the 1,827 employees employed in the United States, 1,746 were employed in our restaurants and 81 performed selling, general and administration functions. Of the 688 employees employed in Brazil, 656 were employed in our restaurants and 32 performed selling, general and administration functions. None of our employees in the United States are currently covered by a collective bargaining agreement though some of our employees in Brazil participate in industry-wide trade union programs. We have had no labor-related work stoppages, and we believe our relations with our employees are excellent.

Government Regulation

Our restaurants are subject to licensing and regulation by state and local health, safety, fire and other authorities, including licensing and regulation requirements for the sale of alcoholic beverages and food. Failure to obtain or retain food or other licenses would adversely affect the operations of restaurants. We maintain the necessary restaurant,

 

99


Table of Contents

alcoholic beverage and retail licenses, permits and approvals. The development and construction of additional restaurants will also be subject to compliance with applicable zoning, land use and environmental regulations. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations concerning waste disposal, pollution, protection of the environment, and the presence, discharge, storage, handling, release and disposal of, and exposure to, hazardous or toxic substances. Federal and state labor laws govern our relationship with our employees and affect operating costs. These laws include minimum wage requirements, overtime, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates, citizenship requirements and sales taxes. We are also subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 and various federal and state laws governing such matters as minimum wages, overtime, tips, tip credits and other working conditions.

Our restaurants are subject in each state in which we operate to “dram shop” laws, which allow, in general, a person to sue us if that person was injured by an intoxicated person who was wrongfully served alcoholic beverages at one of our restaurants. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our business is subject to extensive regulation and we may incur additional costs or liabilities as a result of government regulation of our restaurants.”

Environmental Matters

Our operations are also subject to national, provincial, state and local laws and regulations in the United States and Brazil relating to environmental protection, including regulation of discharges into the air and water, storage and disposal of waste and clean-up of contaminated soil and groundwater. Under various national, provincial, state and local laws, an owner or operator of real estate may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, in or emanating from such property. Such liability may be imposed without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances.

Intellectual Property

Our principal trademarks include FOGO, FOGO DE CHÃO, BAR FOGO, and our campfire design, which we have registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. We have also registered or applied for registration of the FOGO EXPRESS, FOGO GRILL, BAR FOGO, FOGO TO GO, THE GAUCHO WAY OF PREPARING MEAT, and various designs as trademarks in the United States. In addition, we have registered or applied for FOGO DE CHÃO, FOGO’S, various FOGO and FOGO DE CHÃO-formative terms, our campfire design, and other terms as trademarks in Brazil. Several of our principal marks are also registered or applied-for in numerous foreign countries.

We believe that our trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property rights have significant value and are important to the marketing and reputation of our brand. An important part of our intellectual property strategy is the monitoring and enforcement of our rights in markets in which our restaurants currently exist or markets which we intend to enter in the future. We monitor international trademark registers to discover and oppose third-party trademark applications for confusingly similar trademarks to preserve and enhance the scope of protection for our brands.

We enforce our rights through a number of methods, including sending cease-and-desist letters or making infringement claims in federal court. We are aware of third-party restaurants with names similar to our trademarks in certain limited geographical areas such as Brazil and Illinois and are pursuing enforcement of our rights. However, we cannot predict whether steps taken to protect such rights will be adequate. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Any failure to protect and maintain our intellectual property rights could adversely affect the value of our brand.”

Legal Proceedings

Since opening our first location in the United States in 1997, we have brought churrasqueiro s, or gaucho chefs, to the United States from Brazil utilizing the L-1B “specialized knowledge” visa which generally permits an employee to remain in the United States for up to five years. We also utilize the L-1A “intracompany manager” visa for our employees who qualify. The L-1A visa generally permits an employee to remain in the United States for up to seven years.

 

100


Table of Contents

The Department of Homeland Security’s Bureau of Citizenship & Immigration Services (USCIS, formerly INS) began to narrow its interpretation of L-1B visa eligibility as to all corporate petitioners in 2007. Beginning in 2009, the USCIS ceased approving our L-1B visas and recommended that the petitions of 10 current L-1B visa holders be revoked. We contested the adverse actions before USCIS, and then sued USCIS in US District Court. The US District Court affirmed the USCIS denials in 2013, but we appealed that determination, and on October 21, 2014, the US Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit granted our appeal, reversed the USCIS denial, and remanded the representative L-1B petition in question to the district court, with instructions to vacate the denial and to remand to USCIS for further consideration in light of the Court’s correction of USCIS’s factual and legal adjudication errors. We anticipate USCIS may repoen the matter following remand to the district court and render a new decision in accordance with the D.C. Circuit’s decision, but to date there has been no final resolution of the representative L-1B petition and no specific indication of how USCIS will adjudicate the reopened matter.

We are currently involved in various claims, investigations and legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of our business, including claims and investigations resulting from employment-related matters. None of these matters, most of which are covered by insurance, has had a material effect on us, and as of the date of this prospectus, we are not party to any material pending legal proceedings and are not aware of any claims that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, a significant increase in the number of these claims or an increase in amounts owing under successful claims could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

101


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Set forth below is the name, age (as of December 28, 2014), position and a description of the business experience of each of our executive officers, directors and other key employees:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Lawrence J. Johnson

     62       Director and Chief Executive Officer

George B. McGowan

     49       President

Anthony D. Laday

     48       Chief Financial Officer

Selma Oliveira

     57       Chief Operating Officer

Michael A. Prentiss

     39       Chief Accounting Officer

Jandir Dalberto

     48       President, Brazil Operations

Albert G. McGrath

     57       General Counsel

Todd M. Abbrecht

     46       Director

Gerald W. Deitchle

     63       Director

Douglas A. Haber

     32       Director

Neil Moses

     56       Director

Douglas R. Pendergast

     47       Director

Jeff T. Swenson

     39       Director

Background of Executive Officers and Directors

Executive Officers

Lawrence Johnson has served as our Chief Executive Officer since April 2007 and has been a member of our board of directors since 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Johnson was a partner at Baker & McKenzie LLP, where he was employed since 1978. Mr. Johnson has a B.A. from Arizona State University and a J.D. from Southern Methodist University. Mr. Johnson also serves as a member of our board of directors. Based on his extensive industry and management experience, his tenure with our company and familiarity with us and his deep understanding of restaurant operations, Mr. Johnson is well-qualified to lead us and to serve on our board.

George B. McGowan has served as our President since 2013. Mr. McGowan has 33 years of experience in the restaurant industry including more than 10 years with Brinker International. He served as Chief Operating Officer of Macaroni Grill from 2010 to 2013 and as President and Chief Executive Officer of Waterloo Restaurants from 2002 to 2010. Waterloo Restaurants filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in March 2012. With his prior experience, we believe Mr. McGowan brings a broad range of operational knowledge and perspective to the company. Mr. McGowan holds a B.S. in Hotel Restaurant Management from the University of North Texas and a Graduate Certificate in Finance from Southern Methodist University.

Anthony D. Laday has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Laday served as Vice-President-Finance, Treasurer and Investor Relations of Brinker International from 2010 to 2013 where he previously was Senior Director-Financial Planning and Analysis from 2007 to 2010. Mr. Laday holds a B.A. in Business Administration and an M.B.A. from Southern Methodist University.

Selma Oliveira has served as our Chief Operating Officer since 2006. Prior to that, she held the positions of Director of Operations and General Manager for us. She previously worked for the Marriott Corporation from 1986 to 1998 holding a number of managerial positions. Mrs. Oliveira holds a degree in education from the Mackenzie Institute in São Paulo, Brazil.

Michael Prentiss has served as our Chief Accounting Officer since 2014. Prior to that Mr. Prentiss served as our Chief Financial Officer from August 2011 to April 2014 and our Controller from September 2007 to August 2011. Mr. Prentiss served as Assistant Controller of Landry’s Restaurants from September 2003 to September 2007. Mr. Prentiss holds a B.B.A. in Accounting from Sam Houston State University.

Jandir Dalberto has served as our President, Brazil Operations since July 2012 and previously served as Operations Director since 2006. Mr. Dalberto also serves as General Manager for our restaurant in São Paulo, Vila Olimpia, a role in which he has served since the opening of that restaurant in 2002. Mr. Dalberto graduated from the Dom Pedro School in Santo Antônio do Sudoeste in the Paraná state of Brazil.

 

102


Table of Contents

Albert G. McGrath has served as our General Counsel since October 2014. Prior to that, Mr. McGrath was a partner at Baker & McKenzie LLP, from April 2000. Mr. McGrath holds a B.A. from Texas A&M University and a J.D. from Southern Methodist University.

Directors

Todd M. Abbrecht has been a member of our board of directors since May 2014. Mr. Abbrecht is a Managing Director of Thomas H. Lee Partners, which he joined in 1992. Mr. Abbrecht is currently a director of Aramark Corporation, Curo Health Services, Intermedix Corporation, inVentiv Health, Inc. and Party City. His prior directorships include Affordable Residential Communities, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., Michael Foods, Inc., National Waterworks, Inc., and Warner Chilcott plc. Mr. Abbrecht holds a B.S.E. in Finance from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Abbrecht was nominated to serve on our board of directors by Thomas H. Lee Partners in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement. Because of his strong background in banking and finance, his many years of experience overseeing our company and other corporations and his knowledge of management and strategy, Mr. Abbrecht is well-qualified to serve on our board.

Gerald W. Deitchle has been a member of our board of directors since January 2015. Mr. Deitchle has served on the board of directors of BJ’s Restaurants, Inc. since November 2004 and as its Chairman of the Board since June 2008. He served as President of BJ’s Restaurants, Inc. from February 2005 until December 2012 and as its Chief Executive Officer from February 2005 until his retirement in February 2013. From April 2004 to January 2005, Mr. Deitchle served as President, Chief Operating Officer and a director of Fired Up, Inc., a privately held company that owns, operates and franchises the Johnny Carino’s Italian restaurant concept. From 1995 to 2004, he was a member of the executive management team at The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated, a publicly held operator of upscale casual dining restaurants, with his last position as corporate President. Mr. Deitchle currently serves as a consultant to BJ’s Restaurants, Inc. and as a part-time advisor to privately held businesses. Mr. Deitchle holds a B.B.A. from Texas A&M University and an M.B.A. from the University of Texas at San Antonio and also holds an active C.P.A. license in Texas. Because of his strong background in the restaurant industry, his years of experience overseeing similar corporations and his knowledge of management and strategy, Mr. Deitchle is well-qualified to serve on our board.

Douglas A. Haber has been a member of our board of directors since July 2012. Mr. Haber is a Principal at Thomas H. Lee Partners, which he joined in 2006. Prior to joining Thomas H. Lee Partners, Mr. Haber worked at Goldman, Sachs & Co. in its Investment Banking Division’s Industrials and Natural Resources Group. Mr. Haber is currently a director of 1-800 CONTACTS, Inc. Mr. Haber holds a B.A., summa cum laude, in Economics and History from Middlebury College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Haber was nominated to serve on our board of directors by Thomas H. Lee Partners in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement. Because of his strong background in banking and finance, his years of experience overseeing our company and other corporations and his knowledge of management and strategy, Mr. Haber is well-qualified to serve on our board.

Neil Moses has been a member of our board of directors since November 2013. Mr. Moses has served as EnerNOC, Inc.’s Chief Operating Officer since April 2014, its Chief Financial Officer since April 2013 and its Treasurer since August 2013. From June 2012 until March 2013, Mr. Moses served as the Chief Global Strategy Officer of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., a franchisor of quick service restaurants. From November 2010 until June 2012, Mr. Moses served as the Chief Financial Officer of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. From 2003 until November 2010, Mr. Moses served as the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Parametric Technology Corporation, a software company. Mr. Moses holds a B.A. in Psychology from Bowdoin College and an M.B.A. from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth. Because of his strong background in the restaurant industry, his years of experience in finance and his knowledge of management and strategy, Mr. Moses is well-qualified to serve on our board.

Douglas R. Pendergast has been a member of our board of directors since December 2014. Since January 2015, Mr. Pendergast has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Quiznos. Mr. Pendergast served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of The Krystal Company, Inc. from April 2012 to September 2014. He previously served as the Chief Development and Franchise Officer of CraftWorks Restaurants & Breweries, Inc. from November 2010 to March 2012 and as Chief Franchise Officer of Church’s Chicken from February 2005 to March 2010. He is currently a board member at Quiznos and was previously a board member at Love’s Travel Stops. Mr. Pendergast holds a B.S. in

 

103


Table of Contents

Chemical Engineering from Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Because of his strong background in the restaurant industry, his years of experience overseeing similar corporations and his knowledge of management and strategy, Mr. Pendergast is well-qualified to serve on our board.

Jeff T. Swenson has been a member of our board of directors since July 2012. Mr. Swenson is a Managing Director at Thomas H. Lee Partners, which he joined in 2004. Prior to joining Thomas H. Lee Partners, Mr. Swenson worked in the private equity group at Bain Capital, LLC. Mr. Swenson also worked as a management consultant at Bain & Company. Mr. Swenson is currently a director of 1-800 CONTACTS, Inc., CTI Foods and Phillips Pet Food & Supplies. He was previously a director of Acosta Sales and Marketing, GrubHub Seamless Holdings Corporation, Intermedix Corporation, West Corporation and a board observer at Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Mr. Swenson holds a B.A., with honors, in Economics from Northwestern University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Swenson was nominated to serve on our board of directors by Thomas H. Lee Partners in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement. Because of his strong background in banking and finance, his many years of experience overseeing our company and other corporations and his knowledge of management and strategy, Mr. Swenson is well-qualified to serve on our board.

Board Composition

Following the offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors as follows:

 

    the Class I directors will be Messrs. Abbrecht, Johnson and Moses, whose terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016;

 

    the Class II directors will be Messrs. Swenson and Pendergast, whose terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and

 

    the Class III directors will be Messrs. Haber and Deitchle, whose terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

A classified board of directors may have the effect of deterring or delaying any attempt by any person or group to obtain control of us by a proxy contest since such third party would be required to have its nominees elected at two separate annual meetings of our board of directors in order to elect a majority of the members of our board of directors. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Provisions of our charter documents, Delaware law and other documents could discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition at a premium price.”

At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following such election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any vacancies in our classified board of directors will be filled by the remaining directors, and the elected person will serve the remainder of the term of the class to which he or she is appointed.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to be a “controlled company” under the rules of the              because more than 50% of our outstanding voting power will be held by the THL Funds. We intend to rely upon the “controlled company” exception relating to the board of directors and committee independence requirements under the rules of the NASDAQ. Pursuant to this exception, we will be exempt from the rules that would otherwise require that our board of directors consist of a majority of independent directors and that our compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors. The “controlled company” exception does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules of the NASDAQ.

No director will be deemed to be independent unless our board of directors determines that the director has no relationship which would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Moses and Deitchle are independent for purposes of the listing standards of the NASDAQ and pursuant to other governing laws and applicable regulations.

 

104


Table of Contents

Board Committees

Before the completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a development committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter that will be adopted by our board of directors. The composition of each committee will be effective upon the closing of this offering.

Audit Committee

The primary responsibilities of our audit committee will be to oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. The audit committee will report to the board of directors periodically on any issues that arise with respect to the quality or integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal or regulatory requirements, the independence and performance of our independent auditor, the performance of the internal audit function and any other matters that the audit committee deems appropriate or is requested to include by the board of directors. The responsibilities of our audit committee, which will be set forth in a written charter to be adopted by our board of directors upon completion of this offering and reviewed and reassessed annually by the audit committee, include:

 

    evaluate the independence and qualifications of and determine the selection of, the compensation of, and if necessary, the replacement/rotation of, our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    discuss with our independent registered public accounting firm its responsibilities under generally accepted auditing standards and review and approve the planned scope and timing of the annual audit plans;

 

    oversee the work of our independent registered public accounting firm and review and discuss our annual audited financial statements, quarterly financial statements and any significant findings from the audit;

 

    review with management our financial reports and analyses;

 

    review management’s report on its assessment of the design and effectiveness of our internal controls;

 

    evaluate the performance, responsibilities, budget and staffing of our internal audit function;

 

    review our major financial risk exposures with management;

 

    pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit services and related fees;

 

    recommend to the board of directors policies for our hiring of partners, employees, former partners or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm who participated in our audit;

 

    establish and review policies for approving related party transactions between us and our directors, officers or employees; and

 

    adopt procedures for receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters.

Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will be composed of Messrs. Moses (Chair), Deitchle and Haber. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Moses qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Commission and the applicable standards of the NASDAQ.

Messrs. Moses and Deitchle have been determined to be independent by our board of directors. Although our audit committee includes only two instead of at least three independent directors as required by the NASDAQ, a company listing in connection with its initial public offering is permitted to phase in its compliance with the independent committee requirements under the rules of the NASDAQ. Under those rules, our audit committee may continue with its current composition, with a majority of the members of audit committee meeting applicable independence requirements, until our first anniversary of initial NASDAQ listing. After the first anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our audit committee will consist of all independent directors.

 

105


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

The primary responsibilities of our compensation committee will be to administer the compensation program and employee benefit plans and practices for our named executive officers and members of the board of directors. We intend that our compensation committee will review and either approve, on behalf of the board of directors, or recommend to the board of directors for approval, (i) annual salaries, bonuses, and other compensation for our executive officers, and (ii) individual equity awards for our employees and executive officers. We intend that our compensation committee will also oversee our compensation policies and practices. The committee will periodically report to the board of directors. Each member of our compensation committee is intended to meet the requirements of a “non-employee director” pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an “outside director” pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code.

We intend that our compensation committee will also perform the following functions related to executive compensation:

 

    review and approve the goals and objectives relating to the compensation of our executive officers, including any long-term incentive components of our compensation programs;

 

    evaluate the performance of our executive officers in light of the goals and objectives of our compensation programs and determine each executive officer’s compensation based on such evaluation;

 

    evaluate each of our executive officers’ performance;

 

    review and approve, subject, if applicable, to stockholder approval, our compensation programs;

 

    review and recommend new executive compensation programs;

 

    review the operation and efficacy of our executive compensation programs in light of their goals and objectives;

 

    review and assess risks arising from our compensation programs;

 

    periodically review that our executive compensation programs comport with the compensation committee’s stated compensation philosophy;

 

    review our management succession planning, including policies regarding the selection of executives and succession in the event of incapacitation, retirement or removal;

 

    annually produce reports for filings with government agencies in compliance with applicable law or regulation;

 

    review and recommend to the board of directors the appropriate structure and amount of compensation for our directors;

 

    review and approve, subject, if applicable, to stockholder approval, material changes in our employee benefit plans;

 

    establish and periodically review policies for the administration of our equity compensation plans; and

 

    review the adequacy of the compensation committee and its charter and recommend any proposed changes to the board of directors not less than annually.

In deciding upon the appropriate level of compensation for our executive officers, the compensation committee regularly reviews our compensation programs relative to our strategic objectives and emerging market practice and other changing business and market conditions. In addition, the compensation committee also takes into consideration the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer concerning compensation actions for our other executive officers.

 

106


Table of Contents

We intend that our compensation committee will administer the issuance of stock options and other awards under our 2012 Plan and our 2015 Plan. Upon completion of the offering, the compensation committee will be composed of Messrs. Abbrecht (Chair), Pendergast and Swenson.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist our board of directors in identifying individuals qualified to become executive officers and members of our board of directors consistent with criteria established by our board of directors and in developing our corporate governance principles.

We intend that our nominating and corporate governance committee will also perform the following functions:

 

    identifying and recommending candidates for membership on our board of directors;

 

    reviewing and recommending our corporate governance guidelines and policies;

 

    reviewing proposed waivers of the code of conduct for directors and executive officers;

 

    overseeing the process of evaluating the performance of our board of directors; and

 

    assisting our board of directors on corporate governance matters.

Upon the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be composed of Messrs. Abbrecht (Chair), Johnson and Swenson.

Development Committee

The development committee will assist our board of directors in overseeing our creation and execution of our annual and longer-term restaurant expansion plans, both domestically and internationally.

We intend that our development committee will perform the following functions:

 

    provide oversight, guidance and input to our senior leadership team with respect to the development and evaluation of both of our annual and longer-term new restaurant expansion plans and recommend their approval by the board of directors;

 

    review relevant financial, statistical and demographic data (such as capital commitments, lease terms, financial projections and risk characterizations) underlying new restaurant locations proposed by our senior leadership team and recommend approval by the board of directors within the context of our approved annual and longer-term expansion and financial plans;

 

    review the proposed terms of new restaurant joint venture or licensing arrangements, both domestically and internationally, and recommend approval to the board of directors;

 

    review the ongoing actual financial results of each new restaurant and provide the board of directors with financial updates on all open company-operated locations; and

 

    review any proposed material alterations to existing restaurants including space expansions and contractions that may involve significant capital expenditures or lease amendments.

Upon the completion of this offering, our development committee will be composed of Messrs. Deitchle (Chair), Haber and Swenson.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct, applicable to our officers, directors and employees, that will be amended in connection with this offering and will be available on our corporate website at www.fogodechao.com .

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

We intend that members of our compensation committee will be Messrs. Abbrecht (Chair), Pendergast and Swenson. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive offices serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

107


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth total compensation of our NEOs for the 2013 and 2014 fiscal years. The NEOs for the 2014 fiscal year are Lawrence J. Johnson, Selma Oliveira and Jandir Dalberto.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Fiscal Year     Salary ($)     Bonus ($)     Stock
Awards
($)(1)
    Option
Awards
($)(1)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total ($)  

Lawrence J. Johnson, Chief Executive Officer

    2014      $ 702,569      $ 301,800                     

  
  $ 1,004,369   
    2013      $ 700,000      $ 190,000                    $ 13,671      $ 903,671   

Selma Oliveira, Chief Operating Officer

    2014      $ 397,569      $ 310,960                     

  
  $ 708,529   
    2013      $ 260,000     $ 360,000                    $ 13,425      $ 633,425   

Jandir Dalberto, President, Brazil Operations (2)

    2014      $ 261,689      $ 323,163                           $ 584,852   
    2013      $ 234,662      $ 323,592                           $ 558,254   

 

(1) We did not grant stock awards or stock options to our NEOs in either 2013 or 2014.

 

(2) Mr. Dalberto’s annual salary and bonus were paid in Brazilian reais . The applicable exchange rates used are 0.4269 and 0.4656 per Brazilian real based on the average exchange rate for the fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth certain information regarding outstanding equity awards of our NEOs as of December 28, 2014. The market value of the shares in the following table is the fair market value of such shares at December 28, 2014.

 

        Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

 

Grant
Date

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)(1)
    Option
Exercise Price
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock that
Have Not
Vested (#)(2)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock that
Have Not
Vested ($)
 

Lawrence J. Johnson

  7/20/2012         417,525        7.64        7/20/2022                 
          120,929        15.27         

Selma Oliveira

  7/20/2012         188,395        7.64        7/20/2022        34,497        586,449   
          78,922        15.27         

Jandir Dalberto

  7/20/2012         38,188        7.64        7/20/2022        57,664        979,948   
          25,458        15.27         

 

(1) The stock option grants under the 2012 Plan vest and become exercisable upon the achievement of two conditions: a time vesting condition and a liquidity condition. Each stock option grant vests over five years in equal annual installments on the anniversary of the date of grant. In addition, in order for each stock option to become exercisable, either a public offering or change of control must occur. Stock options will only become exercisable upon the occurrence of both the time vesting and liquidity conditions.

 

(2) On July 20, 2012, Ms. Oliveira was granted 52,801 shares of restricted stock that vest over four years and three months and 13,416 shares of restricted stock that vest over five years and three months. On July 20, 2012, Mr. Dalberto was granted 72,404 shares of restricted stock that vest over four years and three months and 35,769 share of restricted stock that vest over five years and three months. For all grants made to Ms. Oliveira and Mr. Dalberto, the restricted shares vest in equal annual installments commencing on the 15-month anniversary of the date of grant, i.e., October 20, 2013.

 

108


Table of Contents

Agreements with Named Executive Officers

Lawrence J. Johnson

On July 20, 2012, we entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Lawrence J. Johnson, our Chief Executive Officer.

The initial term of Mr. Johnson’s employment agreement expires on December 31, 2015, unless earlier terminated by us or Mr. Johnson. The agreement provides for automatic one-year renewals, unless either we or Mr. Johnson give notice of our or his intention not to extend at least 90 days prior to the expiration of any term. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Johnson receives a minimum annual base salary of $700,000. Mr. Johnson is also eligible to receive an annual performance bonus each year, if budget and performance goals established by our board of directors are met, and is entitled to participate in customary benefit plans.

If we terminate Mr. Johnson’s employment without cause, or if Mr. Johnson resigns for good reason, he will be entitled to the following: (i) payment of (x) accrued compensation and unpaid base salary through the date of such termination, (y) any amounts previously deferred by Mr. Johnson and (z) the payment or reimbursement for expenses incurred prior to the date of such termination; (ii) an amount equal to two times the sum of (x) base salary plus (y) all annual bonus and annual performance bonus paid or payable for the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year in which such termination of employment occurs; and (iii) continued participation, at our expense, in our health and welfare programs for a period of two years after the date of termination. Any payments in accordance with (ii) above shall be paid in cash at the following times: 50% within 30 days following the termination date, 25% on the six-month anniversary of the termination date and the remaining 25% on the 12-month anniversary of the termination date.

For purposes of Mr. Johnson’s employment agreement with us, a termination for cause will be deemed to have occurred upon the happening of the following, subject to a cure right: (i) his misappropriation or theft of our or any of our subsidiary’s funds or property; (ii) his conviction or entering of a plea of nolo contendere of any fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement or similar act, felony or crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (iii) his engagement in any conduct that is materially injurious to us; (iv) his material breach of his employment agreement or material failure to perform any of his duties owed to us; or (v) his commission of any act involving willful malfeasance or gross negligence or his failure to act involving material nonfeasance.

Under Mr. Johnson’s employment agreement with us, good reason means the following: (i) our assignment to Mr. Johnson of any duties that are materially inconsistent with his position, authority, duties or responsibilities or any actions by us that result in a material diminution in his position, authority, duties or responsibilities, subject to a 30-day remedial period; (ii) our material breach of Mr. Johnson’s employment agreement, which breach remains uncured for 10 days; (iii) any reduction of Mr. Johnson’s base salary or bonus amount, unless such reduction is applied to all of our executives, and our board of directors has determined in good faith that such reduction, not to exceed 20% in the aggregate, is necessary for us to comply with our financial obligations to third parties or to preserve our company as a going concern; (iv) our requiring Mr. Johnson (x) to be based at any office or location that is more than 50 miles from his initial location of employment in Dallas, Texas, unless the majority of our executive officers and directors are relocated to such location and Mr. Johnson receives relocation benefits pursuant to his employment agreement or (y) to be based at a location other than our principal executive offices; (v) any purported termination by us of Mr. Johnson’s employment other than as expressly permitted by his employment agreement; or (vi) our failure to require any of our successors to expressly assume and agree to perform our obligations under his employment agreement.

Under his employment agreement, Mr. Johnson is subject to restrictive covenants for two years after a termination of employment, for any reason, pursuant to which he cannot compete with us or solicit business or employees.

Selma Oliveira

On July 11, 2014, we entered into an Employment Agreement with Selma Oliveira, our Chief Operating Officer.

The initial term of Ms. Oliveira’s employment agreement expires on December 31, 2015, unless earlier terminated by us or Ms. Oliveira. The agreement provides for automatic one-year renewals, unless either we or Ms. Oliveira give notice of our or her intention not to extend at least 90 days prior to the expiration of any term. Under her employment

 

109


Table of Contents

agreement, Ms. Oliveira receives a minimum annual base salary of $320,000. Ms. Oliveira is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus each year, if performance goals established by our board of directors are met, and is entitled to participate in customary benefit plans. Ms. Oliveira also receives a retention payment of $150,000 for each of calendar years 2014 and 2015.

If we terminate Ms. Oliveira’s employment without cause, she will be entitled to the following: (i) payment of (x) accrued compensation and unpaid base salary through the date of such termination, (y) any amounts previously deferred by Ms. Oliveira and (z) the payment or reimbursement for expenses incurred prior to the date of such termination; (ii) an amount equal to one-third of the base salary and (iii) continued participation, at our expense, in our health and welfare programs for a period of two years after the date of termination.

Definition of cause under Ms. Oliveira’s employment agreement is the same as that in Mr. Johnson’s employment agreement.

Jandir Dalberto

We have not entered into an employment agreement with Jandir Dalberto, our President, Brazil Operations.

Equity-Based Awards

We believe our ability to grant equity-based awards is a valuable and necessary compensation tool that aligns the long-term financial interests of the employees and directors with the financial interests of our stockholders. In addition, we believe that our ability to grant stock options and other equity-based awards helps us to attract, retain and motivate qualified employees, and encourages them to devote their best efforts to our business and financial success. The material terms of our equity incentive plans are described below.

2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

General

Our 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”) was adopted July 20, 2012 in connection with the Acquisition. The following is a summary of the material features of the 2012 Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the text of the 2012 Plan, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Awards

Awards granted under the 2012 Plan may consist of incentive stock options (“ISOs”), nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock and other share-based awards. Each award is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the 2012 Plan and to those other terms and conditions specified by the board and memorialized in a written award agreement.

Shares Subject to the 2012 Plan

Subject to adjustment in certain circumstances as discussed below, the 2012 Plan authorizes up to 2,291,292 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the terms of the 2012 Plan, excluding the restricted stock issued in connection with the Acquisition. 640,263 shares underlying grants of restricted stock were issued in connection with the Acquisition. If and to the extent awards granted under the 2012 Plan, other than restricted stock issued in connection with the Acquisition, expire, are forfeited, are cancelled or are otherwise terminated without consideration, the shares subject to such awards will again be available for grant under the 2012 Plan. To the extent any shares subject to an award are tendered to or withheld by us as partial or full payment for the purchase price or to satisfy all or part of our tax withholding obligation with respect to an award, those shares will not be available for grant under the 2012 Plan.

In the event of any corporate event or transaction such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, separation, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, dividend in kind, extraordinary cash dividend, amalgamation, or other similar change in capital structure (other than

 

110


Table of Contents

normal cash dividends to our stockholders), or any similar corporate event or transaction, the board, to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights under the 2012 Plan, shall substitute or adjust, in its sole discretion, the number and kind of shares or other property that may be issued under the 2012 Plan or under particular forms of awards, the number and kind of shares or other property subject to outstanding awards, the option, grant or purchase price applicable to outstanding awards and/or other value determinations (including performance conditions) applicable to the 2012 Plan or outstanding awards.

Administration

The 2012 Plan is administered and interpreted by our board. Our board has full authority (i) to interpret and administer the 2012 Plan, (ii) to select the directors, employees and consultants to whom awards will be granted and (iii) to determine the type and amount of awards, as well as the terms and conditions of such awards, to be granted to each such director, employee or consultant. Our board also has full authority to specify the time(s) at which awards will be exercisable or settled. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the board will be final and binding on the participants of the 2012 Plan, us and all other interested individuals.

Eligibility

Employees, directors and consultants, as our board in its sole discretion determines and whom our board may designate from time to time to receive awards under the 2012 Plan, are eligible to participate in the 2012 Plan; provided that stock options and SARs may only be granted to those employees, directors and consultants with respect to whom we are an “eligible issuer” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

Stock Options

Our board may grant stock options to purchase a stated number of shares at a price established by the board, subject to the terms and conditions described in the 2012 Plan and to such additional terms and conditions, as established by the board, in its sole discretion, that are consistent with the provisions of the 2012 Plan. Our board may grant nonqualified stock options and stock options qualifying as ISOs under Section 422 of the Code; provided that ISOs may only be granted to our employees.

The exercise price of any stock option granted under the 2012 Plan will be not less than the fair market value of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, on the date the stock option is granted.

Our board may determine the term for each stock option; provided, however, that the term of any stock option may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The vesting schedule for each stock option will be determined by our board and set forth in the applicable award agreement.

Generally, payment of the option exercise price must be made in full at the time of exercise and may be made using one of the following methods, at the election of the option holder: (a) in cash or its equivalent (e.g., by cashier’s check); (b) to the extent permitted by the board, in shares (whether or not previously owned) having a fair market value equal to the aggregate option exercise price for the shares being purchased and satisfying such other requirements as may be imposed by the board; (c) partly in cash and, to the extent permitted by the board, partly in such shares (as described in (b) above); (d) to the extent permitted by the board, by reducing the number of shares otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the stock option by the number of shares having a fair market value equal to the option exercise price; or (e) if there is a public market for the shares at such time, subject to such requirements as may be imposed by the board, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell shares obtained upon the exercise of the stock option and to deliver promptly to us an amount out of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate option exercise price for the shares being purchased.

SARs

Our board is authorized to grant SARs to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of: (a) the fair market value of a specified number of shares on the date of exercise over (b) the grant price of the right as specified by the board on the date of the grant. Such payment may be in the form of cash, shares, other property or any combination thereof, as the board shall determine in its sole discretion. No SAR may have a term of more than ten years from the date of grant.

 

111


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock

Our board is authorized to grant awards of restricted stock, which awards are subject to forfeiture upon the occurrence of specified events. Participants shall be awarded restricted stock in exchange for consideration not less than the minimum consideration required by applicable law. Prior to the end of the restricted period, shares received as restricted stock may not be sold or disposed of by participants, and may be forfeited in the event of a termination of employment in certain circumstances. The board will determine and set forth in an award agreement whether an award of restricted stock entitles the participant to all of the rights of a stockholder, including the right to vote and the right to receive any dividends thereon.

Other Share-Based Awards

Our board is authorized to grant other share-based awards, valued in whole or in part, by reference to, or otherwise based on, the fair market value of shares of our common stock, including restricted stock units (“RSUs”), dividend equivalent rights and other phantom awards, under the 2012 Plan. The board will determine the terms and conditions of such other share-based awards.

Effects of Termination of Service with Us

Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event (a) a participant’s service is terminated for cause, (b) the participant’s service is terminated due to the participant’s resignation after an inquiry by the board as to the existence of cause has been initiated and the board determines that cause existed as of the date of such resignation, or (c) the board determines that a participant’s acts or omissions constitute cause, all outstanding awards held by the participant shall terminate and be forfeited without consideration, effective on the date the participant’s service is terminated for cause or the date the act or omission constituting cause is determined to have occurred, as applicable.

Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event a participant’s service is terminated due to death or disability (and cause does not exist as of such date): (a) all unvested awards held by the participant shall terminate and be forfeited without consideration, effective as of the date service is terminated and (b) all vested stock options and SARs shall terminate on the earlier of (i) one year following the termination of service and (ii) the expiration of the term of such stock options and SARs.

Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event a participant’s service is terminated for any reason other than cause, disability or death, (a) all unvested awards held by the participant shall terminate and be forfeited without consideration, effective as of the date the participant’s service is terminated and (b) all vested stock options and SARs shall terminate on the earlier of (i) 90 days following such termination of service and (ii) the expiration of the term of such stock options and SARs.

Amendment and Termination of the 2012 Plan

The 2012 Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the effective date. Our board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the 2012 Plan, or any portion thereof, or any award (or award agreement) at any time, in its sole discretion; provided that no action taken by the board shall adversely affect the rights granted to any participant under any outstanding awards (other than pursuant to certain provisions of the 2012 Plan, or as the board deems necessary to comply with applicable law) without the participant’s written consent.

Change of Control

In the event of a change of control of us, our board is authorized (but not obligated) to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of outstanding awards, including (a) continuation or assumption of outstanding awards under the 2012 Plan by us (if we are the surviving company or corporation) or by the surviving company or corporation or its parent; (b) substitution by the surviving company or corporation or its parent of awards with substantially the same terms for outstanding awards (excluding the consideration payable upon settlement of the awards); (c) accelerated exercisability, vesting and/or lapse of restrictions under outstanding awards immediately prior to the occurrence of such event; (d) upon written notice, provide that any outstanding awards must be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, during a reasonable period of time immediately prior to the scheduled consummation of the event or such

 

112


Table of Contents

other period as determined by the board (contingent upon the consummation of the event); (e) cancellation of all or any portion of outstanding awards for fair value (in the form of cash, shares, other property or any combination thereof) as determined in the sole discretion of our board and which value may be zero and which will be equal to the applicable spread value, if any, in the case of options; and (f) cancellation of all or any portion of outstanding unvested and/or unexercisable awards for no consideration.

Unless otherwise specified in the award agreement, a change in control under the 2012 Plan means any transaction or a series of related transactions as a result of which any person or group of persons other than THL Funds (a) acquires (whether by purchase, exchange, tender offer, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, redemption, reorganization, issuance of capital stock or otherwise) directly or indirectly more than 50% of the voting power of us or more than 50% of common stock equivalents that were issued and outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions, or (b) acquires assets constituting all or substantially all of our assets.

To the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code with respect to the payment of deferred compensation, a change of control under the 2012 Plan will be limited to a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

General

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). All outstanding equity awards under the 2012 Plan will remain outstanding under the 2012 Plan and will be governed by the 2012 Plan and their respective award agreements. The following is a summary of the material features of the 2015 Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the 2015 Plan, a copy of which will be filed as Exhibit 10.2 to an amendment to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Awards

Awards granted under the 2015 Plan may consist of ISOs, nonqualified stock options, SARs, restricted stock, RSUs, other share-based awards and cash awards. Each award will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the 2015 Plan and to those other terms and conditions specified by the compensation committee and memorialized in a written agreement.

Shares Subject to the 2015 Plan

Subject to adjustment in certain circumstances as discussed below, the 2015 Plan authorizes up to 1,200,000 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the terms of the 2015 Plan. The maximum number of shares available for granting ISOs under the 2015 Plan will be 1,000,000.

Shares of common stock subject to an award under the 2015 Plan that remain unissued upon the forfeiture, cancellation, termination or settlement in cash of the award will again become available for grant under the 2015 Plan.

Subject to adjustment in certain circumstances as discussed below, the maximum number of shares with respect to awards under the 2015 Plan that can be granted to any single individual during any plan year will be 210,000 for employees and consultants and 210,000 for non-employee directors. The maximum number of stock options that may be granted to any employee, non-employee director or consultant during any plan year will be 210,000, and the maximum number of SARs that may be granted to any employee, non-employee director or consultant in any plan year will be 210,000.

In the event of any corporate event or transaction involving us, a subsidiary and/or an affiliate (including, but not limited to, a change in our shares or our capitalization) such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, separation, extraordinary stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, dividend in kind, extraordinary cash dividend, amalgamation, or other similar change in capital structure (other than normal cash or stock dividends to our stockholders), or any similar corporate event or transaction, the compensation committee, to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights under the 2015 Plan, will, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code, substitute or adjust, in its sole discretion, the number and kind of shares or other property that

 

113


Table of Contents

may be issued under the 2015 Plan or under particular forms of awards, the number and kind of shares or other property subject to outstanding awards, the option exercise price, grant price or purchase price applicable to outstanding awards, the annual award limits and/or other value determinations applicable to the 2015 Plan or outstanding awards.

Administration

The 2015 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. The compensation committee will have full authority to: (i) interpret and administer the 2015 Plan, (ii) select the eligible individuals who will receive awards, (iii) determine the type and number of awards to be granted to each such individual and (iv) determine the terms and conditions of those awards.

Eligibility

Employees, non-employee directors and consultants, as the compensation committee in its sole discretion determines and whom our compensation committee may designate from time to time to receive awards under the 2015 Plan, will be eligible to participate in the 2015 Plan.

Stock Options

Our compensation committee may grant stock options to purchase a stated number of shares at a price established by the compensation committee, subject to the terms and conditions described in the 2015 Plan and to such additional terms and conditions, as established by the compensation committee, in its sole discretion, that are consistent with the provisions of the 2015 Plan. Our compensation committee may grant nonqualified stock options and stock options qualifying as ISOs under Section 422 of the Code; provided that ISOs may only be granted to our employees.

The exercise price of any stock option granted under our 2015 Plan will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, or 110% of fair market value in the case of ISOs granted to 10% stockholders. The maximum term of a stock option granted under our 2015 Plan will be ten years, or five years in the case of ISOs granted to 10% stockholders. The vesting schedule and performance goals, if any, for each stock option will be determined by the compensation committee.

SARs

Our compensation committee may grant SARs under the 2015 Plan either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the 2015 Plan. The grant price of each SAR will be not less than 100% of the fair market value of the related shares of common stock on the date of grant. The maximum term of all SARs granted under the 2015 Plan will be determined by the compensation committee, but may not exceed ten years. Upon exercise, each SAR may be settled in shares of common stock, cash, other property or any combination thereof.

Restricted Stock and RSUs

Our compensation committee may grant restricted stock and RSUs under the 2015 Plan. The compensation committee will determine the vesting schedule and performance goals, if any, applicable to the grant of restricted stock and RSUs. If the restrictions, performance goals or other conditions determined by the compensation committee are not satisfied, the restricted stock and RSUs will be forfeited.

Unless the applicable award agreement provides otherwise, participants with grants of restricted stock and RSUs will generally have none of the rights of a stockholder during the restricted period; provided that the compensation committee will determine and set forth in the applicable award agreement whether or not a participant holding restricted stock under the 2015 Plan has the right to exercise voting rights with respect to such restricted stock during the restricted period. Participants will have no right to receive dividends, dividend equivalents or other distributions on a current basis with respect to restricted stock or RSUs during the restricted period.

Other Share-Based Awards

Our compensation committee will be authorized to issue other share-based awards, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the fair market value of shares of our common stock, including phantom awards,

 

114


Table of Contents

under the 2015 Plan. The compensation committee will determine the terms and conditions of such other share-based awards.

Cash Awards

Bonuses that are payable solely in cash may also be granted under the 2015 Plan, and may be granted contingent upon the achievement of performance goals.

Performance Goals

The vesting of awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code will be based upon a pre-established formula that includes one or more of the following criteria: (a) consolidated earnings before or after taxes (including EBITDA); (b) net income before or after taxes; (c) operating income; (d) earnings per share; (e) book value per share; (f) return on stockholders’ equity; (g) expense management; (h) return on investment; (i) improvements in capital structure; (j) profitability of an identifiable business unit or product; (k) maintenance or improvement of profit margins; (l) stock price; (m) market share; (n) revenue or sales; (o) costs; (p) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (q) working capital; (r) return on assets; (s) attainment of objectives relating to store remodels or repair and maintenance; (t) staff training; (u) corporate social responsibility policy implementation; (v) economic value added; (w) debt reduction; (x) completion of acquisitions or divestitures; (y) operating efficiency; (z) sales per square foot; (aa) revenue mix; (bb) capital expenditures versus budgeted expenditures (total, exclusive of IT/Games, or maintenance only); (cc) operating income; (dd) income from franchise units; (ee) unit-level EBITDA less general and administrative expenses; (ff) manager’s operating contribution; (gg) regional operating contribution; (hh) profitability of various revenue streams; (ii) cash flow per share (before and after dividends or before and after debt payments); (jj) total stockholder return (relative to industry/peer group and/or absolute); (kk) lease executions; (ll) franchise unit growth; (mm) employee turnover/retention (for entire population or a subset of employee population); (nn) employee satisfaction; (oo) guest satisfaction (overall and/or specific metrics); (pp) guest traffic; (qq) guest loyalty (including but not limited to participation and satisfaction); (rr) attainment of strategic and operational initiatives; (ss) marketing/brand awareness scores; (tt) third-party operational/compliance audits; (uu) balanced scorecard; (vv) culinary product pipeline goals; (ww) guest experience; (xx) inventory turnover; (yy) brand positioning goals; (zz) comparable store sales (aaa) return on invested capital; (bbb) new store openings; (ccc) development pipeline goals; (ddd) attainment of objectives relating to acquisitions or divestitures; (eee) attainment of specified business expansion goals; and (fff) expansion of specified programs or initiatives.

Any performance measure may be (i) used to measure our performance, or that of any of our subsidiaries or affiliates, as a whole, any business unit thereof or any combination thereof against any goal including past performance or (ii) compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or a published or special index, in each case as the compensation committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. To the extent permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code, the compensation committee may adjust the performance goals (including to prorate goals and payments for any partial year) in consideration of the following: (a) the effects of changes in accounting standards or principles and in tax rules or regulations; (b) extraordinary gains and losses; (c) any costs and/or expenses attributable to an acquisition, including those related to the negotiation, completion and/or integration of an acquisition, incurred during the plan year; (d) any costs related to the purchase accounting step up in the basis of tangible or intangible assets not classified as depreciation or amortization; (e) any costs and/or expenses associated with the sale or separation (or attempted sale or separation) of a business in the plan year; (f) the reported results of an acquisition completed in the plan year; (g) any costs and/or expenses attributable to a financing transaction; (h) any costs related to the opening and organizing of new restaurants; and (i) any significant or non-recurring items.

Amendment and Termination of the 2015 Plan

The 2015 Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its effective date. The 2015 Plan will terminate sooner if, prior to the end of the ten-year term, the maximum number of shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan has been issued.

The compensation committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the 2015 Plan, but no such action may materially impair the rights of any participant with respect to outstanding awards without the participant’s

 

115


Table of Contents

consent. No amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination of the 2015 Plan may be made without stockholder approval (i) if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the 2015 Plan, (ii) if such action increases the number of shares available under the 2015 Plan unless otherwise permitted, (iii) if such action results in a material increase in benefits permitted under the 2015 Plan or (iv) for any action that results in a reduction of the option exercise price or grant price of any outstanding stock option or SAR or the cancellation of any outstanding stock option or SAR in exchange for cash.

Change of Control

In the event of a change of control of us, our compensation committee is authorized (but not obligated) to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of outstanding awards, including (i) continuation or assumption of outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan by us (if we are the surviving company or corporation) or by the surviving company or corporation or its parent; (ii) substitution by the surviving company or corporation or its parent of awards with substantially the same terms for outstanding awards (excluding the consideration payable upon settlement of the awards); (iii) accelerated exercisability, vesting and/or lapse of restrictions under outstanding awards immediately prior to the occurrence of such event; (iv) upon written notice, provide that any outstanding awards must be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, during a reasonable period of time immediately prior to the scheduled consummation of the event or such other period as determined by the compensation committee (contingent upon the consummation of the event); and (v) cancellation of all or any portion of outstanding awards for fair value as determined in the sole discretion of our compensation committee.

For purposes of the 2015 Plan, a “change of control” will mean the occurrence of one or more of the following: (i) a person or entity other than Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VI, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund VI, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel (DT) Fund VI, L.P. or any affiliated fund becomes the beneficial owner of, or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person, 30% or more of our combined voting power; (ii) an unapproved change in the majority membership of our board during any period of 12 consecutive months; (iii) a reorganization, merger, consolidation or similar event to which we are a party or the consummation of a transaction (or series of transactions within a 12-month period) constituting a sale of all or substantially all of our assets other than (A) an event in which all or substantially all of the beneficial owners of our common stock immediately prior to such event are the beneficial owners, directly or indirectly of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote in the election of directors of any successor entity, (B) no person is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of the combined voting securities entitled to vote in the election of directors of any successor entity, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of any successor entity were members of the incumbent board; or (iv) stockholder approval of a complete liquidation or dissolution of us.

To the extent any award provides for accelerated vesting on a change of control of amounts that would constitute “deferred compensation” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), if the event constituting a change of control does not also constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of us, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of our assets (in either case, as defined in Section 409A of the Code), such amount will not be distributed on the change of control but instead will vest as of the change of control and will be distributed on the scheduled distribution dates.

Compensation Recovery

If a participant receives compensation pursuant to an award based on financial statements that are subsequently required to be restated in a way that would decrease the value of such compensation, the participant will, upon the written request of the compensation committee and in the compensation committee’s sole discretion, forfeit and repay to us the difference between what the participant received and what the participant should have received based on the accounting restatement, in accordance with (a) our compensation recovery, “clawback” or similar policy, if any, as may be in effect from time to time and (b) any compensation recovery, “clawback” or similar policy made applicable by law.

Fogo de Chão, Inc. Management Incentive Plan

General

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt our Management Incentive Plan to enhance our ability to attract and retain highly qualified executives, to provide additional financial incentives to such executives and to

 

116


Table of Contents

promote our and our subsidiaries’ success through awards of incentive compensation that satisfy the requirements for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

Administration

The Management Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee.

Eligible Employees

Not later than the 90th day of the start of the applicable performance period, our compensation committee will designate those of our executive officers who will be deemed our “covered employees,” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code.

Performance Goals

The maximum amount of compensation payable to any such covered employee for the applicable performance period will be 6% of Adjusted EBITDA, which will be calculated as follows: (a) income from continuing operations; plus (b) income tax expense; plus (c) interest expense; minus (d) interest income; plus (e) depreciation expense; and plus (f) amortization expense. Adjusted EBITDA will be calculated without regard to: (i) the effects of changes in accounting standards or principles and in tax rules or regulations; (ii) any ongoing and/or one-time costs and/or expenses attributable to an acquisition, including those related to the negotiation, completion and/or integration of an acquisition, incurred during the applicable fiscal year; (iii) any costs related to the purchase accounting step up in the basis of tangible or intangible assets not classified as depreciation or amortization; (iv) any ongoing and/or one-time costs and/or expenses associated with the sale or separation (or attempted sale or separation) of a business in the applicable fiscal year; (v) the reported results of an acquisition completed in the applicable fiscal year; (vi) any ongoing and/or one-time costs and/or expenses attributable to a financing transaction; (vii) any pre-opening costs; and (vii) any significant or non-recurring items which are disclosed in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a business is sold or separated from us during the applicable fiscal year, such business’ target and adjusted actual results will be eliminated from all calculations.

Negative Discretion

At any time before an incentive amount for a performance period is paid, our compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, determine to pay an amount that is less than the maximum payable amount, or to pay no amount. The amount by which a covered employee’s maximum payable amount is reduced cannot be paid to any other covered employee.

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth the amount of compensation we paid to each of our non-employee directors during Fiscal 2014. Our employee director, Mr. Johnson, does not receive any compensation for his service as director. Other than compensation paid to Mr. Moses and Mr. Pendergast, we did not pay any of our other directors for service on our board of directors.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)
     Stock
Awards
($)(1)
     Option
Awards
($)(1)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Neil Moses

   $ 50,000       $ 24,983         —           —         $ 74,983   

Douglas R. Pendergast(2)

   $ 2,917       $ 24,983       $ 7,777         —         $ 35,677   

 

(1) This column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These amounts reflect our accounting expense for these awards, and do not correspond to the actual value that will be realized by the director. The assumptions used in the calculation of the amounts are described in note to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
(2) Mr. Pendergast has served as a director since December 2014.

 

117


Table of Contents

We intend to provide compensation to each member of our board of directors who is not an employee and who is not affiliated with the THL Funds for their services following the completion of this offering pursuant to the following policy:

 

    Each director will be paid an annual cash retainer (pro-rated for partial-year service) of $35,000.

 

    The chair of our audit, compensation, nominating and corporate governance and development committees will be paid an additional $15,000 annual retainer.

 

    Directors will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors or its committees.

 

    Equity compensation for non-employee directors will consist of an annual grant of restricted stock with an aggregate value of $25,000 (with the number of shares actually granted to be based on the closing price of our common stock on NASDAQ on the grant date, rounded down to the nearest whole share). Such restricted stock will be granted at the time of our annual meeting of stockholders and will vest ratably over two years, subject, in each case, to the director’s continued service as a member of our board of directors through such date.

 

118


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Related Person Transactions

In accordance with the charter of our Audit Committee, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, and our policy with respect to related person transactions, which our board of directors (acting through our Audit Committee) will adopt prior to the closing of this offering, our Audit Committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving related person transactions.

The policy with respect to related person transactions will apply to transactions, arrangements and relationships (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) that meet the following criteria:

 

    the amount involved exceeds $120,000;

 

    we or any of our subsidiaries is or will be a participant; and

 

    our executive officers, directors, director nominees or 5% stockholders, or any immediate family member of any of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or 5% stockholders, have or will have a direct or indirect material interest in the transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness).

In the course of its review and approval of related person transactions, our Audit Committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions. In particular, our policy with respect to related person transactions will require our Audit Committee to consider, among other factors it deems appropriate:

 

    the benefits to us;

 

    the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director has a position or relationship;

 

    the actual or apparent conflict of interest of the related person and the materiality and character of the related person’s direct or indirect interest;

 

    the availability and opportunity costs of other sources for comparable products or services;

 

    the terms and commercial reasonableness of the transaction; and

 

    the terms available to unrelated third parties or to employees generally.

The Audit Committee may only approve those transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as the Audit Committee determines in good faith.

Agreements with Management

We have previously entered into employment agreements with certain of our executive officers. See “Executive Compensation—Agreements with Named Executive Officers.”

Advisory Services Agreement

At the time of the Acquisition, Brasa (Parent) Inc., Brasa (Purchaser) Inc., Brasa (Holdings) Inc., Fogo de Chão (Holdings) Inc. and THL Managers VI, LLC, an affiliate of THL, entered into an Advisory Services Agreement, under which THL Managers VI, LLC provides advice to us on, among other things, financing, operations, acquisitions and dispositions. Under the agreement, THL Managers VI, LLC is paid, in aggregate, an annual fee in the amount of the greater of $750,000 or 1.5% of Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in our Senior Credit Facilities. THL Managers VI, LLC received fees in the amount of $0.8 million in each fiscal year of 2014 and 2013 and $0.3 million during the period from July 21, 2012 to December 30, 2012. Additionally, at the time of the Acquisition, we paid THL Managers VI, LLC a non-recurring $5.0 million fee for certain services that were performed in conjunction with the consummation of the Acquisition. Members of our board are affiliated with THL. Upon consummation of this offering, the agreement will terminate in accordance with its terms and we will pay a termination fee of approximately $7.8 million to THL Managers VI, LLC.

 

119


Table of Contents

Stockholders Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, we, the THL Funds and certain members of management entered into a stockholders agreement (the “Stockholders Agreement”). The Stockholders Agreement contains provisions related to the election of directors, governance, stock transfer restrictions, customary drag-along rights and customary tag-along rights and preemptive rights. Certain terms of the Stockholders Agreement terminate, subject to certain limited exceptions, upon the earlier of a consummation of (i) an initial public offering of us or any of our subsidiaries and (ii) a Take-Along Event (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement).

Pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, the THL Funds and the other current stockholders who are parties to the Stockholders Agreement will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act after the completion of this offering. The Stockholders Agreement provides that if we determine to register any of our securities under the Securities Act after the initial public offering, either for our own account or for the account of a security holder or holders, the holders of registration rights are entitled to include their shares of our common stock in such registration. In addition, the THL Stockholders (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) may demand that we use our best efforts to effect the registration of the holders’ shares of our common stock any time after our initial public offering. All of these registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations.

We intend, in connection with the completion of this offering, to enter into an amended and restated stockholders and registration rights agreement with the THL Funds and certain other current stockholders, which will provide, among other things and subject to certain exceptions and conditions, that we are required to register shares of common stock beneficially owned by the THL Funds and certain of our other stockholders under the Securities Act, and they will have the right to participate in future registrations of securities by us.

Sao Paulo Valet

Roma 5 Park Servicos de Estacionamento e Manobrista Ltda. (the “Valet Company”) provides valet services at four of our Sao Paulo locations pursuant to contracts for each location. We do not pay or receive any monies pursuant to the contracts. The Valet Company collects parking fees directly from parking patrons and assumes all liabilities with respect to the valet services. Mr. Dalberto’s spouse owns 65% of the valet company and one of our Brazilian employees owns 35%. During Fiscal 2014, the Valet Company collected approximately US$300,000 in revenue from parking patrons from its operations at the four Sao Paulo locations.

Indemnification Agreements and Directors and Officers Liability Insurance

Our amended and restated bylaws limit the personal liability of our directors to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. A general description of these provisions is contained under “Part II-Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers” included in our Registration Statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, we will maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance to provide our directors and officers with insurance coverage for losses arising from claims based on breaches of duty, negligence, errors and other wrongful acts. We also intend to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. A general description of the provisions of these agreements is contained under “Part II-Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers” included in our Registration Statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

120


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information known to us with respect to beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 1, 2015 by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers; and

 

    all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Shares of our common stock subject to options or warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2015 are deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage of outstanding shares of the person holding these options or warrants, but are not deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage of any other person. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based upon shares of our common stock (including shares of our restricted stock) that will exist as of June 1, 2015, and 28,767,868 shares of our common stock outstanding (including shares of our restricted stock) after this offering. To our knowledge, except as set forth in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such person’s name. Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each of the persons in this table is as follows: c/o Fogo de Chão, Inc., 14881 Quorum Drive, Suite 750, Dallas, Texas 75254.

 

    Shares Beneficially Owned
Before Offering
    Shares Beneficially Owned
After Offering†
 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

  Number     Percentage     Number     Percentage  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

       

Lawrence J. Johnson

    401,635        1.65     401,635        1.40

Selma Oliveira(1)

    106,926        *        106,926        *   

Jandir Dalberto(2)

    165,987        *        165,987        *   

Todd M. Abbrecht

    22,324,323        91.66     22,324,323        77.60

Gerald W. Deitchle(3)

    13,924        *        13,924        *   

Douglas A. Haber

    22,324,323        91.66     22,324,323        77.60

Neil Moses(4)

    17,820        *        17,820        *   

Douglas R. Pendergast(5)

    13,924        *        13,924        *   

Jeff T. Swenson

    22,324,323        91.66     22,324,323        77.60

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (9 persons)

    23,375,678        95.97     23,375,678        81.26

5% Stockholders:

       

Funds affiliated with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.(6)

    22,324,323        91.66     22,324,323        77.60

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

 

Assumes the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in full.

 

(1) Includes 34,496 shares of unvested restricted stock as to which such holder has directed distributions to us, which are made subject to forfeiture, and granted us an irrevocable proxy, until such shares of restricted stock vest in accordance with their terms.

 

(2) Includes 57,665 shares of unvested restricted stock as to which such holder has directed distributions to us, which are made subject to forfeiture, and granted us an irrevocable proxy, until such shares of restricted stock vest in accordance with their terms.

 

(3) Includes 2,316 shares of unvested restricted stock as to which such holder has directed distributions to us, which are made subject to forfeiture, and granted us an irrevocable proxy, until such shares of restricted stock vest in accordance with their terms.

 

(4) Includes 3,870 shares of unvested restricted stock as to which such holder has directed distributions to us, which are made subject to forfeiture, and granted us an irrevocable proxy, until such shares of restricted stock vest in accordance with their terms.

 

(5) Includes 2,316 shares of unvested restricted stock as to which such holder has directed distributions to us, which are made subject to forfeiture, and granted us an irrevocable proxy, until such shares of restricted stock vest in accordance with their terms.

 

(6)

Consists of: (i) 12,055,476 shares held by Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VI, L.P.; (ii) 8,163,328 shares held by Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund VI, L.P.; (iii) 1,425,975 shares held by Thomas H. Lee Parallel (DT) Fund VI, L.P. (the foregoing, collectively, the “THL VI Funds”); (iv) 415,870 shares held by THL Coinvestment Partners, L.P.; (v) 72,990 shares held by THL Operating

 

121


Table of Contents
  Partners, L.P.; (vi) 62,730 shares held by Great-West Investors, LP; (vii) 62,501 shares held by Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company III, LLC; (viii) 58,911 shares held by THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Fogo), LLC and (ix) 6,542 shares held by THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Fogo) II, LLC (the foregoing, excluding the THL VI Funds collectively, the “THL Co-Investors”). The THL Co-Investors are co-investors of the THL VI Funds, are contractually obligated to coinvest and dispose of their shares alongside the THL VI Funds on a pro rata basis and look to the THL VI Funds with respect to voting and investment determinations with respect to their shares. THL Holdco, LLC is the managing member of Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, which is the general partner of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., which is the sole member of THL Equity Advisors VI, LLC, which is the general partner of the THL VI Funds. Voting and investment determinations with respect to the shares held or controlled by the THL VI Funds are made by the management committee of THL Holdco, LLC. Anthony J. DiNovi and Scott M. Sperling are the individuals who are members of the management committee of THL Holdco, LLC, and as such are the individuals who may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held or controlled by the THL VI Funds. Each of Messrs. DiNovi and Sperling disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities. The address of each of the THL VI Funds, the THL Co-Investors (other than those listed in the following two sentences) and Messrs. DiNovi and Sperling is c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. The address of Great-West Investors, LP is 8515 East Orchard Road, Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111. The address of Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company III LLC is c/o Putnam Investment, Inc., 1 Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02109. Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and their affiliates did not purchase shares of the Company’s common stock outside the ordinary course of business as an investor or with, at the time of its acquisition of shares of the Company’s common stock, any agreements, understandings, or arrangements with any other persons, directly or indirectly, to dispose of the shares.

 

122


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as each is anticipated to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, these documents, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law.

General

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 200,000,000 shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of March 29, 2015, our common stock was held by approximately 30 individuals. The following description summarizes the terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our form of amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our form of amended and restated bylaws, as in effect immediately following the closing of this offering, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are generally entitled to vote.

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.

The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors has the authority, without action by our stockholders, to designate and issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of the common stock until our board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of such preferred stock. However, the effects might include, among other things:

 

    restricting dividends on the common stock;

 

    diluting the voting power of the common stock;

 

    impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or

 

    delaying or preventing a change in our control without further action by the stockholders.

The issuance of our preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in our control. Upon the completion of the offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options to Purchase Common Stock

Upon completion of this offering, there will be outstanding options to purchase 2,197,382 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $10.15 per share, excluding 138,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options we expect to grant to employees upon the closing of this offering at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price.

 

123


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Charter, Our Bylaws and Delaware Law

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering, as summarized below, and applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may make it more difficult for or prevent a third party from acquiring control of us or changing our board of directors and management. These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or in our management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies furnished by them and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change in our control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, these provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

Classified Board of Directors

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, our board of directors is divided into three classes, class I, class II and class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws also provide that, prior to the date on which THL owns less than 50% of our outstanding common stock, a director may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. At and following the date on which THL owns less than 50% of our outstanding common stock a director may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office. Our classified board of directors could have the effect of delaying or discouraging an acquisition of us or a change in our management.

Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chairman of our board of directors or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors. Stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders, to require that the chairman call such a special meeting, or to require that our board request the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.

No Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, for so long as we remain a “controlled company” under the NASDAQ rules, stockholder action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by written consent instead of a meeting, unless the action to be taken by written consent of stockholders and the taking of this action by written consent has been expressly approved in advance by the board of directors. Failure to satisfy any of the requirements for a stockholder meeting could delay, prevent or invalidate stockholder action.

Stockholder Advance Notice Procedure

Our amended and restated bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our stockholders. The amended and restated bylaws provide that any stockholder wishing to nominate persons for election as directors at, or bring other business before, an annual meeting must deliver to our secretary advanced written notice of the stockholder’s intention to do so.

 

124


Table of Contents

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

 

    at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66    2 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our voting stock.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring our company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Sponsors, their respective affiliates and associates, and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees of at least 5% of our outstanding common stock and any group as to which such persons are party to, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FOGO.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon completion of this offering, the United States transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Our independent registered public accounting firm is PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP whose address is 2001 Ross Avenue, Suite 1800, Dallas, Texas 75201.

 

125


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could reduce prevailing market prices. Some shares will not be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on sale as described below. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the United States or Canadian public market after any of these restrictions on sale lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, 27,253,018 shares of our common stock will be outstanding (or 27,914,782 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). All shares of common stock sold in this offering, other than up to 220,588 shares to be sold in our directed share program that are subject to lock-up agreements, will be freely tradable in the United States, without restriction or registration under the Securities Act unless they are purchased by our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or by persons who are subject to the lock-up agreements described below to the extent sales of such shares are prohibited by the terms of such lock-up agreements. All remaining shares were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale in the United States if registered under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These remaining shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market in the United States only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as summarized below.

As a result of contractual lock-up agreements with us or the underwriters as described below, and subject to the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act described below, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market set forth below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors, officers and holders of approximately 99% of our outstanding common stock, have entered into contractual lock-up agreements with representatives of the underwriters, pursuant to which, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, we and our directors, officers and such stockholders will not offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge or contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing without the prior written consent of Jefferies LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. Jefferies LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, at any time and without prior notice, may release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions contained in any such lock-up agreements.

Jefferies LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC have no present intent or arrangement to release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements. The release of any lock-up is considered on a case-by-case basis. Factors in deciding whether to release shares may include the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares involved, the reason for the requested release, market conditions, the trading price of our common stock, historical trading volumes of our common stock and whether the person seeking the release is our officer, director or affiliate.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the effective date of this offering, a person who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, and is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, is entitled to sell a number of restricted shares in the public market in the United States within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    one percent of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal 272,530 shares immediately after this offering or 279,147 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full; and

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing with the SEC of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

 

126


Table of Contents

Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 in the United States are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice, and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that, following a six-month holding period, affiliates may sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares in the United States, provided that they comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares.

Rule 701

In general, and subject to expiration of the applicable lock-up restrictions, any of our employees, non-employee directors or officers who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date (subject to the lock-up agreements referred to below, as applicable), which qualify under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, are eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding periods of Rule 144 and subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions.

As of the date of this prospectus, options to purchase a total of 2,197,382 shares of our common stock were outstanding, excluding 138,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options we expect to grant to employees upon the closing of this offering at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act upon consummation of this offering to register for the purposes of United States federal securities laws the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our 2012 Plan and our 2015 Plan. These registration statements are expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the effective date of this offering. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets in the United States, subject to the lock-up agreements and, if applicable, to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Registration Rights

After this offering, and subject to the lock-up agreements, the THL Funds, which will hold approximately 82% (or 80% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of our common stock after completion of this offering, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act after the completion of this offering. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.” After such registration, these shares of our common stock will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. These sales could have a material adverse effect on the prevailing market price of our common stock.

 

127


Table of Contents

US FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-US HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of the material US federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common stock by a “non-US holder.” A “non-US holder” is a beneficial owner of a share of our common stock that is, for US federal income tax purposes:

 

    a non-resident alien individual, other than a former citizen or resident of the United States subject to US tax as an expatriate,

 

    a foreign corporation, or

 

    a foreign estate or trust.

If a partnership or other pass-through entity (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership or other type of pass-through entity for US federal income tax purposes) owns our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or beneficial owner of the entity may depend upon the status of the owner, the activities of the entity and certain determinations made at the partner or beneficial owner level. Partners and beneficial owners in partnerships or other pass-through entities that own our common stock should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular US federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to them.

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein (possibly with retroactive effect). This discussion does not address all aspects of US federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to non-US holders in light of their particular circumstances and does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction. Prospective holders are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of owning and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

Dividends

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay dividends. In the event that we do pay dividends out of our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under US federal income tax principles), such dividends paid to a non-US holder generally will be subject to US federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty, a non-US holder generally will be required to provide an Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, certifying its entitlement to benefits under the treaty.

No amounts in respect of US federal withholding tax will be withheld from dividends paid to a non-US holder if the non-US holder provides an IRS Form W-8ECI certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-US holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular US income tax as if the non-US holder were a US resident, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. A non-US holder that is a corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (subject to certain adjustments).

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

A non-US holder generally will not be subject to US federal income tax on gain realized on a sale or other disposition of common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-US holder in the United States, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise, in which case the gain will be subject to US federal income tax generally in the same manner as effectively connected dividend income as described above;

 

128


Table of Contents
    the non-US holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the gain (net of certain US-source losses) generally will be subject to US federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate); or

 

    we are or have been a United States real property holding corporation (as described below), at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-US holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter, and either (i) our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs or (ii) the non-US holder has owned or is deemed to have owned, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-US holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter, more than 5% of our common stock.

We will be a United States real property holding corporation at any time that the fair market value of our “United States real property interests,” as defined in the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations, equals or exceeds 50% of the aggregate fair market value of our worldwide real property interests and our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming in the foreseeable future, a United States real property holding corporation.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock. A non-US holder may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that it is not a United States person in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding requirements. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid backup withholding as well. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-US holder will be allowed as a credit against the non-US holder’s US federal income tax liability and may entitle the non-US holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

FATCA Withholding Taxes

Payments to certain foreign entities of dividends on, and the gross proceeds of, dispositions of common stock of a US issuer will be subject to a withholding tax (separate and apart from, but without duplication of, the withholding tax described above) at a rate of 30%, unless various US information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by US persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied or an exemption from these rules applies. The IRS has announced that Treasury Regulations implementing this withholding tax will defer the withholding obligation until January 1, 2017 for gross proceeds from dispositions of common stock of a US issuer. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Non-US holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this withholding tax on their investment in our common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

Individual non-US holders (as specifically defined for US federal estate tax purposes) and entities the property of which is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for US federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers) should note that the common stock will be treated as US situs property subject to US federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

129


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement between us and Jefferies LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as the representatives of the underwriters named below and the joint book-running managers of this offering, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares
 

Jefferies LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

        

Total

     4,411,764   

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock if any of them are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters have advised us that, following the completion of this offering, they currently intend to make a market in the common stock as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so, and the underwriters may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice in their sole discretion. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, that you will be able to sell any of the common stock held by you at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable.

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares of common stock from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part. In addition, the underwriters have advised us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Commission and Expenses

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriters, at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share of common stock. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $        per share of common stock to certain brokers and dealers. After the offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

 

130


Table of Contents

The following table shows the public offering price, the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

    Per Share     Total  
    Without
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
    With
Option to

Purchase
Additional
Shares
    Without
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
    With
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
 

Public offering price

  $                   $                   $                               $                            

Underwriting discounts and commissions

  $        $        $        $     

Proceeds, before expenses

  $        $        $        $     

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $2.8 million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $25,000. The underwriters have also agreed to reimburse us for certain of our expenses in connection with this offering.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.

We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after the offering.

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “FOGO.”

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of 661,764 shares at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above. This option may be exercised only if the underwriters sell more shares than the total number on the cover of this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our officers, directors and holders of approximately 99% our outstanding capital stock have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

    sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or

 

131


Table of Contents
    otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or

 

    publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Jefferies LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the common stock on and including the 180th day after the date of this prospectus.

Jefferies LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.

Stabilization

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Establishing short sales positions may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales.

“Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock or purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares.

“Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter’s purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.

None of us or any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the websites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares of common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online

 

132


Table of Contents

distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ websites and any information contained in any other website maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the shares offered hereby for our directors, officers, certain employees and certain other related parties who have expressed an interest in purchasing shares in the offering. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the directed shares in the program. Any directed shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares. Except for certain participants who have entered into lock-up agreements as contemplated above, each person buying shares through the directed share program has agreed that, for a period of 180 days from and including the date of this prospectus, he or she will not, without the prior written consent of Jefferies LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, dispose of or hedge any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock with respect to shares purchased in the program. For those participants who have entered into lock-up agreements as contemplated above, the lock-up agreements contemplated therein shall govern with respect to their purchases of shares of common stock in the program. Jefferies LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC in their sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the directed shares.

Other Activities and Relationships

The underwriter and certain of its affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriter and certain of its affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for us and our affiliates, for which they have received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In particular, certain of the underwriters or their affiliates serve as lenders and/or syndication agents under our First Lien Credit Facility and under our Second Lien Credit Facility and an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC acts as administrative agent under our First Lien Credit Facility. Affiliates of Jefferies LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, who are lenders under our First Lien Term Loan will be repaid with a portion of the proceeds of this offering. Furthermore, affiliates of certain of the underwriters will be lenders under the New Credit Facility and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will act as administrative agent thereunder. See “Summary,” “Use of Proceeds,” and “—Conflicts of Interest.”

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriter and certain of its affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments issued by us and our affiliates. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Solebury Capital LLC (“Solebury”), a FINRA member, is acting as our financial advisor in connection with the offering. Solebury is not acting as an underwriter and will not sell or offer to sell any securities and will not identify, solicit or engage directly with potential investors. In addition, Solebury will not underwrite or purchase any of the offered securities or otherwise participate in any such undertaking.

Conflicts of Interest

A portion of the proceeds received by us from this offering will be used to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facilities. Because affiliates of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are lenders under our First Lien Credit Facility and each will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds

 

133


Table of Contents

received by us from this offering, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are each deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under FINRA Rule 5121. As a result, this offering will be conducted in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of FINRA Rule 5121. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will not confirm any sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder. See “Summary,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for additional information.

Disclaimers About Non-US Jurisdictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Australia

This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australia’s Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia (the “Corporations Act”), has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia:

(a) You confirm and warrant that you are either:

 

    a “sophisticated investor” under Section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

 

    a “sophisticated investor” under Section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to us which complies with the requirements of Section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

 

    a person associated with us under Section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

 

    a “professional investor” within the meaning of Section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act.

To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act, any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.

(b) You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the securities issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those securities being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under Section 708 of the Corporations Act.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer to the public of any common shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any common shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

134


Table of Contents

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters or the underwriters nominated by us for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of common shares shall require us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of common shares to the public” in relation to the common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe to the common shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Hong Kong

No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong (“SFO”) and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong (“CO”) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or, are intended to be, disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended, or the “FIEL”), and the underwriters will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be

 

135


Table of Contents

offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person that is:

(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(i) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

(ii) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

(iii) where the transfer is by operation of law;

(iv) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

(v) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Switzerland

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”).

 

136


Table of Contents

This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, for the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 and for the periods May 24, 2012 (Inception) to December 30, 2012 (“Successor”) and January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (“Predecessor”), included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act for the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and the exhibits that were filed with the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits that were filed with the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the full text of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits that were filed with the registration statement may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC in Washington, D.C. at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed duplicating fee. Information on the operation of the public reference facilities may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov .

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with such requirements, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the regional offices, public reference facilities and website of the SEC referred to above. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing financial statements audited by our independent accountants.

 

137


Table of Contents

FOGO DE CHÃO, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-2   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

  F-3   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity

  F-4   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-5   

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-6   
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Successor

  F-19   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Predecessor

  F-20   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-21   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

  F-22   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Successor) and Consolidated Statement of Member’s Equity (Predecessor)

  F-23   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-24   

Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-25   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and par value amounts)

 

      March 29,
2015
    December 28,
2014
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,304      $ 19,387   

Accounts receivable

     7,530        10,096   

Inventories

     4,701        5,456   

Deferred tax assets

     1,211        986   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,692        3,144   

Total current assets

     34,438        39,069   

Property and equipment, net

     112,267        113,206   

Prepaid rent

     573        656   

Goodwill

     212,344        220,316   

Intangible assets, net

     96,557        100,480   

Other assets

     3,919        3,442   

Total assets (a)

   $ 460,098      $ 477,169   

Liabilities and Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 23,149      $ 31,788   

Current portion of long-term debt

     4,788        4,788   

Deferred revenue

     4,285        4,857   

Total current liabilities

     32,222        41,433   

Deferred rent

     11,670        10,642   

Long-term debt, less current portion

     237,970        238,257   

Deferred tax liabilities

     31,019        29,982   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     1,321        1,396   

Total liabilities (a)

     314,202        321,710   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

    

Equity:

    

Fogo de Chão, Inc. shareholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,200,000 shares authorized, 897,184 and 896,089 shares issued and outstanding as of March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014, respectively

     9        9   

Additional paid-in capital

     176,637        176,206   

Retained earnings

     12,251        7,586   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (45,175     (29,720

Total Fogo de Chão, Inc. shareholders’ equity

     143,722        154,081   

Noncontrolling interests

     2,174        1,378   

Total equity

     145,896        155,459   

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 460,098      $ 477,169   

 

(a) Consolidated assets as of March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014 include total assets of $2,314 and $1,455, respectively, attributable to a consolidated joint venture that can only be used to settle the obligations of the joint venture. Consolidated liabilities as of March 29, 2015 included total liabilities of $63 attributable to the consolidated joint venture. There were no liabilities of the joint venture as of December 28, 2014. (see Note 6).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Thirteen Week Periods Ended  
      March 29,
2015
    March 30,
2014
 

Revenue

   $ 64,959      $ 61,317   

Restaurant operating costs:

    

Food and beverage costs

     19,164        18,547   

Compensation and benefit costs

     14,100        13,891   

Occupancy and other operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

     11,174        10,820   

Total restaurant operating costs

     44,438        43,258   

Marketing and advertising costs

     1,402        1,442   

General and administrative costs

     5,708        4,668   

Pre-opening costs

     1,003        788   

Depreciation and amortization

     3,004        2,737   

Other operating (income) expense, net

     (113     (69

Total costs and expenses

     55,442        52,824   

Income from operations

     9,517        8,493   

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense, net

     (3,757     (4,762

Other income (expense), net

     (2     (4

Total other income (expense), net

     (3,759     (4,766

Income before income taxes

     5,758        3,727   

Income tax expense

     1,252        965   

Net income

     4,506        2,762   

Less: Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (159       

Net income attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc.

   $ 4,665      $ 2,762   

Net income

   $ 4,506      $ 2,762   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Currency translation adjustment

     (15,330     3,095   

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (15,330   $ 3,095   

Comprehensive income (loss)

     (10,824     5,857   

Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (34       

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc.

   $ (10,790   $ 5,857   

Earnings per common share attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc.:

    

Basic

   $ 5.20      $ 3.10   

Diluted

   $ 5.14      $ 3.06   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

     896,679        890,439   

Diluted

     907,074        902,505   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Fogo de Chão, Inc.
Shareholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount                                      

December 28, 2014

    896,089      $ 9      $ 176,206      $ 7,586      $ (29,720   $ 154,081      $ 1,378      $ 155,459   

Net income (loss)

                         4,665               4,665        (159     4,506   

Issuance of common stock

    1,095               301                      301               301   

Share-based compensation

                  130                      130               130   

Currency translation adjustment, net of tax benefit of $0

                                (15,455     (15,455     125        (15,330

Contribution from noncontrolling interests

                                              830        830   

March 29, 2015

    897,184      $ 9      $ 176,637      $ 12,251      $ (45,175   $ 143,722      $ 2,174      $ 145,896   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Thirteen Week Periods Ended  
     

March 29,

2015

   

March 30,

2014

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 4,506      $ 2,762   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

     2,935        2,665   

Amortization of definite-lived intangibles

     69        72   

Amortization of favorable/unfavorable leases

     (45     (46

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     84        88   

Amortization original issue discount

     283        382   

Deferred income taxes

     812        430   

Share-based compensation expense

     130        189   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts and other receivable

     1,825        3,648   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (748     407   

Inventories

     363        255   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (8,537     (13,851

Accrued interest

     (111       

Deferred revenue

     (531     (561

Deferred rent and tenant allowance

     952        95   

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

     1,987        (3,465

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Capital expenditures

     (3,264     (5,982

Net cash flows used in investing activities

     (3,264     (5,982

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Repayment on term loans, credit facility

     (570     (519

Borrowings on revolver

            7,000   

Deferred IPO costs

     (650       

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock

     301          

Contribution from noncontrolling interest

     830          

Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities

     (89     6,481   

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (717     203   

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,083     (2,763

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     19,387        16,010   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 17,304      $ 13,247   

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period:

    

Interest

   $ 3,555      $ 4,491   

Income taxes, net of refunds

   $ 589      $ 628   

Non-cash activities:

    

Capital expenditures included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 903      $ 1,551   

Deferred initial public offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 773      $   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. Description of Business

Fogo de Chão, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) operates upscale Brazilian churrascaria steakhouses under the brand of Fogo de Chão. As of March 29, 2015, the Company operated, through its subsidiaries, 26 restaurants in the United States and 9 restaurants located in Brazil.

Fogo de Chão, Inc. is a holding company with no assets or operations of its own. The Company owns 100% of Brasa (Purchaser) Inc. (“Brasa Purchaser”), which owns 100% of Brasa (Holdings) Inc. (“Brasa Holdings”). Brasa Holdings owns 100% of Fogo de Chão (Holdings) Inc. (“Fogo Holdings”), which owns the Company’s domestic and foreign operating subsidiaries.

2. Basis of Presentation

Interim Financial Statements

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in audited consolidated financial statements presented in accordance generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Due to the seasonality of the Company’s business, results for any interim financial period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year. In addition, quarterly results of operations may be impacted by the timing and amount of sales and costs associated with the opening of new restaurants. These interim unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual financial statements, and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, as well as consolidated joint ventures for which the Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Year

The Company uses a 52/53 week fiscal year convention whereby its fiscal year ends each year on the Sunday that is closest to December 31 of that year. Each fiscal year generally is comprised of four 13-week fiscal quarters, although in the years with 53 weeks the fourth quarter represents a 14-week period. The fiscal quarters ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014, each included 13 weeks of operations and are referred to herein as the first quarter of Fiscal 2015 and the first quarter of Fiscal 2014, respectively. Fiscal year 2015 will include 53 weeks of operations. Fiscal year 2014 included 52 weeks of operations.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions, such as the valuation of long-lived, definite and indefinite-lived assets, estimated useful lives of assets, the reasonably assured lease terms of operating leases, valuation of the workers’ compensation and Company sponsored employee health insurance program liabilities, the fair value of share-based compensation, and deferred tax valuation allowances, that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Capitalized Interest

Direct and certain related indirect costs of construction, including interest, are capitalized in conjunction with construction and development projects. These costs are included in property and equipment and are amortized over the life of the related building and leasehold interest. The Company capitalized interest of $31 and $82 during the first quarter of Fiscal 2015 and the first quarter of Fiscal 2014, respectively.

Deferred Initial Public Offering Costs

Deferred initial public offering costs, which primarily consist of direct, incremental legal, accounting and other professional fees relating to the initial public offering (“IPO”), are included in other assets (noncurrent) in the consolidated balance sheet. These deferred costs will be offset against the IPO proceeds upon the consummation of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014, the Company deferred $1,707 and $1,041of IPO related costs, respectively.

Fair Value

As of March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014, the fair value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other current liabilities approximated their carrying value due to their short-term nature. The carrying amounts of the long-term debt approximate fair value as interest rates vary with the market interest rates and negotiated terms and conditions are consistent with current market rates.

Revenue

Revenue from restaurant sales is recognized when food and beverage products are sold and is presented net of employee meals, and complimentary meals. Proceeds from the sale of gift cards that do not have expiration dates are recorded as deferred revenue at the time of the sale and recognized as revenue when the gift card is redeemed by the holder. The portion of gift cards sold which are never redeemed is commonly referred to as gift card breakage. The Company recognizes gift card “breakage” revenue for gift cards when the likelihood of redemption becomes remote and the Company determines there is no legal obligation to remit the value of the unredeemed gift cards to governmental agencies. The Company estimates the gift card breakage rate based upon the pattern of historical redemptions. Prior to the third quarter of Fiscal 2014, the Company did not recognize any breakage revenue because it did not have sufficient historical data to allow management to reasonably estimate a pattern of historical redemptions. During the third quarter of Fiscal 2014, the Company concluded it had accumulated sufficient historical data from a large pool of homogeneous transactions to allow management to reasonably and objectively determine an estimated pattern of historical gift card redemptions. Accordingly, the Company accounted for this change prospectively as a change in estimate and recorded an adjustment during the third quarter of Fiscal 2014 to recognize previously unrecognized breakage revenue in the amount of $684 on gift cards whose likelihood of redemption was determined to be remote. During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2014 the Company recognized an additional $195 in gift card breakage revenue. During the first quarter of Fiscal 2015 the Company recognized $14 in gift card breakage revenue.

Operations in the United States accounted for 84% and 80% of total consolidated revenue during the first quarters of Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, respectively. The remaining revenue was attributable to operations in Brazil.

Insurance Reserves

Beginning in Fiscal 2013, the Company is self-insured for certain losses related to workers’ compensation claims and Company-sponsored employee health insurance programs. The Company estimates the accrued liabilities for all self-insurance programs at the end of each reporting period. Accrued liabilities include the estimated incurred but unreported costs to settle unpaid claims. To limit exposure to losses, the Company maintains stop-loss coverage through third-party insurers. The deductibles range from approximately $200 to $250 per claim. The accrued liability attributable to all self-insurance programs was $1,319 and $1,230 as of March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014, respectively, and is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets. The estimated liability is not discounted and is based on a number of assumptions and factors, including historical trends and actuarial assumptions.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”)

The Company consolidates VIEs in which the Company is deemed to have a controlling interest as a result of the Company having both the power to direct the activities that significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the right to receive the benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. If the Company has a controlling interest in a VIE, the assets, liabilities, and results of the operations of the variable interest entity are included in the consolidated financial statements.

Segment Reporting

Fogo de Chão, Inc. owns and operates full-service, Brazilian steakhouses in the United States and Brazil using a single restaurant concept and brand. Each restaurant under the Company’s single global brand operates with similar types of products and menu, providing a continuous service style, similar contracts, customers and employees, irrespective of location. ASC 280, “Segment Reporting” requires use of the “management approach” model for segment reporting. The management approach model is based on the way a company’s management organizes segments within the company for making operating decisions and assessing performance. The Company’s segments consist of two operating segments: United States and Brazil. The Company’s joint venture in Mexico is included in the United States for segment reporting purposes as the operations of the joint venture are monitored by the United States segment management.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company relies on three food distributors for the majority of its beef and grocery purchases for its operations in the United States and Brazil and, effective Fiscal 2015, relies on one distributor for substantially all of its beef purchases for its operations in the United States. However, the products purchased through the distributors are widely available at similar prices from multiple distributors. The Company does not anticipate any risk to the business in the event that one or all of these distributors is no longer available to provide their goods or services. However, a change in suppliers could potentially result in increased costs.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, “ Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity .” ASU No. 2014-08 improves the definition of discontinued operations by limiting discontinued operations reporting to disposals of components of an entity that represent strategic shifts that have (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. Prior to ASU No. 2014-08, many disposals, some of which may have been routine in nature and not a change in an entity’s strategy, were reported in discontinued operations. Additionally, the amendments in this ASU require expanded disclosures for discontinued operations. The amendments in this ASU also require an entity to disclose the pretax profit or loss of an individually significant component of an entity that does not qualify for discontinued operations reporting. The ASU is effective for annual financial statements with years that begin on or after December 15, 2014. The Company adopted this guidance effective December 29, 2014, which was the first day of the Company’s 2015 fiscal year. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Recent accounting pronouncements not included below are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers .” The core principle of the standard is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP. New qualitative and quantitative disclosure requirements aim to enable financial statement users to understand the nature, amount, timing, and

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. The Company will be required to adopt this new standard in the first quarter of Fiscal 2017. Early adoption is not permitted. The ASU permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company has not yet selected a transition method or determined the effect, if any, that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, “ Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern .” ASU 2014-15 will require management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The new standard is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. The Company will be required to adopt this new standard Fiscal 2016. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-2, “ Consolidation (Topic 820): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis .” ASU 2015-2 provides a revised consolidation model for all reporting entities to use in evaluating whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities will be subject to reevaluation under this revised consolidation model. The revised consolidation model, among other things, (i) modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are VIEs or voting interest entities, (ii) eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership, and (iii) modifies the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs through fee arrangements and related party relationships. ASU 2015-2 is effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company will be required to adopt this new standard Fiscal 2016. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating what impact, if any, the adoption of this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “ Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs,” which changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements. ASU 2015-03 requires an entity to present such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. Amortization of the costs will continue to be reported as interest expense. It is effective for fiscal years, and interim reporting periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company will be required to adopt this new standard in the first quarter of Fiscal 2016. The new guidance will be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this ASU on its consolidated balance sheets.

4. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

 

      March 29,
2015
     December 28,
2014
 

Land

   $ 5,340       $ 5,340   

Buildings

     4,810         4,810   

Leasehold improvements

     108,006         106,486   

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     14,651         14,529   

Automobiles

     206         255   

Construction in progress

     2,020         3,254   

Joint Venture (Mexico)

     1,840         986   
     136,873         135,660   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (24,606      (22,454

Property and equipment, net

   $ 112,267       $ 113,206   

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Property and equipment attributable to the Company’s operations in the United States accounted for 89% of total property and equipment, net (excluding land) at March 29, 2015 and at December 28, 2014. Property and equipment attributable to the Company’s operations in Brazil accounted for 9% and 10% of total property and equipment, net (excluding land) at March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014, respectively. Land is solely attributable to the Company’s operations in the United States.

5. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

      March 29,
2015
     December 28,
2014
 

Accounts payable

   $ 7,443       $ 10,590   

Deferred rent (current)

     226         309   

Payroll and payroll related

     5,422         9,975   

Interest payable

     3,476         3,587   

Sales and beverage taxes payable

     1,581         1,971   

Insurance

     1,319         1,285   

Income and other taxes payable

     825         1,018   

Other accrued expenses

     2,857         3,053   

Total

   $ 23,149       $ 31,788   

6. Joint Ventures

Mexico

On July 1, 2014, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement with S.A. de C.V. , a non-related party, to form JV Churrascaria Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. (the “Minajaro JV), (the “Parties”), for the purposes of jointly developing, constructing and operating Brazilian style steakhouses under the “Fogo de Chão” name in certain locations in Mexico. Pursuant to the joint venture agreement, the Company owns 51% of the ownership interests in the joint venture and is entitled to receive 50% of the profits of the joint venture after the Parties recoup their initial contributions. The Company is also entitled to a license fee equal to a percentage of the annual gross revenue of each restaurant developed, constructed or operated by the Minajaro JV.

The Company determined that it is the primary beneficiary of the joint venture since the Company will have the power to direct activities that significantly impact the entity on a day-to-day basis. These activities include, but are not limited to having an affirmative vote over key operating decisions of the joint venture. Upon formation of the joint venture, the Company has the right to receive benefits of the variable interest entity (“VIE”) that could potentially be significant to the VIE, and the Losses/Benefits Criterion, as defined in the joint venture agreement, is satisfied.

The Company’s consolidated financial statements do not include any amounts of revenue or income from operations of its Mexico joint venture, as the construction of restaurants included in the joint venture are currently in process. All losses from the Minajaro JV have been allocated to the Company’s joint venture partner in accordance with the terms of the joint venture agreement. The assets of the consolidated joint venture are restricted for use only by the joint venture and are not available for the Company’s general operations. As of March 29, 2015, all net assets of the Minajaro JV have been contributed and are owned by the Company’s joint venture partner and, as a result, have been allocated to the noncontrolling interest in the Minajaro JV.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The following table presents the consolidated assets and liabilities of the Minajaro JV included within the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014, respectively:

 

      March 29,
2015
     December 28,
2014
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 161       $ 171   

Property and equipment, net

     1,840         986   

Other assets

     313         298   

Total assets

   $ 2,314       $ 1,455   

Accounts payable

   $ 140       $ 77   

Total liabilities

     140         77   

Noncontrolling interest

     2,174         1,378   

Total owners’ equity

     2,174         1,378   

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

   $ 2,314       $ 1,455   

Accounts payable as of March 29, 2015 and as of December 28, 2014, respectively, includes $77 due to the Company and is eliminated in consolidation.

Middle East

During the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a shareholders agreement with FDC Global Holdings B.V., a non-related party owned by the Enany Group, to form FD Restaurants Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Middle East Venture”) for the purposes of jointly developing, constructing and operating Brazilian style steakhouses under the “Fogo de Chão” name in certain locations in the United Arab Emirates, Qatar, Kuwait, Oman, Bahrain, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and Lebanon. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company will own 51% of the ownership interests in the Middle East Venture and will be entitled to receive 50% of the profits of the Middle East Venture after the parties recoup their initial contributions. The Company will be entitled to a license fee equal to a percentage of the annual gross revenue of each restaurant developed, constructed or operated by the Middle East Venture. The Company accounts for its investment in the Middle East Venture under the equity method as it has determined that it does not have a controlling interest in the Middle East Venture since the Company will not have the power to direct activities that significantly impact the Middle East Venture on a day-to-day basis, but does have the ability to exercise significant influence. The Company’s consolidated financial statements do not include any amounts of license fee revenue attributable to the Middle East Venture, as the construction of restaurants included in the joint venture are currently in process. As of March 29, 2015, the Company has no basis in the Middle East Venture as it has not contributed any capital to the entity.

7. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

      March 29,
2015
     December 28,
2014
 

Term Loan A

   $ 222,864       $ 223,434   

Term Loan B

     25,000         25,000   
     247,864         248,434   

Debt discount

     (5,106      (5,389

Line of credit

               
     242,758         243,045   

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

     (4,788      (4,788

Long-term debt, less current portion

   $ 237,970       $ 238,257   

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The Company’s credit facility consists of two term loans (Term Loan A and Term Loan B). Term Loan A principal is due in quarterly installments and bears interest quarterly, at 3-month LIBOR plus a spread of 4.00% with a LIBOR floor value of 1.00%. The maturity date of Term Loan A is July 20, 2019. Term Loan B matures on January 20, 2020 and bears interest at LIBOR plus a spread of 9.50% with a LIBOR floor value of 1.50%.

The revolving line of credit bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a spread of 4.00% and has a maturity date of July 20, 2017. Additionally, the Company pays a commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving line of credit at a rate of 0.50%. Because the Company is not required to make principal payments on any outstanding balance on the revolving line of credit until July 20, 2017, any outstanding balance is reported as non-current in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as a component of long-term debt.

The Company is required to maintain certain financial covenants as defined in the credit facility agreement. Under the terms of the agreement, various remedies exist for the lender should the terms of the covenants not be met, including changes in interest rates and other fees or charges. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014.

Under the terms the credit facility agreement, the Company is required to make mandatory prepayments in the event of Excess Cash Flows as defined in the agreement. The Company reclassified $1,938 at December 28, 2014 of long-term debt to current as a result of this provision. The Company is required to make this mandatory prepayment within five business days of filing its debt compliance certificate which is due within 120 days from the end of the Company’s fiscal year end.

The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Brasa Holdings is the sole issuer of all of the outstanding debts and revolving line of credit. The credit facility is secured by substantially all assets of Brasa Holdings and its subsidiaries.

As of March 29, 2015, the Company had four letters of credit outstanding for a total of $1,731 and $23,269 of available borrowing capacity under the revolving line of credit.

Debt Issuance Costs

In connection with the issuance of the outstanding long-term debt, the Company incurred debt issuance costs, which are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method over the term of each related facility. Remaining unamortized debt issuance costs were $905 and $989 at March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014, respectively. These balances are included in other assets (noncurrent) in the consolidated balance sheets.

Indebtedness Repayment Schedule

At March 29, 2015, the indebtedness (excluding discounts) on outstanding long-term debt is payable as follows:

 

2015 (remaining)

$ 4,218   

2016

  2,280   

2017

  2,280   

2018

  2,280   

2019

  211,806   

2020

  25,000   

Total

$ 247,864   

8. Share-Based Compensation

The Company grants share-based awards pursuant to its 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”). As of March 29, 2015, 1,313 shares remained available for future issuance under the 2012 Plan.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Stock Options

During the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, the Company granted stock options for the purchase of 91 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $274.54. The fair value of each option on the date of grant was $83.66. These options were fully vested and exercisable immediately upon grant to the individual. As there is no other time, performance or market conditions related to these stock options, the Company recognized the full $8 of compensation expense associated with these awards during the first quarter of Fiscal 2015.

The fair value of the stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following table sets forth the assumptions that the Company used to determine the fair value of the stock options granted, presented on a weighted-average basis:

 

Expected term (in years)

  5.5   

Risk-free interest rate

  1.47

Volatility

  30

Dividend yield

  0

The Company historically has been a private company and lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, it estimates its expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of a publicly traded group of peer companies and expects to continue to do so until such time as it has adequate historical data regarding the volatility of its own traded stock price. The expected term of the options represents the estimated period of time until exercise and is based on historical experience of similar options, giving consideration to the contractual terms, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company typically grants stock options to employees in two tranches, each with separate exercise prices. The exercise price for the first tranche is based on the fair value of common stock on the date of grant, and the exercise price of the second tranche is typically 200% of fair value of common stock on the date of grant. These options typically vest upon both (i) the completion of a four or five year vesting period and (ii) the satisfaction of a Liquidity Event, as that term is defined in the stock option award agreement. Under the terms of the option award agreement, a Liquidity Event is defined as the earlier to occur of (i) a change in control transaction or (ii) an initial public offering.

No stock options vested, were forfeited or were exercised during the first quarter of Fiscal 2015.

As of March 29, 2015, options for the purchase of 87,500 shares of common stock that have performance based vesting conditions related to a Liquidity Event were outstanding. Total unrecognized compensation expense associated with these awards as of March 29, 2015 was $7,236. As the completion of a Liquidity Event cannot be considered probable until it occurs, no expense associated with these awards will be recorded until the Liquidity Event occurs.

Restricted Stock

The 2012 Plan provides for the award of restricted common stock. The Company has granted restricted common stock with time-based vesting conditions. Unvested shares of restricted common stock may not be sold or transferred by the holder. These restrictions lapse according to the time-based vesting conditions of each award which is typically between two and four years.

During first quarter of Fiscal 2015, the Company granted 91 shares of restricted stock. There were no forfeitures or vesting of restricted common stock during the first quarter of Fiscal 2015.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Share-Based Compensation Expense

The Company recorded share-based compensation expense related to stock options and restricted stock in the following expense categories in its statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss):

 

     Thirteen Week Periods Ended  
     

March 29,

2015

    

March 30,

2014

 

Restaurant operating expenses

   $ 56       $ 94   

General and administrative

     74         95   

Total

   $ 130       $ 189   

9. Net Income Per Share

Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc. by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted net income per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc. by the diluted weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Potentially dilutive securities include shares of common stock underlying stock options and restricted stock. The following table sets forth the computations of basic and dilutive net income per share:

 

     Thirteen Week Periods Ended  
     

March 29,

2015

    

March 30,

2014

 

Net income attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc. common shareholders

   $ 4,665       $ 2,762   

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     896,679         890,439   

Effect of dilutive securities:

     

Unvested restricted stock

     10,213         11,965   

Stock options

     182         101   

Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding

     907,074         902,505   

Basic earnings per share

   $ 5.20       $ 3.10   

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 5.14       $ 3.06   

The Company excluded 87,500 and 82,700 stock options from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015 and the first quarter of Fiscal 2014, respectively. These options have performance-based vesting conditions related to a Liquidity Event, as that term is defined in the stock option award agreement. Because these stock options do not vest unless the performance-based vesting condition is met, they would only be included in the computation of diluted earnings per share if the performance-based vesting condition had been satisfied or would have been satisfied as of the reporting date. Because the performance-based vesting condition had not been satisfied and would not have been satisfied as of March 29, 2015 or as of March 30, 2014, respectively, they have been excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

All other potentially dilutive securities have been included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

10. Interest Expense, net

The components of interest expense, net are as follows:

 

     Thirteen Week Periods Ended  
     

March 29,

2015

    

March 30,

2014

 

Interest expense

   $ 3,959       $ 5,004   

Capitalized interest

     (31      (82

Interest income

     (171      (160

Interest expense, net

   $ 3,757       $ 4,762   

11. Income Taxes

The Company recognized income tax expense of $1,252 for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, compared to income tax expense of $965 for the first quarter of Fiscal 2014.

The Company’s effective tax rates were 21.7% and 25.9% for the thirteen week periods ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the release of the valuation allowance of $709 and a $308 discrete tax benefit recognized in the first quarter of Fiscal 2015 related to a true-up of the deferred tax asset on Fiscal 2014 alternative minimum tax credits.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

The Company leases its corporate office and various of its restaurant locations under non-cancelable operating leases. These leases have initial lease terms of between ten and twenty years and generally carry renewal options that can extend the term of the leases for an additional five to ten years.

Future minimum lease payments for non-cancelable leases (excluding contingent rental payments) are as follows:

 

2015 (remaining)

   $ 10,906   

2016

     15,562   

2017

     14,919   

2018

     12,710   

2019

     11,408   

2020

     11,416   

Thereafter

     64,881   

Total

   $ 141,802   

Litigation

The Company is engaged in ordinary and routine litigation incidental to its business. Management does not anticipate that any amounts that the Company may be required to pay by reason of such litigation will have a materially adverse effect on its financial position or the results of its operations.

13. Segment Reporting

The Company owns and operates full-service, Brazilian steakhouses in the United States and Brazil under the brand name Fogo de Chão. Each restaurant operates with similar types of products and menus, providing a continuous

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

service style, irrespective of location. Sales from external customers are derived principally from food and beverage sales, and the Company does not rely on any major customers as a source of sales. The Company’s joint venture in Mexico is included in the United States for segment reporting purposes as the operations of the joint venture are monitored by the United States segment management.

The following table presents the financial information of the Company’s operating segments for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015 and the first quarter of Fiscal 2014, respectively.

 

     Thirteen Week Periods Ended  
      March 29,
2015
     March 30,
2014
 

Revenue

     

United States

   $ 54,716       $ 49,324   

Brazil

     10,243         11,993   

Total revenue

   $ 64,959       $ 61,317   

Restaurant contribution

     

United States

   $ 17,633       $ 15,021   

Brazil

     2,888         3,038   

Total segment restaurant contribution

   $ 20,521       $ 18,059   

Capital expenditures

     

United States(a)

   $ 2,535       $ 6,969   

Brazil

     1,526         515   

Total capital expenditures(b)

   $ 4,061       $ 7,484   

 

  (a) For the first quarter of Fiscal 2015, amount includes $903 attributable to the joint venture in Mexico. For all periods presented, amount excludes capital expenditures attributable to the Company’s corporate office in the United States.
  (b) Total capital expenditures includes non-cash capital expenditures included within accounts payable and accrued expenses as of the end of the period.

The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) evaluates segment performance using restaurant contribution, which is not a measure defined by GAAP. Restaurant contribution is a key metric used to evaluate the profitability of incremental sales at the restaurants, to evaluate restaurant performance across periods and to evaluate restaurant financial performance compared with competitors. Restaurant contribution is defined as revenue less restaurant operating costs (which includes food and beverage costs, compensation and benefits costs and occupancy and certain other operating costs but excludes depreciation and amortization expense). Depreciation and amortization expense is excluded because it is not an ongoing controllable cash expense.

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of total segment restaurant contribution to income from operations for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015 and for the first quarter of Fiscal 2014, respectively.

 

     Thirteen Week Periods Ended  
      March 29,
2015
     March 30,
2014
 

Total segment restaurant contribution

   $ 20,521       $ 18,059   

Marketing and advertising costs

     1,402         1,442   

General and administrative costs

     5,708         4,668   

Pre-opening costs

     1,003         788   

Depreciation and amortization

     3,004         2,737   

Other operating (income) expense, net

     (113      (69

Total other operating costs and expenses

     11,004         9,566   

Income from operations

   $ 9,517       $ 8,493   

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The table below sets forth the property and equipment attributable to each segment as of March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014, respectively.

 

      March 29,
2015
     December 28,
2014
 

Property and equipment, net

     

United States(a)

   $ 101,691       $ 101,626   

Brazil

     9,768         10,832   

Total segment property and equipment, net

     111,459         112,458   

Corporate office(b)

     808         748   

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 112,267       $ 113,206   

 

  (a) Property and equipment, net at March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014 includes $1,840 and $986, respectively, attributable to the joint venture in Mexico.
  (b) Property and equipment, net attributable to the Company’s corporate office in the United States.

The table below sets forth total assets as of March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014, respectively.

 

      March 29,
2015
     December 28,
2014
 

Total assets

     

United States(a)

   $ 379,537       $ 380,566   

Brazil

     80,561         96,603   

Total assets

   $ 460,098       $ 477,169   

 

  (a) Total assets at March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014, includes total assets of $2,314 and $1,455, respectively, attributable to the joint venture in Mexico that may only be used to settle the obligations of the joint venture. For all periods presented, includes assets attributable to the Company’s corporate office in the United States and assets that are not directly attributable to restaurant operations.

14. Condensed Financial Information for Parent Company

Fogo de Chão, Inc. has no material assets or standalone operations other than its ownership in Brasa Holdings and its subsidiaries.

There are restrictions on Fogo de Chão, Inc.’s ability to obtain funds from any of its subsidiaries through dividends, loans or advances. Accordingly, this condensed financial information has been presented on a “Parent-only” basis. Under a Parent-only presentation, the Fogo de Chão, Inc.’s investments in its consolidated subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The following tables present the financial position of Fogo de Chão, Inc. as of March 29, 2015 and December 28, 2014, and the results of its operations for the first quarter of Fiscal 2015 and for the first quarter of Fiscal 2014.

 

      March 29,
2015
     December 28,
2014
 

Assets:

     

Investments in Brasa (Holdings) Inc. and its subsidiaries

   $ 143,722       $ 154,081   

Total assets

   $ 143,722       $ 154,081   

Shareholders’ Equity:

     

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,200,000 shares authorized, 897,184 shares issued and outstanding as of March 29, 2015, and 896,089 shares issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2014

   $ 9       $ 9   

Additional paid-in capital

     176,637         176,206   

Retained earnings

     12,251         7,586   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (45,175      (29,720

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 143,722       $ 154,081   

 

     Thirteen Week Periods Ended  
      March 29,
2015
     March 30,
2014
 

Equity in net income of Brasa (Holdings) Inc. and its subsidiaries

   $ 4,665       $ 2,762   

Net income attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc.

     4,665         2,762   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (15,455      3,095   

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (10,790    $ 5,857   

Basic earnings per share

   $ 5.20       $ 3.10   

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 5.14       $ 3.06   

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     896,679         890,439   

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     907,074         902,505   

15. Related-Party Transactions

The Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries entered into an agreement with an affiliated entity of its private equity fund owners, (“Sponsor”), to provide management, consulting and financial and other advisory services to the Company. The agreement requires the Company to pay Sponsor a non-refundable periodic retainer fee in an amount per year of the greater of $750 or 1.50% of Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the agreement, for the immediately preceding fiscal year. Under this agreement, the Company recorded $341 of expense attributable to the periodic retainer fees during the first quarter of Fiscal 2015 and $188 during the first quarter of Fiscal 2014, respectively. These amounts are included in general and administrative costs in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The Company had an outstanding payable due Sponsor of $153 for retainer fees at March 29, 2015. The Company had an outstanding payable due Sponsor of $8 for reimbursement of expenses at December 28, 2014.

In February 2015, the Company entered into three Director Securities Purchase Agreements pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to three directors each 365 shares of common stock, at a purchase price of $274.54 per share.

16. Subsequent Events

For its condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the 13-week period ended March 29, 2015, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 27, 2015, the date these financial statements were issued.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders of

Fogo de Chão, Inc. and Subsidiaries (Successor):

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 and for the period from May 24, 2012 (inception) to December 30, 2012, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Fogo de Chão, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 and for the period from May 24, 2012 (inception) to December 30, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Dallas, Texas

April 7, 2015

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Member of Fogo de Chão

Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC and Subsidiaries (Predecessor):

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, member’s equity, and cash flows for the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012, present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC and Subsidiaries (Predecessor) for the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Dallas, Texas

April 29, 2013, except for the effects of the restatement discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is December 19, 2014

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc. (Successor)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and par value amounts)

 

     

December 28,

2014

    December 29,
2013
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,387      $ 16,010   

Accounts receivable

     10,096        11,105   

Inventories

     5,456        6,421   

Deferred tax assets

     986        1,058   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,144        3,591   

Total current assets

     39,069        38,185   

Property and equipment, net

     113,206        107,998   

Prepaid rent

     656        620   

Goodwill

     220,316        227,673   

Intangible assets, net

     100,480        104,327   

Other assets

     3,442        3,096   

Total assets (a)

   $ 477,169      $ 481,899   

Liabilities and Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 31,788      $ 38,591   

Current portion of long-term debt

     4,788        2,077   

Deferred revenue

     4,857        5,084   

Total current liabilities

     41,433        45,752   

Deferred rent

     10,642        8,412   

Long-term debt, less current portion

     238,257        250,206   

Deferred tax liabilities

     29,982        25,508   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     1,396        1,699   

Total liabilities (a)

     321,710        331,577   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

    

Equity:

    

Fogo de Chão, Inc. shareholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,200,000 shares authorized, 896,089 and 890,439 shares issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively

     9        9   

Additional paid-in capital

     176,206        175,441   

Accumulated earnings (deficit)

     7,586        (9,969

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (29,720     (15,159

Total Fogo de Chão, Inc. shareholders’ equity

     154,081        150,322   

Noncontrolling interests

     1,378          

Total equity

     155,459        150,322   

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 477,169      $ 481,899   

 

(a) Consolidated assets as of December 28, 2014 include total assets of $1,455 attributable to a consolidated joint venture that can only be used to settle the obligations of the joint venture. There were no liabilities of the joint venture as of December 28, 2014 (see Note 1).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc. (Successor) and Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC (Predecessor)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

          Successor     Predecessor  
    Fiscal Year Ended
    Period from
May 24, 2012
(Inception) to
December 30, 2012
    Period from
January 2, 2012 to
July 20, 2012
 

 

 

December 28,

2014

   

December 29,

2013

     

Revenue

  $ 262,280      $ 219,239      $ 93,844      $ 108,516   

Restaurant operating costs:

       

Food and beverage costs

    78,330        67,002        29,381        34,512   

Compensation and benefit costs

    54,673        46,860        21,125        22,348   

Occupancy and other operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    44,156        36,703        15,478        18,061   

Total restaurant operating costs

    177,159        150,565        65,984        74,921   

Marketing and advertising costs

    5,585        6,188        2,342        2,488   

General and administrative costs

    21,419        18,239        8,143        10,229   

Pre-opening costs

    1,951        4,764        1,119        1,359   

Acquisition costs

                  11,988        6,963   

Loss on modification/extinguishment of debt

    3,090        6,875               7,762   

Depreciation and amortization

    11,638        8,989        3,736        5,114   

Other operating (income) expense, net

    46        (371     (169     (157

Total costs and expenses

    220,888        195,249        93,143        108,679   

Income (loss) from operations

    41,392        23,990        701        (163

Other income (expense):

       

Interest expense, net

    (17,121     (22,354     (10,908     (7,359

Other income (expense), net

    (7     (101     (20     (68

Total other income (expense), net

    (17,128     (22,455     (10,928     (7,427

Income (loss) before income taxes

    24,264        1,535        (10,227     (7,590

Income tax expense (benefit)

    6,991        2,472        (1,195     1,294   

Net income (loss)

    17,273        (937     (9,032     (8,884

Less: Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (282                     

Net income (loss) attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc.

  $ 17,555      $ (937   $ (9,032   $ (8,884

Net income (loss)

  $ 17,273      $ (937   $ (9,032   $ (8,884

Other comprehensive income (loss):

       

Translation effect on unremitted earnings

    393        8        168          

Currency translation adjustment

    (15,075     (14,396     (939     (4,064

Total other comprehensive loss

  $ (14,682   $ (14,388   $ (771   $ (4,064

Comprehensive income (loss)

    2,591        (15,325     (9,803     (12,948

Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (403                     

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to
Fogo de Chão, Inc.

  $ 2,994      $ (15,325   $ (9,803   $ (12,948

Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to

Fogo de Chão, Inc.:

       

Basic

  $ 19.69      $ (1.06   $ (10.21  

Diluted

  $ 19.42      $ (1.06   $ (10.21  

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

       

Basic

    891,523        885,940        884,850     

Diluted

    904,067        885,940        884,850     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc. (Successor) and Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC (Predecessor)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (SUCCESSOR)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF MEMBER’S EQUITY (PREDECESSOR)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

                                Predecessor Company  
                                     Member’s
Equity
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Member’s
Equity
 

January 2, 2012

              $ 94,997      $ 7,752      $ (11,450   $ 91,299   

Net loss

                       (8,884            (8,884

Currency translation adjustment

                              (4,064     (4,064

Contribution of capital

                                               732                732   

July 20, 2012

                                      $ 94,997      $ (400   $ (15,514   $ 79,083   
     Successor Company  
     Common Stock      Additional
Paid-In
Capital
     Accumulated
(Deficit)
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
   

Fogo de Chão, Inc.
Shareholders’
Equity

    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 
     Shares      Amount                                        

May 24, 2012 (Inception)

           $       $       $      $      $      $      $   

Contribution

     884,850         9         172,041                       172,050               172,050   

Non-cash consideration, 2012 Acquisition

                     1,395                       1,395               1,395   

Net loss

                             (9,032            (9,032            (9,032

Share-based compensation

                     641                       641               641   

Currency translation adjustment on unremitted earnings

                                    168        168               168   

Currency translation adjustment, net of tax benefit of $575

                                    (939     (939            (939

December 30, 2012

     884,850       $ 9       $ 174,077       $ (9,032   $ (771   $ 164,283      $      $ 164,283   

Net loss

                             (937            (937            (937

Restricted shares vested

     5,589                                                       

Share-based compensation

                     1,364                       1,364               1,364   

Currency translation adjustment on unremitted earnings

                                    8        8               8   

Currency translation adjustment, net of tax benefit of
$0

                                    (14,396     (14,396            (14,396

December 29, 2013

     890,439       $ 9       $ 175,441       $ (9,969   $ (15,159   $ 150,322      $      $ 150,322   

Net income (loss)

                             17,555               17,555        (282     17,273   

Restricted shares vested

     5,650                                                       

Share-based compensation

                     765                       765               765   

Currency translation adjustment on unremitted earnings

                                    393        393               393   

Currency translation adjustment, net of tax benefit of
$0

                                    (14,954     (14,954     (121     (15,075

Contribution from noncontrolling interests

                                                  1,781        1,781   

December 28, 2014

     896,089       $ 9       $ 176,206       $ 7,586      $ (29,720   $ 154,081      $ 1,378      $ 155,459   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc. (Successor) and Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC (Predecessor)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

                Successor     Predecessor  
    Fiscal Year Ended     Period from
May 24, 2012
(Inception) to
December 30, 2012
    Period from
January 2, 2012
to
July 20 2012
 
     December 28, 2014     December 29, 2013      

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net income (loss)

  $ 17,273      $ (937   $ (9,032   $ (8,884

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

    11,349        8,693        3,611        4,790   

Amortization of definite-lived intangibles

    289        296        125        324   

Amortization of favorable/unfavorable leases

    (153     (180     (74       

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    341        1,101        184        813   

Amortization of original issue discount

    1,232        1,342        1,053        221   

Loss on debt modification/extinguishment

    3,090        6,875               7,762   

Deferred income tax

    4,364        185        (2,215       

Share-based compensation expense

    765        1,364        641        4,070   

Settlement of SARs awards

                         (8,722

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    44                        

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Accounts and other receivable

    175        (1,275     (5,659     3,805   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    247        (548     1,483        (2,231

Inventories

    575        (728     (489     130   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (6,487     4,675        5,503        5,222   

Accrued interest

    (861     4,332        116          

Deferred revenue

    (187     614        885        (416

Deferred rent and tenant allowance

    1,997        6,531        1,956        791   

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

    34,053        32,340        (1,912     7,675   

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Acquisition of Predecessor, net of cash acquired

                  (387,099       

Payment of escrow funds from 2012 Acquisition

                  (1,400       

Receipt of escrow funds from 2012 Acquisition

           1,400                 

Capital expenditures

    (17,448     (30,944     (7,883     (8,908

Net cash flows used in investing activities

    (17,448     (29,544     (396,382     (8,908

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Capital contributions

                  172,050        732   

Proceeds from term loan, net of discount

    224,574        116,205        235,933          

Payment of debt issuance costs

    (784     (113     (2,315       

Repayment on term loans, credit facility

    (226,752     (119,455     (456     (4,875

Proceeds from Successor to payoff credit facility

                         187,688   

Payoff credit facility

                         (187,688

Repayment on revolver

    (17,500     (2,716              

Borrowings on revolver

    7,000        10,500        2,716          

Payment of deferred initial public offering costs

    (284                     

Contribution from noncontrolling interest

    1,781                        

Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

    (11,965     4,421        407,928        (4,143

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    (1,263     (789     (52     (308

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    3,377        6,428        9,582        (5,684

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    16,010        9,582               13,344   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 19,387      $ 16,010      $ 9,582      $ 7,660   

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

       

Cash paid during the year:

       

Interest

  $ 16,665      $ 16,672      $ 9,760      $ 6,773   

Income taxes, net of refunds

  $ 2,423      $ 1,947      $ 432      $ 2,015   

Non-cash activities:

       

Capital expenditures included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 956      $ 7,981      $      $   

Deferred initial public offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 757      $      $      $   

Acquisition of Predecessor, non-cash consideration

  $      $      $ 1,395      $   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. Description of Business

Fogo de Chão, Inc. and subsidiaries (“Successor” and the “Company”) operates upscale Brazilian churrascaria steakhouses under the brand of Fogo de Chão. The Company was incorporated under the name Brasa (Parent) Inc. (“Brasa Parent”) on May 24, 2012 (Inception) in connection with the acquisition on July 21, 2012 of Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its parent company, FC Holdings, Inc., a Cayman Islands exempt company (“Predecessor”), by a collaborative group consisting of funds affiliated with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL”) and other minority investors, which, together with THL, are referred to as the “THL Funds,” (the “2012 Acquisition”). On December 17, 2014, the Company changed its name from Brasa (Parent) Inc. to Fogo de Chão, Inc. As of December 28, 2014, the Company operated, through its subsidiaries, 25 restaurants in the United States and 9 restaurants located in Brazil.

Fogo de Chão, Inc. is a holding company with no assets or operations of its own. The Company owns 100% of Brasa (Purchaser) Inc. (“Brasa Purchaser”), which owns 100% of Brasa (Holdings) Inc. (“Brasa Holdings”). Brasa Holdings owns 100% of Fogo de Chão (Holdings) Inc. (“Fogo Holdings”), which owns the Company’s domestic and foreign operating subsidiaries.

The Company, Brasa Purchaser, Brasa Holdings, Brasa Merger Sub Inc. and Fogo Holdings were formed during 2012 for the purpose of effecting the 2012 Acquisition, which was consummated on July 21, 2012. Immediately prior to the 2012 Acquisition, (i) FC Holdings Inc. contributed all of its ownership interests in the Predecessor to Fogo Holdings, (ii) the Predecessor was merged with Fogo Holdings, which was the surviving corporation, and (iii) FC Holdings Inc. was domesticated into Brasa Holdings by continuation out of the Cayman Islands into the state of Delaware. Promptly thereafter, Brasa Parent acquired Brasa Holdings through a reverse subsidiary merger of its subsidiary, Brasa Merger Sub Inc., with Brasa Holdings, which was the surviving corporation. The 2012 Acquisition was financed by loans to Brasa Holdings and equity contributions by the THL Funds.

2012 Acquisition

On July 21, 2012, the Company acquired, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Brasa Holdings, the Predecessor from FC Holdings Inc. for an aggregate consideration of $388,494, including non-cash consideration of $1,395 related to the exchange of share-based awards (Note 8). This transaction was financed by third-party loans to Brasa Holdings and equity contributions by the THL Funds. The 2012 Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at fair value with the remaining purchase price recorded as goodwill.

The Company estimated the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the business combination, including working capital, property and equipment, primarily related to restaurant operations, and intangible assets. Intangible assets acquired in the 2012 Acquisition include $107,300 attributable to the Fogo de Chão trade name and $1,500 for various non-compete arrangements. The trade name was determined to have an indefinite life and is not being amortized. The non-compete arrangements are being amortized over 5 years, the life of the non-compete agreements.

The fair value of the trade name was estimated using an income approach, specifically known as the relief from royalty method. The relief from royalty method calculates the approximate royalty saved that is attributable to the sale of products and services using the trade names. The forecasted revenue expected to be generated under the trade name were based on the projected revenue of the Successor.

The fair value of the non-compete agreements was determined using a variation of the income approach known as the with-and-without method. The income approach estimates value based on the net economic benefit (i.e., net operating income or cash flows) to be received over the life of the asset, discounted to present value. The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. Weighted average amortization period for the non-compete agreements is 5 years.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

In connection with the 2012 Acquisition, the Company recognized at fair value both favorable lease assets and unfavorable lease liabilities, representing the difference between the market rates in effect for acquired leases compared to the various lease payments on individual operating leases. These assets and liabilities are amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis over each respective operating lease term. The weighted average amortization period for the favorable lease assets is 5.2 years, and for the unfavorable lease liabilities is 7.9 years.

The following summarizes the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net of cash acquired, at July 21, 2012:

 

Assets

Accounts receivable

$ 5,129   

Prepaid expenses and inventory

  9,665   

Other assets

  2,294   

Deferred tax assets

  724   

Property and equipment

  75,329   

Favorable lease assets

  738   

Intangible assets

  108,800   

Goodwill

  236,019   

Total assets acquired

  438,698   

Liabilities

Accounts payable

  6,599   

Accrued expenses

  9,603   

Deferred tax liabilities

  27,947   

Unfavorable lease liabilities

  2,128   

Deferred revenue

  3,568   

Other liabilities

  359   

Net assets acquired

$ 388,494   

The excess of purchase price over the fair value amounts assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed represents the goodwill amount resulting from the acquisition. The goodwill attributable to the acquisition has been recorded as a noncurrent asset and is not amortized, but is subject to review on at least an annual basis for impairment. The factors that contributed to the recognition of goodwill included the future expected cash flows and the acquisition of a talented workforce trained in providing customers with a churrascaria experience. The Company identified two reporting units for the allocation of goodwill: Brazil and the United States. The acquisition date goodwill assigned to the Company’s Brazil and United States reporting units was $62,663 and $173,356, respectively.

Subsequent to the 2012 Acquisition, the Company adjusted the purchase price allocation and was refunded $1,400 in escrow within twelve months of the acquisition date and in accordance with the purchase agreement. The amount received from escrow is excluded from consideration transferred in the table above. The adjustment did not have any impact in the statement of operations.

In connection with the 2012 Acquisition, the Successor incurred $11,988 of acquisition-related costs. These expenses are included in acquisition costs in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period).

The Predecessor incurred $6,963 of costs related to the acquisition. These costs are included in acquisition costs in the Predecessor’s financial statements for the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (predecessor period).

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Pro Forma Presentation (unaudited)

The following pro forma financial information summarizes the combined results of operations for the Company as though the 2012 Acquisition occurred on January 2, 2012.

 

     

Fiscal Year Ended

December 30, 2012

 

Revenue

   $ 202,360   

Net loss

   $ (19,968

The pro forma financial information for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2012 gives effect to the 2012 Acquisition as if it had occurred on January 2, 2012. Pro forma net loss includes nonrecurring charges related to the loss on the extinguishment of debt, acquisition-related costs and the settlement of certain share-based awards in connection with the 2012 Acquisition of $7,762, $18,951 and $3,863, respectively, which are not expected to have a continuing impact on the Company’s financial results. The pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and may not be indicative of results that would have been achieved if the 2012 Acquisition had taken place on January 2, 2012.

Joint-Venture

On July 1, 2014, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement with S.A. de C.V. , a non-related party, to form JV Churrascaria Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. (the “Minajaro JV), (the “Parties”), for the purposes of jointly developing, constructing and operating Brazilian style steakhouses under the “Fogo de Chão” name in certain locations in Mexico. Pursuant to the joint venture agreement, the Company owns 51% of the ownership interests in the joint venture and is entitled to receive 50% of the profits of the joint venture after the Parties recoup their initial contributions. The Company is also entitled to a license fee equal to a percentage of the annual gross revenue of each restaurant developed, constructed or operated by the Minajaro JV.

The Company determined that it is the primary beneficiary of the joint venture since the Company will have the power to direct activities that significantly impact the entity on a day-to-day basis. These activities include, but are not limited to having an affirmative vote over key operating decisions of the joint venture. Upon formation of the joint venture, the Company has the right to receive benefits of the variable interest entity (“VIE”) that could potentially be significant to the VIE, and the Losses/Benefits Criterion, as defined in the joint venture agreement, is satisfied.

For the period ended December 28, 2014, the Company’s consolidated financial statements do not include any amounts of revenue or income from operations of its Mexico joint venture, as the construction of restaurants included in the joint venture are currently in process. All losses from the Minajaro JV have been allocated to the Company’s joint venture partner in accordance with the terms of the joint venture agreement. The assets of the consolidated joint venture are restricted for use only by the joint venture and are not available for the Company’s general operations. As of December 28, 2014, all net assets of the Minajaro JV have been contributed and are owned by the Company’s joint venture partner and, as a result, have been allocated to the noncontrolling interest in the Minajaro JV.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The following table presents the consolidated assets and liabilities of the Minajaro JV included within the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 28, 2014:

 

      December 28,
2014
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 171   

Property and equipment, net

     986   

Other assets

     298   

Total assets

   $ 1,455   

Accounts payable

   $ 77   

Total liabilities

     77   

Noncontrolling interest

     1,378   

Total owners’ equity

     1,378   

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

   $ 1,455   

Accounts payable of $77 is due to the Company and is eliminated in consolidation.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements subsequent to the 2012 Acquisition represent the financial information of Fogo de Chão, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as well as consolidated joint ventures for which the Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary, and are labelled as Successor. The consolidated financial statements for all periods prior to, and including, July 20, 2012, represents the financial information of Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC and its subsidiaries and are labelled as Predecessor. Due to the change in the basis of accounting resulting from the 2012 Acquisition, the Predecessor’s consolidated financial statements and the Successor’s consolidated financial statements are not necessarily comparable. All financial statements and related information within these financial statements relates to the Successor Company unless otherwise indicated.

The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, as well as consolidated joint ventures for which the Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”)

The Company consolidates VIEs in which the Company is deemed to have a controlling interest as a result of the Company having both the power to direct the activities that significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the right to receive the benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. If the Company has a controlling interest in a VIE, the assets, liabilities, and results of the operations of the variable interest entity are included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Accounting Year

The Company uses a 52/53 week fiscal year convention whereby its fiscal year ends each year on the Sunday that is closest to December 31 of that year. Each fiscal year generally is comprised of four 13-week fiscal quarters, although in the years with 53 weeks the fourth quarter represents a 14-week period. Fiscal years 2014 and 2013 each included 52 weeks of operations. The period from May 24, 2012 through December 30, 2012 (successor period) included 31 weeks of operations, including 23 operating weeks subsequent to the 2012 Acquisition. The period from January 2, 2012 through July 20, 2012 (predecessor period) included 29 weeks of operations. Acquisition related transactions, including acquisition costs incurred by the Successor Company, are recorded in the successor period. Fiscal year 2015 will include 53 weeks of operations.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions, such as the valuation of long-lived, definite and indefinite-lived assets, estimated useful lives of assets, the reasonably assured lease terms of operating leases, valuation of the workers’ compensation and Company sponsored employee health insurance program liabilities, the fair value of share-based compensation, and deferred tax valuation allowances, that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investment instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash consists of deposits held at major banks that at times exceed federally insured limits or in international jurisdictions where either insurance is not provided or in amounts that exceed amounts guaranteed by the local government or other governmental agencies, and cash on hand in restaurant locations. The Company also maintains certificates of deposit denominated in Brazilian reais, which throughout their terms can be put to the issuer within three months or less from the date of issuance, and with no early withdrawal penalty charges, are considered cash equivalents. The Company has not incurred losses related to any deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance amount and believes no significant concentration of credit risk exists with respect to cash investments. Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist of cash and cash equivalents. Management periodically evaluates the credit worthiness of financial institutions, and maintains cash and cash equivalent accounts only with major financial institutions thereby minimizing exposure for deposits in excess of federally insured amounts. Management believes that credit risk associated with cash and cash equivalents is remote.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of balances receivable from credit card companies in the normal course of business and generally are liquidated within 30 days or less. As such, no allowance for doubtful accounts is considered to be necessary.

Inventories

Inventories consists of food and beverages and are recorded at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the first-in first-out method. Any unusable or spoiled inventory is written off when identified.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Prepaid Rent

Non-current prepaid rent consists of amounts paid in advance relating to restaurant leases executed in Brazil during 2007 and 2010 that expire in 2017 and 2020, respectively, and amounts attributable to the restaurant lease in Mexico, which was entered into in 2014 and expires in 2019. The current portion of prepaid rent is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment is stated at cost to acquire less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.

Estimated useful lives are generally as follows:

 

Buildings

  40 years   

Leasehold improvements

  5 – 25 years   

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

  3 – 15 years   

Automobiles

  5 years   

Expenditures for maintenance, repairs and betterments that do not enhance the value or increase the estimated useful life of the assets are expensed as incurred and included in restaurant operating costs. Expenditures for betterments and major renewals that significantly enhance the value and increase the estimated useful life of the assets are capitalized. The cost of assets sold or retired and the related amounts of accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts in the year of disposal and the resulting gains or losses are included in operations.

Capitalized Interest

Direct and certain related indirect costs of construction, including interest, are capitalized in conjunction with construction and development projects. These costs are included in property and equipment and are amortized over the life of the related building and leasehold interest. The Company capitalized interest of $158, $585, $106 and $200 during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, during the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period), and during the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (predecessor period), respectively.

Deferred Initial Public Offering Costs

Deferred initial public offering costs, which primarily consist of direct, incremental legal, accounting and other professional fees relating to the initial public offering (“IPO”), are included in other assets (noncurrent) in the consolidated balance sheet. These deferred costs will be offset against the IPO proceeds upon the consummation of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of December 28, 2014, the Company deferred $1,041of IPO related costs.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs are amortized to interest expense over the term of the debt using the effective interest method for term debt and the straight-line method for revolving debt over the terms of the related instruments. Unamortized debt issuance costs are included in other assets (noncurrent) in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets for impairment when events or circumstances indicate these assets may not be recoverable. Factors considered include, significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business and significant negative industry or economic trends. The recoverability is assessed by comparing the carrying value of the asset to the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If impairment exists, the amount of impairment is measured as the excess of the carrying amount over the estimated fair value, as determined by each location’s projected future discounted cash flows. This assessment process requires the use of estimates and assumptions regarding future cash flows and estimated useful lives, which are subject to a significant degree of judgment. If these assumptions change in the future, the Company may be required to record impairment charges for these assets. The Company did not record any impairment related to long-lived assets in any of the periods presented.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the acquired business over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed resulting from the acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter, or more frequently should an event occur or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may be impaired. Such events or circumstances may be a significant change in business climate, economic and industry trends, legal factors, negative operating performance indicators, significant competition, changes in strategy or disposition of a reporting unit or a portion thereof. The Company has identified two reporting units, Brazil and the United States, based on the geography of the Company’s operations to which goodwill is attributable.

The impairment evaluation for goodwill is conducted annually using a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including goodwill. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is determined on the basis of discounted future cash flows. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount of the reporting unit, then a second step must be completed in order to determine the amount of the goodwill impairment that should be recorded. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities other than goodwill in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The resulting implied fair value of the goodwill that results from the application of this second step is then compared to the carrying amount of the goodwill and an impairment charge is recorded for any excess or carrying value over fair value. No impairment to goodwill was recorded during any of the periods presented.

Intangible Assets

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or more frequently if circumstances indicate potential impairment, through a comparison of fair value to its carrying amount. The estimated fair value is determined on the basis of discounted future cash flows. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible asset, then an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value. The indefinite-lived intangible assets relate to the assigned value of the Fogo de Chão trade name.

Definite-lived intangible assets consist of non-compete agreements. The non-compete agreements are amortized over 5 years, which is the term of the agreements, and are measured for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may be impaired in the same manner as long-lived assets.

The Company did not record any impairment related to intangible assets in any of the periods presented.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Fair Value

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or price paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Authoritative guidance for fair value measurements establishes a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation models based upon the degree to which they are observable. The three levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1: Inputs represent quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2: Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date for the duration of the instrument’s anticipated life.

Level 3: Inputs are unobservable and therefore reflect management’s best estimate of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company estimates the fair value of its assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments, and includes this additional information in the notes to the financial statements when the fair value is different from the carrying value of these instruments. The estimated fair value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, accounts payable, accrued expenses and deferred revenue approximate their carrying amounts due to the relatively short maturity of these instruments. The outstanding debt at December 30, 2012 was borrowed in conjunction with the 2012 Acquisition. The outstanding debt at December 29, 2013 was borrowed in conjunction with the August 23, 2013 refinancing (see Note 7). The outstanding debt at December 28, 2014 was borrowed in conjunction with the April 9, 2014 refinancing (see Note 7). Because the interest rates are based upon variable interest rates, the fair values of the long-term debt at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 approximate their carrying values and are categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

Revenue

Revenue from restaurant sales is recognized when food and beverage products are sold and is presented net of employee meals, and complimentary meals. Proceeds from the sale of gift cards that do not have expiration dates are recorded as deferred revenue at the time of the sale and recognized as revenue when the gift card is redeemed by the holder. The portion of gift cards sold which are never redeemed is commonly referred to as gift card breakage. The Company recognizes gift card “breakage” revenue for gift cards when the likelihood of redemption becomes remote and the Company determines there is no legal obligation to remit the value of the unredeemed gift cards to governmental agencies. The Company estimates the gift card breakage rate based upon the pattern of historical redemptions. Prior to the third quarter of Fiscal 2014, the Company did not recognize any breakage revenue because it did not have sufficient historical data to allow management to reasonably estimate a pattern of historical redemptions. During the third quarter of Fiscal 2014, the Company concluded it had accumulated sufficient historical data from a large pool of homogeneous transactions to allow management to reasonably and objectively determine an estimated pattern of historical gift card redemptions. Accordingly, the Company accounted for this change prospectively as a change in estimate and recorded an adjustment during the third quarter of Fiscal 2014 to recognize previously unrecognized breakage revenue in the amount of $684 on gift cards whose likelihood of redemption was determined to be remote. During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2014 the Company recognized an additional $195 in gift card breakage revenue.

Operations in the United States accounted for 76%, 74%, 71% and 73% of total consolidated revenue for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, for the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period) and for the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (predecessor period), respectively. The remaining revenue was attributable to the operations in Brazil.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Sales Taxes

Revenue is presented net of sales taxes. The sales tax payable obligation is included in accrued expenses until the taxes are remitted to the appropriate taxing authorities.

Operating Leases and Deferred Rent

The Company operates the majority of its restaurants in leased premises. The Company records the minimum base rents including option periods which are reasonably assured of renewal. For purposes of calculating straight-line rents, the lease term commences on the date the Company obtains control of the property, which is normally when the property is ready for normal tenant improvements (build-out period). The difference between rent expense and rent paid is recorded as a deferred rent liability. Allowances for tenant improvements are included in the deferred rent liability and recognized over the life of the lease by reducing rent expense.

Contingent rent expense is recognized, and subsequently accrued, when it becomes probable that the Company will achieve restaurant sales above a specified target amount, evaluated on a per lease basis.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs were approximately $5,824, $6,371, $2,332 and $2,402 for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, the fiscal year ended December 29, 2013, the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period), and for the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (predecessor period), respectively.

Pre-Opening Costs

Pre-opening costs incurred with the opening of new restaurants are expensed as incurred. These costs include wages, benefits, travel and lodging for the training and opening management teams, and food, beverage and other restaurant operating expenses incurred prior to a restaurant opening for business including lease costs. In addition, pre-opening costs include marketing costs incurred prior to opening as well as meal expenses for entertaining guests as part of the restaurant opening.

Insurance Reserves

Beginning in Fiscal 2013, the Company is self-insured for certain losses related to workers’ compensation claims and Company-sponsored employee health insurance programs. The Company estimates the accrued liabilities for all self-insurance programs at the end of each reporting period. Accrued liabilities include the estimated incurred but unreported costs to settle unpaid claims. To limit exposure to losses, the Company maintains stop-loss coverage through third-party insurers. The deductibles range from approximately $200 to $250 per claim. The accrued liability attributable to all self-insurance programs was $1,230 and $955 as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively, and is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets. The estimated liability is not discounted and is based on a number of assumptions and factors, including historical trends and actuarial assumptions.

Income Taxes (Predecessor)

For the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012, the Predecessor operated as a Limited Liability Company (LLC). As a LLC, the Predecessor did not pay federal corporate income taxes on its taxable income in the U.S. Instead, the members were liable for individual federal and state income tax on their share of the Predecessor’s taxable income. Income taxes relate to the Predecessor’s foreign subsidiary in Brazil, margin tax and state tax in certain U.S. jurisdictions. The Predecessor calculated the provision for income taxes for the foreign subsidiary under the presumed profits method. Under the presumed profits method, the tax authority applies a percentage of the Predecessor’s revenue

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

as the profit margin, and taxes the profits at the current federal rate in Brazil. Given the structure of the Predecessor as a pass-through entity in the United States and the nature of the operations of the Predecessor in Brazil, there were no significant deferred tax assets or liabilities.

Income Taxes (Successor)

Immediately prior to the 2012 Acquisition, (i) FC Holdings Inc. contributed all of its ownership interests in Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC to Fogo Holdings, (ii) Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC was merged with Fogo Holdings, which was the surviving corporation, and (iii) FC Holdings Inc. was domesticated into Brasa Holdings by continuation out of the Cayman Islands into the state of Delaware. Through these contributions and mergers, the Predecessor entity was effectively converted from a limited liability company to a C-corporation (“Fogo de Chão (Holdings) Inc.”), which was purchased by the Successor. Effective May 24, 2012, the Successor Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “ Accounting for Income Taxes .” This statement requires an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Under ASC Topic 740, income taxes are accounted for based upon the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. The Company estimates its annual effective tax rate at each interim period based on the facts and circumstances available at that time while the actual effective tax rate is calculated at year-end. The Company is subject to income taxes in both the U.S. and Brazil.

In evaluating its ability to recover its deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. In projecting future taxable income, the Company begins with historical results adjusted for the results of discontinued operations and changes in accounting policies and incorporates assumptions including the amount of future state, federal and foreign pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates the Company uses to manage its underlying businesses. In evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, the Company considers three years of cumulative operating income (loss).

At December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, the Company had a valuation allowance of $2,837 and $4,030, respectively, against its deferred tax assets. Losses in the U.S. in recent periods represented sufficient negative evidence to require a full valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets. The Company intends to maintain a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets related to these operating losses, until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the realization of such assets.

The Company recognizes tax liabilities in accordance with ASC 740, and adjusts those liabilities when judgments change as a result of evaluation of new information not previously available. Significant judgment is required in assessing, among other things, the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable items. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in payment that is materially different from the Company’s current estimate of the tax liabilities. These differences are reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined.

Income taxes relate to the Company’s domestic federal income tax, tax in the Company’s foreign subsidiary in Brazil, margin tax and state tax in certain U.S. jurisdictions. The provision for income taxes for the foreign subsidiary is calculated under the presumed profits method. Under the presumed profits method, the tax authority applies a percentage of the foreign subsidiary’s revenue as the profit margin, and taxes the profits at the current federal rate in Brazil.

Given the structure of the Successor as a C-corporation subsequent to the 2012 Acquisition, there were deferred tax assets and liabilities recorded by the Successor as part of the business combination and subsequently thereafter.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The Company applies the authoritative guidance related to uncertainty in income taxes. The Company has concluded that there were no uncertain tax positions identified during its analysis. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, in the period in which they occur in income tax expense. There was no interest expense or penalties incurred, or recorded during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 or December 29, 2013, or during the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period).

Share-Based Compensation

The Company measures share-based awards granted to employees and directors based on the fair value on the date of grant. Stock options granted to employees and directors are measured at fair value on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of the awards is recognized as an expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. For awards with both service and performance conditions, the expense is recognized using the graded vesting method. For awards with only service conditions, the expense is recognized using the straight-line method.

For liability-classified awards, compensation expense is recognized over the period during which services are rendered by the employee until completed. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, the fair value of these awards is re-measured using the then-current fair value of the Company’s common stock and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company did not have any liability-classified awards outstanding as of December 28, 2014 or December 29, 2013.

The Company classifies share-based compensation expense in its consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) in the same manner in which the award recipient’s payroll costs are classified or in which the award recipient’s service payments are classified.

The Company recognizes compensation expense for only the portion of awards that are expected to vest. In developing a forfeiture rate estimate, the Company has considered its historical experience to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures for service-based awards. The impact of a forfeiture rate adjustment will be recognized in full in the period of adjustment, and if the actual forfeiture rate is materially different from the Company’s estimate, the Company may be required to record adjustments to share-based compensation expense in future periods.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc. by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated using net income (loss) attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc. divided by diluted weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Potentially dilutive securities include shares of common stock underlying stock options and restricted stock. Diluted net income (loss) per share considers the impact of potentially dilutive securities, except in periods in which there is a loss, because the inclusion of the potential common shares would have an anti-dilutive effect.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company considers the Brazilian real the functional currency of its Brazilian subsidiary because it conducts substantially all of its business in that currency. The Mexican peso is the functional currency of the Company’s joint venture in Mexico because substantially all of the business of the joint venture is conducted in that currency. The assets and liabilities of the Brazilian subsidiary and of the joint venture in Mexico are translated into U.S. dollars, which is the Company’s reporting currency, at exchange rates existing at the balance sheet dates. Revenue and expenses are translated at average exchange rates and shareholders’ equity balances are translated at historical exchange rates. Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in the foreign currency translation adjustment, a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The functional currency of the Company’s other subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by and distributions to shareholders. Accumulated comprehensive income (loss) consists of the Company’s net income (loss) and foreign currency translation adjustments from operations in Brazil, net of related income tax effects. Accumulated comprehensive loss attributable to the Company’s joint venture in Mexico consists of the net loss of the joint venture and adjustments resulting from translating the foreign functional currency financial statements of the joint venture into U.S. dollars.

Business Combinations

The Company records acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805 “ Business Combinations ” and, accordingly, includes the results of operations in the Company’s consolidated results as of the date of each acquisition. The Company allocates the purchase price of its acquisitions to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill.

Segment Reporting

Fogo de Chão, Inc. owns and operates full-service, Brazilian steakhouses in the United States and Brazil using a single restaurant concept and brand. Each restaurant under the Company’s single global brand operates with similar types of products and menu, providing a continuous service style, similar contracts, customers and employees, irrespective of location. ASC 280, “Segment Reporting” requires use of the “management approach” model for segment reporting. The management approach model is based on the way a company’s management organizes segments within the company for making operating decisions and assessing performance. The Company’s segments consist of two operating segments: United States and Brazil. The Company’s joint venture in Mexico is included in the United States for segment reporting purposes as the operations of the joint venture are monitored by the United States segment management.

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements for the predecessor period were previously restated to correct errors related to the accounting for the settlement of the Predecessor’s SAR Plan and the treatment of certain transaction expenses related to the 2012 Acquisition.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Recent accounting pronouncements not included below are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08 “ Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity .” ASU No. 2014-08 improves the definition of discontinued operations by limiting discontinued operations reporting to disposals of components of an entity that represent strategic shifts that have (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. Under current GAAP, many disposals, some of which may be routine in nature and not a change in an entity’s strategy, are reported in discontinued operations. Additionally, the amendments in this ASU require expanded disclosures for discontinued operations. The amendments in this ASU also require an entity to disclose the pretax profit or loss of an individually significant component of an entity that does not qualify for discontinued operations reporting. The ASU is effective for annual financial statements with years that begin on or after December 15, 2014. The Company will adopt this guidance fiscal year 2015. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers .” The core principle of the standard is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP. New qualitative and quantitative disclosure requirements aim to enable financial statement users to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The ASU permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company has not yet selected a transition method or determined the effect, if any, that this ASU will have on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August, 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, “ Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern .” ASU 2014-15 will require management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year from the date the financial statements are issued. It is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, ending after December 15, 2016. The Company will adopt ASU No. 2014-15 beginning in fiscal year 2016.

3. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

 

      December 28,
2014
     December 29,
2013
 

Land

   $ 5,340       $ 5,340   

Buildings

     4,810         4,810   

Leasehold improvements

     106,486         93,868   

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     14,529         12,325   

Automobiles

     255         124   

Construction in progress

     3,254         3,369   

Joint Venture (Mexico)

     986           
     135,660         119,836   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (22,454      (11,838

Property and equipment, net

   $ 113,206       $ 107,998   

Depreciation and amortization expense was $11,349, $8,693, $3,611 and $4,790 for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period), and for the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (predecessor period), respectively.

Property and equipment attributable to the Company’s operations in the United States accounted for 89% and 87% of total property and equipment, net (excluding land) at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively. Property and equipment attributable to the Company’s operations in Brazil accounted for 10% and 13% of total property and equipment, net (excluding land) at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively. Land is solely attributable to the Company’s operations in the United States.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is attributable to the 2012 Acquisition (see Note 1). The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of goodwill:

 

     December 30,
2012
    Additions     December 29,
2013
    Additions     December 28,
2014
 

Goodwill

         

United States

  $ 173,356      $      $ 173,356      $      $ 173,356   

Brazil

    62,663               62,663               62,663   

Foreign exchange impact

    (819     (7,527     (8,346     (7,357     (15,703

Goodwill, total

  $ 235,200      $ (7,527   $ 227,673      $ (7,357   $ 220,316   

The Company regularly evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in recoverability of goodwill. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment review during its fiscal fourth quarter. The Company’s last annual review indicated that there was no impairment of goodwill, and that the reporting units had estimated fair values that were in excess of their carrying values, including goodwill.

Intangible assets are attributable to the 2012 Acquisition (see Note 1) and include the following:

 

     December 28, 2014      December 29, 2013  
      Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
 

Non-compete agreements (definite-lived):

           

United States

   $ 1,100       $ (532    $ 1,100       $ (312

Brazil

     400         (193      400         (113

Foreign exchange impact

     (100      48         (54      15   

Non-compete agreements, net

     1,400         (677      1,446         (410

Trade name (indefinite-lived):

           

United States

     77,200            77,200      

Brazil

     30,100            30,100      

Foreign exchange impact

     ( 7,543               (4,009         

Trade name

     99,757                 103,291           

Total

   $ 101,157       $ (677    $ 104,737       $ (410

Amortization expense for definite-lived intangibles was $289, $296, $125 and $324 for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period), and the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (predecessor period), respectively.

The remaining amortization of definite-lived intangibles is as follows:

 

2015

   $ 280   

2016

     280   

2017

     163   

Total

   $ 723   

Goodwill and intangible assets of the Company’s Brazilian reporting unit are denominated in the Brazilian real. These assets are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange as of the applicable balance sheet date. As a result, the U.S. dollar value of goodwill and intangibles is impacted by the fluctuation in the exchange rate.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

5. Deferred Rent

Deferred rent consists of the following:

 

      December 28,
2014
     December 29,
2013
 

Tenant allowance

   $ 6,772       $ 5,836   

Deferred rent

     4,179         3,118   
     10,951         8,954   

Less: Current portion

     (309      (542

Total, less current portion

   $ 10,642       $ 8,412   

Many of the Company’s operating leases contain rent escalations at various periods during the applicable lease term. The Company recognizes rental expense for minimum lease payments for these leases on a straight-line basis over the base term of the lease.

Any allowances from the landlord used for tenant improvements are reflected as property and equipment with a corresponding credit to a liability account. Amounts recorded to normal tenant improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the asset’s useful life or the lease term. The corresponding liability is amortized over the initial lease term.

In connection with the 2012 Acquisition discussed in Note 1, the Company recognized at fair value both favorable lease assets and unfavorable lease liabilities, representing the difference between the market rates in effect for acquired leases compared to the various lease payments on individual operating leases. Favorable lease assets and unfavorable lease liabilities are amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis over each respective operating lease term. The amortization of favorable lease assets increases rent expense, while the amortization of unfavorable lease liabilities decreases rent expense.

Favorable lease assets and unfavorable lease liabilities:

 

      December 28,
2014
     December 29,
2013
 

Favorable lease assets

   $ 738       $ 738   

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (304      (169

Foreign exchange impact

     (85      (45

Favorable lease assets, net

   $ 349       $ 524   

Unfavorable lease liabilities

   $ 2,128       $ 2,128   

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (732      (429

Unfavorable lease liabilities, net

   $ 1,396       $ 1,699   

Favorable lease assets are included in other assets (noncurrent) in the consolidated balance sheets. Unfavorable lease liabilities are included in other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

6. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

      December 28,
2014
     December 29,
2013
 

Accounts payable

   $ 10,590       $ 17,730   

Deferred rent (current)

     309         542   

Payroll and payroll related

     9,975         9,772   

Interest payable

     3,587         4,448   

Sales and beverage taxes payable

     1,971         1,941   

Insurance

     1,285         976   

Income and other taxes payable

     1,018         980   

Other accrued expenses

     3,053         2,202   

Total

   $ 31,788       $ 38,591   

7. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

      December 28,
2014
     December 29,
2013
 

Credit facility

   $ 248,434       $ 250,612   

Debt discount

     (5,389      (8,829

Line of credit

             10,500   
     243,045         252,283   

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

     (4,788      (2,077

Long-term debt, less current portion

   $ 238,257       $ 250,206   

Because the Company is not required to make principal payments on any outstanding balance on the revolving line of credit until July 20, 2017, any outstanding balance is reported as non-current in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as a component of long-term debt.

Predecessor

On August 6, 2011 the Predecessor entered into a 6 year $205,000 credit facility with a 1.00% original issue discount (the “2011 Credit Facility”). The 2011 Credit Facility consisted of a $195,000 term loan and a $10,000 revolving line of credit. The term loan was due in variable quarterly installments with interest due quarterly calculated at 3-month LIBOR plus a spread of 4.75% with a LIBOR floor value of 1.50%. Additionally, the Predecessor paid a commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving line of credit at a rate of 0.50%. Letters of credit could be issued against the available balance on the line of credit at a rate of 5.00%.

The Predecessor was required to maintain certain financial covenants based on the trailing 4 quarters of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash stock compensation (“EBITDA”), as defined in the agreement. The Predecessor could not drop below a ratio of EBITDA to interest expense of 2.5 times or a maximum of rent adjusted total debt to EBITDAR (EBITDA plus rent expense) of 5.5 to 1.0. During the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012, the Predecessor was in compliance with these covenants. Under the terms of the 2011 Credit Facility, various remedies existed for the lender should the terms of the covenants not be met. The 2011 Credit Facility was secured by the operating entities of the Predecessor and as such was collateralized by those assets of the entities.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The 2011 Credit Facility was paid off in full on July 20, 2012 in connection with the 2012 Acquisition, resulting in a loss on extinguishment of $7,762.

Successor

On July 21, 2012, the Company entered into a syndicated loan agreement with various financial institutions (the “2012 Credit Facility”). The 2012 Credit Facility includes a 7 year $182,500 1st Lien Term Loan (“Term Loan A”), a $70,000 2nd Lien Term Loan (“Term Loan B”) and a revolving line of credit of $25,000.

Term Loan A principal is due in variable quarterly installments starting in the fourth quarter of 2012 and bears interest, which is due quarterly, at 3-month LIBOR plus a spread of 6.25% with a LIBOR floor value of 1.25%. Term Loan A has a maturity date of July 20, 2019. The revolving line of credit has an interest rate of LIBOR plus a spread of 6.25% and has a maturity date of July 20, 2017. Additionally, the Company pays a commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving line of credit at a rate of 0.50%. Term Loan B is due in full on its maturity date of January 20, 2020, and it bears interest at LIBOR plus a spread of 9.50% with a LIBOR floor value of 1.50%.

Beginning with the quarter ending December 30, 2012, the Successor is required to maintain certain financial covenants including a Total Rent Adjusted Leverage Ratio and a Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio.

Total Rent Adjusted Leverage Ratio means as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Company for the Test Period ending on such date, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated Total Debt, as defined in the loan agreement, as of the last day of such Test Period and (ii) an amount equal to the product of eight (8) multiplied by Consolidated Rental Expense, as defined in the loan agreement, for such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDAR, as defined in the loan agreement, for such Test Period, in each cash for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as defined in the loan agreement.

Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio means, as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Company for the Test Period ending on such date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the loan agreement, for such Test Period to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense, as defined in the loan agreement, for such Test Period, in each case for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as defined in the loan agreement.

The Company was in compliance with these covenants at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013. Under the terms of the agreement, various remedies exist for the lender should the terms of the covenants not be met, including changes in interest rates and other fees or charges.

On August 23, 2013, the Company entered into an amendment to the 2012 Credit Facility (the “First Amended 2012 Credit Facility”). In connection with this amendment, the Company refinanced $181,131 of its existing Term Loan A, which resulted in a modification of the existing Term Loan A. The Company recorded a loss on modification of the Term Loan A of $6,875. The modified Term Loan A bears interest, which is payable quarterly, at 3-month LIBOR plus a spread of 4.75% with a LIBOR floor value of 1.00%. The maturity date of the modified Term Loan A remains July 20, 2019. The revolving line of credit was also amended and, as a result, now bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a spread of 4.75% and continues to have a maturity date of July 20, 2017. Additionally, the Company borrowed an additional $25,000 under its amended Term Loan A and paid down its Term Loan B in the amount of $25,000. The resulting outstanding principal under Term Loan B is $45,000, which matures on January 20, 2020 and continues to bear interest at LIBOR plus a spread of 9.50% with a LIBOR floor value of 1.50%.

On April 9, 2014, the Company entered into a second amendment to the 2012 Credit Facility (the “Second Amended 2012 Credit Facility”). In connection with this amendment the Company refinanced $204,574 of its existing Term Loan A, which resulted in a modification of the existing Term Loan A. The Company recorded a loss on modification of the Term Loan A of $3,090. The new Term Loan A bears interest quarterly, at 3-month LIBOR plus a spread of 4.00% with a LIBOR floor value of 1.00%. The maturity date of the new Term Loan A remains July 20, 2019. The revolving line of credit was also amended and, as a result, now bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

spread of 4.00% and continues to have a maturity date of July 20, 2017. Additionally, the Company borrowed an additional $20,000 under its amended Term Loan A and paid down its Term Loan B in the amount of $20,000. The resulting outstanding principal under Term Loan B is $25,000, which matures on January 20, 2020 and continues to bear interest at LIBOR plus a spread of 9.50% with a LIBOR floor value of 1.50%.

Each of the term loans have a prepayment premium of 1% of the aggregate principal amount should the Company prepay, refinance, substitute or replace any of the term loans in connection with a repricing transaction prior to October 9, 2014.

Under the terms of the Second Amended 2012 Credit Facility, the Company is required to make mandatory prepayments in the event of Excess Cash Flows as defined in the agreement. During the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, the Company reclassified $1,938 of long-term debt to current as a result of this provision.

The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Brasa Holdings is the sole issuer of all of the outstanding debts and revolving line of credits. The 2012 Credit Facility is secured by substantially all assets of Brasa Holdings and its subsidiaries.

At December 28, 2014, the indebtedness (excluding discounts) on outstanding long-term debt payable during the next five fiscal years and thereafter as follows:

 

2015

$ 4,788   

2016

  2,280   

2017

  2,280   

2018

  2,280   

2019

  211,806   

Thereafter

  25,000   

Total

$ 248,434   

As of December 28, 2014, the Company had four letters of credit outstanding for a total of $1,221 and $23,779 of available borrowing capacity under the revolving line of credit.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs incurred for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, for the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period), and for the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (predecessor period) were $784, $1,931, $2,315 and $0, respectively.

Amortization of debt issuance costs was $341, $1,101, $184 and $813 for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period), and for the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (predecessor period), respectively.

The unamortized debt issuance costs of $98 and the original issue discount of $2,208 for the First Amended 2012 Credit Facility were expensed on the modification of that credit facility on April 9, 2014.

The unamortized debt issuance costs of $366 and the original issue discount of $6,509 for the 2012 Credit Facility were expensed on the modification of that credit facility on August 23, 2013.

The unamortized debt issuance costs of $6,124 and the original issue discount of $1,638 for the 2011 Credit Facility were expensed on the extinguishment of that credit facility on July 20, 2012.

Remaining unamortized debt issuance costs were $989 and $1,428 at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively. These balances are included in other assets (noncurrent) in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

8. Share-Based Compensation

2006 Long-term Incentive Plan (Predecessor):

In 2006, the Company established the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”). The 2006 Plan provided for the Company to sell or issue restricted common stock or to grant stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) or other share-based awards to employees, members of the board of directors and consultants of the Company. The 2006 Plan was administered by the board of directors, or at the discretion of the board of directors, by a committee of the board.

Under the 2006 Plan, a maximum of 1,500,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance of stock-based awards. Prior to the 2012 Acquisition, the Predecessor granted SARs to certain employees under the 2006 Plan.

In connection with the 2012 Acquisition, all of the then-outstanding SAR awards were settled. The Predecessor had the following SAR awards outstanding immediately prior to the 2012 Acquisition:

 

      Awards
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Class A SARs

     771,642       $ 3.26   

Class C SARs

     255,000       $ 9.50   

Cash Settlement of Class A SARs:

Upon the closing of the 2012 Acquisition, 417,297 partially vested Class A SARs, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.06, were cash settled for an aggregate of $7,266. The cash settlement of these awards was considered to be attributable to both pre- and post-combination services, and compensation expense related to the settlement was allocated by the Company based on the proportion of the completed service period of each award at the time of settlement. As of January 1, 2012, Predecessor had recognized $3,486 of share-based compensation expense related to these awards. Accordingly, $2,140 was recognized by the Predecessor related to pre-combination services and $1,640 was recognized by Successor related to post-combination services related to the settlement of these awards. The Successor Company recognized the entire $1,640 of expense on July 21, 2012 as no future service period remained for these awards.

Cash Settlement of Class C SARs

Upon the closing of the 2012 Acquisition, 75,000 partially vested Class C SARs, with an exercise price of $9.50, were cash settled for an aggregate amount of $823. These awards contained change-in-control provisions whereby, upon the occurrence of a change-in-control transaction, the awards become fully vested and exercisable. As a result, the cash settlement of these awards was considered to be attributable to pre-combination services, and compensation expense related to the settlement of the awards was recognized in the Predecessor period. As of January 1, 2012, Predecessor had recognized $52 of share-based compensation expense related to these awards. Accordingly, the remaining $771 was recognized on July 20, 2012 by the Predecessor.

Exchange of Class A and Class C SARs for Restricted Shares

The remaining 354,345 Class A SARs and 180,000 Class C SARs were determined to have a fair value of $7,991, net of their respective exercise prices, on the date of the 2012 Acquisition. Upon the closing of the 2012 Acquisition, the holders of these awards were paid $4,890, net of applicable taxes due of $3,101, which were paid to the relevant tax authorities on behalf of the holders. The remaining net proceeds were used to purchase 25,149 shares of restricted stock with an aggregate fair value of $4,890. The exchange of these awards was considered to be attributable to both pre- and

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

post-combination services, and compensation expense related to the exchange was allocated by the Company based on the proportion of the completed service period of each award at the time of the exchange. As of January 1, 2012, Predecessor had recognized $1,114 of share-based compensation expense related to these awards. Accordingly, $1,159 was recognized by Predecessor related to the settlement of these awards, including the portion of taxes paid to relevant tax authorities on behalf of the holders, representing payment for pre-combination services on July 20, 2012. In addition, the Successor recorded expense of $2,223 immediately in the Successor period, related to taxes paid on the SAR holders’ behalf that were attributed to post-combination services, for which no future service period is required. The remaining fair value of $3,495 attributed to these awards is being recognized prospectively by Successor over their respective graded vesting terms of between four and five years. During the period from May 24, 2012 through December 30, 2012 (successor period), the Company recognized $641 related to these awards.

The aggregate amount of the settlement of SARs attributable to pre-combination services was $8,722 and was recorded as part of consideration transferred in connection with the 2012 Acquisition. The portion of the SARs settlement related to pre-combination services included $1,395 of non-cash consideration related to the exchange of SARs for restricted stock.

The Company will receive no future tax benefit related to the post-combination compensation charges noted above.

There were no SARs outstanding as of December 28, 2014 or December 29, 2013.

2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (Successor)

In connection with the 2012 Acquisition, the Company established the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”). The 2012 Plan provides for the Company to sell or issue restricted common stock or to grant stock options, stock appreciation rights or other share-based awards to employees, members of the board of directors and consultants of the Company. The 2012 Plan is administered by the board of directors, or at the discretion of the board of directors, by a committee of the board. The exercise prices, vesting and other restrictions are determined at the discretion of the board of directors, or their committee, if so delegated, except that the exercise price per share of stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the share of common stock on the date of grant and the term of the stock option may not be greater than ten years (the maximum allowed contractual life).

Under the 2012 Plan, a maximum of 90,000 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance of stock-based awards, and a maximum of 25,149 shares of restricted stock only to be issued in connection with the 2012 Acquisition. The Company issued the maximum allowed number of shares of restricted stock to employees of the Company in connection with the settlement of SARs in connection with the 2012 Acquisition.

As of December 28, 2014, 1,495 shares remained available for future issuance under the 2012 Plan.

Stock Options

The Company typically grants stock options to employees in two tranches, each with separate exercise prices. The exercise price for the first tranche is based on the fair value of common stock on the date of grant, and the exercise price of the second tranche is typically 200% of fair value of common stock on the date of grant. These options typically vest upon both (i) the completion of a four or five year vesting period and (ii) the satisfaction of a Liquidity Event, as that term is defined in the stock option award agreement. Under the terms of the option award agreement, a Liquidity Event is defined as the earlier to occur of (i) a change in control transaction or (ii) an initial public offering.

The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

The Company historically has been a private company and lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, it estimates its expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of a publicly traded group of peer companies and expects to continue to do so until such time as it has adequate historical data regarding the volatility of its own traded stock price.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The expected term of the options represents the estimated period of time until exercise and is based on historical experience of similar options, giving consideration to the contractual terms, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior.

The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award.

Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The following table sets forth the assumptions that the Company used to determine the fair value of the stock options granted, presented on a weighted-average basis:

 

      Period from
May 24, 2012 (Inception)
through
December 30, 2012
(successor period)
    Fiscal Year Ended
December 29, 2013
    Fiscal Year Ended
December 28, 2014
 

Expected term (in years)

     6.40        6.34        6.10   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.85     1.77     1.76

Volatility

     50     47     42

Dividend yield

     0     0     0

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity from May 24, 2012 through December 28, 2014:

 

      Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at May 24, 2012 (Successor)

               

Granted

     67,500      $ 252.77         

Exercised

                    

Forfeited

                                

Outstanding at December 30, 2012

     67,500      $ 252.77         9.6           

Granted

     11,110      $ 262.35         

Exercised

                    

Forfeited

     (300   $ 291.66                     

Outstanding at December 29, 2013

     78,310      $ 253.98         8.7       $ 855   

Granted

     9,891      $ 308.06         

Exercised

                    

Forfeited

                                

Outstanding at December 28, 2014

     88,201      $ 260.05         8.0       $ 4,549   

Vested at December 28, 2014

     701      $ 214.15         

Unvested at December 28, 2014

     87,500      $ 260.41         

Exercisable at December 28, 2014

     701      $ 214.15         9.0       $ 42   

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options in the table above is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and fair value of the Company’s common stock for those stock options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company’s common stock.

During the fiscal year ended December 29, 2013, the Company granted options for the purchase of 10,500 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $265.68. These options have performance-based vesting conditions relating to a Liquidity Event. As the completion of a Liquidity Event cannot be considered probable until it occurs, no expense associated with these awards will be recorded until the Liquidity Event occurs.

During November 2013, the Company granted stock options for the purchase of 610 shares under the 2012 Plan with an exercise price of $205.14. The fair value of each option on the date of grant was $79.59. These options were fully vested and exercisable immediately upon grant to the individuals. As there is no other time, performance or market conditions related to these stock options, the Company recognized the full $58 of compensation expense associated with these awards during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2013.

During the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, the Company granted options for the purchase of 9,800 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $308.37. These options have performance-based vesting conditions relating to a Liquidity Event. As the completion of a Liquidity Event cannot be considered probable until it occurs, no expense associated with these awards will be recorded until the Liquidity Event occurs.

In December 2014, the Company granted stock options for the purchase of 91 shares under the 2012 Plan with an exercise price of $274.54. The fair value of each option on the date of grant was $85.46. These options were fully vested and exercisable immediately upon grant to the individual. As there is no other time, performance or market conditions related to these stock options, the Company recognized the full $8 of compensation expense associated with these awards during the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014.

The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period), and during the fiscal years ended December 29, 2013 and December 28, 2014 was $81.27, $85.11 and $89.32, respectively.

No stock options have been exercised during the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period) or during the fiscal years ended December 29, 2013 and December 28, 2014.

As of December 28, 2014, options for the purchase of 87,500 shares of common stock, respectively, that have performance-based vesting conditions related to a Liquidity Event were outstanding. The unrecognized compensation expense associated with these awards as of December 28, 2014 was $7,236. As the completion of a Liquidity Event cannot be considered probable until it occurs, no expense associated with these awards will be recorded until the Liquidity Event occurs.

Restricted Stock

The 2012 Plan provides for the award of restricted common stock. The Company has granted restricted common stock with time-based vesting conditions. Unvested shares of restricted common stock may not be sold or transferred by the holder. These restrictions lapse according to the time-based vesting conditions of each award, which is typically between two and four years.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s restricted stock activity from May 24, 2012 through December 28, 2014:

 

      Shares      Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at May 24, 2012 (Successor)

          

Issued

     25,149       $ 194.44   

Vested

               

Forfeited

     (1,346    $ 194.44   

Outstanding at December 30, 2012

     23,803       $ 194.44   

Issued

     122       $ 205.00   

Vested

     (5,589    $ 194.44   

Forfeited

     (274    $ 194.44   

Outstanding at December 29, 2013

     18,062       $ 194.51   

Issued

     182       $ 274.54   

Vested

     (5,650    $ 194.55   

Forfeited

     (202    $ 194.44   

Outstanding at December 28, 2014

     12,392       $ 195.67   

The fair value of restricted stock that vested during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 totaled $1,087 and $1,099, respectively.

As of December 28, 2014, the Company had an aggregate of $665 of unrecognized share-based compensation cost related to outstanding restricted common stock, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.1 years.

Share-based Compensation:

The Company recorded share-based compensation expense related to stock options, restricted stock and SARs in the following expense categories in its statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended      Period from
May 24,  2012
(Inception)
through
December 30, 2012
(successor period)
    Period from
January 2, 2012
through
July 20, 2012
(predecessor period)
 
      December 28, 2014      December 29, 2013       

Restaurant operating expenses

   $ 368       $ 672       $ 2,113      $ 664   

General and administrative

     397         692         2,391        3,406   

Total

   $ 765       $ 1,364       $ 4,504      $ 4,070   

Included in the table above is $3,863 of compensation expense recognized during the period from May 24, 2012 through December 30, 2012 (successor period) related to the settlement of SAR awards in connection with the 2012 Acquisition attributable to post-combination services.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

9. Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets forth the computations of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Period from May 24,
2012 (Inception) to
December 30, 2012
(successor period)
 
      December 28, 2014      December 29, 2013    

Net income (loss) attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc. common shareholders

   $ 17,555       $ (937   $ (9,032

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     891,523         885,940        884,850   

Effect of dilutive securities:

       

Unvested restricted stock

     12,427                  

Stock options

     117                  

Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding

     904,067         885,940        884,850   

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ 19.69       $ (1.06   $ (10.21

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ 19.42       $ (1.06   $ (10.21

No net loss per share calculation is presented for the Predecessor as the Predecessor was a limited liability company with no units outstanding.

The Company excluded 87,500, 77,700 and 67,500 stock options from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 and for the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period), respectively. These options have performance-based vesting conditions related to a Liquidity Event, as that term is defined in the stock option award agreement. Because these stock options do not vest unless the performance-based vesting condition is met, they would only be included in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share if the performance-based vesting condition had been satisfied or would have been satisfied as of the reporting date. Because the performance-based vesting condition had not been satisfied and would not have been satisfied as of December 28, 2014, as of December 29, 2013 or as of December 30, 2012, respectively, they have been excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per share.

The weighted average securities outstanding not included in the computation of earnings (loss) per share because their effect would have been antidilutive were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended      Period from May 24,
2012 (Inception) to
December 30, 2012
(successor period)
 
      December 28, 2014      December 29, 2013     

Unvested restricted stock

     16         22,457         23,952   

Stock options

             89           

Total

     16         22,546         23,952   

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

10. Income Taxes

The following table summarizes the income (loss) from continuing operations, before income taxes, net equity in earnings of affiliates for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period), and the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (predecessor period):

 

                   Successor     Predecessor  
     Fiscal Year Ended      Period from
May 24, 2012
(Inception) to
December 30, 2012
    Period from
January 2,
2012 to
July 20, 2012
 
      December 28, 2014      December 29, 2013       

United States

   $ 8,692       $ (10,679    $ (17,055   $ (14,608

Foreign

     15,572         12,214         6,828        7,018   
     $ 24,264       $ 1,535       $ (10,227   $ (7,590

Income Tax Provision

The income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations, for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period), and the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (predecessor period) consists of the following:

 

                   Successor     Predecessor  
     Fiscal Year Ended     

Period from
May 24, 2012
(Inception) to
December 30, 2012

   

Period from
January 2,

2012 to
July 20, 2012

 
      December 28, 2014      December 29, 2013       

Current tax expense

            

U.S. Federal

   $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —     

State and local

     239         152         83        195   

Foreign

     2,388         2,135         937        1,099   

Total current tax expense

   $ 2,627       $ 2,287       $ 1,020      $ 1,294   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

            

U.S. Federal

   $ 4,117       $ 157       $ (1,981   $   

State and local

     247         28         (234       

Foreign

                              

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

   $ 4,364       $ 185       $ (2,215   $   

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 6,991       $ 2,472       $ (1,195   $ 1,294   

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Effective and Statutory Rate Reconciliation

The following table summarizes a reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) for continuing operations, calculated at the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35%, to total income tax expense (benefit) for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, and for the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     

Period from
May 24, 2012
(Inception) to
December 30, 2012

 
      December 28, 2014      December 29, 2013     

Income tax expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate

   $ 8,549       $ 537       $ (3,579

Increases/(Decreases) due to:

        

Differences due to non-deductible expenses

     481         1,150         2,808   

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     472         656         (159

Credits generated

     (2,146      (1,965      (771

Unremitted earnings

     5,063         3,331         2,028   

Foreign tax rate differential

     (3,138      (2,187      (1,522

Change in estimate, primarily related to transaction costs

             (1,508        

Change in valuation allowance

     (1,715      2,458           

Out-of-period adjustment

     (575                

Total income tax expense (benefit), net

   $ 6,991       $ 2,472       $ (1,195

Out-of-period errors

During the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company identified errors of $575 in consolidated income tax expense for the year ended December 29, 2013, and $575 in consolidated comprehensive loss for the period May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012. The errors related to accounting entries made in connection with deferred tax assets recorded on cumulative translation adjustments in 2012, and the subsequent recording of a valuation allowance on such adjustments in 2013. The Company corrected these errors in the fourth quarter of 2014, which had an effect of reducing income tax expense by $575, and reducing other comprehensive income for the year ended December 28, 2014. The Company does not believe these adjustments are material to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 28, 2014 or to the consolidated financial statements of any prior period.

The significant components of the difference between the statutory tax rate and the annual effective tax rate are attributable to the change in valuation allowances, change in prior year estimates related to the deductible amount of costs incurred in connection with the 2012 Acquisition discussed in Note 1, FICA tip credits, state taxes, non-deductible expenses, unremitted foreign earnings and statutory tax rate differential between foreign jurisdictions and the U.S. The component of income taxes from other than continuing operations consisted of $393 and $8 in tax benefits attributable to currency translation adjustments on unremitted earnings for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively.

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of (a) temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes and (b) operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. These items are stated at the enacted tax rates that are expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 are as follows:

 

      December 28, 2014      December 29, 2013  

Deferred tax assets

     

Deferred revenue

   $ 479       $ 838   

Transaction expenses

     3,075         2,690   

Deferred rent liability

     1,463         1,091   

Net operating loss carryforward

     11,013         19,845   

Federal benefit of state deferred taxes

     1,574         1,082   

FICA tip credit

     5,612         3,466   

Tenant allowance

     2,370         2,043   

Cumulative translation adjustment

     3,203         2,375   

Accrued expenses

     503         334   

Leaseholds

     414         493   

Other

     123         276   

Valuation allowance

     (2,837      (4,030

Total deferred tax assets

     26,992         30,503   

Deferred tax liabilities

     

Tax depreciation in excess of book depreciation

     (7,908      (12,165

State deferred before unremitted earnings

     (3,225      (3,263

Goodwill and intangible assets

     (25,949      (21,939

Debt costs

     (1,381      (1,308

Unremitted foreign earnings—state deferred

     (1,273      (796

Unremitted foreign earnings

     (16,252      (15,482

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (55,988      (54,953

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (28,996    $ (24,450

Revision to the Prior Year Financial Statements

In the table above, the Company has revised amounts previously presented as of December 29, 2013 for the deferred tax asset related to the cumulative translation adjustment and the associated valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. The amount previously presented as a deferred tax asset for cumulative translation adjustment was reduced by $5,065, and the associated valuation allowance was also reduced by $5,065. The Company has determined this adjustment is quantitatively and qualitatively immaterial.

The Company has net deductible goodwill for income tax purposes of $90,697 at December 28, 2014.

The Company has gross U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards in the amount of $31,467 at December 28, 2014 and $56,700 at December 29, 2013. These carryforwards will begin to expire in 2032. The Company has state net operating loss carryforwards in various states in amounts ranging from $946 to $3,556 that expire over the next 20 years. The Company also has federal general business tax credit carryforwards of approximately $5,612 which begin to expire in 2032. Immediately before expiration, unused credits may be converted to NOL deductions and carried forward an additional 20 years.

On July 21, 2012, the Company purchased 100% of the interest in the Predecessor from FC Holdings Inc. This event constitutes a change in ownership for purposes of Section 382 of the IRC. As a result, the amount of pre-change net operating losses (“NOLs”) and other tax attributes that are available to offset future taxable income are subject to an annual limitation. The annual limitation is based on the value of the corporation as of the effective date of the acquisition. As of December 29, 2013, approximately $9,547 of total federal NOLs were subject to annual Section 382 limitations. As of December 28, 2014, the cumulative limitation since the 2012 Acquisition equals total NOLs subject to Section 382 of the IRC. As a result, for the fiscal year ending December 28, 2014, the Company will be able to use all NOLs subject to Section 382. Subsequent ownership changes may result in further limitation on the Company’s ability to utilize existing NOLs and other tax attributes.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The Company considers undistributed earnings of its Brazilian subsidiary to not be indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States and, accordingly, U.S. deferred taxes have been recorded with respect to such earnings in accordance with the relevant accounting guidance for income taxes.

ASC 740 requires that the Company reduce its deferred income tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. The Company has determined that it is more likely than not that it will not be able to realize the benefit of deferred tax assets that exceed deferred tax liabilities and will reverse during the reversal period of the deferred tax assets, including the carryforward period of net operating losses. Additionally, there are certain deferred tax liabilities that have an indefinite reversal period, primarily related to trademarks, which cannot be used to support the reversal of deferred tax assets. The Company recorded a valuation allowance of $2,837 as of December 28, 2014 and $4,030 as of December 29, 2013 against its net deferred tax assets that are in excess of the deferred tax liabilities (excluding “naked credits”). Naked credits refer to deferred tax liabilities associated with the tax amortization of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets that are not amortized for financial reporting purposes.

Changes in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
      December 28, 2014      December 29, 2013  

Valuation allowance as of the beginning of the year

   $ 4,030       $   

Charge as (benefit) expense to income tax provision(a)

     (2,290      2,458   

Changes to other comprehensive income

     1,097         1,572   

Valuation allowance as of end of year

   $ 2,837       $ 4,030   
  (a) For the fiscal year ended December 29, 2013, amount includes $743 of currency translation adjustment that was reclassified from other comprehensive income.

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S federal jurisdiction and various states and foreign jurisdictions. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require significant judgment to apply. The Company has considered whether there are any uncertain tax positions, and has determined that there are no such uncertain tax positions.

The Company is potentially subject to income tax audits in numerous jurisdictions in the U.S and internationally until the applicable statute of limitations expires. The following is a summary of tax years potentially subject to examination in the significant tax and business jurisdictions in which the company operates:

 

Jurisdiction    Tax Years
Subject to
Examination
 

Brazil

     2008 – 2013   

United Sates (Federal, state, local)

     2012 – 2013   

The Predecessor is also subject to examination by the U.S. federal government on its tax year ended July 20, 2012. Predecessor has undergone audits for years August 6, 2011 and December 31, 2011 and these have been completed with no adjustments.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

The Company leases its corporate office and various of its restaurant locations under non-cancelable operating leases. These leases have initial lease terms of between ten and twenty years and generally carry renewal options that can extend the term of the leases for an additional five to ten years.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Certain lease arrangements have contingent rental payments based on net sales thresholds per the lease agreement. Accrued liability for contingent rent was $148 and $123 as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively. These balances are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets.

Future minimum lease payments for non-cancelable leases (excluding contingent rental payments) are as follows:

 

2015

$ 15,530   

2016

  15,901   

2017

  14,669   

2018

  12,359   

2019

  11,035   

Thereafter

  72,580   

Total

$ 142,074   

Rent expense, attributable to non-cancelable operating leases for the Company’s corporate office and restaurant locations, for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period), and for the period from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (predecessor period) was $16,875, $15,533, $5,696 and $7,165, respectively.

In connection with the 2012 Acquisition discussed in Note 1, the Company recognized at fair value both favorable lease assets and unfavorable lease liabilities, representing the difference between the market rates in effect for acquired leases compared to the various lease payments on individual operating leases. Favorable lease assets and liabilities are amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis over each respective operating lease term. The amortization of favorable lease assets increases rent expense, while the amortization of unfavorable lease liabilities decreases rent expense. The net decrease in rent expense, resulting from the amortization of these favorable lease assets and unfavorable lease liabilities, was $153, $179 and $73 for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 and the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012, respectively. Amortization of these lease assets and lease liabilities is expected to result in a net decrease in rent expense of approximately $177 for each of the fiscal years 2015 and 2016; $158 for fiscal year 2017; $140 for fiscal year 2018; and, $97 for fiscal year 2019.

Litigation

The Company is engaged in ordinary and routine litigation incidental to its business. Management does not anticipate that any amounts that the Company may be required to pay by reason of such litigation will have a materially adverse effect on its financial position or the results of its operations.

12. Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company relies on three food distributors for the majority of its beef and grocery purchases. However, the products purchased through the distributors are widely available at similar prices from multiple distributors. The Company does not anticipate any risk to the business in the event that one or both of these distributors is no longer available to provide their goods or services. However, a change in suppliers could potentially result in increased costs.

13. Segment Reporting

The Company owns and operates full-service, Brazilian steakhouses in the United States and Brazil under the brand name Fogo de Chão. Each restaurant operates with similar types of products and menus, providing a continuous service style, irrespective of location. Sales from external customers are derived principally from food and beverage sales, and the Company does not rely on any major customers as a source of sales. The Company’s joint venture in Mexico is included in the United States for segment reporting purposes as the operations of the joint venture are monitored by the United States segment management. The significant accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2 – “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The following table presents the financial information of the Company’s operating segments for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, and for the periods from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period) and from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (predecessor period).

 

                 Successor              Predecessor  
    Fiscal Year Ended    

Period from
May 24, 2012
(Inception) to

December 30, 2012

             

Period from

January 2, 2012 to

July 20, 2012

 
     December 28,
2014
     December 29,
2013
         

Revenue

              

United States

  $ 200,010       $ 162,442      $ 66,853            $ 79,327   

Brazil

    62,270         56,797        26,991                29,189   

Total revenue

  $ 262,280       $ 219,239      $ 93,844              $ 108,516   

Restaurant contribution

              

United States

  $ 63,003       $ 49,331      $ 17,517            $
22,984
  
 

Brazil

    22,118         19,343        10,343                10,611   

Total segment restaurant contribution

  $ 85,121       $ 68,674      $ 27,860              $ 33,595   

Capital expenditures

              

United States(a)

  $ 16,779       $ 34,277      $ 6,180            $ 6,841   

Brazil

    1,175         4,365        1,639                1,899   

Total capital expenditures(b)

  $ 17,954       $ 38,642      $ 7,819              $ 8,740   

 

  (a) For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, amount includes $1,065 attributable to the joint venture in Mexico. For all periods presented, amount excludes capital expenditures attributable to the Company’s corporate office in the United States.
  (b) Total capital expenditures includes non-cash capital expenditures included within accounts payable and accrued expenses as of the end of the period.

The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) evaluates segment performance using restaurant contribution, which is not a measure defined by GAAP. Restaurant contribution is a key metric used to evaluate the profitability of incremental sales at the restaurants, to evaluate restaurant performance across periods and to evaluate restaurant financial performance compared with competitors. Restaurant contribution is defined as revenue less restaurant operating costs (which includes food and beverage costs, compensation and benefits costs and occupancy and certain other operating costs but excludes depreciation and amortization expense). Depreciation and amortization expense is excluded because it is not an ongoing controllable cash expense.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of total segment restaurant contribution to income (loss) from operations for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, and for the periods from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period) and from January 2, 2012 to July 20, 2012 (predecessor period).

 

                 Successor              Predecessor  
    Fiscal Year Ended    

Period from

May 24, 2012

(Inception) to

December 30, 2012

             

Period from

January 2, 2012 to

July 20, 2012

 
     December 28,
2014
     December 29,
2013
         

Total segment restaurant contribution

  $ 85,121       $ 68,674      $ 27,860              $ 33,595   

Marketing and advertising costs

    5,585         6,188        2,342              2,488   

General and administrative costs

    21,419         18,239        8,143              10,229   

Pre-opening costs

    1,951         4,764        1,119              1,359   

Acquisition costs

                   11,988              6,963   

Loss on modification/extinguishment of debt

    3,090         6,875                     7,762   

Depreciation and amortization

    11,638         8,989        3,736              5,114   

Other operating (income) expense, net

    46         (371     (169             (157

Total other operating costs and expenses

    43,729         44,684        27,159                33,758   

Income (loss) from operations

  $ 41,392       $ 23,990      $ 701              $ (163

The table below sets forth the property and equipment attributable to each segment as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013.

 

      December 28,
2014
     December 29,
2013
 

Property and equipment, net

     

United States(a)

   $ 101,626       $ 93,806   

Brazil

     10,832         13,722   

Total segment property and equipment, net

     112,458         107,528   

Corporate office(b)

     748         470   

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 113,206       $ 107,998   

 

  (a) Property and equipment, net at December 28, 2014, includes $986 attributable to the joint venture in Mexico.
  (b) Property and equipment, net attributable to the Company’s corporate office in the United States.

The table below sets forth total assets as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013.

 

      December 28,
2014
     December 29,
2013
 

Total assets

     

United States(a)

   $ 380,566       $ 369,481   

Brazil

     96,603         112,418   

Total assets

   $ 477,169       $ 481,899   

 

  (a) As of December 28, 2014, includes total assets of $1,455 attributable to the joint venture in Mexico that may only be used to settle the obligations of the joint venture. For all periods presented, includes assets attributable to the Company’s corporate office in the United States and assets that are not directly attributable to restaurant operations.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

14. Condensed Financial Information for Parent Company

Fogo de Chão, Inc. has no material assets or standalone operations other than its ownership in Brasa Holdings and its subsidiaries.

There are restrictions on Fogo de Chão, Inc.’s ability to obtain funds from any of its subsidiaries through dividends, loans or advances. Accordingly, this condensed financial information has been presented on a “Parent-only” basis. Under a Parent-only presentation, the Fogo de Chão, Inc.’s investments in its consolidated subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting.

The following tables present the financial position of the Fogo de Chão, Inc. as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, and the results of its operations for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, and for the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012.

 

      December 28,
2014
     December 29,
2013
 

Assets:

     

Investments in Brasa (Holdings) Inc. and its subsidiaries

   $ 154,081       $ 150,322   

Total assets

   $ 154,081       $ 150,322   

Shareholders’ Equity:

     

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,200,000 shares authorized, 896,089 shares issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2014, and 890,439 shares issued and outstanding as of December 29, 2013

   $ 9       $ 9   

Additional paid-in capital

     176,206         175,441   

Accumulated earnings (deficit)

     7,586         (9,969

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (29,720      (15,159

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 154,081       $ 150,322   

 

    

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

    

Period from

May 24, 2012

(Inception) to

December 30,
2012

 
     

December 28, 2014

    

December 29, 2013

    

Equity in net income (loss) of Brasa (Holdings) Inc. and its subsidiaries

   $ 17,555       $ (937    $ (9,032

Net income (loss) attributable to Fogo de Chão, Inc.

     17,555         (937      (9,032

Other comprehensive loss

     (14,561      (14,388      (771

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 2,994       $ (15,325    $ (9,803

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ 19.69       $ (1.06    $ (10.21

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ 19.42       $ (1.06    $ (10.21

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     891,523         885,940         884,850   

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     904,067         885,940         884,850   

There were no cash flows at the parent company other than the July 2012 contribution from THL Funds of $172,050, which were immediately invested in Brasa Holdings and its subsidiaries in connection with the 2012 Acquisition.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

15. Related-Party Transactions

The Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries entered into an agreement with an affiliated entity of its private equity fund owners, (“Sponsor”), to provide management, consulting and financial and other advisory services to the Company. The agreement requires the Company to pay Sponsor $5,000 in consideration for providing financial advisory services in connection with the 2012 Acquisition and a non-refundable periodic retainer fee in an amount per year of the greater of $750 or 1.50% of Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the agreement, for the immediately preceding fiscal year. Under this agreement, the Company recorded $5,000 of expense in the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period) for financial advisory services provided in connection with the 2012 Acquisition. This amount is included in acquisition costs in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Additionally, the Company recorded $781, $796 and $338 of expense attributable to the periodic retainer fees during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 and for the period from May 24, 2012 to December 30, 2012 (successor period), respectively. These amounts are included in general and administrative costs in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The Company also recorded $76 and $989 of expense during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively, for additional expenses. These amounts are included in general and administrative costs in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The Company had an outstanding payable due Sponsor of $8 and $141 for reimbursement of expenses at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively.

16. Subsequent Events

For its consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 7, 2015, the date these financial statements were issued.

Formation of Venture for Development in the Middle East

During the first quarter of 2015, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a shareholders agreement with FDC Global Holdings B.V., a non-related party owned by the Enany Group, to form FD Restaurants Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Middle East Venture”) for the purposes of jointly developing, constructing and operating Brazilian style steakhouses under the “Fogo de Chão” name in certain locations in the United Arab Emirates, Qatar, Kuwait, Oman, Bahrain, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and Lebanon. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company will own 51% of the ownership interests in the Middle East Venture and will be entitled to receive 50% of the profits of the Middle East Venture after the parties recoup their initial contributions. The Company will be entitled to a license fee equal to a percentage of the annual gross revenue of each restaurant developed, constructed or operated by the Middle East Venture.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

BRAZIL UNITED STATES PUERTO RICO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

We are the keepers of the gaucho tradition.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

4,411,764 Shares

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

Common Stock PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS Jefferies J.P. Morgan Credit Suisse Deutsche Bank Securities Piper Jaffray Wells Fargo Securities Macquarie Capital Until                     , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                    , 2015



Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions, the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ listing fee) payable by us in connection with the sale of our common stock being registered hereby.

 

     Amount to be Paid  

SEC registration fee

   $ 10,612   

FINRA filing fee

     14,199   

NASDAQ listing fee

     125,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     450,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,100,000   

Blue sky fees and expenses

     15,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     795,000   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     3,500   

Miscellaneous expenses

     286,689   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 2,800,000   
  

 

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully and negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time the action occurred or immediately after the absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the Registrant. The DGCL provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Our existing certificate of incorporation generally provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our existing certificate of incorporation also provides that the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to the existing certificate of incorporation are not exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. Section 145(f) of the DGCL further provides that a right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to such provision after the occurrence of the act or omission which is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigation action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We currently have indemnification agreements in place with our directors. In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, which is in addition to and may be broader than the indemnification provided for in our charter documents. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers. There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the registrant for which indemnification is sought.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.

We also will maintain officers’ and directors’ liability insurance which insures against liabilities that officers and directors of the registrant may, in such capacities, incur. Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides that a corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under that section.

The underwriting agreement we will enter into in connection with the offering of common stock described in this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its executive officers and directors, by the registrant of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

During the three-year period preceding the date of filing of this registration statement, we have issued securities in the transactions described below without registration under the Securities Act.

No underwriters were involved in the sales and the certificates representing the securities sold and issued contain legends restricting the transfer of the securities without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration.

 

    On May 24, 2012, Fogo de Chão, Inc. (Successor) was incorporated under the name Brasa (Parent Inc.) in connection with the acquisition on July 20, 2012 of Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC, and its parent company, FC Holdings Inc. by a collaborate group consisting of funds affiliated with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL”) and other minority investors, which, together with THL are referred to as the THL Funds. The acquisition was financed by loans and by equity contributions by the THL Funds and certain members of management. In connection with the acquisition, on July 21, 2012, we issued 22,527,247 shares (884,850 shares before giving effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering pursuant to which each share held by the holder of common stock will be reclassified into 25.4588 shares) of our common stock to the THL Funds and certain members of management for aggregate consideration of $172.1 million. The issuances of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering.

 

    Our 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan was adopted on July 20, 2012. Awards granted under the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan may consist of ISOs, nonqualified stock options, SARs, restricted stock and other stock based awards. As of May 1, 2015, there were 2,197,382 stock options (86,312 shares before giving effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering), all of which were nonqualified stock options, and 603,934 shares (23,722 shares before giving effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering) of restricted stock outstanding under the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
    In July 2013, we awarded under our 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan to an employee (i) options to purchase 188,395 shares (7,400 shares before giving effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering) of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.06 per share ($205.14 before giving effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering) and (ii) options to purchase 78,922 shares (3,100 shares before giving effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering) of our common stock at an exercise price of $16.11 per share ($410.18 before giving effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering).

 

    In November 2013, we awarded under our 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan to certain directors and consultants (i) options to purchase 15,528 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.06 per share and (ii) 3,106 shares of restricted stock to a director ((i) 610 shares at an exercise price of $205.14 and (ii) 122 shares, respectively, before giving effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering).

 

    In February 2014, we awarded under our 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan to an employee (i) options to purchase 89,105 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.31 per share and (ii) options to purchase 38,188 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $16.62 per share ((i) 3,500 shares at an exercise price of $211.51 and (ii) 1,500 shares at an exercise price of $423.02, respectively, before giving effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering).

 

    In November 2014, we awarded under our 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (i) options to certain employees and consultants to purchase 91,651 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $10.78 per share and 30,550 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $21.57 per share, and (ii) 2,316 shares of restricted stock to a director pursuant to a previously authorized annual award ((i) 3,600 shares at an exercise price of $274.54 and 1,200 shares at an exercise price of $549.08 and (ii) 91 shares, respectively, before giving effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering).

 

    In December 2014, we awarded under our 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan to a director (i) options to purchase 2,316 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $10.78 per share and (ii) 2,316 shares of restricted stock ((i) 91 shares at an exercise price of $274.54 and (ii) 91 shares, respectively, before giving effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering).

 

    In January 2015, we awarded under our 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan to a director (i) options to purchase 2,316 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $10.78 per share and (ii) 2,316 shares of restricted stock ((i) 91 shares at an exercise price of $274.54 and (ii) 91 shares, respectively, before giving effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering).

 

    In February 2015, we entered into three Director Securities Purchase Agreements pursuant to which we issued and sold to three directors, each an accredited investor, 27,876 shares (1,095 shares before giving effect to the consummation of the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering pursuant to which each share held by the holder of common stock will be reclassified into 25.4588 shares) of common stock, at a purchase price of $10.78 per share ($274.54 before giving effect to the stock split to be effected upon the closing of this offering), for cash consideration of $0.3 million.

Each of the foregoing issuance of securities will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof or Regulation D promulgated thereunder relating to sales not involving a public offering and pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, as offers and sales of securities under certain compensatory benefit plans or written agreements relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701, or Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, with respect to the securities offered and sold outside the United States to investors who were neither citizens nor residents of the United States.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

Description of Document

  1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1 Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Fogo de Chão, Inc.
  3.2 Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Fogo de Chão, Inc.
  4.1 Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement among Fogo de Chão, Inc., the THL Investors, the Management Stockholders and the Other Investors named therein
  5.1 Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
10.1# Brasa (Parent) Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan**
10.2# Fogo de Chão, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.3# Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the Brasa (Parent) Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan**
10.4# Form of Notice of Restricted Stock Issuance under the Brasa (Parent) Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan**
10.5# Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the Brasa (Parent) Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan**
10.6# Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Lawrence J. Johnson dated as of July 20, 2012***
10.7 First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of July 20, 2012 among Brasa (Holdings) Inc., Brasa (Purchaser) Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., the other lenders party thereto and Jefferies Finance LLC and Golub Capital LLC**
10.8 First Amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of August 23, 2013**
10.9 Second Amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of April 9, 2014**
10.10 Second Lien Credit Agreement dated as of July 20, 2012 among Brasa (Holdings) Inc., Brasa (Purchaser) Inc., Wilmington Trust, National Association, the other lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. and Jefferies Finance LLC**
10.11 First Amendment to the Second Lien Credit Agreement dated as of April 9, 2014**
10.12 Form of Indemnification Agreement between Fogo de Chão, Inc. and its directors and certain officers
10.13# Employment Agreement with Selma Oliveira dated as of July 11, 2014**
10.14# Form of Notice of Nonqualified Stock Option Award under the Fogo de Chão, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.15# Fogo de Chão, Inc. Management Incentive Plan
10.16 Director Securities Purchase Agreement by and between Fogo de Chão, Inc. and Gerald W. Deitchle dated February 6, 2015
10.17 Director Securities Purchase Agreement by and between Fogo de Chão, Inc. and Neil Moses dated February 6, 2015
10.18 Director Securities Purchase Agreement by and between Fogo de Chão, Inc. and Douglas R. Pendergast dated February 6, 2015
21.1 Subsidiaries of Fogo de Chão, Inc.
23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.3 Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.4 Consent of Buxton Co.**
24.1 Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page to the registration statement)**

 

# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan

 

** Filed as part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration no. 333-203527) on April 20, 2015

 

*** Filed as part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-203527) on May 27, 2015

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required or the required information is included in the Financial Statements or the notes thereto.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Item 17. Undertakings.

We hereby undertake to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this registration statement, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of us in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

We hereby undertake that:

(i) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(ii) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Dallas, Texas, on the 8 th day of June, 2015.

 

Fogo de Chão, Inc.
By:   /s/ Lawrence J. Johnson
  Name: Lawrence J. Johnson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature    Title   Date

/s/ Lawrence J. Johnson

Lawrence J. Johnson

  

Director and Chief Executive Officer

 

June 8, 2015

/s/ Anthony D. Laday

Anthony D. Laday

  

Chief Financial Officer

  June 8, 2015

*

Michael A. Prentiss

  

Chief Accounting Officer

 

June 8, 2015

*

George Barry McGowan

  

President

 

June 8, 2015

*

Todd M. Abbrecht

  

Director

 

June 8, 2015

*

Gerald W. Deitchle

  

Director

 

June 8, 2015

*

Douglas A. Haber

  

Director

 

June 8, 2015

*

Neil Moses

  

Director

 

June 8, 2015

*

Douglas R. Pendergast

  

Director

 

June 8, 2015

*

Jeff T. Swenson

  

Director

 

June 8, 2015

 

*By:

 

/s/ Anthony D. Laday

 

Anthony D. Laday, Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

Description of Document

  1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1 Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Fogo de Chão, Inc.
  3.2 Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Fogo de Chão, Inc.
  4.1 Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement among Fogo de Chão, Inc., the THL Investors, the Management Stockholders and the Other Investors named therein
  5.1 Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
10.1# Brasa (Parent) Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan**
10.2# Fogo de Chão, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.3# Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the Brasa (Parent) Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan**
10.4# Form of Notice of Restricted Stock Issuance under the Brasa (Parent) Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan**
10.5# Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the Brasa (Parent) Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan**
10.6# Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Lawrence J. Johnson dated as of July 20, 2012***
10.7 First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of July 20, 2012 among Brasa (Holdings) Inc., Brasa (Purchaser) Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., the other lenders party thereto and Jefferies Finance LLC and Golub Capital LLC**
10.8 First Amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of August 23, 2013**
10.9 Second Amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of April 9, 2014**
10.10 Second Lien Credit Agreement dated as of July 20, 2012 among Brasa (Holdings) Inc., Brasa (Purchaser) Inc., Wilmington Trust, National Association, the other lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. and Jefferies Finance LLC**
10.11 First Amendment to the Second Lien Credit Agreement dated as of April 9, 2014**
10.12 Form of Indemnification Agreement between Fogo de Chão, Inc. and its directors and certain officers
10.13# Employment Agreement with Selma Oliveira dated as of July 11, 2014**
10.14# Form of Notice of Nonqualified Stock Option Award under the Fogo de Chão, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.15# Fogo de Chão, Inc. Management Incentive Plan
10.16 Director Securities Purchase Agreement by and between Fogo de Chão, Inc. and Gerald W. Deitchle dated February 6, 2015
10.17 Director Securities Purchase Agreement by and between Fogo de Chão, Inc. and Neil Moses dated February 6, 2015
10.18 Director Securities Purchase Agreement by and between Fogo de Chão, Inc. and Douglas R. Pendergast dated February 6, 2015
21.1 Subsidiaries of Fogo de Chão, Inc.
23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.3 Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.4 Consent of Buxton Co.**
24.1 Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page to the registration statement)**

 

# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan

 

** Filed as part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration no. 333-203527) on April 20, 2015

 

*** Filed as part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-203527) on May 27, 2015

 

II-7

Exhibit 1.1

[•]

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[•]

JEFFERIES LLC

520 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Introductory. Fogo de Chão, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule A (the “ Underwriters ”) an aggregate of [•] shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Shares ”). The [•] Shares to be sold by the Company are called the “ Firm Shares .” In addition, the Company has granted to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional [•] Shares, as provided in Section 2. The additional [•] Shares to be sold by the Company pursuant to such option are called the “ Optional Shares .” The Firm Shares and, if and to the extent such option is exercised, the Optional Shares are collectively called the “ Offered Shares .” Jefferies LLC (“ Jefferies ”) and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“ J.P. Morgan ”) have agreed to act as representatives of the several Underwriters (in such capacity, the “ Representatives ”) in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares. To the extent there are no additional underwriters listed on Schedule A , the term “Representatives” as used herein shall mean you, as Underwriters, and the term “Underwriters” shall mean either the singular or the plural, as the context requires.

The Representatives agree that up to [•] of the Firm Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters (the “ Directed Shares ”) shall be reserved for sale to certain eligible directors, officers and employees of the Company and persons having business relationships with the Company (collectively, the “ Participants ”), as part of the distribution of the Offered Shares by the Underwriters (the “ Directed Share Program ”) subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) and all other applicable laws, rule and regulations. The Directed Share Program shall be administered by Jefferies LLC. To the extent that the Directed Shares are not orally confirmed for purchase by the Participants by the end of the first business day after the date of this Agreement, such Directed Shares may be offered to the public by the Underwriters as part of the public offering contemplated hereby.

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-2148035 which contains a form of prospectus to be used in connection with the public offering and sale of the Offered Shares. Such registration statement, as amended, including the financial statements, exhibits and schedules thereto, in the form in which it became effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “ Securities Act ”), including any information deemed to be a part thereof at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, is called the “ Registration Statement .” Any registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares is called the “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ,” and from and after the date and time of filing of any such Rule 462(b)


Registration Statement the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The prospectus, in the form first used by the Underwriters to confirm sales of the Offered Shares or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act, is called the “ Prospectus .” The preliminary prospectus dated [•] describing the Offered Shares and the offering thereof is called the “ Preliminary Prospectus ,” and the Preliminary Prospectus and any other prospectus in preliminary form that describes the Offered Shares and the offering thereof and is used prior to the filing of the Prospectus is called a “ preliminary prospectus .” As used herein, “ Applicable Time ” is [•][a.m.][p.m.] (New York City time) on [•]. As used herein, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the Preliminary Prospectus together with the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule B hereto. As used herein, “Road Show” means a “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) relating to the offering of the Offered Shares contemplated hereby that is a “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act). As used herein, “ Section 5(d) Written Communication ” means each written communication (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that is made in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act by the Company or any person authorized to act on behalf of the Company to one or more potential investors that are qualified institutional buyers (“ QIBs ”) and/or institutions that are accredited investors (“ IAIs ”), as such terms are respectively defined in Rule 144A and Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the offering of the Offered Shares; “ Section 5(d) Oral Communication ” means each oral communication, if any, made in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act by the Company or any person authorized to act on behalf of the Company made to one or more QIBs and/or one or more IAIs to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the offering of the Offered Shares; “ Marketing Materials ” means any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Offered Shares, including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically); and “ Permitted Section 5(d) Communication ” means the Section 5(d) Written Communication(s) and Marketing Materials listed on Schedule D attached hereto.

All references in this Agreement to (i) the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus (including the Preliminary Prospectus), or the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing, or any free writing prospectus, shall include any copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“ EDGAR ”) and (ii) the Prospectus shall be deemed to include any “electronic Prospectus” provided for use in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares as contemplated by Section 3A(o) of this Agreement.

The Company hereby confirms its agreements with the Underwriters as follows:

Section 1. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

The Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants to each Underwriter, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the First Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) and as of each Option Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), if any, as follows:

(a) Compliance with Registration Requirements . The Registration Statement has become effective under the Securities Act. To the Company’s knowledge, the Company has complied, to the Commission’s satisfaction with all requests of the Commission for additional or supplemental information, if any. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose or cease-and-desist proceedings pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated or threatened by the Commission.

 

2


(b) Disclosure . Each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus when filed complied in all material respects with the Securities Act and, if filed by electronic transmission pursuant to EDGAR, was identical (except as may be permitted by Regulation S-T under the Securities Act) to the copy thereof delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares. Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became or becomes effective, complied and will, until such time as the Underwriters are no longer required to deliver a Prospectus to confirm sales of Offered Shares, comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, the Time of Sale Prospectus (including any preliminary prospectus wrapper) did not, and at the First Closing Date and at each applicable Option Closing Date, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Prospectus (including any Prospectus wrapper), as of its date, did not, and at the First Closing Date and at each applicable Option Closing Date, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties set forth in the three immediately preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, or the Prospectus or the Time of Sale Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information consists of the information described in Section 9(b) below. There are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which have not been described or filed as required.

(c) Free Writing Prospectuses; Road Show . As of the determination date referenced in Rule 164(h) under the Securities Act, the Company was not, is not or will not be (as applicable) an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Each free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will, until such time as the Underwriters are no longer required to deliver a Prospectus to confirm sales of Offered Shares, comply in all material respects with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Securities Act, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending, and each such free writing prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Offered Shares did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus and not superseded or modified. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule B , and electronic road shows, if any, furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld pursuant to Section 3(c), prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus. Each Road Show, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, did not, as of the Applicable Time, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(d) Directed Share Program . (i) The Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any preliminary prospectus and any free writing prospectus comply, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will, until such time as the Underwriters are no longer required to deliver a Prospectus to confirm sales of Offered Shares, comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of

 

3


foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus, Time of Sale Prospectus, any preliminary prospectus or any free writing prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program, and (ii) no authorization, approval, consent, license, order registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary under the securities laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Directed Shares are offered outside the United States. The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, any Offered Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

(e) Distribution of Offering Material By the Company . Prior to the later of (i) the expiration or termination of the option granted to the several Underwriters in Section 2, and (ii) the completion of the Underwriters’ distribution of the Offered Shares and (iii) the expiration of 25 days after the date of the Prospectus , the Company has not distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares other than the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus or any free writing prospectus reviewed and consented to by the Representatives, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld pursuant to Section 3(c), the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified on Schedule B hereto and any Permitted Section 5(d) Communications.

(f) The Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(g) Authorization of the Offered Shares . The Offered Shares have been duly authorized for issuance and sale pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company against payment therefor pursuant to this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares is not subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase the Offered Shares.

(h) No Applicable Registration or Other Similar Rights . There are no persons with registration or other similar rights to have any equity or debt securities registered for sale under the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement, except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, and except for such rights as have been duly waived.

(i) No Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus: (i) there has been no material adverse change, or any development that could be expected to result in a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, properties, management, operations, assets, liabilities or prospects, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity (any such change being referred to herein as a “ Material Adverse Effect ”); (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity, have not incurred any material liability or obligation, indirect, direct or contingent, including without limitation any losses or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood, earthquakes, accident or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any strike, labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity, or has entered into any material transactions whether or not in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) there has not been any material decrease in the capital stock or any material increase in any short-term or long-term indebtedness of the Company or its subsidiaries and

 

4


there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company or, except for dividends paid to the Company or other subsidiaries, by any of the Company’s subsidiaries on any class of capital stock, or any repurchase or redemption by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any class of capital stock.

(j) Independent Accountants . PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, which has expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes thereto) filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is (i) an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ,and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“ PCAOB ”), (ii) in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and (iii) a registered public accounting firm as defined by the PCAOB whose registration has not been suspended or revoked and who has not requested such registration to be withdrawn.

(k) Financial Statements . The financial statements filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the periods specified. Such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the related notes thereto. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus. The financial data set forth in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the captions “Prospectus Summary – Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Information,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information” and “Capitalization” fairly present the information set forth therein on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. The pro forma consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and the related notes thereto included under the caption “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements” in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus present fairly the information contained therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, under the caption “Prospectus Summary – Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Information,” that constitute non-GAAP financial measures (as defined by the rules and regulations under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) comply with Regulation G under the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable. To the Company’s knowledge, no person who has been suspended or barred from being associated with a registered public accounting firm, or who has failed to comply with any sanction pursuant to Rule 5300 promulgated by the PCAOB, has participated in or otherwise aided the preparation of, or audited, the financial statements, supporting schedules or other financial data filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(l) Company’s Accounting System. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company and each of its subsidiaries make and keep books and records that are accurate in all material respects and maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit

 

5


preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(m) Disclosure Controls and Procedures; Deficiencies in or Changes to Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . The Company and its subsidiaries have established and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act), which (i) are designed to reasonably ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known or disclosed to the officers and directors of such entity by others within such entity. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there have been no significant deficiencies or material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company is not aware of any change in its internal control over financial reporting that has occurred during its most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(n) Incorporation and Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in the State of Texas and each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to be so qualified would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) Subsidiaries . Each of the Company’s “subsidiaries” (for purposes of this Agreement, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) has been duly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, and is validly existing as a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization and has the power and authority (corporate or other) to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. Each of the Company’s subsidiaries is duly qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All of the issued and outstanding capital stock or other equity or ownership interests of each of the Company’s subsidiaries have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or adverse claim, except (i) to the extent any such security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or adverse claim would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement.

 

6


(p) Capitalization and Other Capital Stock Matters . The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization” (other than for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to employee benefit plans, or upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in each case described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus). The Shares (including the Offered Shares) conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Time of Sale Prospectus. All of the issued and outstanding Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and have been issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws. None of the outstanding Shares was issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. There are no authorized or outstanding options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than those described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. The descriptions of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements, and the options or other rights granted thereunder, set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus accurately and fairly present, in all material respects, the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights.

(q) Stock Exchange Listing . The Offered Shares have been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market (the “ NASDAQ ”), subject only to official notice of issuance.

(r) Non-Contravention of Existing Instruments; No Further Authorizations or Approvals Required . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its charter or by-laws, partnership agreement or operating agreement or similar organizational documents, as applicable, or is in default (or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would be in default) (“ Default ”) under any indenture, loan, credit agreement, note, lease, license agreement, contract or other instrument (including, without limitation, any pledge agreement, security agreement, mortgage or other instrument or agreement evidencing, guaranteeing, securing or relating to indebtedness) to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of their respective properties or assets are subject (each, an “ Existing Instrument ”), except for such Defaults as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares (including the use of proceeds from the sale of the Offered Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and will not result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws, partnership agreement or operating agreement or similar organizational documents, as applicable, of the Company or any subsidiary (ii) will not conflict with or constitute a breach of, or Default or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, or require the consent of any other party to, any Existing Instrument, except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) will not result in any violation of any law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency, is required for the Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, except (A) such as have been obtained or made by the Company and are in full force and effect under the Securities Act and such as may be required under applicable state securities or blue sky laws or FINRA and (B) such as have been

 

7


obtained under the laws and regulations of jurisdictions outside the United States in which Directed Shares are offered, where the failure to obtain such consent, approval or authorization would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to cause a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder. As used herein, a “ Debt Repayment Triggering Event ” means any event or condition which gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give, the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(s) Compliance with Laws. The Company and its subsidiaries have been and are in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, except where failure to be so in compliance could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(t) No Material Actions or Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation brought by or before any governmental agency, court or body, domestic or foreign, now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective properties or assets is the subject, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, if determined adversely to the Company, could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. No labor dispute that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened or imminent.

(u) Intellectual Property Rights .  Except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess all inventions, patent applications, patents, trademarks (both registered and unregistered), trade names, service names, copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary information described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus as being owned or licensed by any of them or which is necessary for the conduct of, or material to, any of their respective businesses (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property ”), (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, there are no claims by any other person challenging the rights of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Intellectual Property, and (iii) to the knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has infringed or is infringing the intellectual property of a third party, and neither the Company nor any subsidiary has received any notice of a claim by a third party alleging that the Company or any of its subsidiaries has infringed or is infringing any Intellectual Property of any third party.

(v) All Necessary Permits, etc . The Company and its subsidiaries possess such valid and current permits, licenses or registrations required by state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted and as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus (“ Permits ”) except where failure to possess any such permits would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of, or in default under, any of the Permits or has received any written notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such Permit, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8


(w) Title to Properties . The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all of the real and tangible personal property and other assets reflected as owned in the financial statements referred to in Section 1(k) above, in each case free and clear of any security interests, mortgages, liens, encumbrances, equities, adverse claims and other defects, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The real property, improvements, equipment and personal property held under lease by the Company or any of its subsidiaries are held under valid and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such real property, improvements, equipment or personal property by the Company or such subsidiary, except as would not cause a Material Adverse Effect.

(x) Tax Law Compliance . The Company and its subsidiaries have (i) filed all federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns required to have been filed on or before the date thereof or have properly requested extensions thereof and have (ii) paid all taxes required to be paid by any of them and, if due and payable, any related or similar assessment, fine or penalty levied against any of them except as may be being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings except in the case of such (i) and (ii) for cases in which the failure to file or pay would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has made adequate charges, accruals and reserves in the applicable financial statements referred to in Section 1(k) above in respect of all federal, state and foreign income and franchise taxes for all periods as to which the tax liability of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has not been finally determined except to the extent of any inadequacies that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(y) Insurance . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, each of the Company and its subsidiaries are insured by recognized, financially sound institutions with policies in such amounts and with such deductibles and covering such risks as the Company reasonably deems adequate and customary for their businesses. The Company has no reason to believe that it or any of its subsidiaries will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

(z) Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials ”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”); (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements; (iii) there are no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and (iv) to the Company’s knowledge, there are no events or circumstances that might reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or governmental body or agency, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

 

9


(aa) ERISA Compliance . The Company and its subsidiaries and any “employee benefit plans” (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, “ ERISA ”)) established or maintained by the Company or its subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with ERISA. Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates has established or maintained any plan subject to, or has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability under, Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. “ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, any member of a group of organizations described in Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “Code”), of which the Company or such subsidiary is a member. Each employee benefit plan established or maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “ Code ”) is so qualified and, to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

(bb) Company Not an “Investment Company.” The Company is not, and will not be, either after receipt of payment for the Offered Shares or after the application of the proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”) .

(cc) No Price Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares or of any “reference security” (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act ( “Regulation M” )) with respect to the Shares, whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares or otherwise, and has taken no action which would directly or indirectly violate Regulation M.

(dd) Related-Party Transactions . There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

(ee) FINRA Matters . All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters by the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, its officers and directors and the holders of any securities (debt or equity) or options to acquire any securities of the Company in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares is true, complete, correct and compliant with FINRA’s rules and any letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110 or 2720 is true, complete and correct.

(ff) Parties to Lock-Up Agreements . The Company has furnished to the Underwriters a letter agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Lock-up Agreement ”) from each of the persons listed on Exhibit C . If any additional persons shall become directors or officers of the Company prior to the end of the Company Lock-up Period (as defined below), the Company shall cause each such person, prior to or contemporaneously with their appointment or election as a director or officer of the Company, to execute and deliver to the Representatives a Lock-up Agreement.

 

10


(gg) Statistical and Market-Related Data . All statistical, demographic and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects. To the extent required, the Company has obtained the consent to the use of such data from such sources.

(hh) No Unlawful Contributions or Other Payments . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any employee or agent of the Company or any subsidiary, has made any contribution or other payment to any official of, or candidate for, any federal, state or foreign office in violation of any law or of the character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.

(ii) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, directors, officers or employees nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, controlled affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any domestic government official, “foreign official” (as defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “ FCPA ”) or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the FCPA or any applicable non-U.S. anti-bribery statute or regulation; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any domestic government official, such foreign official or employee; and the Company and its subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Company’s affiliates have conducted their respective businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(jj) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are, and have been conducted at all times, in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(kk) OFAC . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, directors, officers or employees, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, after due inquiry any agent, controlled affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”) or the U.S. Department of State and the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”) or the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”) (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor is the Company, any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria (each, a “ Sanctioned Country ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of this offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

11


(ll) Brokers . Except pursuant to this Agreement, there is no broker, finder or other party that is entitled to receive from the Company any brokerage or finder’s fee or other fee or commission as a result of any transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(mm) Forward-Looking Statements. Each financial or operational projection or other “forward-looking statement” (as defined by Section 27A of the Securities Act or Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus (i) was so included by the Company in good faith and with reasonable basis after due consideration by the Company of the underlying assumptions, estimates and other applicable facts and circumstances and (ii) is accompanied by meaningful cautionary statements identifying those factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in such forward-looking statement. No such statement was made with the knowledge of an executive officer or director of the Company that is was false or misleading in any material respect.

(nn) Emerging Growth Company Status. From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged in any Section 5(d) Written Communication or any Section 5(d) Oral Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).

(oo) Communications . The Company (i) has not alone engaged in communications with potential investors in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act other than Permitted Section 5(d) Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are QIBs or IAIs and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in such communications; the Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Marketing Materials, Section 5(d) Oral Communications and Section 5(d) Written Communications; as of the Applicable Time, each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, did not, as of the Applicable Time, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, if any, does not, as of the date hereof, conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; and the Company has filed publicly on EDGAR at least 21 calendar days prior to any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Act), any confidentially submitted registration statement and registration statement amendments relating to the offer and sale of the Offered Shares.

(pp) Dividend Restrictions . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the prospectus, no subsidiary of the Company is prohibited or restricted, directly or indirectly, from paying dividends to the Company, or from making any other distribution with respect to such subsidiary’s equity securities or from repaying to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company any amounts that may from time to time become due under any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any property or assets to the Company or to any other subsidiary.

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and delivered to any Underwriter or to counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering, or the purchase and sale, of the Offered Shares shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

12


The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered pursuant to Section 6 hereof, counsel to the Company and counsel to the Underwriters, will rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of the foregoing representations and hereby consents to such reliance.

Section 2. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Offered Shares .

(a) The Firm Shares . Upon the terms herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters an aggregate of [•] Firm Shares. On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their names on Schedule A . The purchase price per Firm Share to be paid by the several Underwriters to the Company shall be $[•] per share.

(b) The First Closing Date . Delivery of certificates for the Firm Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and payment therefor shall be made at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP (or such other place as may be agreed to by the Company and the Representatives) at 9:00 a.m. New York City time, on [•] , or such other time and date not later than 1:30 p.m. New York City time, on [•] as the Representatives shall designate by notice to the Company (the time and date of such closing are called the “ First Closing Date ”). The Company hereby acknowledges that circumstances under which the Representatives may provide notice to postpone the First Closing Date as originally scheduled include, but are not limited to, any determination by the Company or the Representatives to recirculate to the public copies of an amended or supplemented Prospectus or a delay as contemplated by the provisions of Section 11.

(c) The Optional Shares; Option Closing Date . In addition, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to an aggregate of [•] Optional Shares from the Company at the purchase price per share to be paid by the Underwriters for the Firm Shares; provided, however, that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Optional Shares shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on such Optional Shares. The option granted hereunder may be exercised at any time and from time to time in whole or in part upon notice by the Representatives to the Company, which notice may be given at any time within 30 days from the date of this Agreement. Such notice shall set forth (i) the aggregate number of Optional Shares as to which the Underwriters are exercising the option and (ii) the time, date and place at which certificates for the Optional Shares will be delivered (which time and date may be simultaneous with, but not earlier than, the First Closing Date; and in the event that such time and date are simultaneous with the First Closing Date, the term “ First Closing Date ” shall refer to the time and date of delivery of certificates for the Firm Shares and such Optional Shares). Any such time and date of delivery, if subsequent to the First Closing Date, is called an “ Option Closing Date ,” shall be determined by the Representatives and shall not be earlier than three or later than five full business days after delivery of such notice of exercise. If any Optional Shares are to be purchased, each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Optional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Optional Shares to be purchased as the number of Firm Shares set forth on Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares. The Representatives may cancel the option at any time prior to its expiration by giving written notice of such cancellation to the Company.

(d) Public Offering of the Offered Shares. The Representatives hereby advise the Company that the Underwriters intend to offer for sale to the public, initially on the terms set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, their respective portions of the Offered Shares as soon after this Agreement has been executed and the Registration Statement has been declared effective as the Representatives, in their sole judgment, have determined is advisable and practicable.

 

13


(e) Payment for the Offered Shares . (i) Payment for the Offered Shares to be sold by the Company shall be made at the First Closing Date (and, if applicable, at each Option Closing Date) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the order of the Company.

(ii) It is understood that the Representatives have been authorized, for their own account and the accounts of the several Underwriters, to accept delivery of and receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Firm Shares and any Optional Shares the Underwriters have agreed to purchase. Each of Jefferies and J.P. Morgan, individually and not as the Representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment for any Offered Shares to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds shall not have been received by the Representatives by the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the account of such Underwriter, but any such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from any of its obligations under this Agreement.

(f) Delivery of the Offered Shares . The Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered to the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters certificates for the Firm Shares to be sold by them at the First Closing Date, against release of a wire transfer of immediately available funds for the amount of the purchase price therefor. The Company shall also deliver, or cause to be delivered to the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters, certificates for the Optional Shares the Underwriters have agreed to purchase from them at the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, against the release of a wire transfer of immediately available funds for the amount of the purchase price therefor. The certificates for the Offered Shares shall be registered in such names and denominations as the Representatives shall have requested at least two full business days prior to the First Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) and shall be made available for inspection on the business day preceding the First Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) at a location in New York City as the Representatives may designate. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified in this Agreement is a further condition to the obligations of the Underwriters.

Section 3. Additional Covenants of the Company.

The Company further covenants and agrees with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) Delivery of Registration Statement, Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus. The Company shall furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) in connection with sales of the Offered Shares, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(b) Representatives’ Review of Proposed Amendments and Supplements. During the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule), the Company (i) will furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable period of time prior to the proposed time of filing of any proposed amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, a copy of each such amendment or supplement and (ii) will not amend or supplement the Registration Statement without the Representatives’ prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Prior to

 

14


amending or supplementing any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the time of filing or use of the proposed amendment or supplement, a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement. The Company shall not file or use any such proposed amendment or supplement without the Representatives’ prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

(c) Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company shall furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto prepared by, used by, or referred to by the Company, and the Company shall not file, use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto without the Representatives’ prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of any free writing prospectus prepared by, used by or referred to by the Company as such Underwriter may reasonably request. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) in connection with sales of the Offered Shares (but in any event if at any time through and including the First Closing Date) there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which any free writing prospectus prepared by, used by, or referred to by the Company conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at such time, not misleading, the Company shall promptly amend or supplement such free writing prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict so that the statements in such free writing prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at such time, not misleading, as the case may be; provided, however , that prior to amending or supplementing any such free writing prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Representatives for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy of such proposed amended or supplemented free writing prospectus, and the Company shall not file, use or refer to any such amended or supplemented free writing prospectus without the Representatives’ prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

(d) Filing of Underwriter Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company shall not take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that such Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e) Amendments and Supplements to Time of Sale Prospectus. If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Offered Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company shall (subject to Section 3A(b) and Section 3A(c) hereof) promptly prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the

 

15


Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, not misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f) Certain Notifications and Required Actions . After the date of this Agreement and until such time as the Underwriters are no longer required to deliver a Prospectus in order to confirm sales of the Offered Shares, the Company shall promptly advise the Representatives in writing of: (i) the receipt of any comments of, or requests for additional or supplemental information from, the Commission; (ii) the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus or the Prospectus; (iii) the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective; and (iv) the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or any amendment or supplement to any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus or the Prospectus, or of any proceedings to remove, suspend or terminate from listing or quotation the Shares from any securities exchange upon which they are listed for trading or included or designated for quotation, or of the threatening or initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes or cease-and-desist proceedings pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order at any time, the Company will use its best efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at the earliest possible moment. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with all applicable provisions of Rule 424(b), Rule 433 and Rule 430A under the Securities Act and will use commercially reasonable efforts to confirm that any filings made by the Company under Rule 424(b) or Rule 433 were received in a timely manner by the Commission.

(g) Amendments and Supplements to the Prospectus and Other Securities Act Matters. If any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus so that the Prospectus does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) to a purchaser, not misleading, or if in the opinion of the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters it is otherwise necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company agrees (subject to Section 3A(b) and Section 3A(c)) hereof to promptly prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) to a purchaser, not misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law. Neither the Representatives’ consent to, nor delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the Company’s obligations under Section 3A(b) or Section 3A(c).

(h) Blue Sky Compliance . The Company shall cooperate with the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters to qualify or register the Offered Shares for sale under (or obtain exemptions from the application of) the state securities or blue sky laws or Canadian provincial securities laws (or other foreign laws) of those jurisdictions designated by the Representatives, shall comply with such laws and shall continue such qualifications, registrations and exemptions in effect so long as required for the

 

16


distribution of the Offered Shares. The Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not presently qualified or where it would be subject to taxation as a foreign corporation. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly of the suspension of the qualification or registration of (or any such exemption relating to) the Offered Shares for offering, sale or trading in any jurisdiction or any initiation or threat of any proceeding for any such purpose, and in the event of the issuance of any order suspending such qualification, registration or exemption, the Company shall use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(i) Use of Proceeds . The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Offered Shares sold by it in the manner described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(j) Transfer Agent . The Company shall engage and maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Shares.

(k) Earnings Statement . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the Exchange Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to the Representatives an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company commencing after the date of this Agreement that will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(l) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule), file on a timely basis with the Commission and the NASDAQ all reports and documents required to be filed under the Exchange Act. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Offered Shares if required under Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(m) Directed Share Program . In connection with the Directed Share Program, the Company will ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted to the extent required by FINRA or its rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. Jefferies will notify the Company as to which Participants will need to be so restricted. The Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon such securities for such period of time. Should the Company release, or seek to release, from such restrictions any of the Directed Shares, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for any reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented legal expenses) they incur in connection with such release. The Company will comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(n) Company to Provide Copy of the Prospectus in Form That May be Downloaded from the Internet . If reasonably requested by the Representatives, the Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered, at its expense, within one business day from the date of this Agreement, to the Representatives an “ electronic Prospectus ” to be used in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares. As used herein, the term “ electronic Prospectus ” means a form of Time of Sale Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, that meets each of the following conditions: (i) it shall be encoded in an electronic format, reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, that may be transmitted electronically by the Representatives to offerees and purchasers of the Offered Shares; (ii) it shall disclose the same information as the paper Time of Sale Prospectus, except to the extent that graphic and image material cannot be disseminated electronically, in which case such graphic and image material shall be replaced in

 

17


the electronic Prospectus with a fair and accurate narrative description or tabular representation of such material, as appropriate; and (iii) it shall be in or convertible into a paper format or an electronic format, reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, that will allow investors to store and have continuously ready access to the Time of Sale Prospectus at any future time, without charge to investors (other than any fee charged for subscription to the Internet as a whole and for on-line time). The Company hereby confirms that it has included or will include in the Prospectus filed pursuant to EDGAR or otherwise with the Commission and in the Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective an undertaking that, upon receipt of a request by an investor or his or her representative, the Company shall transmit or cause to be transmitted promptly, without charge, a paper copy of the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(o) Agreement Not to Offer or Sell Additional Shares . During the period commencing on and including the date hereof and continuing through and including the 180th day following the date of the Prospectus (such period being referred to herein as the “ Lock-up Period ”), the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives (which consent may be withheld in their sole discretion), directly or indirectly: (i) sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or lend any Shares or Related Securities (as defined below); (ii) effect any short sale, or establish or increase any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act) or liquidate or decrease any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) of any Shares or Related Securities; (iii) pledge, hypothecate or grant any security interest in any Shares or Related Securities; (iv) in any other way transfer or dispose of any Shares or Related Securities; (v) enter into any swap, hedge or similar arrangement or agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of any Shares or Related Securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled in securities, in cash or otherwise; (vi) announce the offering of any Shares or Related Securities; (vii) file any registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of any Shares or Related Securities (other than as contemplated by this Agreement with respect to the Offered Shares); or (viii) publicly announce the intention to do any of the foregoing; provided, however , that the Company may (A) effect the transactions contemplated hereby, (B) issue Shares or options to purchase Shares, or issue Shares upon exercise of options, pursuant to any compensatory equity plan, stock bonus or other stock plan or arrangement described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, but only if the holders of such Shares or options agree in writing to the terms of the Form of Lock-up Agreement in Exhibit B hereto, (C) file a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to any securities issued or issuable pursuant to any stock option, stock bonus or other stock plan or arrangement described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (D) sell or issue or enter into an agreement to sell or issue Shares or Related Securities in connection with bona fide mergers or acquisitions, joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions (whether by means of merger, stock purchase, asset purchase or otherwise), provided , that the aggregate number of Shares or Related Securities that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this clause (D) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, provided further , that each recipient of Shares or Related Securities pursuant to this clause (D) shall execute a Lock-up Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto. For purposes of the foregoing, “ Related Securities ” shall mean any options or warrants or other rights to acquire Shares or any securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares, or to acquire other securities or rights ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for, or convertible into, Shares.

If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth above or a lock-up letter described in Section 6(k) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

18


(p) Investment Limitation . The Company shall not invest or otherwise use the proceeds received by the Company from its sale of the Offered Shares in such a manner as would require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

(q) No Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M . The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares or any reference security with respect to the Shares, whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares or otherwise, and the Company will comply with all applicable provisions of Regulation M.

(r) Enforce Lock-Up Agreements . During the Lock-up Period, the Company will enforce all agreements between the Company and any of its security holders that restrict or prohibit, expressly or in operation, the offer, sale or transfer of Shares or Related Securities or any of the other actions restricted or prohibited under the terms of the form of Lock-up Agreement. In addition, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon any such securities of the Company that are bound by such “lock-up” agreements for the duration of the periods contemplated in such agreements, including, without limitation, “lock-up” agreements entered into by the Company’s officers and directors and stockholders pursuant to Section 6(h) hereof.

(s) Company to Provide Interim Financial Statements . Prior to the First Closing Date and each applicable Option Closing Date, the Company will furnish the Underwriters, as soon as they have been prepared by or are available to the Company, a copy of any unaudited interim financial statements of the Company for any period subsequent to the period covered by the most recent financial statements appearing in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

(t) Amendments and Supplements to Permitted Section 5(d) Communications . If at any time following the distribution of any Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Permitted Section 5(d) Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Permitted Section 5(d) Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(u) Emerging Growth Company Status . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) the time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Shares is not required by the Securities Act to be delivered (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule) and (ii) the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as defined herein).

Section 4. Payment of Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder and in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation (i) all expenses incident to the issuance and delivery of the Offered Shares (including all printing and engraving costs), (ii) all fees and expenses of the registrar and transfer agent of the Shares, (iii) all necessary issue, transfer, stamp and other similar taxes in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares to the Underwriters and the initial resale of such Offered Shares by the Underwriters, (iv) all fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel, independent public or certified public accountants and other advisors, (v) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, shipping and distribution of the Registration Statement (including financial statements, exhibits, schedules, consents and certificates of experts), the Time of Sale

 

19


Prospectus, the Prospectus, each free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company, and each preliminary prospectus, each Permitted Section 5(d) Communication, and all amendments and supplements thereto, and this Agreement, (vi) all filing fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Company or the Underwriters in connection with qualifying or registering (or obtaining exemptions from the qualification or registration of) all or any part of the Offered Shares for offer and sale under the state securities or blue sky laws or the provincial securities laws of Canada, and, if requested by the Representatives, preparing and printing a “Blue Sky Survey” or memorandum and a “Canadian wrapper”, and any supplements thereto, advising the Underwriters of such qualifications, registrations and exemptions, in an amount not to exceed $5,000 (excluding filing fees), (vii) the costs, fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with FINRA approval of the Underwriters’ participation in the offering and distribution of the Offered Shares, including any related filing fees and the legal fees of, and disbursements by, counsel to the Underwriters, provided that the aggregate attorneys’ costs, fees and expenses reimbursable pursuant to this clause (vii) shall not exceed $25,000, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show”, any Permitted Section 5(d) Communication or any Section 5(d) Oral Communication undertaken in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives, employees and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, the other 50% being paid by the Underwriters, (ix) the fees and expenses associated with listing the Offered Shares on the NASDAQ, (x) all other fees, costs and expenses of the nature referred to in Item 13 of Part II of the Registration Statement and (xi) all reasonable and documented costs and expenses of the Underwriters, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, in an amount not to exceed $5,000, as well as any stamp duties, transfer taxes, or similar taxes or duties incurred by the Underwriters, in connection with matters related to the Directed Shares which are designated by the Company for sale to Participants. Except as provided in this Section 4 or in Section 7, Section 9 or Section 10 hereof, the Underwriters shall pay their own expenses, including the fees and disbursements of their counsel.

Section 5. Covenant of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter severally and not jointly covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not, but for such actions, be required to be filed by the Company under Rule 433(d).

Section 6. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The respective obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder to purchase and pay for the Offered Shares as provided herein on the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, each Option Closing Date, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company set forth in Section 1 hereof as of the date hereof and as of the First Closing Date as though then made and, with respect to the Optional Shares, as of each Option Closing Date as though then made, to the timely performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional conditions:

(a) Comfort Letter . On the date hereof, the Representatives shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accountants for the Company, a letter dated the date hereof addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountant’s “comfort letters” to underwriters, delivered according to Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72 (or any successor bulletin), with respect to the audited and unaudited financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, and each free writing prospectus, if any.

 

20


(b) Compliance with Registration Requirements; No Stop Order; No Objection from FINRA. For the period from and after the date of this Agreement and prior to the first Closing Date, and with respect to the Optional Shares, each Option Closing Date:

(i) The Company shall have filed the Prospectus with the Commission (including the information required by Rule 430A under the Securities Act) in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act; or the Company shall have filed a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement containing the information required by such Rule 430A, and such post-effective amendment shall have become effective.

(ii) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose, or cease-and-desist proceedings pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act, shall have been instituted or threatened by the Commission.

(iii) FINRA shall have raised no objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

(c) No Material Adverse Effect or Ratings Agency Change . For the period from and after the date of this Agreement and through and including the First Closing Date and, with respect to any Optional Shares purchased after the First Closing Date, each Option Closing Date:

(i) in the judgment of the Representatives there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect; and

(ii) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as that term is used in Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act.

(d) Opinion of Counsel for the Company . On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Underwriters shall have received the opinion and negative assurance letter of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Company, dated as of such date, in the form and substance attached hereto as Exhibit A .

(e) Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriters . On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Underwriters shall have received the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, dated as of such date.

(f) Officers’ Certificate . On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company and a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated as of such date, to the effect set forth in Section 6(c)(ii) and further to the effect that:

(i) for the period from and including the date of this Agreement through and including such date, there has not occurred any Material Adverse Effect;

 

21


(ii) the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made on and as of such date; and

(iii) the Company has complied with all the agreements hereunder and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such date.

(g) Bring-down Comfort Letter . On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accountants for the Company, a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, which letter shall: (i) reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished by them pursuant to Section 6(a), except that the specified date referred to therein for the carrying out of procedures shall be no more than three business days prior to the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be; and (ii) cover certain financial information contained in the Prospectus.

(h) Lock-Up Agreements. On or prior to the date hereof, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives an agreement in the form of Exhibit B hereto from each of the persons listed on Exhibit C hereto, and each such agreement shall be in full force and effect on each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date.

(i) Rule 462(b) Registration Statement . In the event that a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is filed in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have been filed with the Commission on the date of this Agreement and shall have become effective automatically upon such filing.

(j) Approval of Listing. At the First Closing Date, the Offered Shares shall have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(k) Additional Documents . On or before each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters shall have received such information, documents and opinions as they may reasonably request for the purposes of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares as contemplated herein, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the satisfaction of any of the conditions or agreements, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares as contemplated herein and in connection with the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

If any condition specified in this Section 6 is not satisfied when and as required to be satisfied, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representatives by notice from the Representatives to the Company at any time on or prior to the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, at any time on or prior to the applicable Option Closing Date, which termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other party, except that Section 4, Section 7, Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

Section 7. Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives pursuant to Section 6, or if the sale to the Underwriters of the Offered Shares on the First Closing Date is not consummated because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or to comply with any provision hereof, the Company agrees to reimburse the Representatives and the other Underwriters (or such Underwriters as have terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves), severally, upon demand for all out-of-pocket

 

22


expenses that shall have been reasonably incurred by the Representatives and the Underwriters in connection with the proposed purchase and the offering and sale of the Offered Shares, including, but not limited to, reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of counsel, printing expenses, travel expenses, postage, facsimile and telephone charges.

Section 8. Effectiveness of this Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

Section 9. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or the laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Offered Shares have been offered or sold or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon (A) (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus that the Company has used, referred to or filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, any Marketing Material, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing) or any prospectus wrapper material distributed in connection with the reservation and sale of Directed Shares to the Participants, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (B) the violation of any laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Offered Shares have been offered or sold; and to reimburse each Underwriter and each such affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent and controlling person for any and all expenses (including the fees and disbursements of one counsel (other than one local counsel in each jurisdiction and one counsel with specialized expertise) chosen by the Representatives and counsel in connection with the indemnity provided in Section 9(e) hereof) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or such affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action; provided, however , that the foregoing indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent, but only to the extent, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company by the Representatives in writing expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any such free writing prospectus, any Marketing Material, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that the only such information consists of the information described in Section 9(b) below. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 9(a) shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.

(b) Indemnification of the Company, its Directors and Officers . Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any loss, claim, damage, liability or

 

23


expense, as incurred, to which the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Underwriter), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus, that the Company has used, referred to or filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433 of the Securities Act, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any such amendment or supplement) or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, such preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, such free writing prospectus, such Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any such amendment or supplement), in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company by the Representatives in writing expressly for use therein; and to reimburse the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person for any and all expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel) as such expenses are incurred by the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action. The Company hereby acknowledges that the only information that the Representatives have furnished to the Company expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, any Section 5(d) Written Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing) are the statements set forth in paragraphs [ • ] under the caption “Underwriting” in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 9(b) shall be in addition to any liabilities that each Underwriter may otherwise have.

(c) Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 9, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party to the extent the indemnifying party is not materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights and defenses) as a proximate result of such failure and shall not in any event relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall elect, jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however , that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that a conflict may arise between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties.

 

24


Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of such indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 9 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that other than any counsel in connection with indemnity provided in Section 9(e) hereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with local counsel), representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action), which counsel (together with any local counsel) for the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives (in the case of counsel for the indemnified parties referred to in Section 9(a) above) or by the Company (in the case of counsel for the indemnified parties referred to in Section 9(b) above)) or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party and shall be paid as they are incurred.

(d) Settlements . The indemnifying party under this Section 9 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by Section 9(c) hereof, the indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity was or could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and does not include an admission of fault or culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

(e) Indemnification for Directed Shares . In connection with the offer and sale of the Directed Shares, the Company agrees, promptly upon a request in writing, to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by any of them as a result of the failure of the Participants to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares which, by the end of the first business day following the date of this Agreement, were subject to a properly confirmed agreement to purchase. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters and their respective affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls any of the Underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which the Underwriters or such controlling person may become subject, which is (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program (including any prospectus wrapper material distributed in connection with the reservation and sale of Directed Shares) or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that such Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program. The indemnity agreement set forth in this paragraph shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.

 

25


Section 10. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 9 is for any reason held to be unavailable to or otherwise insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount paid or payable by such indemnified party, as incurred, as a result of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement (after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions but before deducting offering expenses) received by the Company, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the front cover page of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Offered Shares as set forth on such cover. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, on the one hand, or the Underwriters, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9(c), any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. The provisions set forth in Section 9(c) with respect to notice of commencement of any action shall apply if a claim for contribution is to be made under this Section 10; provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any action for which notice has been given under Section 9(c) for purposes of indemnification.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 10.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Offered Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 10 are several, and not joint, in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments as set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A . For purposes of this Section 10, each affiliate, director, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange

 

26


Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

Section 11. Default of One or More of the Several Underwriters . If, on the First Closing Date or any Option Closing Date any one or more of the several Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Offered Shares that it or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Offered Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase does not exceed 10% of the aggregate number of the Offered Shares to be purchased on such date, the Representatives may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the purchase of such Offered Shares by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as may be specified by the Representatives with the consent of the non-defaulting Underwriters, to purchase the Offered Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date. If, on the First Closing Date or any Option Closing Date any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Offered Shares and the aggregate number of Offered Shares with respect to which such default occurs exceeds 10% of the aggregate number of Offered Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Offered Shares are not made within 48 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability of any party to any other party except that the provisions of Section 4, Section 7, Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination. In any such case either the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but in no event for longer than seven days in order that the required changes, if any, to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any other documents or arrangements may be effected.

As used in this Agreement, the term “ Underwriter ” shall be deemed to include any person substituted for a defaulting Underwriter under this Section 11. Any action taken under this Section 11 shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

Section 12. Termination of this Agreement . Prior to the purchase of the Firm Shares by the Underwriters on the First Closing Date, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representatives by written notice given to the Company if at any time: (i)(a) trading or quotation in any of the Company’s securities shall have been suspended or limited by the Commission or by the NASDAQ, or (b) trading in securities generally on either the NASDAQ or the NYSE shall have been suspended or limited, or minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally established on any of such stock exchanges; (ii) a general banking moratorium shall have been declared by any of federal, New York or Texas authorities; (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of national or international hostilities or any crisis or calamity, or any change in the United States or international financial markets, or any substantial change or development involving a prospective substantial change in United States’ or international political, financial or economic conditions, as in the judgment of the Representatives is material and adverse and makes it impracticable to market the Offered Shares in the manner and on the terms described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to enforce contracts for the sale of securities; (iv) in the judgment of the Representatives there shall have occurred any Material Adverse Effect; or (v) the Company shall have sustained a loss by strike, fire, flood, earthquake, accident or other calamity of such character as in the judgment of the Representatives may interfere materially with the conduct of the business and operations of the Company regardless of whether or not such loss shall have

 

27


been insured. Any termination pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of (a) the Company to any Underwriter or (b) any Underwriter to the Company; provided, however, that the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

Section 13. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the public offering price of the Offered Shares and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering contemplated hereby and the process leading to such transaction, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, or the Company’s other stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company, and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering contemplated hereby and the Company has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

Section 14. Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery . The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, of its officers, and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Company or any of its or their partners, officers or directors or any controlling person, as the case may be, and, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Shares sold hereunder and any termination of this Agreement.

Section 15. Notices . All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered or telecopied and confirmed to the parties hereto as follows:

 

If to the Representatives:

Jefferies LLC

520 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Facsimile: (646) 619-4437

Attention: General Counsel

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

Facsimile: (212) 622-8358

Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk

with a copy to:

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Facsimile: (212) 751-4864

Attention: Marc Jaffe

 

28


If to the Company:

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, TX 75254

Facsimile: [•]

Attention: Gerry McGrath

with a copy to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Facsimile: (212) 701-5674

Attention: Richard Truesdell

Any party hereto may change the address for receipt of communications by giving written notice to the others.

Section 16. Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, including any substitute Underwriters pursuant to Section 11 hereof, and to the benefit of the affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 9 and Section 10, and in each case their respective successors, and personal representatives, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. The term “ successors ” shall not include any purchaser of the Offered Shares as such from any of the Underwriters merely by reason of such purchase.

Section 17. Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

Section 18. Governing Law Provisions . This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“ Related Proceedings ”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York (collectively, the “ Specified Courts ”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “ Related Judgment ”), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Section 19. General Provisions. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each one of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement may not be

 

29


amended or modified unless in writing by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit. The section headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that it is a sophisticated business person who was adequately represented by counsel during negotiations regarding the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the indemnification provisions of Section 9 and the contribution provisions of Section 10, and is fully informed regarding said provisions. Each of the parties hereto further acknowledges that the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10 hereof fairly allocate the risks in light of the ability of the parties to investigate the Company, its affairs and its business in order to assure that adequate disclosure has been made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, each free writing prospectus and the Prospectus (and any amendments and supplements to the foregoing), as contemplated by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

 

30


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company and the Custodian the enclosed copies hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts hereof, shall become a binding agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
FOGO DE CHÃO, INC.
By:  
Name:
Title:

 

31


The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Representatives in New York, New York as of the date first above written.

JEFFERIES LLC

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

Acting individually and as Representatives

of the several Underwriters named in

the attached Schedule A .

 

JEFFERIES LLC
By:  
Name:
Title:
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  
Name:
Title:

 

32


Schedule A

 

Underwriters   

Number of

Firm Shares

to be Purchased

Jefferies LLC

   [•]

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

   [•]

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   [•]

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

   [•]

Piper Jaffray & Co.

   [•]

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

   [•]

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

   [•]
  

 

Total

[•]
  

 


Schedule B

Free Writing Prospectuses Included in the Time of Sale Prospectus

[to be added]


Schedule D

Permitted Section 5(d) Communications

[to be added]


Exhibit A

Form of Opinion of Company Counsel

 

A-1


Exhibit B

Form of Lock-up Agreement

[ • ], 2015

Jefferies LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

As Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o Jefferies LLC

520 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

RE:         Fogo de Chão, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

Ladies & Gentlemen:

The undersigned is an owner of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (“ Shares ”) or of securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares. The Company proposes to conduct a public offering of Shares (the “ Offering ”) for which Jefferies LLC (“ Jefferies ”) and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“ J.P. Morgan ”) will act as the representatives of the underwriters (the “ Representatives ”). The undersigned recognizes that the Offering will benefit each of the Company, the selling stockholders named in the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) and the undersigned. The undersigned acknowledges that the underwriters are relying on the representations and agreements of the undersigned contained in this letter agreement in conducting the Offering and, at a subsequent date, in entering into an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) and other underwriting arrangements with the Company and the Selling Stockholders with respect to the Offering.

Annex A sets forth definitions for capitalized terms used in this letter agreement that are not defined in the body of this agreement. Those definitions are a part of this agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, during the Lock-up Period, the undersigned will not (and will cause any Family Member not to), without the prior written consent of Jefferies and J.P. Morgan, which may withhold their consent in their sole discretion:

 

    Sell or Offer to Sell any Shares or Related Securities currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by the undersigned or such Family Member,

 

    enter into any Swap,

 

    make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of any Shares or Related Securities, or cause to be filed a registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement (or an amendment or supplement thereto) with respect to any such registration, or

 

    publicly announce any intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

B-1


The foregoing will not apply to the registration of the offer and sale of the Shares, and the sale of the Shares to the underwriters, in each case as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. In addition, the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to: (i) transactions relating to Shares or Related Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Offering, (ii) transactions relating to Shares or Related Securities pledged in a bona fide transaction to third parties as collateral to secure obligations pursuant to lending or other arrangements between such third parties (or their affiliates or designees) and the undersigned or any similar arrangement relating to a financing arrangement for the benefit of the undersigned, (iii) the transfer of Shares or Related Securities (a) by gift, or by will or intestate succession to a Family Member or to a trust whose beneficiaries consist exclusively of one or more of the undersigned and/or a Family Member (b) by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, (c) as a distribution or transfer to: (x) general partners, limited partners, members, stockholders or affiliates of the undersigned or (y) any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity which controls or manages or is controlled or managed by the undersigned or to entities under common control or management with the undersigned and/or Family Members of the undersigned, or (d) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (a) through (c) above; provided, however , that in any such case of clauses (ii) or (iii), it shall be a condition to such transfer that each transferee executes and delivers to Jefferies and J.P. Morgan an agreement substantially consistent with this letter agreement or in form and substance satisfactory to Jefferies and J.P. Morgan stating that such transferee is receiving and holding such Shares and/or Related Securities subject to the provisions of this letter agreement and agrees not to Sell or Offer to Sell such Shares and/or Related Securities, engage in any Swap or engage in any other activities restricted under this letter agreement except in accordance with this letter agreement (as if such transferee had been an original signatory hereto); provided further , that in any such case of clauses (i), (ii), or (iii), prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, no public disclosure or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act by any party to the transfer (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) shall be required, or made voluntarily, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Shares in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-up Period and other than with respect to transfers by will or intestate succession), (iv) any exercise (including a cashless exercise) of options or warrants to purchase Shares or Related Securities or the conversion or exchange of any equity security held by the undersigned, individually or as a fiduciary, pursuant to employee benefit plans or arrangements described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus (each as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), into Shares, as well as transfers to the Company for the purpose of satisfying any tax liability (estimated or otherwise) due as a result of such exercise with respect to options outstanding as of the date hereof, in each case that would expire during the Lock-up Period; provided that any Shares received upon such exercise, conversion or exchange will be subject to this letter agreement, (v) transfers of Shares or Related Securities pursuant to a liquidation, tender offer, merger, consolidation, stock exchange or similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their Shares or Related Securities for cash, securities or other property; provided , that if any such liquidation, tender offer, merger, consolidation, stock exchange or similar transaction is not consummated, such Shares and/or Related Securities shall remain subject to this agreement or (vi) with the prior written consent of the Representatives.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall prevent the undersigned from establishing a contract or plan in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act or from amending the same, so long as there are no direct or indirect offers, sales, pledges or distributions of securities of the Company under such plans during the Lock-up Period, and no filing or other public announcement of the execution of such plan shall be required or voluntarily made by the undersigned or the Company during the Lock-up Period.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Shares the undersigned may purchase or otherwise receive in the Offering (including pursuant to a directed share program).

 

B-2


In addition, if the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Jefferies and J.P. Morgan agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Shares, Jefferies and J.P. Morgan will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company (in accordance with the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement) will announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Jefferies and J.P. Morgan hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if both (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter agreement that are applicable to the transferor to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of Shares or Related Securities held by the undersigned and the undersigned’s Family Members, if any, except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

With respect to the Offering only, the undersigned waives any registration rights relating to registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of any Shares and/or any Related Securities owned either of record or beneficially by the undersigned, including any rights to receive notice of the Offering.

The undersigned confirms that the undersigned has not, and has no knowledge that any Family Member has, directly or indirectly, taken any action designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale of the Shares. The undersigned will not, and will cause any Family Member not to take, directly or indirectly, any such action.

Whether or not the Offering occurs as currently contemplated or at all depends on market conditions and other factors. The Offering will only be made pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the underwriters.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power, capacity and authority to enter into this letter agreement. This letter agreement is irrevocable and will be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned.

This letter shall lapse and become null and void upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the Offering shall not have occurred on or before July 31, 2015, (ii) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement by the parties thereto, either the Representatives, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, notifies the other(s) in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder, or (iv) the withdrawal of the Registration Statement related to the Offering.

This letter agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

B-3


Signature
 

 

Printed Name of Person Signing
(Indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian or trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

 

B-4


Certain Defined Terms

Used in Lock-up Agreement

For purposes of the letter agreement to which this Annex A is attached and of which it is made a part:

 

    “Call Equivalent Position” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act.

 

    “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

    “Family Member” shall mean the spouse of the undersigned, an immediate family member of the undersigned or an immediate family member of the undersigned’s spouse, in each case living in the undersigned’s household or whose principal residence is the undersigned’s household (regardless of whether such spouse or family member may at the time be living elsewhere due to educational activities, health care treatment, military service, temporary internship or employment or otherwise).

 

    “Immediate family member” as used above shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act.

 

    “Lock-up Period” shall mean the period beginning on the date hereof and continuing through the close of trading on the date that is 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement).

 

    “Put Equivalent Position” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act.

 

    “Related Securities” shall mean any options or warrants or other rights to acquire Shares or any securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares, or to acquire other securities or rights ultimately exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares.

 

    “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

    “Sell or Offer to Sell” shall mean to:

 

    sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or lend,

 

    effect any short sale or establish or increase a Put Equivalent Position or liquidate or decrease any Call Equivalent Position

 

    pledge, hypothecate or grant any security interest in, or

 

    in any other way transfer or dispose of,

in each case whether effected directly or indirectly.

 

    “Swap” shall mean any swap, hedge or similar arrangement or agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of Shares or Related Securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled in securities, in cash or otherwise.

Capitalized terms not defined in this Annex A shall have the meanings given to them in the body of this lock-up agreement.

 

B-5


Exhibit C

Directors, Officers and Others

Signing Lock-up Agreement

Directors:

Officers:

Others:

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

FOGO DE CHÃO, INC.

ARTICLE 1.

NAME

The name of the corporation is Fogo de Chão, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE 2.

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE 3.

PURPOSE AND POWERS

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (“ Delaware Law ”).

ARTICLE 4

CAPITAL STOCK

(A) Authorized Shares

1. Classes of Stock. The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 215,000,000, consisting of 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and 15,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).


Effective upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware Incorporation (the “ Effective Time ”), each issued and outstanding share of Common Stock shall automatically and without any further action on the part of the holder thereof be converted into 25.4588 shares of Common Stock (the “ Stock Split ”). The number of authorized shares, and the par value of the Common Stock shall not be affected by the Stock Split. Each holder of certificates of Common Stock (“ Old Certificates ”) shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender of such Old Certificates to the Corporation for cancellation, certificates for shares of Common Stock, which will equal the number of shares represented by the Old Certificates being surrendered multiplied by 25.4888 and rounded down to the nearest whole number. No script or fractional share certificate shall be issued in connection with the Stock Split. Old Certificates will be deemed for all purposes to represent the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after giving effect to the Stock Split, except that the holder of such unexchanged certificates shall not be entitled to receive any distributions payable by the Corporation after the Effective Time until the Old Certificates have been surrendered. Such distributions, if any, shall be accumulated and, at the time of surrender of the Old Certificates, all such unpaid distributions shall be paid without interest.

2. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby empowered, without any action or vote by the Corporation’s stockholders (except as may otherwise be provided by the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding), to authorize by resolution or resolutions from time to time the issuance of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, with respect to each such class or series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares constituting each such class or series, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such class or series to the extent permitted by Delaware Law.

(B) Voting Rights

Each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any class or series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding classes or series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected class or series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such classes or series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any class or series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to Delaware Law.

 

2


ARTICLE 5.

BYLAWS

The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws ”).

The stockholders may adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws only with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66 2/3% of the voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation generally entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE 6.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

(A) Power of the Board of Directors . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors.

(B) Number of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall, as of the date this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation becomes effective, be seven and, thereafter, shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted from time to time solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

(C) Election of Directors .

(1) The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be practicable , of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders next following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided that directors initially designated as Class I directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the 2016 annual meeting, directors initially designated as Class II directors shall serve for a term ending on the 2017 annual meeting, and directors initially designated as Class III directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the 2018 annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. In the event of any change in the number of directors, the Board of Directors shall apportion any newly created directorships among, or reduce the number of directorships in, such class or classes as shall equalize, as nearly as possible, the number of directors in each class. In no event will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

3


(2) The names and mailing addresses of the persons who are to serve initially as directors of each Class are:

 

     Name    Mailing Address

Class I

  

Todd M. Abbrecht

Lawrence J. Johnson

Neil Moses

  

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, TX 75254

Class II

  

Jeff T. Swenson

Douglas R. Pendergast

  

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, TX 75254

Class III

  

Douglas A. Haber

Gerald W. Deitchle

  

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, TX 75254

(3) There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

(D) Vacancies. Vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or otherwise and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, except as otherwise required by law, be filled solely by a majority of the directors then in office, and each director so elected shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the Class to which such director shall have been elected.

(E) Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the directors of the Corporation may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose; provided, however, that prior to the first date (the “ Trigger Date ”) on which the investment funds affiliated with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and their respective successors and affiliates cease collectively to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the directors of the Corporation may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. For the purpose of this Article 6(E), “beneficial ownership” shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

4


(F) Preferred Stock Directors. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, whenever the holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to elect directors, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of such class or series of Preferred Stock adopted by resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article 4(A) hereto, and such directors so elected shall not be subject to the provisions of this Article 6 unless otherwise provided therein.

(G) Authorized Number of Directors. The authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 7.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

(A) Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(B) Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to elect directors, such holders may call, pursuant to the terms of such class or series of Preferred Stock adopted by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant to Article 4(A) hereto, special meetings of holders of such Preferred Stock.

(C) No Action by Written Consent. Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, as may be set forth in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article 4(A) hereto for such class or series of Preferred Stock, for so long as the Corporation remains a “controlled company” within the applicable regulations of the Nasdaq any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken only upon the vote of stockholders at an annual or special meeting duly noticed and called in accordance with Delaware Law, as amended from time to time, and this Article 7 and may not be taken by written consent of stockholders without a meeting, unless the action to be taken by written consent of stockholders and the taking of this action by written consent has been expressly approved in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

5


ARTICLE 8.

INDEMNIFICATION

(A) Limited Liability. A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law.

(B) Right to Indemnification.

(1) Each person (and the heirs, executors or administrators of such person) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article 8 shall also include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware Law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article 8 shall be a contract right.

(2) The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to such of the employees and agents of the Corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by Delaware Law.

(C) Insurance. The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Delaware Law.

(D) Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights and authority conferred in this Article 8 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may otherwise have or hereafter acquire.

(E) Preservation of Rights. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article 8, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law, any modification of law, shall adversely affect any right or

 

6


protection of any person granted pursuant hereto existing at, or arising out of or related to any event, act or omission that occurred prior to, the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification (regardless of when any proceeding (or part thereof) relating to such event, act or omission arises or is first threatened, commenced or completed).

ARTICLE 9.

BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

(A) Business Opportunities. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and except as may be otherwise expressly agreed in writing by the Corporation and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and its affiliates (collectively, “THL”) with respect to THL (the “Sponsor”), the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to the Sponsor or any of its officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) and that may be business opportunities for the Sponsor, even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and no such person shall be liable to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person, acting in good faith, pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or its subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer of the Corporation, such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation. The Sponsor shall not have any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

(B) Amendment of this Article. Neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this Article 9, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article 9, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article 9 in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article 9, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

7


ARTICLE 10.

DGCL SECTION 203 AND BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

(A) Definitions. For the purposes of this Article 10, the following definitions apply:

(1) The term “ Business Combination ” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to an Interested Stockholder.

(2) An “ Interested Stockholder ” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of the Corporation’s voting stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, THL, its respective affiliates and associates, and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees of at least 5% of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock shall not constitute Interested Stockholders.

(3) The term “ owner ,” including the terms “ own ” and “ owned ,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

(a) beneficially owns (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act or any successor provision) such stock, directly or indirectly;

(b) has (i) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (ii) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten (10) or more persons; or

(c) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (ii) of subsection (3)(b) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

(4) The term “ person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

 

8


(5) The term “ stock ” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

(6) The term “ voting stock ” means, with respect to any corporation, stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of voting stock shall refer to such percentage of the votes of such voting stock.

(B) DGCL Section 203. The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

(C) Business Combinations. The Corporation shall not engage in any Business Combination with any Interested Stockholder for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, unless:

(1) prior to such time, the Board of Directors approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder;

(2) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder, the Interested Stockholder owned at least 85% of the Corporation’s voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares of voting stock outstanding those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

(3) at or subsequent to that time, the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3 % of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation that is not owned by the Interested Stockholder.

(D) Exception. The restrictions contained in section (C) above of this Article 10 shall not apply if:

(1) the Corporation does not have a class of voting stock that is: (i) listed on a national securities exchange; or (ii) held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders, unless any of the foregoing results from action taken, directly or indirectly, by an Interested Stockholder or from a transaction in which a person becomes an Interested Stockholder; or

(b) a stockholder becomes an Interested Stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an Interested Stockholder; and (ii) would not, at any time

 

9


within the 3-year period immediately prior to a business combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an Interested Stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership.

ARTICLE 11.

AMENDMENTS

The Corporation reserves the right to amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in any manner permitted by the Delaware Law and all rights and powers conferred upon stockholders, directors and officers herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in Articles 4(B), 5, 6, 7 and this Article 11 may not be repealed or amended in any respect, and no other provision may be adopted, amended or repealed which would have the effect of modifying or permitting the circumvention of the provisions set forth in any of Articles 4(B), 5, 6, 7 or this Article 11, unless such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66 2/3 % of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation generally entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation this          day of                     , 2015.

 

 

 

11

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

FOGO DE CHÃO, INC.

* * * * *

ARTICLE 1

OFFICES

Section 1.01 . Registered Office. The registered office of Fogo de Chão, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be in the City of Wilmington, State of Delaware.

Section 1.02 . Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

Section 1.03 . Books. The books of the Corporation may be kept within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE 2

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.01 . Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, on such date and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors (or the Chairman of the Board of Directors in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors).

Section 2.02 . Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the year 2015, shall be held for the election of directors and to transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.03 . Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors. The ability of the stockholders of the Corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders is hereby specifically denied. At a special meeting of stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.


Section 2.04 . Notice of Meetings and Adjourned Meetings; Waivers of Notice. (a) Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (“ Delaware Law ”), such notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. The Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another time or place (whether or not a quorum is present), and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, are announced at the meeting at which such adjournment is made. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

(b) A written waiver of any such notice signed by the person entitled thereto, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.05 . Quorum. Unless otherwise provided under the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws and subject to Delaware Law, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation generally entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting or a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy may adjourn the meeting, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

 

2


Section 2.06 . Voting. (a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to Delaware Law, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each outstanding share of capital stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder. Any share of capital stock of the Corporation held by the Corporation shall have no voting rights. Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast at the meeting on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Abstentions and broker non-votes shall not be counted as votes cast. Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, as may be set forth in the certificate of designations for such class or series of preferred stock, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

(b) Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to a corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, appointed by an instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by his attorney thereunto authorized, or by proxy sent by cable, telegram or by any means of electronic communication permitted by law, which results in a writing from such stockholder or by his attorney, and delivered to the secretary of the meeting. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date, unless said proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 2.07 . Action by Consent. Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock then outstanding, as may be set forth in the certificate of designations for such class or series of preferred stock, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken only upon the vote of stockholders at an annual or special meeting duly noticed and called in accordance with Delaware Law and may not be taken by written consent of stockholders without a meeting.

Section 2.08 . Organization. At each meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one shall have been elected, or in the Chairman’s absence or if one shall not have been elected, the director designated by the vote of the majority of the directors present at such meeting, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary (or in the Secretary’s absence or inability to act, the person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting) shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

Section 2.09 . Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.

Section 2.10. Nomination of Directors and Proposal of Other Business.

 

3


(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders . (i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors or the proposal of other business to be transacted by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or (C) as may be provided in the certificate of designations for any class or series of preferred stock or (D) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in paragraph (ii) of this Section 2.10(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10(a), and, except as otherwise required by law, any failure to comply with these procedures shall result in the nullification of such nomination or proposal.

(ii) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by a stockholder pursuant to clause (D) of paragraph (i) of this Section 2.10(a), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business (other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors) must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than 60 days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received by the Corporation no more than 120 days prior to the annual meeting nor less than the later of (i) 90 days prior and (ii) 10 days after the earlier of (a) the day on which notice was mailed and (b) the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting was first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of any meeting, or any announcement thereof, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iii) A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director: (1) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended (together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder), the “ Exchange Act ”)) including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; and (2) a reasonably detailed description of any compensatory, payment or other financial

 

4


agreement, arrangement or understanding that such person has with any other person or entity other than the Corporation including the amount of any payment or payments received or receivable thereunder, in each case in connection with candidacy or service as a director of the Corporation (a “ Third-Party Compensation Arrangement ”), (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the text of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made:

(1) the name and address of such stockholder (as they appear on the Corporation’s books) and any such beneficial owner;

(2) for each class or series, the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by such stockholder and by any such beneficial owner;

(3) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between or among such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business and any material interest of such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, in such business, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person;

(4) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been made, the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any such beneficial owner or any such nominee with respect to the Corporation’s securities;

(5) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring such nomination or other business before the meeting;

 

5


(6) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any such beneficial owner intends or is part of a group that intends to (i) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or to elect each such nominee and/or (ii) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination;

(7) any other information relating to such stockholder, beneficial owner, if any, or director nominee or proposed business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies in support of such nominee or proposal pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and

(8) such other information relating to any proposed item of business as the Corporation may reasonably require to determine whether such proposed item of business is a proper matter for stockholder action.

If requested by the Corporation, the information required under clauses 2.10(a)(iii)(C)(2), (3) and (4) of the preceding sentence of this Section 2.10 shall be supplemented by such stockholder and any such beneficial owner not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such information as of the record date.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . If the election of directors is included as business to be brought before a special meeting in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, then nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders may be made by any stockholder who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 2.10(b) and at the time of the special meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10(b). For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder before a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.10(b), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (A) not earlier than 150 days prior to the date of the special meeting nor (B) later than the later of 120 days prior to the date of the special meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting was first made. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall comply with the notice requirements of Section 2.10(a)(iii).

 

6


(c) General . (i) To be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director, the proposed nominee must provide to the Secretary of the Corporation in accordance with the applicable time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 2.10(a)(ii) or Section 2.10(b): (1) a completed D&O questionnaire (in the form provided by the secretary of the Corporation at the request of the nominating stockholder) containing information regarding the nominee’s background and qualifications and such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation or to serve as an independent director of the Corporation, (2) a written representation that, unless previously disclosed to the Corporation, the nominee is not and will not become a party to any voting agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity as to how such nominee, if elected as a director, will vote on any issue or that could interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director, with his/her fiduciary duties under applicable law, (3) a written representation and agreement that, unless previously disclosed to the Corporation pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii)(A)(2), the nominee is not and will not become a party to any Third-Party Compensation Arrangement and (4) a written representation that, if elected as a director, such nominee would be in compliance and will continue to comply with the Corporation’s corporate governance guidelines as disclosed on the Corporation’s website, as amended from time to time. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation the information that is required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice of nomination that pertains to the nominee.

(ii) No person shall be eligible to be nominated by a stockholder to serve as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10. No business proposed by a stockholder shall be conducted at a stockholder meeting except in accordance with this Section 2.10

(iii) The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws or that business was not properly brought before the meeting, and if he/she should so determine, he/she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded or such business shall not be transacted, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or other proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded or such proposed business shall not be transacted, as the case may be, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation and counted for purposes of determining a quorum. For purposes of this Section 2.10, to be considered a qualified

 

7


representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(iv) Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.10; provided , however , that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.10, and compliance with paragraphs (a)(i)(C) and (b) of this Section 2.10 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than as provided in Section 2.10(c)(v)).

(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the notice requirements set forth herein with respect to the proposal of any business pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if such stockholder has submitted a proposal to the Corporation in compliance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for the meeting of stockholders.

ARTICLE 3

DIRECTORS

Section 3.01 . General Powers. Except as otherwise provided in Delaware Law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.02 . Number, Election and Term Of Office. The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than four (4) nor more than ten (10) directors, with the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time solely by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. As set forth in Article 7 of the Certificate of Incorporation, the directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be practicable, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders next following the annual meeting at which such director was elected. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director

 

8


shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 3.03 . Quorum and Manner of Acting. Unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws require a greater number, a majority of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise expressly required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place (whether or not a quorum is present), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat shall adjourn the meeting, from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 3.04 . Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors shall hold its meetings at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors (or the Chairman of the Board of Directors in the absence of a determination by the Board of Directors).

Section 3.05 . Annual Meeting. The Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of other business, as soon as practicable after each annual meeting of stockholders, on the same day and at the same place where such annual meeting shall be held. Notice of such meeting need not be given. In the event such annual meeting is not so held, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors may be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware, on such date and at such time as shall be specified in a notice thereof given as hereinafter provided in Section 3.07 herein or in a waiver of notice thereof signed by any director who chooses to waive the requirement of notice.

Section 3.06 . Regular Meetings. After the place and time of regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall have been determined and notice thereof shall have been once given to each member of the Board of Directors, regular meetings may be held without further notice being given.

Section 3.07 . Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, President or the Secretary, on the written request of three directors. Notice of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director at least 24 hours before the date of the meeting in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors.

 

9


Section 3.08 . Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by Delaware Law to be submitted to the stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

Section 3.09 . Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions, are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 3.10 . Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 3.11. Resignation . Any director may resign from the Board of Directors at any time by giving notice to the Board of Directors or to the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such notice must be in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

10


Section 3.12 . Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or otherwise and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the remaining directors, and each director so elected shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the Class to which such director shall have been elected. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in accordance with Delaware Law. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, when one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in the filling of the other vacancies.

Section 3.13 . Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors, the directors of the Corporation may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose; provided, however, that prior to the first date (the “ Trigger Date ”) on which the investment funds affiliated with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and their respective successors and affiliates cease collectively to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, the directors of the Corporation may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. For the purpose of this Section 3.13, “beneficial ownership” shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Section 3.14 . Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation of directors, including fees and reimbursement of expenses.

Section 3.15 . Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of the Corporation’s directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely

 

11


for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (ii) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee that authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE 4

OFFICERS

Section 4.01 . Principal Officers. The principal officers of the Corporation shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Accounting Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and a Secretary who shall have the duty, among other things, to record the proceedings of the meetings of stockholders and directors in a book kept for that purpose. The Corporation may also have such other principal officers, including one or more Controllers, as the Board of Directors may in its discretion appoint. One person may hold the offices and perform the duties of any two or more of said offices, except that no one person shall hold the offices and perform the duties of President and Secretary. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general management and supervision of the property, business and affairs of the Corporation and over its other officers and may execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation powers of attorney, contracts, bonds and other obligations and instruments.

Section 4.02 . Appointment, Term of Office and Remuneration. The principal officers of the Corporation shall be appointed by the Board of Directors in the manner determined by the Board of Directors. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor is appointed, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. The remuneration of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office shall be filled in such manner as the Board of Directors shall determine.

Section 4.03 . Subordinate Officers. In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 4.01 herein, the Corporation may have one or more

 

12


Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers and such other subordinate officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such period as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the power to appoint and to remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

Section 4.04 . Removal. Except as otherwise permitted with respect to subordinate officers, any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time, by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.05 . Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Board of Directors (or to a principal officer if the Board of Directors has delegated to such principal officer the power to appoint and to remove such officer). Any such notice must be in writing. The resignation of any officer shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.06 . Powers and Duties. The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties incident to each of their respective offices and such other duties as may from time to time be conferred upon or assigned to them by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 5

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 5.01. Certificates For Stock; Uncertificated Shares . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares or a combination of certificated and uncertificated shares. Any such resolution that shares of a class or series will only be uncertificated shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Except as otherwise required by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of shares represented by certificates of the same class and series shall be identical. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. A Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

 

13


Section 5.02 . Transfer Of Shares. Shares of the stock of the Corporation may be transferred on the record of stockholders of the Corporation by the holder thereof or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney upon surrender of a certificate therefor properly endorsed or upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of uncertificated shares or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney and upon compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form, unless waived by the Corporation.

Section 5.03 . Authority for Additional Rules Regarding Transfer. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificated or uncertificated shares of the stock of the Corporation, as well as for the issuance of new certificates in lieu of those which may be lost or destroyed, and may require of any stockholder requesting replacement of lost or destroyed certificates, bond in such amount and in such form as they may deem expedient to indemnify the Corporation, and/or the transfer agents, and/or the registrars of its stock against any claims arising in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 6

FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF DISPUTES

Section 6.01 . Exclusive Forum. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the state of Delaware, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensible parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article 6.

ARTICLE 7

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 7.01 . Fixing the Record Date. (a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which

 

14


record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing such record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided that the Board of Directors may in its discretion or as required by law fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall fix the same date or an earlier date as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 7.02 . Dividends. Subject to limitations contained in Delaware Law and the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation, which dividends may be paid either in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 7.03 . Year. The Corporation operates on a 52- or 53-week fiscal year that ends on the Sunday that is closest to December 31 of each year unless otherwise provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 7.04 . Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.

Section 7.05. Voting of Stock Owned by the Corporation . The Board of Directors may authorize any person, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend, vote at and grant proxies to be used at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation (except this Corporation) in which the Corporation may hold stock.

 

15


Section 7.06 . Amendments. These Bylaws or any of them, may be altered, amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be made, by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon at any annual or special meeting thereof or by the Board of Directors. Unless a higher percentage is required by the Certificate of Incorporation as to any matter that is the subject of these Bylaws, all such amendments must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 662/3% of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation, generally entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, or by a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

16

Exhibit 4.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

among

FOGO DE CHÃO, INC.

THL INVESTORS,

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS AND OTHER INVESTORS

NAMED HEREIN

DATED AS OF [    ], 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     P AGE  

1. EFFECTIVENESS; DEFINITIONS.

     2   

1.1 Closing

     2   

1.2 Definitions

     2   

2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     2   

2.1 Demand Registration Rights for Registrable Securities

     2   

2.2 Piggyback Registration Rights

     4   

2.3 Certain Other Provisions

     6   

2.4 Indemnification and Contribution

     13   

3. PERMITTED TRANSFEREES

     16   

3.1 Transfers by Investors

     16   

3.2 Transfers by Management Stockholders

     16   

3.3 Permitted Transferees

     17   

3.4 Permitted Registration Rights Assignees

     17   

4. AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, RELEASE OF PARTIES, ETC

     17   

4.1 Oral Modifications

     17   

4.2 Written Modifications

     17   

4.3 Effect of Termination

     18   

5. DEFINITIONS

     18   

5.1 Certain Matters of Construction

     18   

5.2 Definitions

     18   

6. MISCELLANEOUS

     26   

6.1 Authority; Effect

     26   

6.2 Notices

     26   

6.3 Merger; Binding Effect, Etc

     27   

6.4 Descriptive Headings

     28   

6.5 Counterparts

     28   

6.6 Severability

     28   

6.7 No Recourse

     28   

6.8 Aggregation of Shares

     28   

7. GOVERNING LAW AND REMEDIES

     28   

7.1 Governing Law

     28   

7.2 Consent to Jurisdiction

     29   

7.3 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     29   

7.4 Remedies

     30   

7.5 Exercise of Rights and Remedies

     30   

 

 

i


AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”) is

made as of [    ], 2015 by and among:

 

(i) Fogo de Chão, Inc. (the “ Company ”);

 

(ii) Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VI, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund VI, Thomas H. Lee Parallel (DT) Fund VI, L.P., Great-West Investors LP, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company III LLC, THL Coinvestment Partners, LP, THL Operating Partners, LP, THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Fogo), LLC, THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Fogo) II, LLC and each Affiliate of such Persons executing this Agreement from time to time and listed as a THL Investor on the signature pages hereto (collectively, the “ THL Investors ”);

 

(iii) the Management Stockholders (as hereinafter defined);

 

(iv) any other Persons who from time to time become party hereto by executing a counterpart signature page hereof and are designated by the Board as “ Other Investors ” (collectively, with their Permitted Transferees, the “ Other Investors ” and, together with the THL Investors and the Management Stockholders, the “ Investors ”); and

 

(v) such other Persons, if any, that from time to time become party hereto as holders of Other Holder Shares (as defined below) pursuant to Section 2.5 solely in the capacity of permitted assignees with respect to certain registration rights hereunder (collectively, the “ Other Holders ”).

RECITALS

1. Upon consummation of (a) the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 28, 2012, by and among Brasa (Purchaser) Inc., Brasa Merger Sub Inc., FC Holdings Inc., Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC, and the other parties party thereto (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof through the date hereof and (b) the Subscription Agreements, Brasa (Parent) Inc., the THL Investors, the Management Stockholders and the Other Stockholders entered into the Brasa (Parent) Inc. Stockholders Agreement dated as of July 20, 2012 (the “ Original Agreement ”), which contained certain registration rights set forth in Article 3 therein.

2. In connection with the consummation by the Company of an Initial Public Offering of the Company, the Original Agreement is being terminated effective upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering.

3. The Company’s Common Stock and all Options, Warrants and Convertible Securities issued or reserved for issuance are held (or reserved for issuance), as of the date hereof is set forth on Schedule I hereto.


4. In connection with the consummation by the Company of an Initial Public Offering of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree to amend and restate in its entirety the Original Agreement as follows:

 

1. EFFECTIVENESS; DEFINITIONS.

1.1 Closing . This Agreement shall become effective only upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering (the “Closing”). If the Closing shall not have occurred on or prior to             , 2015, this Agreement shall become null and void ab initio , and the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

1.2 Definitions . Certain terms are used in this Agreement as specifically defined herein. These definitions are set forth or referred to in Section 5 hereof.

 

2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company will perform and comply, and cause each of its subsidiaries to perform and comply, with such of the following provisions as are applicable to it. Each Holder will perform and comply with such of the following provisions as are applicable to such Holder.

2.1 Demand Registration Rights for Registrable Securities .

2.1.1 Investors . The Majority Initial Investors and their direct or indirect Permitted Registration Rights Assignees (the “ Initiating Stockholders ”), by notice to the Company specifying the intended method or methods of disposition, may request that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act for a Public Offering of all or a specified part of the Registrable Securities held by such Initiating Stockholders.

2.1.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a notice pursuant to Section 2.1.1, the Company will use its best efforts to (i) effect the registration under the Securities Act (including by means of a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act if the Company is then eligible to effect such registration on Form S-3) of the Registrable Securities that the Company has been requested to register by such Investor, together with all other Registrable Securities that the Company has been requested to register pursuant to Section 2.2 by other Holders, all to the extent required to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities that the Company has been so requested to register as promptly as is reasonably practical, and (ii) obtain acceleration of the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to such registration as promptly as is reasonably practical.

2.1.3 The Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration pursuant to Section 2.1.2:

 

2


(a) unless the value of Registrable Securities to be included on such Registration Statement is at least fifty million dollars $50,000,000 or such lower amount as agreed by the Majority Investors;

(b) if there has been a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 (other than by means of a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act) within the preceding 180 days (unless otherwise consented to by the Majority Investors);

(c) during the effectiveness of any Principal Lock-Up Agreement entered into in connection with any Registration Statement pertaining to an underwritten Public Offering of securities of the Company for its own account (other than a Rule 145 Transaction, or a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans).

2.1.4 Form . Except as otherwise provided above or required by law, the Company will use its best efforts to effect each registration requested pursuant to Section 2.1.1 by filing with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (or any other form which includes substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a Registration Statement on such form as currently constituted) pursuant to Section 2.3.2(a); provided that if any registration requested pursuant to this Section 2.1 (other than 2.1.2) is proposed to be effected on Form S-3 (or any successor or similar shortform Registration Statement) and is in connection with an underwritten offering, and if the managing underwriter shall advise the Company in writing that, in its opinion, it is of material importance to the success of such proposed offering to file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (or any successor or similar Registration Statement) or to include in such Registration Statement information not required to be included pursuant to Form S-3 (or any successor or similar shortform Registration Statement), then the Company will file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or supplement Form S-3 (or any successor or similar shortform Registration Statement) as reasonably requested by such managing underwriter. The Company shall use its best efforts to prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and prospectus as required by Section 2.3.2(b).

2.1.5 Payment of Expenses . The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with registrations and sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.1, including all Registration Expenses (other than that portion of any fees and disbursements of counsel, if any, that does not constitute Registration Expenses) incurred in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 2.1.

2.1.6 Additional Procedures . In the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, whenever any party who may demand a registration pursuant to Section 2.1.1 (a “ Demand Party ”) shall request that such registration shall be effected pursuant to an underwritten offering, the Company shall include such information in the written notices to Holders referred to in Section 2.2. In such event, the right of any Holder to have securities owned by such Holder included in such registration pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting

 

3


and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed upon by the Principal Participating Holders and such Holder). The Company together with the Holders proposing to distribute their securities through the underwriting will enter into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters for such offering containing such representations and warranties by the Company and such Holders and such other terms and provisions as are customarily contained in underwriting agreements with respect to secondary distributions, including customary indemnity and contribution provisions, including indemnity and contribution provisions for the benefit of the underwriters on the same terms as those provided in Section 2.4 (treating each underwriter as a “Covered Person” for purposes thereof) (subject, in each case, to the limitations on such liabilities set forth in this Agreement).

2.1.7 Suspension of Registration . If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement, including a shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, in respect of a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 at any time would require the Company to make a public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure in the good faith judgment of the Board (after consultation with external legal counsel) (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement so that such Registration Statement would not be materially misleading, (ii) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such Registration Statement and (iii) would have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business or on the Company’s ability to effect a material proposed acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction, then the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders participating in such registration, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of such Registration Statement, or suspend use of such Registration Statement; provided, that the Company shall not be permitted to do so (i) more than two times during any 12 month period, (ii) for a period exceeding 30 days on any one occasion or (iii) for a period exceeding 125 days in any 12 month period. In the event the Company exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, such Holders agree to suspend, promptly upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of any prospectus relating to such registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. The Company shall promptly notify such Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 2.1.7. The Company agrees that, in the event it exercises its rights under this Section 2.1.7, it shall, within 30 days following such Holders’ receipt of the notice of suspension, update the suspended Registration Statement as may be necessary to permit the Holders to resume use thereof in connection with the offer and sale of their Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law.

2.2 Piggyback Registration Rights .

2.2.1 Piggyback Registration .

(a) General . Subject to Section 2.2.5, each time the Company proposes to register any shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act on a form which would permit registration of Registrable Securities for sale to the public, for its

 

4


own account and/or for the account of any other Person (pursuant to Section 2.1 or otherwise) for sale in a Public Offering, the Company will give reasonably prompt notice to all Holders of its intention to do so. Any Holder may, by written response delivered to the Company within 5 days after the date of delivery of such notice, request that all or a specified part of such Holder’s Registrable Securities be included in such registration. The Company thereupon will use its best efforts to cause to be included in such registration under the Securities Act all Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by such Holders, to the extent required to permit the disposition (in accordance with the methods to be used by the Company or, pursuant to Section 2.1, other Holders in such Public Offering) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered; provided that (i) if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any shares of Common Stock, the Company shall determine for any reason not to proceed with the proposed registration of the shares of Common Stock to be sold by it, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each Holder and, thereupon, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), and (ii) if such registration involves an underwritten offering, all Holders requesting to be included in the Company’s registration must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected by the Company on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company (with such differences as may be customary or appropriate in combined primary and secondary offerings) or, in the case of a registration initiated pursuant to Section 2.1.1, the Principal Participating Holders. No registration of Registrable Securities effected under this Section 2.2 shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations to effect registrations of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

(b) Excluded Transactions . The Company shall not be obligated to effect any registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 2.2 incidental to the registration of any of its securities in connection with:

(i) Any Public Offering relating exclusively to employee benefit plans or dividend reinvestment plans; or

(ii) Any Public Offering relating exclusively to the acquisition or merger after the date hereof by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of or with any other businesses except to the extent such Public Offering is for the sale of securities in cash.

2.2.2 Payment of Expenses . The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with registrations of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.2.

2.2.3 Additional Procedures . Holders participating in any Public Offering pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall take all such actions and execute all such documents and instruments that are reasonably requested by the Company to effect the sale of their Registrable Securities in such Public Offering, including being parties to the underwriting agreement entered into by the Company and any other selling Stockholders in connection

 

5


therewith (including customary selling stockholder representations, warranties, indemnifications and “lock-up” agreements) for the benefit of the underwriters contained therein; provided, however, that (a) with respect to individual representations, warranties, indemnities and agreements of sellers of Registrable Securities in such Public Offering, the aggregate amount of such liability shall not exceed such Holder’s net proceeds from such offering and (b) to the extent selling Stockholders give further representations, warranties and indemnities, then with respect to all other representations, warranties and indemnities of sellers of shares in such Public Offering, the aggregate amount of such liability shall not exceed the lesser of (i) such Holder’s pro rata portion of any such liability, in accordance with such Holder’s portion of the total number of Registrable Securities included in the offering, and (ii) such Holder’s net proceeds from such offering.

2.2.4 Registration Statement Form . The Company shall select the Registration Statement form for any registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 (other than a registration that is also pursuant to Section 2.1); provided that if any registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 is proposed to be effected on Form S-3 (or any successor form) and is in connection with an underwritten offering, and if the managing underwriter shall advise the Company in writing that, in its opinion, it is of material importance to the success of such proposed offering to include in such Registration Statement information not required to be included pursuant to such form, then the Company will supplement such Registration Statement as reasonably requested by such managing underwriter. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify as a well-known seasoned issuer (“ WKSI ”) as such item is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act following the Initial Public Offering and to remain a WKSI as long as this Agreement is in effect.

2.2.5 THL Block Trades . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, on and after the date that the Company qualifies as a WKSI (as defined in Section 2.2.4), if one or more of the THL Investors propose to execute a THL Block Trade, only the THL Investors shall be deemed Stockholders for purposes of Sections 2.1 and 2.2, and for the avoidance of doubt, no other Stockholder shall be entitled to receive notice of, or elect to participate in, such THL Block Trade or any Registration Statement and prospectus to be used in connection with such THL Block Trade.

2.3 Certain Other Provisions .

2.3.1 Underwriter’s Cutback . In the event that an underwriter determines that marketing factors (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price) exist that would require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, and, as a result, decides to limit the number of shares included in such registration by excluding any or all Registrable Securities from such registration, the following provisions shall apply. If the registration in question involves a registration for sale of securities for the Company’s own account, then the number of shares which the Company seeks to have registered in such registration shall not be subject to exclusion, in whole or in part, under this Section 2.3.1. Upon receipt of notice from the underwriter of the need to reduce the number of shares to be included in the registration, the Company shall advise all Holders that would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of

 

6


shares, including Registrable Securities, that may be included in the registration shall be allocated in the following manner, unless the underwriter shall determine that marketing factors require a different allocation: shares, other than Registrable Securities, requested to be included in such registration by other Stockholders shall be excluded unless the Company, with the consent of the parties required to approve any amendment or waiver of this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.2, has granted registration rights which are to be treated on an equal basis with Registrable Securities for the purpose of the exercise of the underwriter cutback (such shares afforded such equal treatment being “Parity Shares”); and, if a limitation on the number of shares is still required, the number of Registrable Securities, Parity Shares and other shares of Common Stock that may be included in such registration shall be allocated among the holders thereof in proportion, as nearly as practicable, as follows:

(a) there shall be first allocated to each such holder requesting that its Registrable Securities or Parity Shares be registered in such registration a number of such shares to be included in such registration equal to the lesser of (A) the number of such shares requested to be registered by such holder, and (B) a number of such shares equal to such holder’s Pro Rata Portion;

(b) the balance, if any, not allocated pursuant to clause (a) above shall be allocated to those holders who have requested to register a number of such Registrable Securities or Parity Shares in excess of such holder’s Pro Rata Portion, pro rata to each such holder based upon the number of Registrable Securities and Parity Shares held by such holder, or in such other manner as the holders requesting that their Registrable Securities or Parity Shares be registered in such registration may otherwise agree; and

(c) the balance, if any, not allocated pursuant to clause (b) above shall be allocated to shares, other than Registrable Securities and Parity Shares, requested to be included in such registration by other Stockholders.

For purposes of any underwriter cutback, all Registrable Securities held by any Holder shall also include any Registrable Securities held by the partners, retired partners, Stockholders, Affiliates or Permitted Transferees of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such Holder or such partners and retired partners, any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons and, at the election of such Holder or such partners, retired partners, trusts or Affiliates, and any Charitable Organization to which any of the foregoing shall have contributed Common Stock prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement in connection with such underwritten offering, and such Holder and other Persons shall be deemed to be a single selling Holder, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such selling Holder shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Common Stock owned by all entities and individuals included in such selling Holder, as defined in this sentence. No shares of Common Stock excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration. Upon delivery of a written request that Registrable Securities be included in the underwriting pursuant to Section 2.1.1 or 2.2.1(a) the Holder thereof may not thereafter elect to withdraw such request without the written consent of the Principal Participating

 

7


Holders; provided that, if the managing underwriter of any underwritten offering shall advise the Holders participating in a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 that the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement cannot be sold in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Principal Participating Holders, then the Principal Participating Holders shall have the right to notify the Company that they have determined that the Registration Statement be abandoned or withdrawn, in which event the Company shall abandon or withdraw such Registration Statement; provided, further, that if the price to the public at which the Registrable Securities are proposed to be sold will be less than 90% of the average closing price of the Common Stock to be registered during the 10 trading days preceding the date on which notice of such offering was given pursuant to Section 2.1.1(a), then the Holders participating in such registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2 may elect to withdraw from such registration by written notice to the Company. The Company may, but shall not be required to, extend similar withdrawal rights to other Holders of Parity Shares.

2.3.2 Registration Procedures . If, and in each case when, the Company is required to effect a registration of any Registrable Securities as provided in this Section 2, the Company shall promptly:

(a) prepare and, in any event within forty-five days (thirty days in the case of a Form S-3 registration) after the end of the period under Section 2.1.1(a) within which a piggyback request for registration may be given to the Company, file with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use, in the event the Company is not a WKSI, its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective within ninety days of the initial filing;

(b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective (i) in the case of a shelf Registration Statement, until the earlier of (A) the date on which all remaining Registrable Securities may be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act without regard to volume limitations or (B) two years after the effective date of such Registration Statement, or (ii) in all other cases for a period not in excess of 270 days (in each case, or such shorter period which will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold) and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement; provided that before filing a Registration Statement or prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto in accordance with Sections 2.1 or 2.2, the Company will furnish to counsel selected pursuant to Section 2.3.3 hereof copies of all documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such counsel;

(c) furnish to each seller of such Registrable Securities such number of copies of such Registration Statement and of each amendment and supplement

 

8


thereto (in each case including all exhibits filed therewith), such number of copies of the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus), in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such seller;

(d) use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration in such jurisdictions as each seller of Registrable Securities shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition of Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where (but for the requirements of this clause (d)) it would not be obligated to be so qualified, or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(e) notify each seller of any such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the Company’s becoming aware that the prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made, and at the request of any such seller, prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of an amended or supplemental prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made;

(f) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable (but not more than 18 months) after the effective date of the Registration Statement, an earnings statement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

(g)(i) if such Registrable Securities are Common Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of another security), use its best efforts to list such Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or authorize for quotation on each other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or authorized for quotation if such Registrable Securities are not already so listed or authorized for quotation; and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide a transfer agent and registrar for such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(h) enter into such customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form), which shall include indemnification provisions in favor of underwriters and other Persons (in addition to the provisions of

 

9


Section 2.4 hereof) covering the entirety of the Registration Statement, excluding any information supplied to the underwriters by the Holders selling Registrable Securities in such offering, and take such other actions as the Principal Participating Holders or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(i) use best efforts to obtain a “comfort” letter or letters from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered by “comfort” letters, as the Principal Participating Holders shall reasonably request;

(j) make available for inspection by any seller of such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, by any managing underwriter or underwriters participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such Registration Statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or any such managing underwriter(s), all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement (subject to each party referred to in this clause (j) entering into customary confidentiality agreements in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company);

(k) notify counsel (selected pursuant to Section 2.3.3 hereof) for the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement and the managing underwriter or agent, immediately, and confirm the notice in writing (i) when the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, shall have become effective, or any supplement to the prospectus or any amendment to the prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request of the Commission to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the prospectus or for additional information, and (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Registration Statement for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the institution or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes;

(l) use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the withdrawal of any such order as soon as practicable;

(m) if requested by the managing underwriter or agent or any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement, incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or agent or such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein, including the number of Registrable Securities being sold by such Holder to such underwriter or agent, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriter or agent, and any other

 

10


terms of the underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after being notified of the matters incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(n) cooperate with the Holders of Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement and the managing underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be sold under the Registration Statement, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or agent, if any, or such Holders may request;

(o) obtain for delivery to the Holders of Registrable Securities being registered and to the underwriter or agent an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company in customary form and in form, substance and scope reasonably satisfactory to such Holders, underwriters or agents and their counsel;

(p) cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA; and

(q) use its best efforts to make available the executive officers of the Company to participate with the Holders of Registrable Securities and any underwriters in any “road show” presentations or investor telephone conference calls that may be reasonably requested by the Holders in connection with distribution of the Registrable Securities.

2.3.3 Selection of Underwriters and Counsel . The underwriters and legal counsel to be retained by the Company in connection with any Public Offering shall be selected by the Board; provided that, in the case of an offering following a request therefor under Section 2.1.1, such underwriters and counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Principal Participating Holders and Demand Party. In connection with any registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof, the Principal Participating Holders and the Demand Party may jointly select one counsel to represent all Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration; provided, however, that in the event that the counsel selected as provided above is also acting as counsel to the Company in connection with such registration, the remaining Holders shall be entitled to select one additional counsel to represent, at the Company’s expense, all such remaining Holders.

2.3.4 Company Lock-Up . If any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement shall be in connection with an underwritten Public Offering, the Company will agree with the underwriters in such underwritten public offering, subject to customary exceptions, not to effect any public sale or distribution of any Common Stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock) (in each case, other than as part of such underwritten Public Offering

 

11


and other than pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or S-8) for its own account, within such period as the managing underwriters may require after the effective date of such registration (except as part of such registration).

2.3.5 Holders and Other Holders Lock-Up .

(a) In connection with each underwritten Public Offering, each Stockholder agrees to be bound by and, if requested, to execute and deliver any lock-up agreement with the underwriter(s) of such Public Offering restricting such Stockholder’s right to (i) Transfer, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another Person any of the economic consequences of ownership of Common Stock, in each case to the extent that such restrictions are approved and agreed to, in the case of the Initial Public Offering, by the Majority Investors and, in the case of any other Public Offering, by the holders of a majority of the Shares participating in the Public Offering (the “ Principal Lock-Up Agreement ”); provided that no Stockholder will be required by this Section 2 to be bound by a lock-up agreement covering a period of greater than 90 days following the execution of the underwriting agreement governing such Public Offering plus such additional period of up to 34 days as may be required by the underwriters to satisfy FINRA regulations and permit the managing underwriters’ analysts to publish research updates. Also, no Stockholder will be required by this Section to be bound by a lock-up agreement unless the Majority Investors agree to be bound by such lock-up agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such lock-up agreement shall not apply to any of the following specifically authorized Transfers: (i) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in a Public Offering or acquired in open market transactions or block purchases, (ii) Transfers to Permitted Transferees and (iii) to the extent applicable, conversions of shares of Common Stock into other classes of common stock of the Company without change of holder.

(b) In the event of a THL Block Trade occurring after the Company qualifies as a WKSI, no Stockholder other than a THL Investor shall be required to sign a lock-up agreement.

2.3.6 Management . The Majority Investors, in their sole discretion, may allow management of the Company (other than management that are party hereto) to participate in any Public Offering, in each case, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement or such other terms and conditions as the Majority Investors may establish from time to time.

2.3.7 Other Agreements . The Company covenants and agrees that, so long as any Person holds any Registrable Securities in respect of which any registration rights provided for in Section 2.1 of this Agreement remain in effect, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, grant to any Person or agree to or otherwise become obligated in respect of (i) rights of registration in the nature or substantially in the nature of those set forth in Section 2.1 or 2.2 of this Agreement that would have priority over the Registrable Securities with respect to the inclusion of such securities in any registration or (ii) demand registration rights exercisable prior to such time as the Majority Stockholders can first exercise their rights under Section 2.1.

 

12


2.3.8 Limitations on Transfer . No Transfers by any Holder (other than a THL Investor) shall be permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement if, after giving effect to any such Transfers, such Holder and his Permitted Transferees would hold that percentage of the Shares such group held immediately prior to the Initial Public Offering which is less than the Minimum Percentage.

2.4 Indemnification and Contribution .

2.4.1 Indemnities of the Company . In the event of any registration of any Registrable Securities or other debt or equity securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under the Securities Act pursuant to this Section 2 or otherwise, and in connection with any Registration Statement or any other disclosure document produced by or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries including reports required and other documents filed under the Exchange Act, and other documents pursuant to which any debt or equity securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries are sold (whether or not for the account of the Company or its subsidiaries), the Company will, and hereby does, and will cause each of its subsidiaries, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities, any Person who is or might be deemed to be a controlling Person of the Company or any of its subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, their respective direct and indirect partners, advisory board members, directors, officers, trustees, members and Stockholders, and each other Person, if any, who controls any such holder or any such controlling Person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each such Person being referred to herein as a “Covered Person”), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof), joint or several, to which such Covered Person may be or become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other securities or other law of any jurisdiction, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any Registration Statement under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus included therein, or any related summary prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any other such disclosure document (including reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act and any document incorporated by reference therein) or other document or report, (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any federal, state, foreign or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and relating to action or inaction in connection with any such registration, disclosure document or other document or report, and will reimburse such Covered Person for any legal or any other expenses incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries

 

13


shall be liable to any Covered Person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement, incorporated document or other such disclosure document or other document or report, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or to any of its subsidiaries through an instrument duly executed by such Covered Person specifically stating that it is for use in the preparation thereof. The indemnities of the Company and of its subsidiaries contained in or included in any underwriting agreement entered into pursuant to this Section 2.4.1 shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Covered Person and shall survive any transfer of securities or any termination of this Agreement.

2.4.2 Indemnities to the Company . Subject to Section 2.4.4, the Company and any of its subsidiaries may require, as a condition to including any securities in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 2, that the Company and any of its subsidiaries shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from all prospective sellers of such securities, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and any of its subsidiaries, each director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, each officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries who shall sign such Registration Statement and each other Person (other than such seller), if any, who controls the Company and any of its subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each other prospective seller of such securities against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof), joint or several, to which such Person may be or become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other securities or other law of any jurisdiction, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any statement in or omission from such Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus included therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any other disclosure document (including reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act or any document incorporated therein) or other document or report, only to the extent that such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or any of its subsidiaries through an instrument executed by such seller specifically stating that it is for use in the preparation of such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement, incorporated document or other document or report. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any such director, officer or controlling Person and shall survive any transfer of securities or any termination of this Agreement.

2.4.3 Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Sections 2.4.1 or 2.4.2 hereof is unavailable to a party that would have been entitled to indemnification pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4 (an “Indemnitee”) in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof)

 

14


referred to therein, then each party that would have been an indemnifying party thereunder shall, subject to Section 2.4.4 and in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnitee, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of such indemnifying party on the one hand and such Indemnitee on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof). The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or such Indemnitee and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.4.3 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentence. The amount paid or payable by a contributing party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 2.4.3 shall include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

2.4.4 Limitation on Liability of Holders of Registrable Securities . The liability of each Holder of Registrable Securities in respect of any indemnification or contribution obligation of such holder arising under this Section 2.4 shall not in any event exceed an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder (after deduction of all underwriters’ discounts and commissions) from the disposition of the Registrable Securities disposed of by such holder pursuant to such registration.

2.4.5 Indemnification Procedures . Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of written notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Section 2.4, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action or proceeding; provided that the failure of the Indemnitee to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Section 2.4, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action or proceeding is brought against an Indemnitee, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof (at its expense), jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such Indemnitee of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such Indemnitee for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation and shall have no liability for any settlement made by the Indemnitee without the consent of the indemnifying party, such consent not to be

 

15


unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if in such Indemnitee’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such Indemnitee and the indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such action or proceeding or the indemnifying party does not assume the defense of any such action or proceeding within a reasonable time after notice of commencement, the Indemnitee shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any reasonable expenses therefor, but in no event will bear the expenses for more than one counsel for all Indemnitees in each jurisdiction who shall be approved by the Principal Participating Holders in the registration in respect of which such indemnification is sought. No indemnifying party will settle any action or proceeding or consent to the entry of any judgment without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, unless such settlement or judgment (i) includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff of a release to such Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such action or proceeding and (ii) does not involve the imposition of equitable remedies or the imposition of any obligations on such Indemnitee and does not otherwise adversely affect such Indemnitee, other than as a result of the imposition of financial obligations for which such Indemnitee will be indemnified hereunder.

 

3. PERMITTED TRANSFEREES.

3.1 Transfers by Investors . Subject to Section 3.4, the rights of an Investor (other than a Management Stockholder) hereunder may be assigned (but only with all related obligations as set forth below) in connection with a Transfer of Shares effected in accordance with this Agreement to a Permitted Transferee of such Investor. Without prejudice to any other or similar conditions imposed hereunder with respect to any such Transfer, no assignment permitted under the terms of this Section 3.1 shall be effective unless the Permitted Transferee to which such assignment is being made, if not a Stockholder, has delivered to the Company a written acknowledgment and agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company that the Shares in respect of which such assignment is made shall continue to be deemed Shares and shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement relating to Shares and that such Permitted Transferee shall be bound by, and shall be a party to, this Agreement as an Investor. A Permitted Transferee to whom rights are transferred pursuant to this Section 3.1 may not again transfer such rights to any other Permitted Transferee, other than as provided in this Section 3.1.

3.2 Transfers by Management Stockholders . Subject to Section 3.4, the rights of a Management Stockholder hereunder may be assigned (but only with all related obligations as set forth below) in connection with a Transfer of Shares effected in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to a Permitted Transferee of such Management Stockholder; provided that upon the death of a Management Stockholder, the rights of the deceased Management Stockholder pursuant to Section 2.1.1 hereof may only be transferred to a natural Person or a Permitted Transferee. Without prejudice to any other or similar conditions imposed hereunder with respect to any such Transfer, no assignment permitted under the terms of this Section 3.2 shall be effective unless the Permitted Transferee to which such assignment is being made, if not a Stockholder, has delivered to the Company a written acknowledgement and agreement in form and

 

16


substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company that the Shares in respect of which such assignment is made shall continue to be deemed Shares and shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement relating to Shares and that such Permitted Transferee shall be bound by, and shall be a party to, this Agreement as a Management Stockholder. A Permitted Transferee to whom rights are transferred pursuant to this Section 3.2 may not again transfer such rights to any other Permitted Transferee, other than as provided in this Section 3.2.

3.3 Permitted Transferees . Any Permitted Transferee receiving Shares from a Stockholder in a Transfer shall be subject to the terms and conditions of, and be entitled to the benefits and rights of, and to enforce, this Agreement to the same extent, and in the same capacity, as the Stockholder that Transfers the Shares to such Permitted Transferee. Prior to the initial Transfer of any Shares to any Permitted Transferee, and as a condition thereto, each holder of Shares effecting such Transfer shall (i) cause such Permitted Transferee to deliver to the Company and each of the Stockholders (other than the transferor) its written agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the extent described in the preceding sentence and (ii) remain directly liable for the performance by the Permitted Transferee of all obligations of such Permitted Transferee under this Agreement.

3.4 Permitted Registration Rights Assignees . The rights of a Holder of Registrable Securities to cause the Company to register its Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations as set forth below) in a Transfer effected in accordance with this Agreement to a Permitted Transferee (such transferee, a “ Permitted Registration Rights Assignee ”). Without prejudice to any other or similar conditions imposed hereunder with respect to any such Transfer, no assignment permitted under the terms of this Section 3.4 shall be effective unless the Permitted Registration Rights Assignee, if not a Stockholder, has delivered to the Company a written acknowledgment and agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company that such Registrable Securities in respect of which such assignment is made shall be deemed Other Holder Shares and shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement relating to Other Holder Shares and that such Permitted Registration Rights Assignee shall be bound by, and shall be an Other Holder party to, this Agreement and the holder of Other Holder Shares hereunder. A Permitted Transferee to whom rights are transferred pursuant to this Section 3.4 may not again transfer such rights to any Person, other than as provided in this Section 3.4.

 

4. AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, RELEASE OF PARTIES, ETC.

4.1 Oral Modifications . This Agreement may not be orally amended, modified, extended or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective.

4.2 Written Modifications . This Agreement may be amended, modified, extended or terminated, and the provisions hereof may be waived, only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Majority Stockholders; provided, however, the consent of the Majority Management Stockholders shall be required for any amendment,

 

17


modification, extension, termination or waiver (an “ Amendment ”) that discriminates against rights of the Majority Management Stockholders specifically or against the holders of Majority Management Shares as such under this Agreement. In addition, any Amendment that amends provisions relating to restrictions on Transfer of Shares that is adverse in any material respect to any Investor or that amends provisions affecting rights to demand or participate in registered offerings of shares or in other offerings of shares by the Company in a manner that is adverse in any material respect to any Investor will require the approval of each such Investor; provided that, subject to Section 2.3.6 hereof, the addition of any new Investor hereunder shall not be deemed to be an adverse Amendment.

Each such Amendment shall be binding upon each party hereto and each holder of Shares or Other Holder Shares subject hereto. In addition, each party hereto and each holder of Shares or Other Holder Shares subject hereto may waive any right hereunder by an instrument in writing signed by such party or holder. To the extent the Amendment of any Section of this Agreement would require a specific consent pursuant this Section 4.2, any Amendment to the definitions used in such Section shall also require the specified consent.

4.3 Effect of Termination . No termination under this Agreement shall relieve any Person of liability for breach prior to termination. In the event this Agreement is terminated, each Investor shall retain the indemnification rights pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof with respect to any matter that (i) may be an indemnified liability thereunder and (ii) occurred prior to such termination.

 

5. DEFINITIONS.

For purposes of this Agreement:

5.1 Certain Matters of Construction . In addition to the definitions referred to or set forth below in this Section 5.1:

 

  (i) The words “hereof,’ “herein,” “hereunder” and words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or provision of this Agreement, and reference to a particular Section of this Agreement shall include all subsections thereof;

 

  (ii) The word “including” shall mean including, without limitation;

 

  (iii) Definitions shall be equally applicable to both nouns and verbs and the singular and plural forms of the terms defined; and

 

  (iv) The masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall each include the other.

5.2 Definitions . The following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

18


Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person (for the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise), and (b) if the specified person is a natural Person, any Family Member of such natural Person.

Affiliated Fund ” means with respect to any Investors, each corporation, trust, limited liability company, general or limited partnership or other entity under common control with that Investor (including any such entity with the same general partner or principal investment advisor as that Investor or with a general partner or principal investment advisor that is an Affiliate of the general partner or principal investment advisor of that Investor).

Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

Board shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

“Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the City of New York.

“Charitable Organization” shall mean a charitable organization as described by Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect from time to time.

Closing Date” shall mean the date of the closing of the Initial Public Offering.

Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock” shall mean the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidence of indebtedness, shares of stock (other than Stock) or other securities (other than Options and Warrants) which are directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Stock.

Covered Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.1.

Demand Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.6.

Distribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.

 

19


Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect from time to time.

Family Member ” shall mean, with respect to any natural Person, (i) any lineal descendant or ancestor or sibling (by birth or adoption) of such natural Person, (ii) any spouse or former spouse of any of the foregoing, (iii) any legal representative or estate of any of the foregoing, (iv) any trust maintained for the benefit of any of the foregoing and (v) any corporation, private charitable foundation or other organization controlled by any of the foregoing.

FINRA ” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Holders ” shall mean the holders of Registrable Securities under this Agreement.

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.3.

Initial Investor Shares ” means the Investor Shares issued to the THL Investors or Other Investors on or before the Closing Date, as indicated on Schedule I hereto; provided, however that any Investor Shares Transferred to a Person who is not a Permitted Transferee and who is thereafter designated as an “Investor” or “Other Investor” shall not count toward the number of “Initial Investor Shares” still owned by the Investors for purposes of calculating the 25% continuing ownership threshold of the Investors hereunder, but shall continue to be deemed “Initial Investor Shares” for purposes of determining the number of Shares issued to the Investors on or before the Closing Date.

Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the initial Public Offering registered on Form S-1 (or any successor form under the Securities Act).

Initiating Stockholders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.1.

Investor Shares ” means all shares of Common Stock originally issued to, or issued with respect to shares originally issued to, or held by, a THL Investor or an Other Investor, whenever issued.

Investors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Majority Initial Investors ” means, as of any date, the holders of a majority of the Investor Shares outstanding on such date that are then held by the THL Investors.

Majority Investors ” means, as of any date, the holders of a majority of the Investor Shares outstanding on such date.

Majority Management Stockholders ” means, as of any date, the holders of a majority of the Manager Shares outstanding on such date.

Majority Other Investors ” means, as of any date, the holders of a majority of the Other Investor Shares outstanding on such date.

 

20


Majority Stockholders ” means, as of any date, the holders of a majority of the Shares outstanding on such date.

Management Stockholders ” mean (i) those Persons listed as the Management Stockholders on Schedule I hereto (including any future Management Stockholders designated by the Board as such, subject to the terms of this Agreement), each of whom has executed a Subscription Agreement (or, in the case of a Management Stockholder with both Manager Investment Stock and restricted Shares, two Subscription Agreements); (ii) upon the vesting and exercise of any Options, the holders of such Options, provided that such holders shall have first executed a counterpart signature page to this Agreement agreeing to be bound by all terms hereof as a Management Stockholder; and (iii) the Permitted Transferees of any Management Stockholder, as evidenced by an executed counterpart signature page to this Agreement agreeing to be bound by (A) all terms hereof as a Management Stockholder and (B) all terms of any applicable Subscription Agreement to which such original Management Stockholder is a party relating to the Shares Transferred to such Permitted Transferee.

Manager Investment Stock ” means, as to a given Management Stockholder, all fully vested Shares held by such Management Stockholder (if any) as of the date of the Original Agreement.

Manager Shares ” means Investor Shares issued to or held by a Management Stockholder.

Members of the Immediate Family ” means, with respect to any individual, each spouse or child or other descendants of such individual, each trust created solely for the benefit of one or more of the aforementioned Persons and their spouses and each custodian or guardian of any property of one or more of the aforementioned Persons in his or her capacity as such custodian or guardian.

Minimum Percentage ” means, at any given time, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), with the numerator being the number of Shares held by the THL Investors at such time and the denominator being the number of Shares held by the THL Investors immediately prior to the Initial Public Offering.

Options ” shall mean any options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise directly acquire Stock, other than any such option held by the Company or any right to purchase shares pursuant to this Agreement.

“Original Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Other Holder Shares ” shall mean (a) all shares of Stock held by an Other Holder that were Transferred to such Other Holder in a transaction subject to Section 3.4 or that were acquired by such Other Holder upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any Options, Warrants or Convertible Securities that were Transferred to such Other Holder in a transaction subject to Section 3.4 and (b) all Options, Warrants and Convertible Securities that were Transferred to such Other Holder in a transaction subject to Section 3.4, treating such Options, Warrants and Convertible Securities as a number of

 

21


Other Holder Shares equal to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock for which or into which such Options, Warrants or Convertible Securities may at the time be exercised, converted or exchanged (or which will become exercisable, convertible or exchangeable on or prior to, or by reason of, the transaction or circumstance in connection with which the number of Other Holder Shares is to be determined).

Other Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Other Investors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Other Investor Shares ” means Investor Shares issued to, or issued with respect to shares originally issued to, or held by, an Other Investor.

Outstanding Shares ” means all outstanding shares of Common Stock.

Parity Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.1.

Permitted Registration Rights Assignee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

Permitted Transferee ” means the transferee in each of the following Transfers:

 

  (a) Intra-Investor Group Transfers. A Transfer by a holder of Investor Shares of any or all of such Shares to an Affiliate or Affiliated Fund of such holder.

 

  (b) Estate Planning. A Transfer by a holder of Shares who is a natural Person of any or all of such Shares (a) to, or for the benefit of, any Member or Members of the Immediate Family of such holder or (b) to a trust or entity formed for estate planning purposes or to a private foundation for the benefit of such holder and/or any Member or Members of the Immediate Family of such holder so long as such holder or a Member of the Immediate Family of such holder serves as trustee for such trust or in an equivalent capacity with respect to any such private foundation or other entity and provided that the trust instrument or other documents governing such trust, private foundation or other entity provides that such holder, as trustee (or equivalent), shall retain sole and exclusive control over the voting and disposition of such Shares until the termination of this Agreement or until the death of such holder.

 

  (c) Upon Death. Upon the death of any holder of Shares who is a natural Person, a distribution of such Shares by the will or other instrument taking effect at the death of such holder or by applicable laws of descent and distribution to such holder’s estate, executors, administrators and personal representatives, and then to such holder’s heirs, legatees or distributees, whether or not such recipients are Members of the Immediate Family of such holder.

 

22


  (d) Investors and Company. A Transfer by any holder of Shares of any or all of such Shares (a) for so long as the THL Investors and Other Investors own shares in an amount equal to at least 25% of the shares of Common Stock owned on the date of this Agreement as reflected on Schedule I, with the approval of the Majority Investors, to any Investor or to any of their respective Affiliated Funds or (b) with the Board’s approval, to the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

 

  (e) Additional Permitted Transfers by the Investors. A Transfer by any holder of Investor Shares of any or all of such Shares to its partners or members in connection with the termination of such holder’s legal existence. Any such Transfer may be made no earlier than six-months prior to the termination of such holder’s legal existence.

 

  (f) Charitable Organization Transfers. A Transfer, subject to the prior written consent of the THL Investors, by a holder of Investor Shares of any or all of such Shares to a charitable organization.

Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, entity or division, or any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Principal Lock-Up Agreement ” shall mean any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another Person any of the economic consequences of ownership of Common Stock, in each case to the extent that such restrictions are approved and agreed to, in the case of the Initial Public Offering, by the Majority Investors and, in the case of any other Public Offering, by the holders of a majority of the Shares participating in the Public Offering.

Principal Participating Holders ” shall mean, with respect to any Public Offering, (i) the Holder including the greatest number of Registrable Securities in such Public Offering or (ii) if there is more than one such Holder including the greatest number of Registrable Securities in such Public Offering (i.e., if more than one Holder is including the same amount and no other Holders are including a greater amount), a majority of such Holders.

Pro Rata Portion ” shall mean with respect to each holder of Registrable Securities or Parity Shares requesting that such shares be registered in such Registration Statement, a number of such shares equal to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock to be registered in such registration (excluding any shares to be registered for the account of the Company) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Parity Shares held by such holder, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Parity Shares held by all holders requesting that their Registrable Securities and Parity Shares be registered in such registration.

 

23


Public Offering ” shall mean a public offering and sale of Common Stock for cash pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

Registrable Securities ” shall mean (a) all shares of Common Stock that are not then subject to vesting (including shares that were at one time subject to vesting to the extent they have vested), (b) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any vested Option, Warrant or Convertible Security and (c) all shares of Common Stock directly or indirectly issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (a) or (b) above by way of stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, in each case constituting Shares. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) such securities shall have ceased to be subject to this Agreement, (ii) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such Registration Statement, (iii) such securities shall have been Transferred pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145, (iv) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the transferor, new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company as part of such transfer, subsequent disposition of them shall not require registration of them under the Securities Act and such securities may be distributed without volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer under Rule 144 or Rule 145 (including without application of paragraphs (c), (e) (f) and (h) of Rule 144), (v) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding or (vi) such securities are Transferable pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145, and the holder of such securities, together with all of its Affiliates, holds no more than one percent (1%) of the Shares.

Registration Expenses ” means any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance with Section 2 of this Agreement (other than underwriting discounts and commissions paid to underwriters and transfer taxes, if any, in each case with respect to shares sold by Stockholders), including (a) all Commission and securities exchange or FINRA registration and filing fees, (b) all fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (c) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses, (d) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange pursuant to Section 2.3.2(g) and all rating agency fees, (e) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits and/or “comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, (f) the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Holders selected pursuant to the terms of Section 2 and counsel for certain Holders selected pursuant to the second proviso of Section 2.3.3, if applicable, (g) any other fees and disbursements customarily paid by the issuers of securities, and (h) expenses incurred in connection with any road show (including the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Holders).

 

24


Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act, including the registration statement filed pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, or any Public Offering, and any supplements or amendments thereto.

Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor Rule).

Rule 145 ” shall mean Rule 145 under the Securities Act (or any successor Rule).

Rule 145 Transaction ” shall mean a registration on Form S-4 (or any successor form) pursuant to Rule 145.

Sale ” shall mean a Transfer for value and the terms “Sell” and “Sold” shall have correlative meanings.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as in effect from time to time.

Shares ” means all Investor Shares, Manager Shares and Other Investor Shares.

Stockholder Group ” shall mean any one of (a) the THL Investors, collectively, (b) the Management Stockholders, collectively or (c) the Other Investors, collectively.

Stockholders ” means any holder of Shares that is a party to this Agreement.

Subscription Agreements ” mean (i) that certain stock subscription agreement, dated as of the date of the Original Agreement, by and between the Company and the THL Investors, (ii) those certain stock subscription agreements, dated as of the date of the Original Agreement, by and between the Company and each of THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Fogo), LLC and THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Fogo) II, LLC, (iii) those certain stock subscription agreements, dated as of the date of the Original Agreement, by and between the Company and certain Management Stockholders relating to Manager Investment Stock, (iv) those certain restricted stock subscription agreements, dated as of the date of the Original Agreement, by and between the Company and certain Management Stockholders, and (v) any additional stock subscription agreement that the Company may enter into with any Stockholder from time to time.

THL Investors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

THL Block Trade ” means an offering and/or sale of Registrable Securities by one or more of the THL Investors on a block trade or underwritten basis (whether firm commitment or otherwise) without substantial marketing efforts prior to pricing.

Transfer ” means any sale, pledge, assignment, encumbrance or other transfer or disposition of any Shares to any other Person, whether directly, indirectly, voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise.

Warrants ” shall mean any warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise directly acquire Common Stock.

 

25


WKSI ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.4.

 

6. MISCELLANEOUS.

6.1 Authority; Effect . Each party hereto represents and warrants to and agrees with each other party that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized on behalf of such party and do not violate any agreement or other instrument applicable to such party or by which its assets are bound. This Agreement does not, and shall not be construed to, give rise to the creation of a partnership among any of the parties hereto, or to constitute any of such parties members of a joint venture or other association. The Company and its subsidiaries shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of each such party pursuant to this Agreement.

6.2 Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications required or permitted to be delivered, given or otherwise provided under this Agreement must be in writing and must be delivered, given or otherwise provided:

(a) by hand (in which case, it will be effective upon delivery);

(b) by facsimile (in which case, it will be effective upon receipt of confirmation of good transmission);

(c) by overnight delivery by a nationally recognized courier service (in which case, it will be effective on the second Business Day after being deposited with such courier service); or

(d) by U.S. Postal Service (in which case it will be effective four Business Days after being deposited with the U.S. Postal Service); in each case, to the address (or facsimile number) listed below; provided that each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to specify a different address by giving notice as aforesaid to each of the other parties hereto.

If to the Company to:

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, Texas 75254

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: (972) 361-6281

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Richard Truesdell

Facsimile: (212) 701-5674

 

26


If to an Investor, to it at the address set forth in the records of the Company for it, which shall initially be:

For the THL Investors:

Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.

100 Federal Street, 35th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Todd Abbrecht, Jeff Swenson & Shari Wolkon

Facsimile: (617) 227-3514

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10153

Attention: Alexander Lynch

Facsimile: (212) 310-8007

If to a Management Stockholder, to him or her at the address set forth in the stock record book of the Company with a copy to:

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, Texas 75254

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: (972) 361-6281

Notice to the holder of record of any shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to be notice to the holder of such shares for all purposes hereof.

6.3 Merger; Binding Effect, Etc . This Agreement and the Subscription Agreement(s) dated on or about July 21, 2012 among the Company and the subscribers named therein constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to their subject matter, supersede all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements or discussions with respect to such subject matter, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no party hereto may assign any of his, her or its respective rights or delegate any of his, her or its respective obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company and the Majority Investors, and any attempted assignment or delegation in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void.

 

27


6.4 Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and shall not be construed to define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

6.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

6.6 Severability . If any provision hereof would, under applicable law, be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be construed by modifying or limiting it so as to be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with, and possible under, applicable law. The provisions hereof are severable, and in the event any provision hereof should be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, it shall not invalidate, render unenforceable or otherwise affect any other provision hereof.

6.7 No Recourse . Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement, the Company and each Stockholder covenant, agree and acknowledge that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Stockholder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any Stockholder or any current or future member of any Stockholder or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of any Stockholder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such, for any obligation of any Stockholder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

6.8 Aggregation of Shares . All Shares held by an Investor or Other Investor and its Affiliates and Affiliated Funds shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement. Within any Stockholder Group, the Stockholders may allocate the ability to exercise any rights under this Agreement in any manner that such Stockholder Group (by holders of a majority of the Shares held by such Stockholder Group) determines.

 

7. GOVERNING LAW AND REMEDIES.

7.1 Governing Law . This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

28


7.2 Consent to Jurisdiction . Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of New York for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its subsidiaries to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) to the extent that any party hereto is or becomes a party in any litigation in connection with which it may assert indemnification rights set forth in this agreement, the court in which such litigation is being heard shall be deemed to be included in clause (a) above; and (y) any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by New York law, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof is reasonably calculated to give actual notice.

7.3 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 7.3 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 7.3 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

29


7.4 Remedies . The parties shall have all remedies available at law, in equity or otherwise in the event of any breach or violation of this Agreement or any default hereunder. The parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of any breach of this Agreement, in addition to any other remedies which may be available, each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to specific performance of the obligations of the other parties hereto and, in addition, to such other equitable remedies (including preliminary or temporary relief) as may be appropriate in the circumstances.

7.5 Exercise of Rights and Remedies . No delay of or omission in the exercise of any right, power or remedy accruing to any party as a result of any breach or default by any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed as a waiver of or acquiescence in any such breach or default, or of any similar breach or default occurring later; nor shall any such delay, omission nor waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default occurring before or after that waiver.

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement (or caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its officer or representative thereunto duly authorized) under seal as of the date first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:

 

FOGO DE CHÃO, INC.

By:

 

Name: Lawrence Johnson
Title: Chief Executive Officer

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


THL STOCKHOLDERS:
THOMAS H. LEE EQUITY FUND VI, L.P.
By: THL Equity Advisors VI, LLC, its general partner
By: Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., its sole member
By: Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its general partner
By: THL Holdco, LLC, its managing member
By:

 

Name: Todd M. Abbrecht
Title: Managing Director
THOMAS H. LEE PARALLEL FUND VI, L.P.
By: THL Equity Advisors VI, LLC, its general partner
By: Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., its sole member
By: Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its general partner
By: THL Holdco, LLC, its managing member
By:

 

Name: Todd M. Abbrecht
Title: Managing Director
THOMAS H. LEE PARALLEL (DT) FUND VI, L.P.
By: THL Equity Advisors VI, LLC, its general partner
By: Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., its sole member
By: Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its general partner
By: THL Holdco, LLC, its managing member
By:

 

Name: Todd M. Abbrecht
Title: Managing Director

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


THL OPERATING PARTNERS, L.P.
By: Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., its general partner
By: Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its general partner
By: THL Holdco, LLC, its managing member
By:

 

Name: Todd M. Abbrecht
Title: Managing Director
THL COINVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
By: Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., its general partner
By: Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its general partner
By: THL Holdco, LLC, its managing member
By:

 

Name: Todd M. Abbrecht
Title: Managing Director
PUTNAM INVESTMENTS EMPLOYEES’ SECURITIES COMPANY III LLC

By: Putnam Investments Holdings, LLC, its managing member

By: Putnam Investments, LLC, its managing member
By: Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its attorney-in-fact
By: THL Holdco, LLC, its managing member
By:

 

Name: Todd M. Abbrecht
Title: Managing Director
GREAT-WEST INVESTORS, L.P.
By: Great-West Investors GP Inc., its general partner
By: Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its attorney-in-fact
By: THL Holdco, LLC, its managing member
By:

 

Name: Todd M. Abbrecht
Title: Managing Director

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


THL EQUITY FUND VI INVESTORS (FOGO), LLC
By: THL Equity Advisors VI, LLC, its manager
By: Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., its sole member
By: Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its general partner
By: THL Holdco, LLC, its managing member
By:

 

Name: Todd M. Abbrecht
Title: Managing Director
THE EQUITY FUND VI INVESTORS (FOGO) II, LLC
By: THL Equity Advisors VI, LLC, its manager
By: Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., its sole member
By: Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its general partner
By: THL Holdco, LLC, its managing member
By:

 

Name: Todd M. Abbrecht
Title: Managing Director

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Fernando Barreto

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Jandir Dalberto

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Elmir Bernardon

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Alda Boiani

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Marcio Bonfada

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Jean C. Boschetti

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Arlan Graff da Silva

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Jandir Dalberto

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Sidiclei Demartini

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Andrew Feldmann

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Neri Giachini

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Lori Adao Giovanaz

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Lawrence Johnson

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Marcelo Macedo

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Luiz Marcos Massocatto

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Selma Oliveira

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Michael Prentiss

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Claudiomiro Rigo

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Keanan Wright

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature
Printed Name:

Aduana Marie Keller De Bona

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


SCHEDULE I

S TOCKHOLDERS

(U PDATED AS OF J UNE  1, 2015)

 

STOCKHOLDER

   SHARES OF
COMMON
STOCK
    

ADDRESS

THL STOCKHOLDERS

Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VI, L.P.

     12,055,476      

c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.

100 Federal Street, 35th Floor

Boston, MA 02110

Attention: Todd Abbrecht, Jeff Swenson & Shari Wolkon

Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund VI, L.P.

     8,163,328      

Thomas H. Lee Parallel (DT) Fund VI, L.P.

     1,425,975      

Great-West Investors LP

     62,730      

Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company III LLC

     62,501      

THL Coinvestment Partners, LP

     415,870      

THL Operating Partners, LP

     72,990      

THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Fogo), LLC

     58,911      

THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Fogo) II, LLC

     6,542      

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS

UNRESTRICTED

Larry Johnson

     78,565       XXXXXXXXXX

Selma Oliveira

     39,282       XXXXXXXXXX

Michael Prentiss

     20,952       XXXXXXXXXX

Alda Boiani

     6,542       XXXXXXXXXX

Lori Adao Giovanaz

     11,787       XXXXXXXXXX

Elmir Bernardon

     6,542       XXXXXXXXXX

Sidiclei Demartini

     6,542       XXXXXXXXXX

Jean Boschetti

     6,542       XXXXXXXXXX

Neri Giachini

     6,542       XXXXXXXXXX

Jandir Dalberto

     19,628       XXXXXXXXXX

RESTRICTED—VESTED

Selma Oliveira

     31,722       XXXXXXXXXX

Alda Boiani

     21,029       XXXXXXXXXX

Keanan Wright

     1,782       XXXXXXXXXX

Andrew Feldmann

     16,650       XXXXXXXXXX

Fernando Barreto

     3,004       XXXXXXXXXX

Lori Adao Giovanaz

     28,157       XXXXXXXXXX

Elmir Bernardon

     30,194       XXXXXXXXXX

Sidiclei Demartini

     30,754       XXXXXXXXXX

Jean Boschetti

     20,673       XXXXXXXXXX

Neri Giachini

     27,343       XXXXXXXXXX

Arlan de Silva

     3,411       XXXXXXXXXX

Marcio Bonfada

     3,004       XXXXXXXXXX

Luiz Marcos Massocatto

     5,092       XXXXXXXXXX

Jandir Dalberto

     50,510       XXXXXXXXXX

Marcelo Macedo

     9,522       XXXXXXXXXX

Claudiomiro Rigo

     1,731       XXXXXXXXXX


RESTRICTED—UNVESTED

Selma Oliveira

     34,496       XXXXXXXXXX

Alda Boiani

     21,105       XXXXXXXXXX

Keanan Wright

     2,724       XXXXXXXXXX

Andrew Feldmann

     22,098       XXXXXXXXXX

Fernando Barreto

     3,081       XXXXXXXXXX

Lori Adao Giovanaz

     29,125       XXXXXXXXXX

Elmir Bernardon

     31,111       XXXXXXXXXX

Sidiclei Demartini

     31,620       XXXXXXXXXX

Jean Boschetti

     27,062       XXXXXXXXXX

Neri Giachini

     28,208       XXXXXXXXXX

Arlan de Silva

     3,463       XXXXXXXXXX

Marcio Bonfada

     3,081       XXXXXXXXXX

Jandir Dalberto

     57,665       XXXXXXXXXX

Marcelo Macedo

     12,704       XXXXXXXXXX

Claudiomiro Rigo

     1,757       XXXXXXXXXX

OTHER STOCKHOLDERS

UNRESTRICTED

Neil Moses

     9,292       XXXXXXXXXX

Doug Pendergast

     9,292       XXXXXXXXXX

Jerry Deitchle

     9,292       XXXXXXXXXX

RESTRICTED—VESTED

Neil Moses

     1,553       XXXXXXXXXX

RESTRICTED—UNVESTED

Neil Moses

     2,316       XXXXXXXXXX

Doug Pendergast

     2,316       XXXXXXXXXX

Jerry Deitchle

     2,316       XXXXXXXXXX

EXHIBIT 5.1 AND 23.3

 

New York

Menlo Park
Washington DC    

São Paulo

London

Paris

Madrid

Tokyo

Beijing

Hong Kong    

 

LOGO

Davis Polk & Wardwell  LLP    

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

212 450 4000 tel

212 701 5800 fax

June 8, 2015

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, TX 75254

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Fogo de Chão, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) and the related prospectus (the “ Prospectus” ) for the purpose of registering under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), 4,411,764 shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Securities ”), including 661,764 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, as described in the Registration Statement.

We, as your counsel, have examined originals or copies of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of rendering this opinion.

In rendering the opinion expressed herein, we have, without independent inquiry or investigation, assumed that (i) all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic and complete, (ii) all documents submitted to us as copies conform to authentic, complete originals, (iii) all signatures on all documents that we reviewed are genuine, (iv) all natural persons executing documents had and have the legal capacity to do so, (v) all statements in certificates of public officials and officers of the Company that we reviewed were and are accurate and (vi) all representations made by the Company as to matters of fact in the documents that we reviewed were and are accurate.

Based upon the foregoing, we advise you that, in our opinion, when the price at which the Securities to be sold has been approved by or on behalf of the Board of Directors of the Company and when the Securities have been issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement referred to in the prospectus which is a part of the Registration Statement, the Securities will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.


We are members of the Bar of the State of New York and the foregoing opinion is limited to the laws of the State of New York and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further consent to the reference to our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

Exhibit 10.2

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

Page 1 of 19


Table of Contents

 

Article 1. Establishment & Purpose   3   
Article 2. Definitions   3   
Article 3. Administration   7   
Article 4. Eligibility and Participation   8   
Article 5. Shares Subject to the Plan and Maximum Awards   8   
Article 6. Stock Options   8   
Article 7. Stock Appreciation Rights   10   
Article 8. Restricted Stock and RSUs   10   
Article 9. Other Stock-Based Awards; Cash-Based Awards   11   
Article 10. Performance-Based Compensation   12   
Article 11. Compliance with Section 409A of the Code and Section 457A of the Code   13   
Article 12. Adjustments   14   
Article 13. Duration, Amendment, Modification, Suspension and Termination   15   
Article 14.     General Provisions   15   

 

Page 2 of 19


Fogo de Chão, Inc.

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

Article 1. Establishment & Purpose

 

1.1 Establishment. Fogo de Chão, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby establishes the Fogo de Chão, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

1.2 Purpose of the Plan. The purpose of the Plan is to attract, retain, motivate and reward officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants providing services to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, to promote the success of the Company’s business by providing participants with appropriate incentives and to further the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

 

Article 2. Definitions

The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

2.1 “Affiliate” means any entity that the Company, either directly or indirectly, is in common control with, is controlled by or controls, or any entity in which the Company has a substantial equity interest, direct or indirect; provided, however, to the extent that Awards must cover “service recipient stock” in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, “Affiliate” shall be limited to those entities which could qualify as an “eligible issuer” under Section 409A of the Code.

 

2.2 “Annual Award Limit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

 

2.3 “Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, RSU, Other Stock-Based Award or Cash-Based Award that is granted under the Plan.

 

2.4 “Award Agreement” means either: (a) a written agreement, contract or other instrument or document entered into by the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to an Award, or (b) a written statement issued by the Company to a Participant describing the terms and conditions applicable to an Award.

 

2.5 “Beneficial Owner” or “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.

 

2.6 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.7 “Cash-Based Award” means any right granted under Section 9.2 of the Plan.

 

2.8 “Change of Control” unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

 

  (a)

Any Person, other than Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VI, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund VI, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel (DT) Fund VI, L.P. or any affiliated fund, becomes the Beneficial Owner of, or has acquired during the twelve (12)-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person, thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of the members of the Board (the

 

Page 3 of 19


  “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that for purposes of this Section 2.8, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, including without limitation, a public offering of securities; (ii) any acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan or related trust sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; or (iv) any acquisition by any Person pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of Section 2.8(c).

 

  (b) During any period of 12 consecutive months, individuals who constitute the Board as of the Effective Date (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, that any individual becoming a member of the Board subsequent to the Effective Date whose election to the Board, or nomination for election by one or more of the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the members of the Board then comprising the Incumbent Board, shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board.

 

  (c) Consummation of a reorganization, merger, amalgamation, statutory share exchange, consolidation or like event to which the Company is a party or consummation of a transaction (or a series of transactions within a twelve (12)-month period) that constitutes the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), unless, following such Business Combination: (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners of Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination are the Beneficial Owners, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or election of members of a comparable governing body) of the entity resulting from the Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns all or substantially all of the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) (the “Successor Entity”); (ii) no Person (excluding any Successor Entity or any employee benefit plan or related trust of the Company, such Successor Entity, or any of their Subsidiaries) is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or comparable governing body) of the Successor Entity, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination; or (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or comparable governing body) of the Successor Entity were members of the Incumbent Board (including persons deemed to be members of the Incumbent Board by reason of the proviso of Section 2.8(b)) at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or

 

  (d) Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of any Award Agreement to the contrary, for any Award that provides for accelerated distribution on a Change of Control of amounts that constitute “deferred compensation” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), if the event that constitutes such Change of Control does not also constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets (in either case, as defined in Section 409A of the Code), such amount shall not be distributed on such Change of Control but instead shall vest as of the date of such Change of Control and shall be distributed on the scheduled distribution date specified in the applicable Award Agreement, except to the extent that earlier distribution would not result in the Participant who holds such Award incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code.

 

Page 4 of 19


2.9 “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. Any reference to a provision in the Code shall include any successor provision thereto.

 

2.10 “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, the Plan Subcommittee of the Compensation Committee of the Board or any other committee or subcommittee designated by the Board to administer the Plan. If the Board does not designate the Committee, references herein to the “Committee” shall refer to the Board.

 

2.11 “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

 

2.12 “Consultant” means any person who provides bona fide services to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate as a consultant or advisor, excluding any Employee or Non-Employee Director.

 

2.13 “Covered Employee” means for any Plan Year, a Participant designated by the Company as a potential “covered employee” as such term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

2.14 “Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.18.

 

2.15 “Employee” means an officer or other employee of the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate, including a member of the Board who is an employee of the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate and individuals who have accepted a written offer of employment with the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

2.16 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations and guidance thereunder. Any reference to a provision in the Exchange Act shall include any successor provision thereto.

 

2.17 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the per Share value determined as follows, in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Code:

 

  (a) At the Committee’s discretion, any of (i) the average of the high and low trading price on a specified date, (ii) the average of the high and low trading price for the preceding 30 days, (iii) the closing price, in each case, as reported on NASDAQ Global Select Market or any other recognized national exchange or any established over-the-counter trading system on which dealings take place, or, if no trades were made on any such day, the immediately preceding day on which trades were made or (iv) as otherwise reasonably determined by the Committee in good faith based on actual transactions in Shares; or

 

  (b) In the absence of an established market for the Shares of the type described in (a) above, the per Share Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Committee in good faith.

 

2.18 “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to meet the requirements of an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code and designated as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.19 “Non-Employee Director” means a person defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2.20 “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

Page 5 of 19


2.21 “Option” means any stock option representing the right to purchase Shares from the Company granted under Article 6 of the Plan.

 

2.22 “Option Price” means the purchase price per Share subject to an Option, as determined pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Plan.

 

2.23 “Other Stock-Based Award” means any right granted under Section 9.1 of the Plan.

 

2.24 “Outside Director” means a member of the Board who is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

2.25 “Participant” means any eligible person as set forth in Section 4.1 to whom an Award is granted under the Plan.

 

2.26 “Performance-Based Compensation” means compensation under an Award that is intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code or any successor provision.

 

2.27 “Performance Measures” means measures as described in Section 10.2 on which the performance goals are based in order to qualify Awards as Performance-Based Compensation.

 

2.28 “Performance Period” means the period of time established by the Committee at the time any Performance-Based Compensation is granted or at any time thereafter during which the performance goals specified by the Committee must be met in order to determine the degree of payout and/or vesting with respect to such Award.

 

2.29 “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.

 

2.30 “Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

 

2.31 “Plan Year” means the applicable fiscal year of the Company.

 

2.32 “Restricted Stock” means any Award of a Share granted under Article 8 of the Plan.

 

2.33 “Restriction Period” means the period during which Restricted Stock awarded under Article 8 of the Plan is subject to forfeiture.

 

2.34 “RSU” means a contractual right granted under Article 8 of the Plan that is denominated in Shares. Each RSU represents a right to receive the value of one Share (or a percentage or other portion of such value) in cash, Shares or a combination thereof.

 

2.35 “Service” means service as an Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant.

 

2.36 “Share” means a share of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, or such other class or kind of shares or other securities resulting from the application of Article 12 hereof.

 

2.37 “Stock Appreciation Right” means any right granted under Article 7 of the Plan to receive upon exercise by a Participant or settlement, in cash, Shares or a combination thereof, the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise or settlement over (ii) the exercise or hurdle price of the right on the date of grant, or if granted in connection with an Option, on the date of grant of the Option.

 

Page 6 of 19


2.38 “Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity of which the Company, directly or indirectly, owns stock or other equity interests possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity interests (as determined in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code, if applicable).

 

2.39 “Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person who, on any given date, owns, either directly or indirectly (taking into account the attribution rules contained in Section 424(d) of the Code), stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

Article 3. Administration

 

3.1 Authority of the Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have full power to (a) interpret and administer the Plan and Award Agreements, (b) select the Employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants to whom Awards will be granted, (c) determine the type and amount of Awards to be granted to each such Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant and (d) determine the terms and conditions of Awards and Award Agreements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion but subject to the limitations in Article 13, clarify, construe or resolve any ambiguity in any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement, extend the term or period of exercisability of any Awards, in circumstances in which it deems such action to be appropriate (provided that no such extension shall extend the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right beyond the date on which the Option or Stock Appreciation Right would have expired if no termination of the Employee’s employment had occurred), or waive any terms or conditions applicable to any Award. The Committee shall have full and exclusive discretionary power to adopt rules, forms, instruments, and guidelines for administering the Plan as the Committee deems necessary or proper. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the Board, or any other committee or subcommittee established by the Board, is hereby authorized (in addition to any necessary action by the Committee) to grant or approve Awards as necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and to act in lieu of the Committee with respect to Awards made to Non-Employee Directors under the Plan. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee or by the Board (or any other committee or subcommittee thereof), as applicable, shall be final and binding upon the Participants, the Company, and all other interested individuals.

 

3.2 Delegation . The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members, one or more officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and one or more agents or advisors such administrative duties or powers as it may deem advisable; provided , that the Committee shall not delegate to officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates the power to make grants of Awards to officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided , further , that no delegation shall be permitted under the Plan that is prohibited by applicable law.

 

3.3 Indemnification . To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company and to the extent not covered by insurance directly insuring such person, each officer or employee of the Company or any Affiliate and member or former member of the Committee or the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against any cost or expense (including reasonable fees of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Committee) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Committee), and advanced amounts necessary to pay the foregoing at the earliest time and to the fullest extent permitted, arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the administration of the Plan, except to the extent arising out of such officer’s, employee’s, member’s or former member’s fraud or bad faith. Such indemnification shall be in addition to any rights of indemnification the officers, employees, directors or members or former officers, directors or members may have under applicable law or under the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company or any Affiliate. Notwithstanding any provision herein, this indemnification will not apply to the actions or determinations made by an individual with regard to Awards granted to him or her under the Plan.

 

Page 7 of 19


Article 4. Eligibility and Participation

 

4.1 Eligibility . Participants will consist of such Employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants as the Committee in its sole discretion determines and whom the Committee may designate from time to time to receive Awards. Designation of a Participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate such person to receive an Award in any other year or, once designated, to receive the same type or amount of Award as granted to the Participant in any other year.

 

4.2 Type of Awards . Awards under the Plan may be granted in any one or a combination of: (a) Options, (b) Stock Appreciation Rights, (c) Restricted Stock, (d) RSUs, (e) Other Stock-Based Awards, and (f) Cash-Based Awards. The Plan sets forth the types of performance goals and procedural requirements to permit the Company to design Awards that qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, as described in Article 10 hereof. Awards granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements (which need not be identical) that provide additional terms and conditions associated with such Awards, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided , however , that in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and any such Award Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

Article 5. Shares Subject to the Plan and Maximum Awards

 

5.1 General . Subject to adjustment as provided in Article 12 hereof, the maximum number of Shares available for issuance to Participants pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be 1,200,000 Shares (the “Share Reserve”). The maximum number of Shares available for granting Incentive Stock Options under the Plan shall be 1,000,000 Shares, subject to Article 12 hereof and the provisions of Sections 422 or 424 of the Code and any successor provisions. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or treasury Shares. Each Share subject to an Award shall reduce the Share Reserve by one Share; provided that Awards that are required to be paid in cash pursuant to their terms shall not reduce the Share Reserve.

 

5.2 Annual Award Limits . The maximum number of Shares with respect to Awards denominated in Shares that may be granted to any Employee or Consultant in any Plan Year shall be 210,000 Shares, and the maximum number of Shares with respect to Awards denominated in Shares that may be granted to any Non-Employee Director in any Plan Year shall be 210,000 Shares, in each case subject to adjustments made in accordance with Article 12 hereof (the “Annual Award Limit”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of Options that may be granted to any Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant in any Plan Year shall be 210,000, and the maximum number of Stock Appreciation Rights that may be granted to any Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant in any Plan Year shall be 210,000. The maximum value of cash payable with respect to Awards denominated in cash or property that may be granted to any Participant in any Plan Year shall be $400,000.

 

5.3 Additional Shares . In the event that any outstanding Award expires, is forfeited, cancelled or otherwise terminated without the issuance of Shares or is otherwise settled in cash, the Shares subject to such Award, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, expiration, termination or settlement in cash, shall again be available for Awards.

 

Article 6. Stock Options

 

6.1

Grant of Options . The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Options to Participants. Each Option shall permit a Participant to purchase from the Company a stated number of Shares at an Option Price established by the Committee, subject to the terms and conditions described in this Article 6 and to such additional terms and conditions, as established by the Committee, in its sole discretion, that are consistent with the provisions of the Plan. Options shall be designated as either Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options; provided, that Options granted to Non-

 

Page 8 of 19


  Employee Directors and Consultants shall be Nonqualified Stock Options. None of the Committee, the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their employees and representatives shall be liable to any Participant or to any other Person if it is determined that an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. Each Option shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement which shall state the number of Shares covered by such Option, the Option Price, the performance, employment or other conditions (including the termination of a Participant’s Service whether due to death, disability or other reason) under which the Option may be forfeited to the Company and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. Such Award Agreement shall conform to the requirements of the Plan, and may contain such other provisions as the Committee shall deem advisable.

 

6.2 Option Price . The Option Price shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant of such Option, but shall not be less than one-hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. In the case of any Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Option Price shall not be less than one-hundred-ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

 

6.3 Option Term . The term of each Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant of such Option and shall be stated in the Award Agreement, but in no event shall such term be greater than ten (10) years (or, in the case on an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, five (5) years).

 

6.4 Time of Exercise . Options granted under this Article 6 shall be exercisable based on the terms and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which terms and conditions need not be the same for each grant or for each Participant.

 

6.5 Method of Exercise . Subject to such terms and conditions as specified in an Award Agreement, an Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the term thereof by notice in the form required by the Company, together with payment of the aggregate exercise price and applicable withholding tax. Payment of the exercise price shall be made: (a) in cash or by cash equivalent acceptable to the Committee, or, to the extent permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion or (b) (i) in Shares owned by the Participant (for which the Participant has good title free and clear of any liens and encumbrances) valued at the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date of exercise (as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion), (ii) solely to the extent permitted by applicable law, if there is a public market for the Shares at such time, through an open-market, broker-assisted sales transaction pursuant to which the Company is promptly delivered the amount of proceeds necessary to satisfy the exercise price, (iii) by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option by the number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price, (iv) by a combination of the methods described above or (v) by such other method as may be approved by the Committee.

 

6.6

Limitations on Incentive Stock Options . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” (as such terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code) at the date of grant. If the aggregate Fair Market Value (generally determined as of the time the Option is granted) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year under all plans of the Company and of any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the portion of such Incentive Stock Options exercisable for such excess value shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. For purposes of the preceding sentence, Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account generally in the order in which they are granted. An Award of an Incentive Stock Option may provide that such Stock Option may be exercised not later than three (3) months following termination of employment of the Participant with the Company and all Affiliates or not later than one year following a permanent and

 

Page 9 of 19


  total disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as and to the extent determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. Each provision of the Plan and each Award Agreement relating to an Incentive Stock Option shall be construed so that each Incentive Stock Option shall be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code, and any provisions of the Award Agreement thereof that cannot be so construed shall be disregarded; provided , however , to the extent any Option (or portion thereof) granted as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

6.7 Performance Goals . The Committee may condition the grant of Options or the vesting of Options upon the Participant’s achievement of one or more performance goal(s) (including the Participant’s provision of Services for a designated time period), as specified in the Award Agreement. If the Participant fails to achieve the specified performance goal(s), the Committee shall not grant the Option to such Participant or the Option shall not vest, as applicable.

 

Article 7. Stock Appreciation Rights

 

7.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Participants. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that shall conform to the requirements of the Plan and may contain such other provisions as the Committee shall deem advisable. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted under the Plan to Participants either alone (“freestanding”) or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan (“tandem”) and may, but need not, relate to a specific Option granted under Article 6. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, a Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall confer on the holder thereof a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Shares on the date of exercise over (b) the grant price of the right as specified by the Committee on the date of the grant. Such payment may be in the form of cash, Shares, other property or any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion.

 

7.2 Terms of Stock Appreciation Right . Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the grant price (which shall not be less than one-hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant), term, methods of exercise, methods of settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right shall be as determined by the Committee. The Committee may impose such other conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right as it may deem appropriate. No Stock Appreciation Right shall have a term of more than ten (10) years from the date of grant.

 

Article 8. Restricted Stock and RSUs

 

8.1 Grant of Restricted Stock and RSUs . The Committee is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Stock and RSUs. Awards of Restricted Stock and RSUs shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which shall conform to the requirements of the Plan and may contain such other provisions, as the Committee may deem advisable. Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to forfeiture upon the occurrence of specified events.

 

8.2

Terms of Restricted Stock and RSU Awards . Each Award Agreement shall specify the vesting schedule, and, with respect to RSUs, the schedule for delivering the underlying Shares (which may include delivery on a date or dates that are later than the vesting date or dates), the number of Shares subject to the Award, the performance, employment or other conditions (including the termination of a Participant’s Service whether due to death, disability or other reason) under which the Restricted Stock or RSU may be forfeited to the Company and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. At the end of the Restriction Period, assuming satisfaction of the applicable performance, employment or other conditions, (i) the restrictions imposed hereunder

 

Page 10 of 19


  and under the Award Agreement shall lapse with respect to the number of Shares of Restricted Stock as determined by the Committee, and the legend shall be removed and such number of Shares delivered to the Participant (or, where appropriate, the Participant’s legal representative) and (ii) the Shares underlying the grant of RSUs will be delivered to the Participant on the applicable schedule.

 

8.3 Voting and Dividend Rights . Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, Participants shall have none of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to Restricted Stock until the end of the Restriction Period; provided , that the Committee shall determine and set forth in a Participant’s Award Agreement whether or not a Participant holding Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall have the right to exercise voting rights with respect to the Restricted Stock during the Restriction Period (the Committee may require a Participant to grant an irrevocable proxy and power of substitution). Participants shall have no right to receive dividends, dividend equivalents or other distributions on a current basis with respect to Awards of Restricted Stock or RSUs during the Restriction Period.

 

8.4 Performance Goals . The Committee may condition (i) the grant of Restricted Stock or RSUs or (ii) the expiration of the Restriction Period upon the Participant’s achievement of one or more performance goal(s) (including the Participant’s provision of Services for a designated time period), as specified in the Award Agreement. If the Participant fails to achieve the specified performance goal(s), the Committee shall not grant the Restricted Stock or RSUs to such Participant or the Participant shall forfeit the Award of Restricted Stock or RSUs to the Company, as applicable.

 

8.5 Evidence of Restricted Stock . Any Share of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan shall be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of a stock certificate or certificates (in which case, the certificate(s) representing such Shares shall be legended as to sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other encumbrances during the Restriction Period and deposited by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company, to be held in escrow during the Restriction Period).

 

8.6 Section 83(b) Election . If a Participant makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall, to the extent required, file promptly a copy of such election with the Company and the applicable Internal Revenue Service office.

 

Article 9. Other Stock-Based Awards; Cash-Based Awards

 

9.1 Other Stock-Based Awards . The Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant Awards of Shares and Awards that are valued, in whole or in part, by reference to, or are otherwise based on the Fair Market Value of Shares (“Other Stock-Based Awards”), including, without limitation, phantom awards. Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive one or more Shares (or the equivalent cash value of such Shares) upon the completion of a specified period of Service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted alone or in addition to any other Awards granted under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine to whom and when Other Stock-Based Awards will be made, the number of Shares to be awarded under (or otherwise related to) such Other Stock-Based Awards, whether such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares, and all other terms and conditions of such Awards (including, without limitation, the vesting provisions thereof and provisions ensuring that all Shares so awarded and issued shall be fully paid and non-assessable).

 

9.2

Dollar Denominated Awards . The Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant Awards that have a value set by the Committee (“Cash-Based Awards”). Such Cash-Based Awards shall be in such

 

Page 11 of 19


  form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive cash or one or more Shares upon the completion of a specified period of Service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives. Cash-Based Awards may be granted alone or in addition to any other Awards granted under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine to whom and when Cash-Based Awards will be made and all other terms and conditions of such Awards.

 

Article 10. Performance-Based Compensation

 

10.1 Grant of Performance-Based Compensation . To the extent permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee is authorized to design any Award so that the amounts or Shares payable or distributed pursuant to such Award are treated as “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations.

 

10.2 Performance Measures . The vesting, crediting and/or payment of Performance-Based Compensation shall be based on the achievement of objective performance goals based on a pre-established formula that includes one or more of the following Performance Measures: (a) consolidated earnings before or after taxes (including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”)); (b) net income before or after taxes; (c) operating income; (d) earnings per Share; (e) book value per Share; (f) return on shareholders’ equity; (g) expense management; (h) return on investment; (i) improvements in capital structure; (j) profitability of an identifiable business unit or product; (k) maintenance or improvement of profit margins; (l) stock price; (m) market share; (n) revenues or sales; (o) costs; (p) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (q) working capital; (r) return on assets; (s) attainment of objectives relating to store remodels or repair and maintenance; (t) staff training; (u) corporate social responsibility policy implementation; (v) economic value added; (w) debt reduction; (x) completion of acquisitions or divestitures; (y) operating efficiency; (z) sales per square foot; (aa) revenue mix; (bb) capital expenditures versus budgeted expenditures (total, exclusive of IT/Games, or maintenance only); (cc) operating income; (dd) income from franchise units; (ee) unit-level EBITDA less general and administrative expenses; (ff) manager’s operating contribution; (gg) regional operating contribution; (hh) profitability of various revenue streams; (ii) cash flow per Share (before and after dividends or before and after debt payments); (jj) total shareholder return (relative to industry/peer group and/or absolute); (kk) lease executions; (ll) franchise unit growth; (mm) employee turnover/retention (for entire population or a subset of employee population); (nn) employee satisfaction; (oo) guest satisfaction (overall and/or specific metrics); (pp) guest traffic; (qq) guest loyalty (including but not limited to participation and satisfaction); (rr) attainment of strategic and operational initiatives (MBOs); (ss) marketing/brand awareness scores; (tt) third-party operational/compliance audits; (uu) balanced scorecard; (vv) culinary product pipeline goals; (ww) guest experience; (xx) inventory turnover; (yy) brand positioning goals; (zz) comparable store sales (aaa) return on invested capital; (bbb) new store openings; (ccc) development pipeline goals; (ddd) attainment of objectives relating to acquisitions or divestitures; (eee) attainment of specified business expansion goals; and (fff) expansion of specified programs or initiatives.

Any Performance Measure may be (i) used to measure the performance of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates as a whole, any business unit thereof or any combination thereof against any goal including past performance or (ii) compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or a published or special index, in each case that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. Subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may adjust the performance goals (including to prorate goals and payments for a partial Plan Year) in consideration of the following: (a) the effects of changes in accounting standards or principles and in tax rules or regulations; (b) extraordinary gains and losses; (c) any costs and/or expenses attributable to an acquisition, including those related to the negotiation, completion and/or integration of an acquisition, incurred during the Plan Year; (d) any costs related to the purchase accounting step up in the basis of tangible or intangible assets not classified as depreciation or

 

Page 12 of 19


amortization; (e) any costs and/or expenses associated with the sale or separation (or attempted sale or separation) of a business in the Plan Year; (f) the reported results of an acquisition completed in the Plan Year; (g) any costs and/or expenses attributable to a financing transaction; (h) any costs related to the opening and organizing of new restaurants; and (i) any significant or non-recurring items.

 

10.3 Establishment of Performance Goals for Covered Employees . No later than ninety (90) days after the commencement of a Performance Period (but in no event after twenty-five percent of such Performance Period has elapsed), the Committee shall establish in writing with respect to Covered Employees: (a) the performance goals applicable to the Performance Period; (b) the Performance Measures to be used to measure the performance goals in terms of an objective formula or standard; (c) the formula for computing the amount of compensation payable to the Participant if such performance goals are obtained; and (d) the Participants or class of Participants to which such performance goals apply. The outcome of such performance goals must be substantially uncertain when the Committee establishes the goals.

 

10.4 Adjustment of Performance-Based Compensation . Awards that are designed to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation may not be adjusted upward. The Committee shall retain the discretion to adjust such Awards downward, either on a formula or discretionary basis or any combination, as the Committee determines.

 

10.5 Certification of Performance . Other than for Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, no Award designed to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be vested, credited or paid, as applicable, with respect to any Participant until the Committee certifies in writing that the performance goals and any other material terms applicable to such Performance Period have been satisfied.

 

10.6 Interpretation . Each provision of the Plan and each Award Agreement relating to Performance-Based Compensation shall be construed so that each such Award shall be “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations, and any provisions of the Award Agreement thereof that cannot be so construed shall be disregarded.

 

Article 11. Compliance with Section 409A of the Code and Section 457A of the Code

 

11.1 General . The Company intends that all Awards be structured in compliance with, or to satisfy an exemption from, Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder (“Section 409A”), such that there are no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties as a result of the Awards. Notwithstanding the Company’s intention, in the event any Award is subject to Section 409A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s prior consent, amend the Plan and/or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and actions with retroactive effect) as are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Plan and/or any Award from the application of Section 409A, (b) preserve the intended tax treatment of any such Award, or (c) comply with the requirements of Section 409A, including without limitation any such regulations guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after the date of grant of an Award.

 

11.2

Payments to Specified Employees . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or Award Agreement, any payment(s) of nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) that are otherwise required to be made under the Plan to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A) as a result of his or her separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A) shall be delayed for the first six months following such separation from service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid (in a

 

Page 13 of 19


manner set forth in the Award Agreement) on the payment date that immediately follows the end of such six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable within thirty (30) days thereafter, but in no event later than the end of the applicable taxable year.

 

11.3 Separation from Service . A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits that are considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment, unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and the payment thereof prior to a “separation from service” would violate Section 409A. For purposes of any such provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.”

 

11.4 Section 457A . The Company intends that all Awards be structured in compliance with, or to satisfy an exemption from, Section 457A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder (“Section 457A”), such that there are no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties as a result of the Awards. Notwithstanding the Company’s intention, in the event any Award is subject to Section 457A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s prior consent, amend the Plan and/or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and actions with retroactive effect) as are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Plan and/or any Award from the application of Section 457A, (b) preserve the intended tax treatment of any such Award, or (c) comply with the requirements of Section 457A, including without limitation any such regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after the date of the grant.

 

Article 12. Adjustments

 

12.1 Adjustments in Authorized Shares. In the event of any corporate event or transaction involving the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate (including, but not limited to, a change in the Shares of the Company or the capitalization of the Company) such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, separation, extraordinary stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, combination of Shares, exchange of Shares, dividend in kind, extraordinary cash dividend, amalgamation, or other like change in capital structure (other than regular cash or stock dividends to shareholders of the Company), or any similar corporate event or transaction, the Committee, to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan, shall, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code, substitute or adjust, in its sole discretion, the number and kind of Shares or other property that may be issued under the Plan or under particular forms of Awards, the number and kind of Shares or other property subject to outstanding Awards, the Option Price, grant price or purchase price applicable to outstanding Awards, the Annual Award Limits, and/or other value determinations applicable to the Plan or outstanding Awards; provided , however , that the number of Shares subject to any Award denominated in Shares shall always be a whole number.

 

12.2

Change of Control . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control after the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws or by the rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchanges, or unless the Committee shall determine otherwise in the Award Agreement, the Committee is authorized (but not obligated) to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, including without limitation the following (or any combination thereof): (a) continuation or assumption of such outstanding Awards under the Plan by the Company (if it is the surviving company or corporation) or by the surviving company or corporation or its parent; (b) substitution by the surviving company or corporation or its parent of awards with substantially the same terms for such outstanding Awards; (c) accelerated exercisability, vesting and/or lapse of restrictions under outstanding Awards

 

Page 14 of 19


  immediately prior to the occurrence of such event; (d) upon written notice, provide that any outstanding Awards must be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, during a reasonable period of time immediately prior to the scheduled consummation of the event, or such other period as determined by the Committee (contingent upon the consummation of the event), and at the end of such period, such Awards shall terminate to the extent not so exercised within the relevant period; and (e) cancellation of all or any portion of outstanding Awards for fair value (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee and which may be zero) which, in the case of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights or similar Awards, if the Committee so determines, may equal the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration to be paid in the Change of Control transaction to holders of the same number of Shares subject to such Awards (or, if no such consideration is paid, Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such outstanding Awards or portion thereof being cancelled) over the aggregate Option Price or grant price, as applicable, with respect to such Awards or portion thereof being cancelled (which may be zero).

 

Article 13. Duration, Amendment, Modification, Suspension and Termination

 

13.1 Duration of the Plan . No Award shall be granted under the Plan after the earliest to occur of (a) the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, (b) the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan have been issued or (c) the Plan is terminated in accordance with Section 13.2. However, unless otherwise expressly granted in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award theretofore granted may extend beyond such date, and the authority of the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue or terminate any such Award, or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Award, and the authority of the Committee to amend the Plan, shall extend beyond such date.

 

13.2 Amendment, Modification, Suspension and Termination of Plan . The Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate (for purposes of this Section 13.2, an “Action”) the Plan or any portion thereof or any Award (or Award Agreement) thereunder at any time; provided , that no such Action shall be made, other than as permitted under Article 11 or 12, (a) without shareholder approval (i) if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan, (ii) if such Action increases the number of Shares available under the Plan (other than an increase permitted under Article 5 absent shareholder approval), (iii) if such Action results in a material increase in benefits permitted under the Plan (but excluding increases that are immaterial or that are minor and to benefit the administration of the Plan, to take account of any changes in applicable law, or to obtain or maintain favorable tax, exchange, or regulatory treatment for the Company, a Subsidiary, and/or an Affiliate) or a change in eligibility requirements under the Plan, or (iv) for any Action that results in a reduction of the Option Price or grant price per Share, as applicable, of any outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or cancellation of any outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, or for other Awards, such as other Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, with an Option Price or grant price per Share, as applicable, that is less than such price of the original Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, and (b) without the written consent of the affected Participant, if such Action would materially adversely affect the rights of any Participant under any Award theretofore granted to such Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may amend the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement without the consent of the Participant in such manner as it deems necessary to comply with applicable laws, including without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

 

Article 14. General Provisions

 

14.1

No Right to Service . The granting of an Award under the Plan shall impose no obligation on the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate to continue the Service of a Participant and shall not lessen or affect any right that the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate may have to terminate the Service of such Participant. No Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted

 

Page 15 of 19


  any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).

 

14.2 Settlement of Awards; Fractional Shares . Each Award Agreement shall establish the form in which the Award shall be settled. The Committee shall determine whether cash, Awards, other securities or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be rounded, forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

14.3 Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold automatically from any amount deliverable under the Award or otherwise, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, the minimum statutory amount to satisfy federal, state, and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the Plan. With respect to required withholding, Participants may elect (subject to the Company’s automatic withholding right set out above), subject to the approval of the Committee, to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax that could be imposed on the transaction.

 

14.4 No Guarantees Regarding Tax Treatment . Participants (or their beneficiaries) shall be responsible for all taxes with respect to any Awards under the Plan. The Committee and the Company make no guarantees to any Person regarding the tax treatment of Awards or payments made under the Plan. Neither the Committee nor the Company has any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any tax on any Person with respect to any Award under Section 409A of the Code or Section 457A of the Code or otherwise and none of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their employees or representatives shall have any liability to a Participant with respect thereto.

 

14.5 Non-Transferability of Awards . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, an Award shall not be transferable or assignable by the Participant except in the event of his death (subject to the applicable laws of descent and distribution) and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate. No transfer shall be permitted for value or consideration. An award exercisable after the death of a Participant may be exercised by the heirs, legatees, personal representatives or distributees of the Participant. Any permitted transfer of the Awards to heirs, legatees, personal representatives or distributees of the Participant shall not be effective to bind the Company unless the Committee shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and the acceptance by the transferee or transferees of the terms and conditions hereof.

 

14.6 Conditions and Restrictions on Shares . The Committee may impose such other conditions or restrictions on any Shares received in connection with an Award as it may deem advisable or desirable. These restrictions may include, but shall not be limited to, a requirement that the Participant hold the Shares received for a specified period of time or a requirement that a Participant represent and warrant in writing that the Participant is acquiring the Shares for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares. The certificates for Shares may include any legend which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any conditions and restrictions applicable to such Shares.

 

14.7

Compliance with Law . The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies, or any stock exchanges on which the Shares are admitted to trading or listed, as may be required. The Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver evidence of

 

Page 16 of 19


  title for Shares issued under the Plan prior to: (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and (b) completion of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any applicable national, state or foreign law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The restrictions contained in this Section 14.7 shall be in addition to any conditions or restrictions that the Committee may impose pursuant to Section 14.6. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and all of their employees and representatives of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

14.8 Awards to Non-U.S. Employees or Non-Employee Directors . To comply with the laws in countries other than the United States in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates operates or has Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to:

 

  (a) Determine which Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan;

 

  (b) Determine which Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan;

 

  (c) Modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants who are not United States taxpayers to comply with applicable foreign laws;

 

  (d) Take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local government regulatory exemptions or approvals; and

 

  (e) Establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable. Any subplans and modifications to Plan terms and procedures established under this Section 14.8 by the Committee shall be attached to this Plan document as appendices.

 

14.9 Rights as a Shareholder . Except as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a shareholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Participant becomes the record holder of such Shares.

 

14.10 Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person, or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

 

14.11 Unfunded Plan . Participants shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary, legal representative, or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts. The Plan is not subject to the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

Page 17 of 19


14.12 No Constraint on Corporate Action . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets, or (b) limit the right or power of the Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

 

14.13 Successors . All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

 

14.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . The Plan and each Award Agreement and all claims, causes of action or proceedings (whether in contract, in tort, at law or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts or choice-of-law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. Each Participant and each party to an Award Agreement agrees that it shall bring all claims, causes of action and proceedings (whether in contract, in tort, at law or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or be related to the Plan and each Award Agreement exclusively in the Delaware Court of Chancery or, in the event (but only in the event) that such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such claim, cause of action or proceeding, exclusively in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware (the “ Chosen Court “), and hereby (i) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chosen Court, (ii) waives any objection to laying venue in any such proceeding in the Chosen Court, (iii) waives any objection that the Chosen Court is an inconvenient forum or does not have jurisdiction over any party and (iv) agrees that service of process upon such party in any such claim or cause of action shall be effective if notice is given in accordance with an Award Agreement. EACH PARTICIPANT AND EACH PARTY TO AN AWARD AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, IN TORT, AT LAW OR OTHERWISE) INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST SUCH PARTY IN RESPECT OF ITS, HIS OR HER OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR UNDER AN AWARD AGREEMENT.

 

14.15 Waiver of Certain Claims . By participating in the Plan, the Participant waives all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his or her office or Service with the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate for any reason whatsoever, whether lawfully or otherwise, insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his or her ceasing to have rights under the Plan as a result of such termination, or from the loss or diminution in value of such rights or entitlements, including by reason of the operation of the terms of the Plan, any determination by the Board or Committee pursuant to a discretion contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement or the provisions of any statute or law relating to taxation.

 

14.16 Data Protection . By participating in the Plan, the Participant consents to the collection, processing, transmission and storage by the Company in any form whatsoever, of any data of a professional or personal nature which is necessary for the purposes of introducing and administering the Plan. The Company may share such information with any Subsidiary or Affiliate, the trustee of any employee benefit trust, its registrars, trustees, brokers, other third-party administrator or any Person who obtains control of the Company or acquires the Company, undertaking or part-undertaking which employs the Participant, wherever situated.

 

14.17

Compensation Recovery . If a Participant receives compensation pursuant to an Award based on financial statements that are subsequently required to be restated in a way that would decrease the

 

Page 18 of 19


  value of such compensation, the Participant will, upon the written request of the Committee, in the Committee’s sole discretion, forfeit and repay to the Company the difference between what the Participant received and what the Participant should have received based on the accounting restatement, in accordance with (a) the Company’s compensation recovery, “clawback” or similar policy, if any, as may be in effect from time to time and (b) any compensation recovery, “clawback” or similar policy made applicable by law including the provisions of Section 945 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules, regulations and requirements adopted thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any national securities exchange on which the Company’s equity securities may be listed.

 

14.18 Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective as of the later of (i) the date of adoption by the Board, which date is set forth below, and (ii) the effectiveness of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 in connection with the Company’s initial public offering (the “Effective Date”).

*     *     *

This Plan was duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company by resolution at a meeting held on the          day of                     , 2015.

 

Page 19 of 19

Exhibit 10.12

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this              day of             , 2015 by and between Fogo de Chão, Inc., formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc. (the “ Company ”), a Delaware corporation, and             (“ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS, the Company benefits by being part of an organization that includes the Brasa Entities (as hereinafter defined);

WHEREAS, it is in the best interests of the Company that competent and experienced persons serve, and be willing to serve, as directors of the Company and each of the other Brasa Entities;

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that Indemnitee serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company and has requested that Indemnitee serve on one or more of the Company’s committees;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve as a director of the Company, and as a director or in other capacities at one or more of the other Brasa Entities at the Company’s request, on the condition that he be indemnified by the Company for serving at the Company and such other Brasa Entities that Indemnitee is requested to serve;

WHEREAS, in light of the litigation costs and risks to directors resulting from their service to companies, and the desire of the Company to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors of the Company and of the other Brasa Entities, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to indemnify and advance expenses on behalf of such individuals to the extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve at the Company and each of the other Brasa Entities free from undue concern regarding such risks; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Designating Stockholders (as hereinafter defined) (or their affiliates), which Indemnitee, the Company and the Designating Stockholders (or their affiliates) intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve as a director of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director of the Company and, at the Company’s request, as a member of one or more committees of the Company and as a director of one or more of the other Brasa Entities. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any contractual obligation under any other agreement or any obligation imposed by operation of law).


2. Indemnification - General . On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, liabilities, losses, costs, Expenses (as hereinafter defined) and other matters that may result from or arise in connection with Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined) and shall advance Expenses to Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The indemnification obligations of the Company under this Agreement (a) shall continue after such time as Indemnitee ceases to serve as a director of the Company or of any other Brasa Entity or in any other Corporate Status, and (b) include, without limitation, claims for monetary damages against Indemnitee in respect of any alleged breach of fiduciary duty, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law (including, if applicable, Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law) as in existence on the date hereof and as amended from time to time.

 

3. Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . If by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

4. Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . If by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company; provided , however , that indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company only if (and only to the extent that) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”) or the court in which such Proceeding shall have been brought or is pending shall determine that despite such adjudication of liability and in light of all circumstances such indemnification may be made.

 

5.

Mandatory Indemnification in Case of Successful Defense . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding (including, without limitation, any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company), the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee

 

- 2 -


  with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in defense of such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with each claim, issue or matter resolved successfully on the merits or otherwise. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, on substantive or procedural grounds, shall be deemed to be a successful resolution as to such claim, issue or matter. This provision is not intended to limit any other provision contained herein or any other rights to indemnification to which the Indemnitee may be entitled.

 

6. Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for that portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

7. Indemnification for Additional Expenses Incurred to Secure Recovery or as Witness .

 

  (a) The Company will indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, will (within twenty (20) calendar days of such request) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement, any other agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company as now or hereafter in effect; or (ii) recovery under any director and officer liability insurance policies maintained by any Brasa Entity to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

  (b) To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, and the Company will advance, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith.

 

8. Advancement of Expenses .

 

  (a)

The Company shall advance all Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any Proceeding within twenty (20) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or

 

- 3 -


  advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such advances shall, in all events, be (i) unsecured and interest free; and (ii) made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the advances.

 

  (b) To obtain advancement of Expenses under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request for advancement of Expenses and, to the extent required by applicable law, an unsecured written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Upon submission of such request for advancement of Expenses and unsecured written undertaking, Indemnitee shall be entitled to advancement of Expenses as provided in this Section 8 , and such advancement of Expenses shall continue until such time (if any) as there is a final judicial determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

 

9. Certain Agreements Related to Indemnification .

 

  (a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request for indemnification at such time as determined by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s sole discretion.

 

  (b) At any time after submission by Indemnitee of a request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) , either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection to such request which may be made by the Company. The Company will pay any and all Expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the investigation and resolution of such issues.

 

  (c) Indemnitee shall have the sole right and obligation to control the defense or conduct of any claim or Proceeding with respect to Indemnitee with counsel chosen by such Indemnitee; provided, that Indemnitee will not compromise or settle any claim or Proceeding, release any claim, or make any admission of fact, law, liability or damages with respect to any losses for which indemnification is sought hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company will not, with respect to any person or entity, settle any claim or Proceeding, release any claim, or make any admission of fact, law or liability or damages, or assign, pledge or permit any subrogation with respect to the foregoing, or permit any Brasa Entity to do any of the foregoing, to the extent such settlement, release, admission, assignment, pledge or subrogation in any way adversely affects Indemnitee or directly or indirectly imposes any expense, liability, damages, debt, obligation or judgment on Indemnitee.

 

  (d)

The parties intend and agree that, to the extent permitted by law, in connection with any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder: (i) it will be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and that the Company or any other person or entity challenging such right will have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection

 

- 4 -


  with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption; (ii) the termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; (iii) Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Company, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers, employees, or committees of the board of directors of the Company, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or on information or records given in reports made to the Company by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert or advisor selected by the Company; and (iv) the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or relevant enterprises will not be imputed to Indemnitee in a manner that limits or otherwise adversely affects Indemnitee’s rights hereunder. The provisions of this Section 9(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

  (e) Indemnitee agrees to notify the Company promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder; provided , however , that any failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise. If at the time of receipt of any such request for indemnification or notice the Company has director and officer insurance policies in effect, the Company will promptly notify the relevant insurers in accordance with the procedures and requirements of such policies.

 

10. Other Rights of Recovery; Insurance; Subrogation, etc .

 

  (a)

The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, under any of the Brasa Entities’ Certificates of Incorporation or By-Laws, or under any other agreement, vote of stockholders or resolution of directors of any of the Brasa Entities, or otherwise. Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement are present contractual rights that fully vest upon Indemnitee’s first service as a director or officer of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 

- 5 -


  (or other applicable law), whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under any of the Brasa Entities’ Certificates of Incorporation or By-Laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

  (b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, fiduciaries, representatives, partners or agents of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, fiduciary, representative, partner or agent insured under such policy or policies.

 

  (c) In the event of any payment by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against any other Brasa Entity, and Indemnitee hereby agrees, as a condition to obtaining any advancement or indemnification from the Company, to assign to the Company all of Indemnitee’s rights to obtain from such other Brasa Entity such amounts to the extent that they have been paid to or for the benefit of Indemnitee as advancement or indemnification under this Agreement and are adequate to indemnify Indemnitee with respect to the costs, Expenses or other items to the full extent that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or other payment hereunder; and Indemnitee will (upon request by the Company) execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit or enforce such rights.

 

  (d) The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases, and covenants and agrees not to exercise (and to cause each of the other Brasa Entities not to exercise), any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against any Designating Stockholder (or former Designating Stockholder) or Indemnitee that arise from or relate to the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract, by-laws or charter), including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Indemnitee against any Designating Stockholder (or former Designating Stockholder) or Indemnitee, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from any Designating Stockholder (or former Designating Stockholder) or Indemnitee, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right.

 

- 6 -


  (e) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to pay or advance to Indemnitee any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; provided , however , that (i) as between the Company and any Designating Stockholder, the Company hereby agrees that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee under this Agreement are primary and any obligation of any Designating Stockholder (or any affiliate thereof other than a Brasa Entity) to provide advancement or indemnification for the same Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), and (ii) if any Designating Stockholder (or any affiliate thereof other than a Brasa Entity) pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract, by-laws or charter) with any director or officer of the Company, then (x) such Designating Stockholder (or such affiliate, as the case may be) shall be fully subrogated to all rights of Indemnitee with respect to such payment and (y) the Company shall reimburse such Designating Stockholder (or such other affiliate) for the payments actually made. The Company shall take any and all actions as may reasonably be requested by Indemnitee or any Designating Stockholder to cause director and officer liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to be paid and exhausted to cover any Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) that could be subject to indemnification hereunder before claims are made with respect to such matters under any director and officer liability insurance policies that may be maintained by any Designating Stockholder or any of its affiliates (other than affiliates that are Brasa Entities or subsidiaries thereof), it being understood and agreed that it is the intent of the parties that any such policies maintained by any Designating Stockholder or any of such other affiliates would be called upon to provide excess insurance coverage only to the extent of any failure of any liability insurance policies maintained by the Brasa Entities to make payment of any amounts for which coverage is also available under any liability insurance policies maintained by any Designating Stockholder or any of its affiliates (other than affiliates that are Brasa Entities or subsidiaries thereof).

 

  (f)

The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee in respect of or relating to Indemnitee’s service at the request of any of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, representative, partner or agent of any other Brasa Entity shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as payment of indemnification or advancement of Expenses

 

- 7 -


  from such other Brasa Entity, except to the extent that such indemnification payments and advance payment of Expenses when taken together with any such amount actually received from other Brasa Entities or under director and officer insurance policies maintained by one or more Brasa Entities are inadequate to fully pay all costs, Expenses or other items to the full extent that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or other payment hereunder.

 

11. Employment Rights; Successors; Third Party Beneficiaries .

 

  (a) This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company and Indemnitee. This Agreement shall continue in force as provided above after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company.

 

  (b) This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors and administrators.

 

  (c) The Designating Stockholders are express third party beneficiaries of this Agreement, are entitled to rely upon this Agreement, and may specifically enforce the Company’s obligations hereunder (including but not limited to the obligations specified in Section 10 of this Agreement).

 

12. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

13. Exception to Right of Indemnification or Advancement of Expenses . Except as provided in Section 7(a) of this Agreement or as may otherwise be agreed by the Company, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee (other than a Proceeding by Indemnitee by way of defense or to enforce his rights under this Agreement or under statute or other law including any rights under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law), unless the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

14. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

 

- 8 -


  (a) Brasa Entity ” means the Company, and each of its direct or indirect subsidiaries and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise with respect to which Indemnitee serves as a director, officer, employee, partner, representative, fiduciary or agent, or in any similar capacity, at the request of the Company, including, without limitation, Brasa (Purchaser) Inc., Brasa (Holdings) Inc., and Fogo de Chão (Holdings) Inc.

 

  (b) Board of Directors ” refers to the board of directors of the Company.

 

  (c) Certificate of Incorporation ” means, with respect to any entity, (i) in the case of the Company, its certificate of incorporation, and (ii) in the case of any other entity, its certificate of incorporation, articles of incorporation or similar constituting document.

 

  (d) Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person in his or her capacity as a director or officer of any of the Company (including, without limitation, one who serves at the request of any of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of any Brasa Entity).

 

  (e) Designating Stockholder ” means the Sponsor, so long as an individual designated (directly or indirectly) by the Sponsor, or any of its affiliates (as provided by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws) serves as a director of any Brasa Entity.

 

  (f) Expenses ” shall mean all reasonable costs, fees and expenses and shall specifically include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness, in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding, including, but not limited to, the premium for appeal bonds, attachment bonds or similar bonds and all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such Expenses.

 

  (g) Proceeding ” includes any actual, threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened, pending or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature, in which Indemnitee was, is, may be or will be involved as a party, witness or otherwise, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or by reason of any action taken by him or her or of any inaction on his part while acting as director or officer of any Brasa Entity (in each case whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity or has such status at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement).

 

- 9 -


  (h) Sponsor ” means Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.

 

15. Construction . Whenever required by the context, as used in this Agreement the singular number shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, and all words herein in any gender shall be deemed to include (as appropriate) the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

 

16. Reliance; Integration .

 

  (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director and/or officer of the Company.

 

  (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

17. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

18. Notice Mechanics . All notices, requests, demands or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been direct, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

  (a) If to Indemnitee to:

 

                     

 

 

  (b) If to the Company, to:

 

Fogo de Chão, Inc.
14881 Quorum Drive
Suite 750
Dallas, Texas 75254
Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

- 10 -


or to such other address as may have been furnished (in the manner prescribed above) as follows: (a) in the case of a change in address for notices to Indemnitee, furnished by Indemnitee to the Company and (b) in the case of a change in address for notices to the Company, furnished by the Company to Indemnitee.

 

19. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for reasonably incurred Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

20. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service of Process . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or otherwise inconvenient forum.

 

21. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

22. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

- 11 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

Company: FOGO DE CHÃO, INC.
By:

 

Name:   Lawrence J. Johnson
Title:    Chief Executive Officer
Indemnitee:

 

Name:

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT ]

Exhibit 10.14

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

NOTICE OF NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD

You have been granted a stock option (the “ Option ”) on the following terms and subject to the provisions of Attachment A and Exhibits therein and the Fogo de Chão, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). Unless defined in this award agreement (including Attachment A and Exhibits A and B therein, this “ Agreement ”), capitalized terms will have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. In the event of a conflict among the provisions of the Plan, this Agreement and any descriptive materials provided to you, the provisions of the Plan will prevail.

 

Participant: [Full Name] (the “ Participant ”)
Grant Date: [●] (the “ Grant Date ”)
Number of Shares Underlying the Option: [●] Shares
Option Price $[●] per Share (the “ Option Price ”)
Vesting Schedule: Subject to Section 5 of Attachment A, the Option shall immediately vest and become exercisable 20% on the Grant Date and 20% on each of the first four anniversaries of the Grant Date, subject to the Participant’s continued Service with the Company or its Affiliates through each such anniversary (the “ Vesting Condition ”). At any time, the portion of the Option which has become vested is hereinafter referred to as the “ Vested Portion ,” and the portion of the Option which has not satisfied the Vesting Condition is hereinafter referred to as the “ Unvested Portion .”


Attachment A

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

Section 1. Definitions . With respect to any Participant who is employed by the Company or one of its Affiliates pursuant to an effective written employment agreement, if any, between the Company and/or one of its Affiliates in which there is a definition of any capitalized term used in this Agreement, the definition in such employment agreement will be used, solely for such Participant and only for so long as such employment agreement remains effective. Otherwise, the capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Cause ” shall mean the Participant’s (i) misappropriation or theft of the Company’s or any of its Affiliate’s funds or property; (ii) indictment for, conviction of or entering of a plea of nolo contendere of any fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement or similar act, felony or crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (iii) material breach of this Agreement or failure to perform any of the Participant’s material duties owed to the Company; or (iv) commission of any act involving willful malfeasance or gross negligence or the Participant’s failure to act involving material nonfeasance; provided , however , that, in the case of the above sub-clause (iii), termination of Service by the Company or the Company’s Affiliate, if applicable, shall not be for “Cause” unless (A) such breach is not capable of being cured, or (B) such Participant has first been given written notice of such breach by the Company or its Affiliate, as applicable, and if such breach is capable of being cured, such breach remains uncured for a period of ten (10) business days after such notice to the Participant, or, if cured, recurs within 180 days.

(b) “ Disability ” shall mean (i) a permanent and total disability that entitles the Participant to disability income payments under any long-term disability plan or policy provided by the Company under which the Participant is covered, as such plan or policy is then in effect; or (ii) if such Participant is not covered under a long-term disability plan or policy provided by the Company at such time for whatever reason, then the term “Disability” means a “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code such that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted, or can be expected to last, for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, and, in this case, the existence of any such “Disability” will be certified by a physician acceptable to the Company.

(c) “ Good Reason ” shall mean (i) a material diminution of the Participant’s base salary, (ii) a material diminution in the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities, or (iii) the Company or any other Affiliate requiring the Participant to be based at any office or location that is more than fifty (50) miles from the initial location of the Participant’s employment.

 

A-1


(d) “ Lock-up Period ” shall mean the period commencing on and including the date hereof and continuing through and including the 180th day following the date of the Public Offering.

(e) “ Public Offering ” shall mean the completion of a sale of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement which has become effective under the Securities Act of 1933 (excluding registration statements on Form S-4, S-8 or similar limited purpose forms), in which the Common Stock shall be listed and traded on a stock exchange.

(f) “ Underwriting Agreement ” shall mean the underwriting agreement by and among the Company, Jefferies LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC entered into in connection with the Public Offering, effective as of             , 2015.

Section 2. Grant of the Option . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Participant the Option on the Grant Date on the terms set forth on the cover page of this Agreement, as more fully described in this Attachment A and Exhibits A and B herein. The Option is granted under the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement.

Section 3. Period of Exercise . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Participant may exercise all or any part of the Vested Portion at any time prior to the earliest to occur of:

(a) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Expiration Date ”);

(b) the date that is ninety (90) days following termination of the Participant’s Service with the Company or its Affiliates for any reason other than death, Disability or Cause; and

(c) the date that is one (1) year following termination of the Participant’s Service with the Company or its Affiliates due to death or Disability;

Section 4. Exercise Procedures; Lock-up .

(a) Notice of Exercise . Subject to Section 3 of this Agreement, the Vested Portion may be exercised by delivering to the Company at its principal office written notice of intent to so exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (such notice, a “ Notice of Exercise ”). Such Notice of Exercise shall be accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate Option Price for the Shares to be exercised. In the event the Option is being exercised by the Participant’s representative, the Notice of Exercise shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Committee) of the representative’s right to exercise the Option. The aggregate Option Price for the Shares to be exercised may be paid in cash or its equivalent (e.g., by cashiers check) or any other form of payment permitted by the Committee in accordance with Section 6.5 of the Plan; including but not limited to, at the sole discretion of the Committee, by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option by the number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the Option Price; provided that, such Participant remains

 

A-2


continuously employed with the Company through the date of exercise, or, if terminated, is terminated for any reason other than for Cause or due to resignation without Good Reason.

(b) Rights of Participant; Method of Exercise . Neither the Participant nor the Participant’s representative shall have any rights to dividends, voting rights or other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to the Option until the Participant has (i) given a Notice of Exercise of the Option, (ii) paid in full for such Shares, (iii) such Shares have been issued and (iv) if applicable, satisfied any other conditions imposed by the Committee pursuant to the Plan. In the event of the Participant’s death, the Vested Portion shall be exercisable by the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate, or the person or persons to whom the Participant’s rights under this Agreement shall pass by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, as the case may be. Any heir or legatee of the Participant shall take rights herein granted subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

(c) Lock-up . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or this Agreement, the Participant shall, during the Lock-up Period, be subject to certain restrictions as set forth in Exhibit B of this Agreement with respect to the sale of his or her Shares.

Section 5. Termination of Service

(a) Death or Disability . In the event of the Participant’s termination of Service at any time due to the Participant’s death or Disability, any Unvested Portion of the Option shall be forfeited as of the date of such termination without any payment to the Participant, and any Vested Portion of the Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) one (1) year following such termination and (ii) the Expiration Date, unless the Committee in its sole discretion determines that the Option should be exercisable to some greater extent or remain exercisable for some longer period (ending in no event later than the Expiration Date).

(b) Termination of Service . Any Unvested Portion of the Option shall be forfeited without consideration upon the termination of the Participant’s Service by the Company or its Affiliates for any reason. In the event the Participant’s Service (i) is terminated for Cause, (ii) the Participant’s Service is terminated due to the Participant’s resignation after an inquiry by the Board as to the existence of Cause has been initiated and the Board determines that Cause existed as of the date of such resignation, or (iii) the Board determines that the Participant’s acts or omissions constitute Cause, the Vested Portion also shall be forfeited without consideration upon such termination or determination, as applicable.

(c) Change of Control . In the event of the Participant’s termination of Service on or within twelve (12) months following the date of a Change of Control, any Unvested Portion of the Option shall fully vest as of the date of such termination of Service, and the Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) ninety (90) days following such termination and (ii) the Expiration Date.

 

A-3


(d) Expiration of Option Term . Any unexercised portion of the Option shall expire on the Expiration Date.

Section 6. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Notices. Any notice or other communication provided for herein or given hereunder to a party hereto must be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been given (i) when personally delivered or delivered by facsimile transmission with confirmation of delivery, (ii) one (1) business day after deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier service, or (iii) three (3) business days after being mailed by first-class mail, return receipt requested. A notice shall be addressed, as follows:

if to the Company, to:

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, TX 75254

Attention: General Counsel

and if to the Participant, at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.

or to such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto.

All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed received on the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt.

(b) Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, whether oral or written and whether express or implied, and whether in term sheets, presentations or otherwise, among the parties hereto, or between any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided that, the Participant shall continue to be bound by any other confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation and other similar restrictive covenants contained in any other agreements between the Participant and the Company, its Affiliates and their respective predecessors to which the Participant is bound.

(c) Amendment; Waiver . No amendment or modification of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless signed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Participant, except that the Company may amend or modify this Agreement without the Participant’s consent in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or as otherwise set forth in this Agreement. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature. Any amendment or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement, or any waiver of any provision of this Agreement, shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given.

 

A-4


(d) Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by the Participant.

(e) Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party Beneficiaries . The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. The Participant hereby expressly acknowledges that the Company’s successors and assigns are permitted to enforce all of the Company’s or its Affiliates’ rights under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the Company and the Participant, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

(f) Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

(g) Participant Undertaking . The Participant agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable to carry out or give effect to any of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Participant or the Option pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

(h) Participant Representation . The Participant acknowledges and understands that material definitions and provisions concerning the Option and the Participant’s rights and obligations with respect thereto are set forth in the Plan. The Participant has read carefully, and understands, the provisions of the Plan.

(i) Adjustment of Option . Adjustments to the Option (or any Shares underlying the Option) shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

(j) Withholding . The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold automatically from any payment or Shares deliverable under this Agreement, or require the Participant to remit to the Company, the minimum statutory amount to satisfy federal, state, and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Agreement. The Participant may elect, subject to the approval of the Committee, in its sole discretion, to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory total tax that could be imposed in connection with any such taxable event; provided that, the Participant remains continuously employed with the Company through the date of exercise of the Option, or, if terminated, is terminated for any reason other than for Cause or due to resignation without Good Reason.

 

A-6


(k) Transferability . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Participant shall not be permitted to transfer or assign the Option except in the event of death and in accordance with Section 14.5 of the Plan.

(l) Shares Not Registered . Shares shall be issued pursuant to this Agreement unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares will not, in the opinion of counsel, comply with (unless exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded. The Company shall not be obligated to file any registration statement under any applicable securities laws to permit the purchase or issuance of any Shares, and accordingly any certificates for Shares may have an appropriate legend or statement of applicable restrictions endorsed thereon. If the Company deems it necessary to ensure that the issuance of Shares under this Agreement is not required to be registered under any applicable securities laws, the Participant shall deliver to the Company an agreement containing such representations, warranties and covenants as the Company may reasonably require.

(m) No Right to Continued Service . The grant of the Option evidenced hereby and this Agreement shall impose no obligation on the Company or any Affiliate to continue the Service of the Participant and shall not lessen or affect any right that the Company or any Affiliate may have to terminate the Service of such Participant.

(n) Choice of Law . This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action or other matters that may be based upon arise out of or relate to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflict or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation thereof to the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.

(o) Consent to Jurisdiction . The Company and the Participant, by his or her execution hereof, (i) hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Delaware for the purposes of any claim or action arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (ii) hereby waive, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agree not to assert by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such claim or action, any claim that it, he or she is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its, his or her property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in the above-named court is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (iii) hereby agree not to commence any claim or action arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof other than before the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such claim or action to any court other than the above-named courts whether on the

 

A-6


grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise; provided , however , that the Company and the Participant may, if necessary, seek to enforce and/or execute on a final judgment issued by a Delaware court of competent jurisdiction in any other court of competent jurisdiction. The Company and the Participant hereby consent to service of process in any such proceeding, and agree that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its, his or her address specified pursuant to Section 6(a) of this Agreement is reasonably calculated to give actual notice.

(p) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT, HE OR SHE SHALL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTY HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 6(P) CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND SHALL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 6(P) WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

(q) No Guarantees Regarding Tax Treatment . The Participant (or his or her beneficiaries) shall be responsible for all taxes with respect to the Option. The Committee and the Company make no guarantees regarding the tax treatment of the Option. Neither the Committee nor the Company has any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any tax under Section 409A of the Code or otherwise and none of the Company or Affiliate, or any of their employees or representatives shall have any liability to the Participant with respect thereto.

(r) Compliance with Section 409A . The Company intends that the Option be structured in compliance with, or to satisfy an exemption from, Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder (“ Section 409A ”), such that there are no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A as a result of the Option. In the event the Option is subject to Section 409A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, take the actions described in Section 11 of the Plan. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or this Agreement, any payment(s) of nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) that are otherwise required to be made under this Agreement to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A) as a result of his or her separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A) shall be delayed for the first six (6) months following such separation from service (or, if

 

A-7


earlier, the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid on the date that immediately follows the end of such six (6) month period (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee) or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter. A termination of Service shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits that are considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A upon or following a termination of Service, unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and the payment thereof prior to a “separation from service” would violate Section 409A. For purposes of any such provision of this Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of Service” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.”

 

A-8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.

 

FOGO DE CHÃO, INC.
By:

  /s/ [NAME]

Name: [NAME]
Title: [TITLE]

Agreed and acknowledged as of the date

first above written:

By:

  /s/ [NAME]

Name: [NAME]

 

A-9


Exhibit A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

Fogo de Chão, Inc.

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, TX 75254

Attention: General Counsel

Date of Exercise:                     

Ladies & Gentlemen:

1. Exercise of Option . This constitutes notice to Fogo de Chão, Inc. (the “ Company ”) that pursuant to the Notice of Nonqualified Stock Option Award and Attachment A thereto, dated                      (the “ Award Agreement ”), I elect to purchase the number of Shares set forth below and for the price set forth below. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Award Agreement. By signing and delivering this notice to the Company, I hereby acknowledge that I am the holder of the Option exercised by this notice and have full power and authority to exercise the same.

 

Number of Shares purchased

(“ Purchased Shares ”):

 

Grant Date:

 

Shares to be issued in name of:

 

Total Option Price:

 

2. Form of Payment . Forms of payment other than cash or its equivalent (e.g. by cashier’s check) are permissible only to the extent approved by the Committee, in its discretion.

3. Delivery of Payment . With this notice, I hereby deliver to the Company the Total Option Price of the Purchased Shares, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of my Option or have otherwise satisfied such requirements.

4. Rights as Stockholder . While the Company shall endeavor to process this notice in a timely manner, I acknowledge that until the issuance of the Purchased Shares, (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) and my satisfaction of any other conditions imposed by the Committee pursuant to the Plan or set forth in the Award Agreement, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to such shares, notwithstanding the exercise of my Option. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance of the Purchased Shares.


5. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this notice shall be submitted promptly by me or by the Company to the Committee. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.

6. Entire Agreement . The Plan and the Award Agreement under which the Purchased Shares were granted are incorporated herein by reference, and together with this notice constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

(social security number)


Exhibit B

LOCK-UP COVENANT

The Participant is an owner of Securities. The Company proposes to conduct a Public Offering for which Jefferies LLC (“ Jefferies ”) and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“ J.P. Morgan ”) will act as the representatives of the underwriters (the “ Representatives ”). The Participant recognizes that the Public Offering will benefit each of the Company, the selling stockholders named in the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) and the Participant. The Participant acknowledges that the underwriters are relying on the representations and agreements of the Participant contained in this lock-up covenant (the “ Covenant ”) in conducting the Public Offering and in entering into the Underwriting Agreement and other underwriting arrangements with the Company and the Selling Stockholders with respect to the Public Offering.

Annex A sets forth definitions for capitalized terms used in this Covenant that are not defined in the body of this Covenant. Those definitions are a part of the Covenant. Capitalized terms not defined in the Annex A shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan, the Agreement or the body of this Covenant.

In consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Participant hereby agrees that, during the Lock-up Period, the Participant will not (and will cause any Family Member not to), without the prior written consent of Jefferies and J.P. Morgan, which may withhold their consent in their sole discretion:

 

    Sell or Offer to Sell any Securities currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by the Participant or such Family Member,

 

    enter into any Swap,

 

    make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of any Securities, or cause to be filed a registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement (or an amendment or supplement thereto) with respect to any such registration, or

 

    publicly announce any intention to do any of the foregoing.

In addition, the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to: (i) transactions relating to Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, (ii) transactions relating to Securities pledged in a bona fide transaction to third parties as collateral to secure obligations pursuant to lending or other arrangements between such third parties (or their affiliates or designees) and the Participant or any similar arrangement relating to a financing arrangement for the benefit of the Participant, (iii) the transfer of Securities (a) by gift, or by will or intestate succession to a Family Member or to a trust whose beneficiaries consist exclusively of one or more of the


Participant and/or a Family Member (b) by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, (c) as a distribution or transfer to: (x) general partners, limited partners, members, stockholders or affiliates of the Participant or (y) any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity which controls or manages or is controlled or managed by the Participant or to entities under common control or management with the Participant and/or Family Members of the Participant, or (d) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (a) through (c) above; provided, however, that in any such case of clauses (ii) or (iii), it shall be a condition to such transfer that each transferee executes and delivers to Jefferies and J.P. Morgan an agreement substantially consistent with this Covenant or in form and substance satisfactory to Jefferies and J.P. Morgan stating that such transferee is receiving and holding such Securities subject to the provisions of this Covenant and agrees not to Sell or Offer to Sell such Securities, engage in any Swap or engage in any other activities restricted under this Covenant except in accordance with this Covenant (as if such transferee had been an original signatory hereto); provided further, that in any such case of clauses (i), (ii), or (iii), prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, no public disclosure or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act by any party to the transfer (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) shall be required, or made voluntarily, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Securities in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-up Period and other than with respect to transfers by will or intestate succession), (iv) any exercise (including a cashless exercise) of options or warrants to purchase Securities or the conversion or exchange of any equity security held by the Participant, individually or as a fiduciary, pursuant to employee benefit plans or arrangements described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus (each as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), into Securities, as well as transfers to the Company for the purpose of satisfying any tax liability (estimated or otherwise) due as a result of such exercise with respect to options outstanding as of the date hereof, in each case that would expire during the Lock-up Period; provided that any Securities received upon such exercise, conversion or exchange will be subject to this Covenant, (v) transfers of Securities pursuant to a liquidation, tender offer, merger, consolidation, stock exchange or similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their Securities for cash, securities or other property; provided, that if any such liquidation, tender offer, merger, consolidation, stock exchange or similar transaction is not consummated, such Securities shall remain subject to this Covenant or (vi) with the prior written consent of the Representatives.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall prevent the Participant from establishing a contract or plan in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act or from amending the same, so long as there are no direct or indirect offers, sales, pledges or distributions of securities of the Company under such plans during the Lock-up Period, and no filing or other public announcement of the execution of such plan shall be required or voluntarily made by the Participant or the Company during the Lock-up Period.


The Participant also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of Securities held by the Participant and the Participant’s Family Members, if any, except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

The Participant hereby represents and warrants that the Participant has full power, capacity and authority to enter into the Agreement, including this Covenant. This Covenant will be binding on the Participant and successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the Participant.

This Covenant shall lapse and become null and void upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the Public Offering shall not have occurred on or before July 31, 2015, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Securities to be sold thereunder, or (iii) the withdrawal of the Registration Statement related to the Public Offering.

This Covenant and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Covenant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.


Annex A to Exhibit B

Certain Defined Terms Used in Lock-up Covenant

For purposes of the Lock-up to which this Annex A is attached and of which it is made a part:

 

    Call Equivalent Position ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act.

 

    Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

    Family Member ” shall mean the spouse of the Participant, an immediate family member of the Participant or an immediate family member of the Participant’s spouse, in each case living in the Participant’s household or whose principal residence is the Participant’s household (regardless of whether such spouse or family member may at the time be living elsewhere due to educational activities, health care treatment, military service, temporary internship or employment or otherwise).

 

    Immediate family member ” as used above shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act.

 

    Put Equivalent Position ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act.

 

    Securities ” shall mean Shares or Options or both, as applicable.

 

    Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

    Sell or Offer to Sell ” shall mean to:

 

  - sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or lend,

 

  - effect any short sale or establish or increase a Put Equivalent Position or liquidate or decrease any Call Equivalent Position

 

  - pledge, hypothecate or grant any security interest in, or

 

  - in any other way transfer or dispose of,

in each case whether effected directly or indirectly.

 

    Swap ” shall mean any swap, hedge or similar arrangement or agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of Securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled in securities, in cash or otherwise.

Exhibit 10.15

FOGO DE CHÃO, INC.

MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

The purpose of this Fogo de Chão Management Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to enhance the Company’s ability to attract and retain highly qualified executives, to provide additional financial incentives to such executives and to promote the success of the Company and its subsidiaries through awards of incentive compensation that satisfy the requirements for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

Unless defined in the Plan, capitalized terms will have the meanings assigned to them in the Fogo de Chão, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Omnibus Plan ”). In the event of a conflict among the provisions of the Plan and the Omnibus Plan, the provisions of the Plan will prevail.

1. Administration of the Plan.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.

(b) Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the amount of any Incentive Amount; (iii) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Incentive Amounts may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other awards, other property, net settlement or any combination thereof, or canceled, forfeited or suspended, and the method or methods by which Incentive Amounts may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or suspended; (iv) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other awards, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Incentive Amount under the Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (v) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Incentive Amount made under, the Plan; (vi) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (vii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. Such authority shall include the right to exercise discretion to reduce, at any time prior to the payment thereof, the Incentive Amount payable to any Participant to any amount, including zero, that is below the Formula Amount; provided, however , that the exercise of such discretion with respect to any Participant shall not have the effect of increasing the Incentive Amount payable to any other Participant.

(c) All decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including the Company, its shareholders and Participants and any beneficiaries thereof.

2. Participation and Performance Goals. Not later than the Applicable Deadline with respect to a Performance Period, the Committee shall (a) designate the Eligible Executives who are Participants in the Plan for such Performance Period, and (b) affirm, in writing, the formula governing each such Participant’s Formula Amount for such Performance Period.


3. Committee Certification. As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each Performance Period, but in no event later than March 15 following the end of such Performance Period, the Committee shall certify, in writing, the level of Adjusted EBITDA achieved for such Performance Period and the dollar amount of the Formula Amount for each Participant in the Plan for such Performance Period.

4. Determination of Incentive Amount. At any time before an Incentive Amount for a Performance Period is paid, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and taking into consideration such factors as it deems appropriate (which may include the degree to which objective and subjective performance goals and other criteria have been attained for such Performance Period), determine to pay a Participant an Incentive Amount that is less than the Formula Amount, or to pay no Incentive Amount. The amount by which any Formula Amount is reduced shall not be paid to any other Participant.

5. Payment of Incentive Amount. An Incentive Amount shall be paid in cash, unrestricted or restricted Shares or RSUs (which may be provided under a shareholder-approved equity plan of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of such plan), or a combination of the foregoing. The payment of an Incentive Amount shall be made at such time as the Committee determines in its sole discretion, which shall in no event be later than March 15 following the Performance Period to which such Incentive Amount relates unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, provides for the deferral of an Incentive Amount under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan or program maintained by the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of such plan or program.

6. No Right to Incentive or Continued Employment.

(a) No employee, Participant or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Incentive Amount under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of employees, Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Incentive Amounts under the Plan. The terms and conditions of Incentive Amounts need not be the same with respect to each recipient. Any Incentive Amount granted under the Plan shall be a one-time award that does not constitute a promise of future grants. The Company, in its sole discretion, maintains the right to make available future grants under the Plan.

(b) The grant of an Incentive Amount shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or to continue to provide services to, the Company or any affiliate. Further, the Company or the applicable affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant, free from any liability, or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any other agreement binding the parties. The receipt of any Incentive Amount under the Plan is not intended to confer any rights on the receiving Participant.

 

2


7. Withholding. The Company shall be authorized to withhold from any Incentive Amount granted or any payment due or transfer made under any Incentive Amount or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Shares, other awards, other property, net settlement or any combination thereof) of applicable withholding taxes due in respect of an Incentive Amount, its exercise or settlement or any payment or transfer under such Incentive Amount or under the Plan and to take such other action (including providing for elective payment of such amounts in cash or Shares by the Participant) as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.

8. Nontransferability. Except as may be permitted by the Committee, (a) no Incentive Amount and no right under any Incentive Amount shall be assignable, alienable, saleable or transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will and (b) during a Participant’s lifetime, each Incentive Amount, and each right under any Incentive Amount, shall be exercisable only by the Participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative; provided, however , that the Committee shall not permit any Incentive Amount to be transferred or transferable to a third party for value or consideration without the approval of the Company’s shareholders. The provisions of this Section 9 shall not apply to any Incentive Amount that has been fully exercised or settled, as the case may be, and shall not preclude forfeiture of an Incentive Amount in accordance with the terms thereof.

9. Unfunded Plan. Neither the Plan nor any Incentive Amount shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and a Participant or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company pursuant to an Incentive Amount, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

10. Repayment/Forfeiture of Incentive Amount . If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, and if the Participant knowingly or grossly negligently engaged in the misconduct, or knowingly or grossly negligently failed to prevent the misconduct, or if the Participant is one of the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the United States Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (and not otherwise exempted), the Participant shall reimburse the Company the amount of any payment of any Incentive Amount earned or accrued during the 12-month period following the first public issuance or filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document not in compliance with such financial reporting requirement. Rights, payments and benefits under any Incentive Amount shall be subject to repayment to or recoupment (clawback) by the Company in accordance with such policies and procedures as the Committee or Board may adopt from time to time, including policies and procedures to implement applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations. To the extent such Incentive Amount was deferred under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained by the Company rather than paid to the Participant, the amount deferred (and any earnings thereon) shall be forfeited.

 

3


11. Adoption, Amendment, Suspension and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Subject to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s shareholders, the Plan shall be effective on January 1, 2015 and shall continue in effect until terminated as provided below.

(b) Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, the Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, however, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without shareholder approval, if such approval is required by applicable law or the rules of the stock market or exchange, if any, on which the Shares are principally quoted or traded or the consent of the affected Participant, if such action would materially adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any outstanding Incentive Amount, except to the extent any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination is made to cause the Plan to comply with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations or to impose any recoupment provisions on any Incentive Amounts in accordance with Section 11. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Committee may amend the Plan in such manner as may be necessary to enable the Plan to achieve its stated purposes in any jurisdiction in a tax-efficient manner and in compliance with local laws, rules and regulations.

(c) The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Incentive Amount in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry the Plan into effect.

12. Section 162(m). If any provision of the Plan would cause an Incentive Amount not to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, that provision shall be severed from, and shall be deemed not to be a part of, the Plan, but the other provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect.

13. Section 409A . The Company intends that the Incentive Amount be structured in compliance with, or to satisfy an exemption from, Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder (“ Section 409A ”), such that there are no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A as a result of the payment of Incentive Amount. In the event the Incentive Amount are subject to Section 409A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, take any of the actions described in Section 11 of the Omnibus Plan. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Omnibus Plan or the Plan, if an amount payable under an Incentive Amount as a result of the Participant’s termination of employment (other than due to death) occurring while the Participant is a “specified employee” under Section 409A of the Code constitutes a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, the payment of such amount shall be delayed for the first six (6) months

 

4


following such termination of employment (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid on the date that immediately follows the end of such six (6) month period (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee) or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter. If an Incentive Amount includes a “series of installment payments” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations), the Participant’s right to the series of installment payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments and not as a right to a single payment and if an Incentive Amount includes “dividend equivalents” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(e) of the Treasury Regulations), the Participant’s right to the dividend equivalents shall be treated separately from the right to other amounts under the Incentive Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under the Plan is not warranted or guaranteed, and in no event shall the Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by the Participant on account of non-compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

14. Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by the laws of the state of Delaware, without application of the conflicts of law principles thereof.

15. Definitions . As used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings indicated:

(a) “ Adjusted EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to the Company, for any Fiscal Year, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, (a) income from continuing operations; plus (b) income tax expense; plus (c) interest expense; minus (d) interest income; plus (e) depreciation expense; and plus (f) amortization expense. Adjusted EBITDA shall be calculated without regard to: (i) the effects of changes in accounting standards or principles and in tax rules or regulations; (ii) any ongoing and/or one-time costs and/or expenses attributable to an acquisition, including those related to the negotiation, completion and/or integration of an acquisition, incurred during the Fiscal Year; (iii) any costs related to the purchase accounting step up in the basis of tangible or intangible assets not classified as depreciation or amortization; (iv) any ongoing and/or one-time costs and/or expenses associated with the sale or separation (or attempted sale or separation) of a business in the Fiscal Year; (v) the reported results of an acquisition completed in the Fiscal Year; (vi) any ongoing and/or one-time costs and/or expenses attributable to a financing transaction, including selling accounts receivable; (vii) any Pre-opening Costs; and (viii) any significant or non-recurring items which are disclosed in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a business is sold or separated from the Company during the Fiscal Year, such business’ Target and Adjusted actual results shall be eliminated from all calculations. In the event that the Company’s earnings release with respect to any Fiscal Year is delayed beyond March 15 of the following year, Adjusted EBITDA for such Fiscal Year shall be determined in good faith by the Committee. In all events, any calculation of Adjusted EBITDA shall be done in a manner intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

5


(b) “ Applicable Deadline ” shall mean the 90th day of the Performance Period (or such other time as may be required or permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code).

(c) “ Eligible Executive ” shall mean the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers of the Company who are or may be “covered employees” of the Company as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code.

(d) “ Fiscal Year ” shall mean a fiscal year of the Company.

(e) “ Formula Amount ” shall mean, for each Participant, six percent (6%) of Adjusted EBITDA for the applicable Performance Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Participant the Committee may in its sole discretion substitute within the applicable time frame described in Section 2 above a percentage smaller than six percent (6%) for purposes of this definition.

(f) “ Incentive Amount ” shall mean, for each Participant, an incentive to be paid under the Plan in the amount determined by the Committee pursuant to Sections 5 and 6 above.

(g) “ Participant ” shall mean, with respect to any Performance Period, an Eligible Executive who is designated as a Participant in the Plan for such Performance Period in accordance with Section 2.

(h) “ Performance Period ” shall mean a Fiscal Year or any other period designated by the Committee with respect to which an award is granted under the Plan.

(i) “ Pre-opening Costs ” shall mean “pre-opening costs” defined in ACS720-15 (formerly SOP 98-5) published by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, related to the opening and organizing of new restaurants, such costs including, without limitation, the cost of feasibility studies, staff-training, recruiting and travel costs for employees engaged in such start-up activities and preopening rent costs.

 

6

Exhibit 10.16

DIRECTOR SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS DIRECTOR SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 6, 2015 by and between Fogo de Chão, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the individual listed on the signature page attached hereto under the heading “Purchaser” (“ Purchaser ”).

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, Purchaser desires to subscribe for and purchase, and the Company desires to sell to Purchaser, that number of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Shares ”) set forth on Purchaser’s signature page attached hereto below the name of Purchaser for the purchase price set forth on Purchaser’s signature page attached hereto below the name of Purchaser (the purchase price to be paid by Purchaser herein referred to as the “ Purchase Price ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in order to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1 . Issuance of Shares.

(a) At the Closing, Purchaser agrees to purchase, and the Company agrees to issue, the Shares in the amount listed on Purchaser’s signature page attached hereto at the Purchase Price. “ Closing ” means February 9, 2015.

(b) At the Closing, Purchaser shall deliver the Purchase Price to the Company (or as directed by the Company) in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company.

SECTION 2 . Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers . As a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as of the date hereof and as of the date of the Closing, that:

(a) Purchaser has full right, capacity and power to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby to which Purchaser is a party, and to perform his or her obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement and all other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby to which Purchaser is or will become a party have been (or, when executed, will be) duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of Purchaser and, assuming due execution by other parties, constitute legal, valid and binding agreements, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with their terms. Purchaser (i) is not a resident of a state that grants a spouse community property rights, (ii) does not have a spouse to whom community property rights would be available or (iii) has a spouse who has executed a consent in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto.


(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby to which Purchaser is a party and the fulfillment of and compliance with the respective terms hereof and thereof by Purchaser, do not and will not (i) violate any requirements of any material obligation of Purchaser, or (ii) result in or constitute (with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) any default or event of default under any such material obligation of Purchaser, or give rise to a right of termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, any terms of any such material obligation or (iii) violate any statute, law ordinance, rule, regulation or order of any court or governmental authority or any judgment, order or decree (U.S. federal, state or local or foreign) applicable to Purchaser.

(c) The Shares to be received by him or her will be acquired by him or her for investment only for his or her own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof in violation of applicable U.S. federal or state or foreign securities laws. Purchaser has no current intention of selling, granting participation in or otherwise distributing the Shares in violation of applicable U.S. federal or state or foreign securities laws. Purchaser does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or entity, or to any third person or entity, with respect to any of the Shares, in each case, in violation of applicable U.S. federal or state or foreign securities laws.

(d) Purchaser understands that the offer and sale of the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) or any applicable U.S. state or foreign securities laws, and that the Shares are being issued in reliance on an exemption from registration, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein.

(e) Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of his or her investment. Purchaser is a sophisticated investor, has relied upon independent investigations made by Purchaser and, to the extent believed by Purchaser to be appropriate, Purchaser’s representatives, including Purchaser’s own professional, tax and other advisors, and is making an independent decision to invest in the Shares. Purchaser has been furnished with such documents, materials and information that Purchaser deems necessary or appropriate for evaluating an investment in the Company, and Purchaser has read carefully such documents, materials and information and understands and has evaluated the types of risks involved with a purchase of the Shares. Purchaser has not relied upon any representations or other information (whether oral or written) from the Company or its respective stockholders, directors, officers or affiliates, or from any other person or entity, in connection with his or her investment in the Shares. Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has not given any assurances with respect to the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Shares.

(f) Purchaser has had, prior to his or her purchase of the Shares, the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and Purchaser’s investment in the Shares and to obtain additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to him or her or to which he or she had access. Purchaser confirms that he or she has satisfied himself or herself with respect to any of the foregoing matters.

 

2


(g) Purchaser acknowledges that he or she has had the opportunity to seek legal advice from, and has received legal advice from, legal counsel on this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby and all documents, materials and information that he or she has requested or read relating to an investment in the Shares and confirms that he or she has satisfied himself or herself with respect to any of the foregoing matters.

(h) Purchaser understands that no U.S. federal or state or foreign agency has passed upon this investment or upon the Company, or upon the accuracy, validity or completeness of any documentation provided to Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor has any such agency made any finding or determination as to this investment.

(i) Purchaser understands that there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Shares and that on the date of the Closing and for an indefinite period thereafter there will be no public market for the Shares and, accordingly, it may not be possible for Purchaser to liquidate his or her investment in case of emergency, if at all. In addition, Purchaser understands that the Stockholders Agreement (as defined below) contains substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Shares and provides that, in the event that the conditions relating to the transfer of any Shares in such document have not been satisfied, the holder shall not transfer any such Shares and, unless otherwise specified, the Company will not recognize the transfer of any such Shares on its books and records or issue any share certificates representing any such Shares. Any purported transfer not in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement shall be void. As such, Purchaser understands that: to the extent the Shares are certificated, a restrictive legend or legends in a form to be set forth in the Stockholders Agreement will be placed on the certificates representing such Shares; a notation will be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that each of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer and, if the Company should at some time in the future engage the services of a securities transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Shares; and Purchaser will sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Shares only in a manner consistent with its representations set forth herein and then only in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement.

(j) Purchaser understands that (i) the Shares may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, (ii) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act; (iii) the Shares must be held indefinitely and he or she must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Shares unless such Share is subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available; (iv) Purchaser is prepared to bear the economic risk of this investment for an indefinite period of time; (v) it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Shares; and (vi) the Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the U.S. federal securities laws.

(k) Purchaser understands that this investment is not recommended for investors who have any need for a current return on this investment or who cannot bear the risk of

 

3


losing their entire investment. In that regard, Purchaser understands that his or her investment in the Shares involves a high degree of risk of loss of Purchaser’s investment therein, and that Purchaser may lose the entire amount of his or her investment. Purchaser acknowledges that: (i) he or she has adequate means of providing for his or her current needs and possible personal contingencies and has no need for liquidity in this investment; (ii) his or her commitment to investments which are not readily marketable is not disproportionate to his or her net worth; and (iii) his or her investment in the Shares will not cause his or her overall financial commitments to become excessive.

(l) At Purchaser’s election, Purchaser has completed the documentation attached as Exhibit B hereto, and has taken or will timely take all action described therein in order to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the receipt of the Shares.

SECTION 3 . Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to Purchaser as of the date hereof and as of the date of the Closing, that, upon issuance of the Shares by the Company at the Closing and payment in full by Purchaser as provided above, the Shares will be duly authorized and validly issued and will be fully paid and non-assessable.

SECTION 4 . Stockholders Agreement. As a condition to the issuance of the Shares by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, Purchaser agrees to become party to and execute, at the Closing, the Stockholders Agreement of the Brasa (Parent) Inc., dated as of July 20, 2012, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), by executing the signature page attached as Exhibit C hereto, and the Shares will be subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement. For purposes of the Stockholders Agreement, Purchaser shall be deemed an Other Stockholder (as defined in Section 1.2 of the Stockholders Agreement).

SECTION 5 . Miscellaneous.

(a) Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any party hereto without the consent of the other party. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Notices . Any notice or other communication provided for herein or given hereunder to a party hereto must be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been given (i) when personally delivered or delivered by e-mail with confirmation of delivery, (ii) one (1) business day after deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier service, or (iii) three (3) business days after being mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested. A notice shall be addressed, as follows:

if to the Company, to:

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, TX 75254

Attention: General Counsel

 

4


if to any Purchaser, to the address set forth on such Purchaser’s signature page hereto.

or to such other address or e-mail address as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto.

All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed received on the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt.

(c) Waiver; Amendment; Termination . No provision of this Agreement may be waived except by an instrument in writing executed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

(d) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict or choice of law provisions thereof that would give rise to the application of the domestic substantive law of any other jurisdiction.

(e) Jurisdiction . In addition, each of the parties hereto (i) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in Wilmington, Delaware in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) agrees that he, she or it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court; (iii) agrees that he, she or it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the federal or state courts located in Wilmington, Delaware; and (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by law, consents to service being made through the notice procedures set forth in Section 5(b). Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the respective addresses set forth in Section 5(b) shall be effective service of process for any suit or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each of the parties hereto waives any right to a trial by jury in any such suit or proceeding.

(f) No Guarantee of Benefit or Gain . Purchaser acknowledges that the Company does not guarantee any benefit or a gain to Purchaser in connection with the Shares. Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser is duly aware of the risks involved in investing in securities of the Company.

(g) No Right to Continued Employment or Service . Purchaser acknowledges that the opportunity to purchase the Shares and this Agreement shall impose no obligation on the Company or any Subsidiary to continue the employment or service of Purchaser and shall not lessen or affect the right that the Company or any Subsidiary may have to terminate the employment or service of such Purchaser.

 

5


(h) No Right to Future Benefits . Purchaser acknowledges that the opportunity to purchase the Shares and this Agreement do not constitute an acquired right. The Company, in its sole discretion, maintains the right to make, or not to make, additional Shares available for purchase.

(i) Not Compensation . Purchaser acknowledges that the opportunity to purchase the Shares shall not be included in or deemed to be a part of any (i) compensation, (ii) definition of pensionable or other earnings (however defined) for the purpose of calculating any benefits payable to or on behalf of Purchaser under any pension, retirement, termination or dismissal indemnity, severance benefit, retirement indemnity or other benefit arrangement of the Company or any Subsidiary or (iii) calculation of pay for any purpose.

(j) Data Privacy. Purchaser hereby explicitly consents to the collection, processing , transmission and storage, in any form whatsoever, of any data of a professional or personal nature described in this Agreement by and among, as applicable, the Company or any Subsidiary that is deemed necessary, in the discretion of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company may share such information with any third party in any country, including any registrar, administrative agent, broker or any other person assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Shares. Purchaser thus authorizes the Company and any Subsidiary and any possible recipients described herein to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the data in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose described herein.

(k) Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any facsimile or electronic copies hereof or signature hereon shall, for all purposes, be deemed originals. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received counterparts hereof signed by the other party hereto. Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication).

(l) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way impaired thereby.

[ signature pages follow ]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Company
FOGO DE CHÃO, INC.
By:

/s/ Lawrence J. Johnson

Name: Lawrence J. Johnson
Title: Chief Executive Officer


Purchaser

 

/s/ Gerald Deitchle

Name: Gerald Deitchle
No. of Shares: 365
Purchase Price: 100,207.10

 

Address: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
E-mail Address: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Phone Number: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX


Exhibit A to

Director Securities Purchase Agreement

Form of Spousal Consent

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

The undersigned spouse of Gerald Deitchle, the Purchaser party to the attached Director Securities Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) has read and understands the terms of the Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement (as defined in the Agreement and attached to the Agreement as Exhibit C thereto) and has had an opportunity to discuss such agreements with individuals of his or her choice. The undersigned understands that even if the securities referred to in the Agreement are considered to be a part of the “marital property” belonging to him or her and his or her spouse, the Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement restrict the transfer or distribution of those securities and provide certain rights to Fogo de Chão, Inc. (formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc.) and certain other Persons in respect of such securities. The undersigned agrees to these restrictions and waives any rights (other than to the economic value of such securities after their disposition or repurchase) he or she might otherwise have in those shares as specifically identifiable property.

 

/s/ Sandra J. Deitchle

(Signature)

Sandra J. Deitchle

(Print Name)

Date: February 15, 2015


Exhibit B to

Director Securities Purchase Agreement

Form of Section 83(b) Election Materials

Form of Section 83(b) Election Instructions

Fogo de Chão, Inc., formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc.

To make an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) in connection with your receipt, for tax purposes, of Shares of Fogo de Chão, Inc., formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc. (the “ Company ”), you should complete and sign three copies of the enclosed Section 83(b) Election form and mail as indicated no later than [30 days] after the Closing.

 

1. You should mail one copy of the Section 83(b) Election to the Internal Revenue Service (see attached chart for appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center), by certified mail (return receipt requested), using the attached letter to the Internal Revenue Service, which you must date and sign (also fill in your social security number).

 

2. You should deliver one copy of the Section 83(b) Election to the Company, using the attached letter, which you must date and sign.

 

3. You should retain one copy of the Section 83(b) Election and file it with your 2015 federal income tax return.


IRS Service Centers For 83(b) Election

Questions: 1-800-829-1040

 

If you live in:

    

Appropriate Service Center Mailing Address

Florida, Louisiana, Mississippi, Texas      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Austin, TX 73301-0002
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Fresno, CA 93888-0002
Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Wisconsin      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Fresno, CA 93888-0002
Alabama, Georgia, Kentucky, New Jersey, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Kansas City, MO 64999-0002
Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Missouri, New Hampshire, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont, West Virginia      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Kansas City, MO 64999-0002
A foreign country, U.S. possession or territory, or use an APO or FPO address, or are a dual-status alien      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Austin, TX 73301-0215


Election to Include Shares in Gross Income

Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code

The undersigned purchased shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Shares ”), of Fogo de Chão, Inc., formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc. (the “ Company ”), on February 9, 2015.

The undersigned desires to make a protective election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Code §83(b) ”).

Therefore, pursuant to Code §83(b) and Treasury Regulation §1.83-2 promulgated thereunder, the undersigned hereby makes an election, with respect to the Shares (described more fully in Paragraph 2 below).

The following information is supplied in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.83-2(e):

 

  1. The name, address and social security number of the undersigned:

 

Name:    Gerald Deitchle
Address:    XXXXXXXXXXX
   XXXXXXXXXXX
SSN:    XXXXXXXXXXX

 

  2. A description of the property with respect to which the election is being made:

 

Company

   Number of Shares  

Fogo de Chão, Inc., formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc.

     365 Shares   

 

  3. The property was transferred on February     , 2015 (the “ Transfer Date ”). The taxable year for which such election is made: calendar year 2015 .

 

  4. The restrictions to which the property is subject : The Shares are subject to the terms set forth in the Stockholders Agreement of the Brasa (Parent) Inc., dated as of July 20, 2012, as may be amended from time to time.

 

  5. The aggregate fair market value on the Transfer Date of the property with respect to which the election is being made, determined without regard to any lapse restrictions: $100,207.10


  6. The aggregate amount paid for such property: $100,207.10

 

  7. A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulations §1.83-2(e)(7).

Dated: February 9, 2015

 

/s/ Gerald Deitchle

Print Name: Gerald Deitchle


February     , 2015
Internal Revenue Service Center

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, TX 75254

Attention: General Counsel

Re: Section 83(b) Election
SSN:

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-2(c) promulgated under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), enclosed please find an election under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

Sincerely,

 

Print Name: Gerald Deitchle

Enclosure


February 9, 2015

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, TX 75254

Attention: General Counsel

Re: Section 83(b) Election

Dear Sir:

Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-2(d) promulgated under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), enclosed please find a copy of an election under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Gerald Deitchle

Print Name: Gerald Deitchle

Enclosure


Exhibit C to

Director Securities Purchase Agreement

SIGNATURE PAGE

TO

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

By execution of this signature page, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a Party to, and to be bound by the obligations of, and receive the benefits of, that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2012, by and among Brasa (Parent) Inc. (the “ Company ”), the THL Stockholders (as defined therein), the Co-Investor Stockholders (as defined therein), the Management Stockholders (as defined therein) and the Other Stockholders (as defined therein), as amended from time to time thereafter, as an Other Stockholder under such agreement.

 

/s/ Gerald Deitchle

Name: Gerald Deitchle
Notice Address:
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

 

Accepted:

Fogo de Chão, Inc.,

formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc.

By:

 

Name: Lawrence J. Johnson
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.17

DIRECTOR SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS DIRECTOR SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 6, 2015 by and between Fogo de Chão, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the individual listed on the signature page attached hereto under the heading “Purchaser” (“ Purchaser ”).

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, Purchaser desires to subscribe for and purchase, and the Company desires to sell to Purchaser, that number of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Shares ”) set forth on Purchaser’s signature page attached hereto below the name of Purchaser for the purchase price set forth on Purchaser’s signature page attached hereto below the name of Purchaser (the purchase price to be paid by Purchaser herein referred to as the “ Purchase Price ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in order to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1 . Issuance of Shares.

(a) At the Closing, Purchaser agrees to purchase, and the Company agrees to issue, the Shares in the amount listed on Purchaser’s signature page attached hereto at the Purchase Price. “ Closing ” means February 9, 2015.

(b) At the Closing, Purchaser shall deliver the Purchase Price to the Company (or as directed by the Company) in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company.

SECTION 2 . Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers . As a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as of the date hereof and as of the date of the Closing, that:

(a) Purchaser has full right, capacity and power to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby to which Purchaser is a party, and to perform his or her obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement and all other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby to which Purchaser is or will become a party have been (or, when executed, will be) duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of Purchaser and, assuming due execution by other parties, constitute legal, valid and binding agreements, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with their terms. Purchaser (i) is not a resident of a state that grants a spouse community property rights, (ii) does not have a spouse to whom community property rights would be available or (iii) has a spouse who has executed a consent in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto.


(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby to which Purchaser is a party and the fulfillment of and compliance with the respective terms hereof and thereof by Purchaser, do not and will not (i) violate any requirements of any material obligation of Purchaser, or (ii) result in or constitute (with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) any default or event of default under any such material obligation of Purchaser, or give rise to a right of termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, any terms of any such material obligation or (iii) violate any statute, law ordinance, rule, regulation or order of any court or governmental authority or any judgment, order or decree (U.S. federal, state or local or foreign) applicable to Purchaser.

(c) The Shares to be received by him or her will be acquired by him or her for investment only for his or her own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof in violation of applicable U.S. federal or state or foreign securities laws. Purchaser has no current intention of selling, granting participation in or otherwise distributing the Shares in violation of applicable U.S. federal or state or foreign securities laws. Purchaser does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or entity, or to any third person or entity, with respect to any of the Shares, in each case, in violation of applicable U.S. federal or state or foreign securities laws.

(d) Purchaser understands that the offer and sale of the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) or any applicable U.S. state or foreign securities laws, and that the Shares are being issued in reliance on an exemption from registration, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein.

(e) Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of his or her investment. Purchaser is a sophisticated investor, has relied upon independent investigations made by Purchaser and, to the extent believed by Purchaser to be appropriate, Purchaser’s representatives, including Purchaser’s own professional, tax and other advisors, and is making an independent decision to invest in the Shares. Purchaser has been furnished with such documents, materials and information that Purchaser deems necessary or appropriate for evaluating an investment in the Company, and Purchaser has read carefully such documents, materials and information and understands and has evaluated the types of risks involved with a purchase of the Shares. Purchaser has not relied upon any representations or other information (whether oral or written) from the Company or its respective stockholders, directors, officers or affiliates, or from any other person or entity, in connection with his or her investment in the Shares. Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has not given any assurances with respect to the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Shares.

(f) Purchaser has had, prior to his or her purchase of the Shares, the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and Purchaser’s investment in the Shares and to obtain additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to him or her or to which he or she had access. Purchaser confirms that he or she has satisfied himself or herself with respect to any of the foregoing matters.

 

2


(g) Purchaser acknowledges that he or she has had the opportunity to seek legal advice from, and has received legal advice from, legal counsel on this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby and all documents, materials and information that he or she has requested or read relating to an investment in the Shares and confirms that he or she has satisfied himself or herself with respect to any of the foregoing matters.

(h) Purchaser understands that no U.S. federal or state or foreign agency has passed upon this investment or upon the Company, or upon the accuracy, validity or completeness of any documentation provided to Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor has any such agency made any finding or determination as to this investment.

(i) Purchaser understands that there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Shares and that on the date of the Closing and for an indefinite period thereafter there will be no public market for the Shares and, accordingly, it may not be possible for Purchaser to liquidate his or her investment in case of emergency, if at all. In addition, Purchaser understands that the Stockholders Agreement (as defined below) contains substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Shares and provides that, in the event that the conditions relating to the transfer of any Shares in such document have not been satisfied, the holder shall not transfer any such Shares and, unless otherwise specified, the Company will not recognize the transfer of any such Shares on its books and records or issue any share certificates representing any such Shares. Any purported transfer not in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement shall be void. As such, Purchaser understands that: to the extent the Shares are certificated, a restrictive legend or legends in a form to be set forth in the Stockholders Agreement will be placed on the certificates representing such Shares; a notation will be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that each of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer and, if the Company should at some time in the future engage the services of a securities transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Shares; and Purchaser will sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Shares only in a manner consistent with its representations set forth herein and then only in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement.

(j) Purchaser understands that (i) the Shares may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, (ii) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act; (iii) the Shares must be held indefinitely and he or she must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Shares unless such Share is subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available; (iv) Purchaser is prepared to bear the economic risk of this investment for an indefinite period of time; (v) it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Shares; and (vi) the Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the U.S. federal securities laws.

(k) Purchaser understands that this investment is not recommended for investors who have any need for a current return on this investment or who cannot bear the risk of

 

3


losing their entire investment. In that regard, Purchaser understands that his or her investment in the Shares involves a high degree of risk of loss of Purchaser’s investment therein, and that Purchaser may lose the entire amount of his or her investment. Purchaser acknowledges that: (i) he or she has adequate means of providing for his or her current needs and possible personal contingencies and has no need for liquidity in this investment; (ii) his or her commitment to investments which are not readily marketable is not disproportionate to his or her net worth; and (iii) his or her investment in the Shares will not cause his or her overall financial commitments to become excessive.

(l) At Purchaser’s election, Purchaser has completed the documentation attached as Exhibit B hereto, and has taken or will timely take all action described therein in order to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the receipt of the Shares.

SECTION 3 . Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to Purchaser as of the date hereof and as of the date of the Closing, that, upon issuance of the Shares by the Company at the Closing and payment in full by Purchaser as provided above, the Shares will be duly authorized and validly issued and will be fully paid and non-assessable.

SECTION 4 . Stockholders Agreement. As a condition to the issuance of the Shares by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, Purchaser agrees to become party to and execute, at the Closing, the Stockholders Agreement of the Brasa (Parent) Inc., dated as of July 20, 2012, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), by executing the signature page attached as Exhibit C hereto, and the Shares will be subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement. For purposes of the Stockholders Agreement, Purchaser shall be deemed an Other Stockholder (as defined in Section 1.2 of the Stockholders Agreement).

SECTION 5 . Miscellaneous.

(a) Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any party hereto without the consent of the other party. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Notices . Any notice or other communication provided for herein or given hereunder to a party hereto must be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been given (i) when personally delivered or delivered by e-mail with confirmation of delivery, (ii) one (1) business day after deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier service, or (iii) three (3) business days after being mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested. A notice shall be addressed, as follows:

if to the Company, to:

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, TX 75254

Attention: General Counsel

 

4


if to any Purchaser, to the address set forth on such Purchaser’s signature page hereto.

or to such other address or e-mail address as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto.

All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed received on the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt.

(c) Waiver; Amendment; Termination . No provision of this Agreement may be waived except by an instrument in writing executed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

(d) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict or choice of law provisions thereof that would give rise to the application of the domestic substantive law of any other jurisdiction.

(e) Jurisdiction . In addition, each of the parties hereto (i) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in Wilmington, Delaware in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) agrees that he, she or it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court; (iii) agrees that he, she or it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the federal or state courts located in Wilmington, Delaware; and (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by law, consents to service being made through the notice procedures set forth in Section 5(b). Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the respective addresses set forth in Section 5(b) shall be effective service of process for any suit or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each of the parties hereto waives any right to a trial by jury in any such suit or proceeding.

(f) No Guarantee of Benefit or Gain . Purchaser acknowledges that the Company does not guarantee any benefit or a gain to Purchaser in connection with the Shares. Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser is duly aware of the risks involved in investing in securities of the Company.

(g) No Right to Continued Employment or Service . Purchaser acknowledges that the opportunity to purchase the Shares and this Agreement shall impose no obligation on the Company or any Subsidiary to continue the employment or service of Purchaser and shall not lessen or affect the right that the Company or any Subsidiary may have to terminate the employment or service of such Purchaser.

 

5


(h) No Right to Future Benefits . Purchaser acknowledges that the opportunity to purchase the Shares and this Agreement do not constitute an acquired right. The Company, in its sole discretion, maintains the right to make, or not to make, additional Shares available for purchase.

(i) Not Compensation . Purchaser acknowledges that the opportunity to purchase the Shares shall not be included in or deemed to be a part of any (i) compensation, (ii) definition of pensionable or other earnings (however defined) for the purpose of calculating any benefits payable to or on behalf of Purchaser under any pension, retirement, termination or dismissal indemnity, severance benefit, retirement indemnity or other benefit arrangement of the Company or any Subsidiary or (iii) calculation of pay for any purpose.

(j) Data Privacy. Purchaser hereby explicitly consents to the collection, processing , transmission and storage, in any form whatsoever, of any data of a professional or personal nature described in this Agreement by and among, as applicable, the Company or any Subsidiary that is deemed necessary, in the discretion of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company may share such information with any third party in any country, including any registrar, administrative agent, broker or any other person assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Shares. Purchaser thus authorizes the Company and any Subsidiary and any possible recipients described herein to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the data in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose described herein.

(k) Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any facsimile or electronic copies hereof or signature hereon shall, for all purposes, be deemed originals. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received counterparts hereof signed by the other party hereto. Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication).

(l) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way impaired thereby.

[ signature pages follow ]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

Company
FOGO DE CHÃO, INC.
By:

/s/ Lawrence J. Johnson

Name: Lawrence J. Johnson
Title: Chief Executive Officer


Purchaser

 

/s/ Neil Moses

Name: Neil Moses
No. of Shares: 365
Purchase Price: 100,207.10

 

Address: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
E-mail Address: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Phone Number: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX


Exhibit A to

Director Securities Purchase Agreement

Form of Spousal Consent

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

The undersigned spouse of Neil Moses, the Purchaser party to the attached Director Securities Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) has read and understands the terms of the Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement (as defined in the Agreement and attached to the Agreement as Exhibit C thereto) and has had an opportunity to discuss such agreements with individuals of his or her choice. The undersigned understands that even if the securities referred to in the Agreement are considered to be a part of the “marital property” belonging to him or her and his or her spouse, the Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement restrict the transfer or distribution of those securities and provide certain rights to Fogo de Chão, Inc. (formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc.) and certain other Persons in respect of such securities. The undersigned agrees to these restrictions and waives any rights (other than to the economic value of such securities after their disposition or repurchase) he or she might otherwise have in those shares as specifically identifiable property.

 

/s/ Bridget W. Moses

(Signature)

Bridget W. Moses

(Print Name)

Date: February 18, 2015


Exhibit B to

Director Securities Purchase Agreement

Form of Section 83(b) Election Materials

Form of Section 83(b) Election Instructions

Fogo de Chão, Inc., formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc.

To make an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) in connection with your receipt, for tax purposes, of Shares of Fogo de Chão, Inc., formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc. (the “ Company ”), you should complete and sign three copies of the enclosed Section 83(b) Election form and mail as indicated no later than [30 days] after the Closing.

 

1. You should mail one copy of the Section 83(b) Election to the Internal Revenue Service (see attached chart for appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center), by certified mail (return receipt requested), using the attached letter to the Internal Revenue Service, which you must date and sign (also fill in your social security number).

 

2. You should deliver one copy of the Section 83(b) Election to the Company, using the attached letter, which you must date and sign.

 

3. You should retain one copy of the Section 83(b) Election and file it with your 2015 federal income tax return.


IRS Service Centers For 83(b) Election

Questions: 1-800-829-1040

 

If you live in:

    

Appropriate Service Center Mailing Address

Florida, Louisiana, Mississippi, Texas      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Austin, TX 73301-0002
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Fresno, CA 93888-0002
Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Wisconsin      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Fresno, CA 93888-0002
Alabama, Georgia, Kentucky, New Jersey, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Kansas City, MO 64999-0002
Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Missouri, New Hampshire, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont, West Virginia      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Kansas City, MO 64999-0002
A foreign country, U.S. possession or territory, or use an APO or FPO address, or are a dual-status alien      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Austin, TX 73301-0215


Election to Include Shares in Gross Income

Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code

The undersigned purchased shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Shares ”), of Fogo de Chão, Inc., formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc. (the “ Company ”), on February 9, 2015.

The undersigned desires to make a protective election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Code §83(b) ”).

Therefore, pursuant to Code §83(b) and Treasury Regulation §1.83-2 promulgated thereunder, the undersigned hereby makes an election, with respect to the Shares (described more fully in Paragraph 2 below).

The following information is supplied in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.83-2(e):

 

  1. The name, address and social security number of the undersigned:

 

Name:

   Neil Moses

Address:

  
SSN:   

 

  2. A description of the property with respect to which the election is being made:

 

Company

   Number of Shares  

Fogo de Chão, Inc.,

formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc.

                      Shares   

 

  3. The property was transferred on February     , 2015 (the “ Transfer Date ”). The taxable year for which such election is made: calendar year 2015 .

 

  4. The restrictions to which the property is subject : The Shares are subject to the terms set forth in the Stockholders Agreement of the Brasa (Parent) Inc., dated as of July 20, 2012, as may be amended from time to time.

 

  5. The aggregate fair market value on the Transfer Date of the property with respect to which the election is being made, determined without regard to any lapse restrictions: $        


  6. The aggregate amount paid for such property: $        

 

  7. A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulations §1.83-2(e)(7).

Dated: February     , 2015

 

 

Print Name: Neil Moses


February    , 2015
Internal Revenue Service Center
[Insert Address]
Re: Section 83(b) Election
SSN:

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-2(c) promulgated under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), enclosed please find an election under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

Sincerely,

 

Print Name:  Neil Moses

Enclosure


February    , 2015

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, TX 75254

Attention: General Counsel

Re: Section 83(b) Election

Dear Sir:

Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-2(d) promulgated under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), enclosed please find a copy of an election under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

Sincerely,

 

Print Name: Neil Moses

Enclosure


Exhibit C to

Director Securities Purchase Agreement

SIGNATURE PAGE

TO

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

By execution of this signature page, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a Party to, and to be bound by the obligations of, and receive the benefits of, that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2012, by and among Brasa (Parent) Inc. (the “ Company ”), the THL Stockholders (as defined therein), the Co-Investor Stockholders (as defined therein), the Management Stockholders (as defined therein) and the Other Stockholders (as defined therein), as amended from time to time thereafter, as an Other Stockholder under such agreement.

 

/s/ Neil Moses

Name: Neil Moses
Notice Address:
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

 

Accepted:
Fogo de Chão, Inc.,
formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc.
By:

 

Name: Lawrence J. Johnson
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.18

DIRECTOR SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS DIRECTOR SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 6, 2015 by and between Fogo de Chão, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the individual listed on the signature page attached hereto under the heading “Purchaser” (“ Purchaser ”).

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, Purchaser desires to subscribe for and purchase, and the Company desires to sell to Purchaser, that number of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Shares ”) set forth on Purchaser’s signature page attached hereto below the name of Purchaser for the purchase price set forth on Purchaser’s signature page attached hereto below the name of Purchaser (the purchase price to be paid by Purchaser herein referred to as the “ Purchase Price ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in order to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1 . Issuance of Shares.

(a) At the Closing, Purchaser agrees to purchase, and the Company agrees to issue, the Shares in the amount listed on Purchaser’s signature page attached hereto at the Purchase Price. “ Closing ” means February 9, 2015.

(b) At the Closing, Purchaser shall deliver the Purchase Price to the Company (or as directed by the Company) in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company.

SECTION 2 . Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers . As a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as of the date hereof and as of the date of the Closing, that:

(a) Purchaser has full right, capacity and power to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby to which Purchaser is a party, and to perform his or her obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement and all other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby to which Purchaser is or will become a party have been (or, when executed, will be) duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of Purchaser and, assuming due execution by other parties, constitute legal, valid and binding agreements, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with their terms. Purchaser (i) is not a resident of a state that grants a spouse community property rights, (ii) does not have a spouse to whom community property rights would be available or (iii) has a spouse who has executed a consent in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto.


(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby to which Purchaser is a party and the fulfillment of and compliance with the respective terms hereof and thereof by Purchaser, do not and will not (i) violate any requirements of any material obligation of Purchaser, or (ii) result in or constitute (with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) any default or event of default under any such material obligation of Purchaser, or give rise to a right of termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, any terms of any such material obligation or (iii) violate any statute, law ordinance, rule, regulation or order of any court or governmental authority or any judgment, order or decree (U.S. federal, state or local or foreign) applicable to Purchaser.

(c) The Shares to be received by him or her will be acquired by him or her for investment only for his or her own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof in violation of applicable U.S. federal or state or foreign securities laws. Purchaser has no current intention of selling, granting participation in or otherwise distributing the Shares in violation of applicable U.S. federal or state or foreign securities laws. Purchaser does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or entity, or to any third person or entity, with respect to any of the Shares, in each case, in violation of applicable U.S. federal or state or foreign securities laws.

(d) Purchaser understands that the offer and sale of the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) or any applicable U.S. state or foreign securities laws, and that the Shares are being issued in reliance on an exemption from registration, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein.

(e) Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of his or her investment. Purchaser is a sophisticated investor, has relied upon independent investigations made by Purchaser and, to the extent believed by Purchaser to be appropriate, Purchaser’s representatives, including Purchaser’s own professional, tax and other advisors, and is making an independent decision to invest in the Shares. Purchaser has been furnished with such documents, materials and information that Purchaser deems necessary or appropriate for evaluating an investment in the Company, and Purchaser has read carefully such documents, materials and information and understands and has evaluated the types of risks involved with a purchase of the Shares. Purchaser has not relied upon any representations or other information (whether oral or written) from the Company or its respective stockholders, directors, officers or affiliates, or from any other person or entity, in connection with his or her investment in the Shares. Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has not given any assurances with respect to the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Shares.

(f) Purchaser has had, prior to his or her purchase of the Shares, the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and Purchaser’s investment in the Shares and to obtain additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to him or her or to which he or she had access. Purchaser confirms that he or she has satisfied himself or herself with respect to any of the foregoing matters.

 

2


(g) Purchaser acknowledges that he or she has had the opportunity to seek legal advice from, and has received legal advice from, legal counsel on this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby and all documents, materials and information that he or she has requested or read relating to an investment in the Shares and confirms that he or she has satisfied himself or herself with respect to any of the foregoing matters.

(h) Purchaser understands that no U.S. federal or state or foreign agency has passed upon this investment or upon the Company, or upon the accuracy, validity or completeness of any documentation provided to Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor has any such agency made any finding or determination as to this investment.

(i) Purchaser understands that there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Shares and that on the date of the Closing and for an indefinite period thereafter there will be no public market for the Shares and, accordingly, it may not be possible for Purchaser to liquidate his or her investment in case of emergency, if at all. In addition, Purchaser understands that the Stockholders Agreement (as defined below) contains substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Shares and provides that, in the event that the conditions relating to the transfer of any Shares in such document have not been satisfied, the holder shall not transfer any such Shares and, unless otherwise specified, the Company will not recognize the transfer of any such Shares on its books and records or issue any share certificates representing any such Shares. Any purported transfer not in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement shall be void. As such, Purchaser understands that: to the extent the Shares are certificated, a restrictive legend or legends in a form to be set forth in the Stockholders Agreement will be placed on the certificates representing such Shares; a notation will be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that each of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer and, if the Company should at some time in the future engage the services of a securities transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Shares; and Purchaser will sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Shares only in a manner consistent with its representations set forth herein and then only in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement.

(j) Purchaser understands that (i) the Shares may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, (ii) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act; (iii) the Shares must be held indefinitely and he or she must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Shares unless such Share is subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available; (iv) Purchaser is prepared to bear the economic risk of this investment for an indefinite period of time; (v) it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Shares; and (vi) the Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the U.S. federal securities laws.

(k) Purchaser understands that this investment is not recommended for investors who have any need for a current return on this investment or who cannot bear the risk of

 

3


losing their entire investment. In that regard, Purchaser understands that his or her investment in the Shares involves a high degree of risk of loss of Purchaser’s investment therein, and that Purchaser may lose the entire amount of his or her investment. Purchaser acknowledges that: (i) he or she has adequate means of providing for his or her current needs and possible personal contingencies and has no need for liquidity in this investment; (ii) his or her commitment to investments which are not readily marketable is not disproportionate to his or her net worth; and (iii) his or her investment in the Shares will not cause his or her overall financial commitments to become excessive.

(l) At Purchaser’s election, Purchaser has completed the documentation attached as Exhibit B hereto, and has taken or will timely take all action described therein in order to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the receipt of the Shares.

SECTION 3 . Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to Purchaser as of the date hereof and as of the date of the Closing, that, upon issuance of the Shares by the Company at the Closing and payment in full by Purchaser as provided above, the Shares will be duly authorized and validly issued and will be fully paid and non-assessable.

SECTION 4 . Stockholders Agreement. As a condition to the issuance of the Shares by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, Purchaser agrees to become party to and execute, at the Closing, the Stockholders Agreement of the Brasa (Parent) Inc., dated as of July 20, 2012, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), by executing the signature page attached as Exhibit C hereto, and the Shares will be subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement. For purposes of the Stockholders Agreement, Purchaser shall be deemed an Other Stockholder (as defined in Section 1.2 of the Stockholders Agreement).

SECTION 5 . Miscellaneous.

(a) Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any party hereto without the consent of the other party. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Notices . Any notice or other communication provided for herein or given hereunder to a party hereto must be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been given (i) when personally delivered or delivered by e-mail with confirmation of delivery, (ii) one (1) business day after deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier service, or (iii) three (3) business days after being mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested. A notice shall be addressed, as follows:

if to the Company, to:

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, TX 75254

Attention: General Counsel

 

4


if to any Purchaser, to the address set forth on such Purchaser’s signature page hereto.

or to such other address or e-mail address as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto.

All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed received on the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt.

(c) Waiver; Amendment; Termination . No provision of this Agreement may be waived except by an instrument in writing executed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

(d) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict or choice of law provisions thereof that would give rise to the application of the domestic substantive law of any other jurisdiction.

(e) Jurisdiction . In addition, each of the parties hereto (i) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in Wilmington, Delaware in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) agrees that he, she or it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such court; (iii) agrees that he, she or it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the federal or state courts located in Wilmington, Delaware; and (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by law, consents to service being made through the notice procedures set forth in Section 5(b). Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the respective addresses set forth in Section 5(b) shall be effective service of process for any suit or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each of the parties hereto waives any right to a trial by jury in any such suit or proceeding.

(f) No Guarantee of Benefit or Gain . Purchaser acknowledges that the Company does not guarantee any benefit or a gain to Purchaser in connection with the Shares. Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser is duly aware of the risks involved in investing in securities of the Company.

(g) No Right to Continued Employment or Service . Purchaser acknowledges that the opportunity to purchase the Shares and this Agreement shall impose no obligation on the Company or any Subsidiary to continue the employment or service of Purchaser and shall not lessen or affect the right that the Company or any Subsidiary may have to terminate the employment or service of such Purchaser.

 

5


(h) No Right to Future Benefits . Purchaser acknowledges that the opportunity to purchase the Shares and this Agreement do not constitute an acquired right. The Company, in its sole discretion, maintains the right to make, or not to make, additional Shares available for purchase.

(i) Not Compensation . Purchaser acknowledges that the opportunity to purchase the Shares shall not be included in or deemed to be a part of any (i) compensation, (ii) definition of pensionable or other earnings (however defined) for the purpose of calculating any benefits payable to or on behalf of Purchaser under any pension, retirement, termination or dismissal indemnity, severance benefit, retirement indemnity or other benefit arrangement of the Company or any Subsidiary or (iii) calculation of pay for any purpose.

(j) Data Privacy. Purchaser hereby explicitly consents to the collection, processing , transmission and storage, in any form whatsoever, of any data of a professional or personal nature described in this Agreement by and among, as applicable, the Company or any Subsidiary that is deemed necessary, in the discretion of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company may share such information with any third party in any country, including any registrar, administrative agent, broker or any other person assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Shares. Purchaser thus authorizes the Company and any Subsidiary and any possible recipients described herein to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the data in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose described herein.

(k) Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any facsimile or electronic copies hereof or signature hereon shall, for all purposes, be deemed originals. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received counterparts hereof signed by the other party hereto. Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication).

(l) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way impaired thereby.

[ signature pages follow ]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Company
FOGO DE CHÃO, INC.
By:

/s/ Lawrence J. Johnson

Name: Lawrence J. Johnson
Title: Chief Executive Officer


Purchaser

 

/s/ Douglas R. Pendergast

Name: Douglas R. Pendergast
No. of Shares: 365
Purchase Price: 100,207.10

 

Address: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
E-mail Address: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Phone Number: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX


Exhibit A to

Director Securities Purchase Agreement

Form of Spousal Consent

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

The undersigned spouse of Douglas R. Pendergast, the Purchaser party to the attached Director Securities Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) has read and understands the terms of the Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement (as defined in the Agreement and attached to the Agreement as Exhibit C thereto) and has had an opportunity to discuss such agreements with individuals of his or her choice. The undersigned understands that even if the securities referred to in the Agreement are considered to be a part of the “marital property” belonging to him or her and his or her spouse, the Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement restrict the transfer or distribution of those securities and provide certain rights to Fogo de Chão, Inc. (formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc.) and certain other Persons in respect of such securities. The undersigned agrees to these restrictions and waives any rights (other than to the economic value of such securities after their disposition or repurchase) he or she might otherwise have in those shares as specifically identifiable property.

 

 

(Signature)

Jennifer M. Pendergast

(Print Name)

Date: February 9, 2015


Exhibit B to

Director Securities Purchase Agreement

Form of Section 83(b) Election Materials

Form of Section 83(b) Election Instructions

Fogo de Chão, Inc., formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc.

To make an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) in connection with your receipt, for tax purposes, of Shares of Fogo de Chão, Inc., formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc. (the “ Company ”), you should complete and sign three copies of the enclosed Section 83(b) Election form and mail as indicated no later than [30 days] after the Closing.

 

1. You should mail one copy of the Section 83(b) Election to the Internal Revenue Service (see attached chart for appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center), by certified mail (return receipt requested), using the attached letter to the Internal Revenue Service, which you must date and sign (also fill in your social security number).

 

2. You should deliver one copy of the Section 83(b) Election to the Company, using the attached letter, which you must date and sign.

 

3. You should retain one copy of the Section 83(b) Election and file it with your 2015 federal income tax return.


IRS Service Centers For 83(b) Election

Questions: 1-800-829-1040

 

If you live in:

    

Appropriate Service Center Mailing Address

Florida, Louisiana, Mississippi, Texas      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Austin, TX 73301-0002
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Fresno, CA 93888-0002
Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Wisconsin      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Fresno, CA 93888-0002
Alabama, Georgia, Kentucky, New Jersey, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Kansas City, MO 64999-0002
Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Missouri, New Hampshire, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont, West Virginia      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Kansas City, MO 64999-0002
A foreign country, U.S. possession or territory, or use an APO or FPO address, or are a dual-status alien      Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Austin, TX 73301-0215


Election to Include Shares in Gross Income

Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code

The undersigned purchased shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Shares ”), of Fogo de Chão, Inc., formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc. (the “ Company ”), on February 9, 2015.

The undersigned desires to make a protective election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Code §83(b) ”).

Therefore, pursuant to Code §83(b) and Treasury Regulation §1.83-2 promulgated thereunder, the undersigned hereby makes an election, with respect to the Shares (described more fully in Paragraph 2 below).

The following information is supplied in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.83-2(e):

 

  1. The name, address and social security number of the undersigned:

 

Name:    Douglas R. Pendergast
Address:   
SSN:   

 

  2. A description of the property with respect to which the election is being made:

 

Company

   Number of Shares  

Fogo de Chão, Inc., formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc.

     365 Shares   

 

  3. The property was transferred on February     , 2015 (the “ Transfer Date ”). The taxable year for which such election is made: calendar year 2015 .

 

  4. The restrictions to which the property is subject : The Shares are subject to the terms set forth in the Stockholders Agreement of the Brasa (Parent) Inc., dated as of July 20, 2012, as may be amended from time to time.

 

  5. The aggregate fair market value on the Transfer Date of the property with respect to which the election is being made, determined without regard to any lapse restrictions: $100,207.10


  6. The aggregate amount paid for such property: $100,207.10

 

  7. A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulations §1.83-2(e)(7).

Dated: February     , 2015

 

/s/ Douglas R. Pendergast

Print Name: Douglas R. Pendergast


February     , 2015
Internal Revenue Service Center
[Insert Address]
Re: Section 83(b) Election
SSN:

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-2(c) promulgated under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), enclosed please find an election under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

Sincerely,

 

Print Name:  Douglas R. Pendergast

Enclosure


February     , 2015

14881 Quorum Drive

Suite 750

Dallas, TX 75254

Attention: General Counsel

Re: Section 83(b) Election

Dear Sir:

Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-2(d) promulgated under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), enclosed please find a copy of an election under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Douglas R. Pendergast

Print Name: Douglas R. Pendergast

Enclosure


Exhibit C to

Director Securities Purchase Agreement

SIGNATURE PAGE

TO

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

By execution of this signature page, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a Party to, and to be bound by the obligations of, and receive the benefits of, that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2012, by and among Brasa (Parent) Inc. (the “ Company ”), the THL Stockholders (as defined therein), the Co-Investor Stockholders (as defined therein), the Management Stockholders (as defined therein) and the Other Stockholders (as defined therein), as amended from time to time thereafter, as an Other Stockholder under such agreement.

 

/s/ Douglas R. Pendergast

Name: Douglas R. Pendergast
Notice Address:
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

 

Accepted:

Fogo de Chão, Inc.,

formerly known as Brasa (Parent) Inc.

By:

 

Name: Lawrence J. Johnson
Title: Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

NAME OF SUBSIDIARY

  

Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization

Brasa (Purchaser) Inc.    Delaware
Brasa (Holdings) Inc.    Delaware
Fogo de Chão (Holdings) Inc.    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Atlanta) LLC    Georgia
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Baltimore) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (California) LLC    California
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Chicago) LLC    Illinois
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Denver) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Indianapolis) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Kansas City) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (International) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Portland) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Las Vegas) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Washington, D.C.) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Miami) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Minneapolis) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Orlando) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Philadelphia) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Phoenix) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Los Angeles) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Uptown One) LLC    Texas
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Austin) LLC    Texas
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (San Antonio) LLC    Texas
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Rosemont) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão 53rd Street, New York LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (San Jose) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Boston) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (San Diego) LLC    Delaware


NAME OF SUBSIDIARY

  

Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization

Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Pittsburgh) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (San Francisco) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (New Orleans) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Woodlands) LLC    Texas
Fogo de Chao Churrascaria (Dunwoody Atlanta) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chao Churrascaria (Summerlin) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chao Churrascaria (Bellevue) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chao Churrascaria (Naperville) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chao Churrascaria (King of Prussia) LLC    Delaware
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (San Juan) LLC    Puerto Rico
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Texas GP) LLC    Texas
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Dallas) LLC    Texas
Varzea Alegre (Dallas) LLC    Texas
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Houston) LLC    Texas
Varzea Allegre II (Houston) LLC    Texas
FDC Participacões Ltda.    Brazil
Fogo de Chão Ltda.    Brazil
Currascaria “Os Gaudérios” Ltda.    Brazil
Fogo de Chão Churrascaria Ltda.    Brazil
Currascaria Fogo de Chão BA Ltda.    Brazil
Churrascaria Fogo de Chão Jardins Ltda.    Brazil
Fogo’s Churrascaria Ltda.    Brazil
Churrascaria Fogo de Chão Ltda.    Brazil
Churrascaria Fogo de Chão RJ Ltda.    Brazil
Churrascaria Fogo de Chão CN Ltda.    Brazil
Fogo de Chão (Mexico) LLC    Delaware
JV Churrascaria Mexico S de RL de CV    Mexico
FDC Mexico City S de RL de CV    Mexico
FDC Netherlands Coöperatief U.A.    The Netherlands
FDC Global Holdings B.V.    The Netherlands

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Fogo de Chão, Inc. of our report dated April 7, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Fogo de Chão, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Dallas, Texas

June 8, 2015

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Fogo de Chão, Inc. of our report dated April 29, 2013, except for the effects of the restatement discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is December 19, 2014, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Fogo de Chão Churrascaria (Holdings) LLC, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Dallas, Texas

June 8, 2015